YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000

AC Drive for Crane Applications

Technical Manual
Type: CIMR-AY
Models: 400 V Class: 220, 315 kW

To properly use the product, read this manual thoroughly and retain
for easy reference, inspection, and maintenance. Ensure the end user
receives this manual.

Receiving 1
Mechanical Installation 2
Electrical Installation 3
Start-Up Programming &
Operation 4
Parameter Details 5
Troubleshooting 6
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance 7
Peripheral Devices &
Options 8
Specifications A
Parameter List B
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
C
Standards Compliance D
MANUAL NO. SIEP C710616 42A
Quick Reference Sheet E
Copyright © 2010 YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,
in any form, or by any means, mechanical, electronic, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior
written permission of Yaskawa. No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information
contained herein. Moreover, because Yaskawa is constantly striving to improve its high-quality products, the
information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice. Every precaution has been taken in
the preparation of this manual. Nevertheless, Yaskawa assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions.
Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this
publication.

2 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
◆ Quick Reference
Drive a Synchronous PM Motor

YS1000 can operate synchronous PM motors. Refer to Subchart A-3: Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors on page 84.

Perform Auto-Tuning
Automatic tuning sets motor parameters. Refer to Start-Up Flowcharts on page 81.

Maintenance Check Using Drive Monitors

Use drive monitors to check the if fans, capacitors, and other components may require maintenance. Refer to Performance Life Monitors Maintenance Monitors on page 285.

Fault Display and Troubleshooting

Refer to Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors on page 241 and Refer to Troubleshooting without Fault Display on page 272.

Standards Compliance

Refer to European Standards on page 404 and Refer to UL Standards on page 408.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 3
4 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 Table of Contents
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

I. PREFACE & GENERAL SAFETY ....................................................................... 13

i.1 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Applicable Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Terms and Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
i.2 General Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Supplemental Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Application Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Notes on Motor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Applications with Specialized Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Drive Label Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

1. RECEIVING .......................................................................................................... 25
1.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1.2 General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
YS1000 Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Control Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1.3 Model Number and Nameplate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Model Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
1.4 Drive Models and Enclosure Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.5 Component Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Front Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

2. MECHANICAL INSTALLATION .......................................................................... 33

2.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.2 Mechanical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Installation Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Installation Orientation and Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Digital Operator Remote Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Exterior and Mounting Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

3. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION............................................................................ 41
3.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 5
 3.3 Main Circuit Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
3.4 Terminal Block Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
3.5 Terminal Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Removing the Terminal Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Reattaching the Terminal Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
3.6 Digital Operator and Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Removing/Reattaching the Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Main Circuit Terminal Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Protecting Main Circuit Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Main Circuit Terminal and Motor Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Control Circuit Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Control Circuit Terminal Block Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Terminal Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
3.9 Control I/O Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Sinking/Sourcing Mode Switch for Digital Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Using the Photocoupler and Contact Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Using the Pulse Train Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
3.10 Terminal A2 Analog Input Signal Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
3.11 MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
3.12 External Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Drive Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
3.13 Wiring Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

4. START-UP PROGRAMMING & OPERATION .................................................... 69

4.1 Section Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
4.2 Using the Digital Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
Keys and Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
LCD Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
ALARM LED Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
LO/RE LED and RUN LED Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
Menu Structure for Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Navigating the Drive and Programming Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Changing Parameter Settings or Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Verifying Parameter Changes: Verify Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
Simplified Setup Using the Setup Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
Switching Between LOCAL and REMOTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Flowchart A: Basic Start-up and Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Subchart A-1: Motor Setup Using V/f Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
Subchart A-2: High Performance Operation Using OLV or CLV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Subchart A-3: Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
4.5 Powering Up the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Powering Up the Drive and Operation Status Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
4.6 Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Types of Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Before Auto-Tuning the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
Auto-Tuning Interruption and Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Auto-Tuning Operation Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Parameter Settings during Induction Motor Auto-Tuning: T1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91

6 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 Parameter Settings during PM Motor Auto-Tuning: T2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
4.7 No-Load Operation Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
No-Load Operation Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
4.8 Test Run with Load Connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Test Run with the Load Connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
4.9 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Backing Up Parameter Values: o2-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Parameter Access Level: A1-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Password Settings: A1-04, A1-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Copy Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
4.10 Test Run Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

5. PARAMETER DETAILS..................................................................................... 105

5.1 A: Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
A1: Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
5.2 b: Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
b1: Operation Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
b7: Droop Control (CLV, CLV/PM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
b8: Energy Saving for IPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
b9: Zero Servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
5.3 C: Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
C3: Slip Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
C4: Torque Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
C6: Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
C8: Torque Observer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
5.4 d: Reference Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
d1: Frequency Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
d2: Frequency Upper/Lower Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
d3: Jump Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
d5: Torque Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
d6: Field Forcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
5.5 E: Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
E2: Motor 1 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
E3: V/f Pattern for Motor 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
E4: Motor 2 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
E5: PM Motor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
E6: PM Motor Settings (Motor 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
5.6 F: Option Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
F1: PG Speed Control Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
F2: Analog Input Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
F3: Digital Input Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
F4: Analog Monitor Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
F5: Digital Output Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
F6: Communication Option Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
CP-216 I/F Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
5.7 H: Terminal Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
H2: Multi-Function Digital Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
H3: Multi-Function Analog Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
H4: Multi-Function Analog Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
H5: MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 7
 H6: Pulse Train Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
5.8 L: Protection Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
L1: Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
L3: Stall Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193
L4: Speed Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
L6: Torque Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198
L7: Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
L8: Drive Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
5.9 n: Special Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
n1: Hunting Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
n2: Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
n5: Feed Forward Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
n8: PM Motor Control Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
o1: Digital Operator Display Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
o2: Digital Operator Keypad Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
o3: Copy Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215
o4: Maintenance Monitor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216
5.11 S: Motor 2 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
S1: Motor 2 Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
S2: Motor 2 DC Injection Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
S3: Motor 2 Control (PM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231
S4: Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232
T: Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
5.12 U: Monitor Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
U1: Operation Status Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
U2: Fault Trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
U3: Fault History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
U4: Maintenance Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
U6: Control Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234

6. TROUBLESHOOTING........................................................................................ 235
6.1 Section Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236
6.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
Fine-Tuning V/f Control and V/f Control with PG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
Fine-Tuning Open Loop Vector Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
Fine-Tuning Closed Loop Vector Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239
Fine-Tuning Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239
Fine-Tuning Closed Loop Vector Control for PM Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
Parameters to Minimize Motor Hunting and Oscillation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241
Alarm and Error Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242
6.4 Fault Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246
Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246
6.5 Alarm Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257
Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257
6.6 Operator Programming Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263
oPE Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263
6.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
Auto-Tuning Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
6.8 Copy Function Related Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
Tasks, Errors, and Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
6.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270

8 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 Fault Occurs Simultaneously with Power Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
If the Drive Still has Power After a Fault Occurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Viewing Fault Trace Data After Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Fault Reset Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Common Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Cannot Change Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing RUN Button or after Entering External
Run Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Motor is Too Hot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Drive Does Not Allow Selection the Desired Auto-Tuning Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
oPE02 Error Occurs When Lowering the Motor Rated Current Setting . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Motor Stalls during Acceleration or Acceleration Time is Too Long . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Drive Frequency Reference Differs from the Controller Frequency Reference
Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Excessive Motor Oscillation and Erratic Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Deceleration Takes Longer Than Expected with Dynamic Braking Enabled . . . . . . . 275
Load Falls When Brake is Applied (Hoist-Type Applications) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Noise From Drive or Output Lines When the Drive is Powered On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) Trips During Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Connected Machinery Vibrates When Motor Rotates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Insufficient Starting Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Motor Rotates After the Drive Output is Shut Off (Motor Rotates During DC Injection
Braking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Output Frequency is not as High as Frequency Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Buzzing Sound from Motor at 2 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Unstable Motor Speed when Using PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Motor Does Not Restart after Power Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

7. PERIODIC INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE ................................................... 279

7.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
7.2 Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Recommended Daily Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Recommended Periodic Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
7.3 Periodic Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Number of Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Cooling Fan Component Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Cooling Fan Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
7.5 Drive Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Serviceable Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Terminal Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Replacing the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

8. Peripheral Devices & OPTIONS ...................................................................... 295

8.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
8.2 Drive Options and Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
8.3 Connecting Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
8.4 Option Card Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Installing Option Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Dynamic Braking Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 9
 Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) and Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker
(ELCB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304
Installing a Magnetic Contactor at the Power Supply Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305
Connecting an AC Reactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305
Connecting a Surge Absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306
Connecting a Noise Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306
Fuse/Fuse Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308
Attachment for External Heatsink (IP00/NEMA type 1 Enclosure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308
EMC Filter Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308
Installing a Motor Thermal Overload (oL) Relay on the Drive Output . . . . . . . . . . . . .308

A. SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................................................. 311

A.1 Power Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
A.2 Drive Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
A.3 Drive Watt Loss Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314
A.4 Drive Derating Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
Carrier Frequency Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
Temperature Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
Altitude Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316

B. PARAMETER LIST............................................................................................. 317

B.1 Understanding the Parameter Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318
Control Modes, Symbols, and Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318
B.2 Parameter Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319
B.3 Parameter Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320
A: Initialization Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320
b: Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320
C: Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323
d: References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328
E: Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329
F: Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334
H: Multi-Function Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339
L: Protection Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345
n: Special Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349
o: Operator Related Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350
S: Motor 2 Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352
T: Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355
U: Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357
B.4 Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364
A1-02 (Motor 1 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364
E3-01 (Motor 2 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365
B.5 V/f Pattern Default Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367
B.6 Defaults by Drive Model Selection (o2-04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368
B.7 Parameters that Change with the Motor Code Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369
YASKAWA SSR1 Series IPM Motor (For Derated Torque) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369

C. MEMOBUS/MODBUS COMMUNICATIONS...................................................... 371

C.1 MEMOBUS/Modbus Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372
C.2 Communication Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373
C.3 Connecting to a Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374
Network Cable Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374
Wiring Diagram for Multiple Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374
Network Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375
C.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376
MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376

10 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 C.5 Drive Operations by MEMOBUS/Modbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Observing the Drive Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Controlling the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
C.6 Communications Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Command Messages from Master to Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Response Messages from Drive to Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
C.7 Message Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Message Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Slave Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Function Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Error Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
C.8 Message Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Reading Drive MEMOBUS/Modbus Register Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Loopback Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Writing to Multiple Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Command Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Monitor Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Broadcast Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Fault Trace Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Alarm Register Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
C.10 Enter Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Enter Command Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Enter Command Settings when Upgrading the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
C.11 Communication Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Slave Not Responding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
C.12 Self-Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399

D. STANDARDS COMPLIANCE ............................................................................ 401

D.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
D.2 European Standards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
CE Low Voltage Directive Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
EMC Guidelines Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
D.3 UL Standards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
UL Standards Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Drive Motor Overload Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Precautionary Notes on External Heatsink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411

E. QUICK REFERENCE SHEET ............................................................................ 413

E.1 Drive and Motor Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
E.2 Multi-Function I/O Terminal Settings Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Multi-Function Digital Inputs (SC Common) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Pulse Train Input/Analog Inputs (AC Common) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Multi-Function Digital Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Multi-Function Photocoupler Outputs (PC Common) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Monitor Outputs (AC Common) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
E.3 User Setting Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

Index ............................................................................................................................ 421

Revision History ........................................................................................................... 432

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 11
12 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 i
Preface & General Safety
This section provides safety messages pertinent to this product that, if not heeded, may result
in fatality, personal injury, or equipment damage. Yaskawa is not responsible for the
consequences of ignoring these instructions.

I.1 PREFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
I.2 GENERAL SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 13
i.1 Preface

i.1 Preface
Yaskawa manufactures products used as components in a wide variety of industrial systems and equipment. The selection
and application of Yaskawa products remain the responsibility of the equipment manufacturer or end user. Yaskawa
accepts no responsibility for the way its products are incorporated into the final system design. Under no circumstances
should any Yaskawa product be incorporated into any product or design as the exclusive or sole safety control. Without
exception, all controls should be designed to detect faults dynamically and fail safely under all circumstances. All
systems or equipment designed to incorporate a product manufactured by Yaskawa must be supplied to the end user with
appropriate warnings and instructions as to the safe use and operation of that part. Any warnings provided by Yaskawa
must be promptly provided to the end user. Yaskawa offers an express warranty only as to the quality of its products in
conforming to standards and specifications published in the Yaskawa manual. NO OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, IS OFFERED. Yaskawa assumes no liability for any personal injury, property damage, losses, or claims
arising from misapplication of its products.
This manual is designed to ensure correct and suitable application of Variable YS1000-Series Drives. Read this manual
before attempting to install, operate, maintain, or inspect a drive and keep it in a safe, convenient location for future
reference. Be sure you understand all precautions and safety information before attempting application.

◆ Applicable Documentation
The following manuals are available for YS1000 series drives:

YS1000 Series AC Drive for Crane Application Quick Start Guide

This guide is packaged together with the product. It contains basic information required to install and wire the drive, in addition to
an overview of fault diagnostics, maintenance, and parameter settings.

YS1000 Series AC Drive for Crane Application Technical Manual (this book)

This manual provides detailed information on parameter settings, drive functions, and MEMOBUS/Modbus specifications. Use
this manual to expand drive functionality and to take advantage of higher performance features.

◆ Symbols
Note: Indicates a supplement or precaution that does not cause drive damage.

TERMS Indicates a term or definition used in this manual.

◆ Terms and Abbreviations

• Drive: Yaskawa YS1000 Series Drive
TERMS • V/f: V/f Control
• V/f w/PG: V/f Control with PG
• OLV: Open Loop Vector Control
• CLV: Closed Loop Vector Control
• AOLV/PM: Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM
• CLV/PM: Closed Loop Vector Control for PM
• PM motor: Permanent Magnet Synchronous motor (an abbreviation for IPM motor or SPM motor)
• IPM motor: Interior Permanent Magnet Motor (Yaskawa’s SST4 Series motors)
• SPM motor: Surface mounted Permanent Magnet Motor (such as Yaskawa’s SMRA Series motors)

◆ Trademarks
• PROFIBUS-DP is a trademark of PROFIBUS International (PI).
• Other companies and product names mentioned in this manual are trademarks of those companies.

14 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 i.2 General Safety

i.2 General Safety

◆ Supplemental Safety Information

General Precautions
• The diagrams in this manual may be indicated without covers or safety shields to show details. Restore covers or
shields before operating the drive and run the drive according to the instructions described in this manual.
• Any illustrations, photographs, or examples used in this manual are provided as examples only and may not apply to
all products to which this manual is applicable.
• The products and specifications described in this manual or the content and presentation of the manual may be
changed without notice to improve the product and/or the manual.
• When ordering a new copy of the manual due to damage or loss, contact your Yaskawa representative or the nearest
Yaskawa sales office and provide the manual number shown on the front cover.
• If nameplate becomes worn or damaged, order a replacement from your Yaskawa representative or the nearest
Yaskawa sales office.

WARNING
Read and understand this manual before installing, operating or servicing this drive. The drive must be installed
according to this manual and local codes.
The following conventions are used to indicate safety messages in this manual. Failure to heed these messages could
result in serious or possibly even fatal injury or damage to the products or to related equipment and systems.

DANGER
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

WARNING! will also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.

CAUTION
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

CAUTION! will also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.

NOTICE
Indicates a property damage message.

NOTICE: will also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 15
i.2 General Safety

◆ Safety Messages

DANGER
Heed the safety messages in this manual.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
The operating company is responsible for any injuries or equipment damage resulting from failure to heed the warnings
in this manual.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power
supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before
touching any components.

WARNING
Sudden Movement Hazard
System may start unexpectedly upon application of power, resulting in death or serious injury.
Clear all personnel from the drive, motor and machine area before applying power. Secure covers, couplings, shaft
keys and machine loads before applying power to the drive.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not attempt to modify or alter the drive in any way not explained in this manual.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Fire Hazard
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.

CAUTION
Crush Hazard
Only allow qualified personnel to operate a crane or hoist to transport the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from free-falling equipment.
If using a crane or a lifter to transport the drive, make sure that only qualified personnel are allowed operating.
Incorrect operation may cause the drive to suddenly drop, resulting in serious injury. Do not carry the drive by the front
cover.

16 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 i.2 General Safety

NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Do not perform a withstand voltage test on any part of the drive.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the sensitive devices within the drive.
Do not operate damaged equipment.
Failure to comply could result in further damage to the equipment.
Do not connect or operate any equipment with visible damage or missing parts.
Install adequate branch circuit short circuit protection per applicable codes.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
The drive is suitable for circuits capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical Amperes, 480 Vac
maximum.
Do not expose the drive to halogen group disinfectants.
Failure to comply may cause damage to the electrical components in the drive.
Do not pack the drive in wooden materials that have been fumigated or sterilized.
Do not sterilize the entire package after the product is packed.

◆ Application Notes
■ Selection
Installing a Reactor
An AC or a built-in DC reactor can be used for the following:
• to suppress harmonic current.
• to smooth peak current that results from capacitor switching.
• when the power supply is above 600 kVA.
• when the drive is running from a power supply system with thyristor converters.
Figure i.1

4000 Power supply harmonics

reactor required

Power Supply
Capacity (kVA)
600
Reactor
unnecessary

0
60 400
Drive Capacity (kVA)

Figure i.1 Installing a Reactor

Drive Capacity
For specialized motors, make sure that the motor rated current is less than rated output current for the drive. When
running more than one motor in parallel from a single drive, the capacity of the drive should be larger than 1.1 times of
the total motor rated current.
Starting Torque
The overload rating for the drive determines the starting and accelerating characteristics of the motor. Expect lower
torque than when running from line power. To get more starting torque, use a larger drive or increase both the motor and
drive capacity.
Emergency Stop
When the drive faults out, the output is shut off. This, however, does not stop the motor immediately. Some type of
mechanical brake may be needed if it is necessary to halt the motor faster than the Fast Stop function is able to.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 17
i.2 General Safety

Options
The +1 and +3 terminals are used to connect optional devices. Connect only YS1000-compatible devices.
Repetitive Starting/Stopping
Cranes (hoists) applications with frequent starts and stops often exceed 150% of their rated current values. Heat stress
generated from repetitive high current can shorten the life span of the IGBTs. The expected lifesaving for the IGBTs is
about 8 million start and stop cycles with a 2 kHz carrier frequency and a 150% peak current.
Yaskawa recommends lowering the carrier frequency, particularly when audible noise is not a concern. The user can also
choose to reduce the load, increase the acceleration and deceleration times, or switch to a larger drive. This will help keep
peak current levels under 150%. Be sure to check the peak current levels when starting and stopping repeatedly during
the initial test run, and make adjustments accordingly.
For crane-type applications using an inching function in which the motor is quickly started and stopped, Yaskawa
recommends the following to ensure motor torque levels:
• Select a large enough drive so that peak current levels remain below 150% of the drive rated current.
• The drive should be one frame size larger than the motor.
■ Installation
Enclosure Panels
Keep the drive in a clean environment by either selecting an area free of airborne dust, lint, and oil mist, or install the
drive in an enclosure panel. Be sure to leave the required space between drives to provide for cooling, and that proper
measures are taken so that the ambient temperature remains within allowable limits. Keep flammable materials away
from the drive. If the drive must be used in an area where it is subjected to oil mist and excessive vibration, protective
designs are available. Contact Yaskawa or your Yaskawa agent for details.
Installation Direction
The drive should be installed upright as specified in the manual. For more information on installation, Refer to
Mechanical Installation on page 36.
■ Settings
Upper Limits
The drive is capable of running the motor up to 400 Hz. Due to the danger of accidentally of operating at high speed, be
sure to set the upper limit for the frequency. The default setting for the maximum output frequency is 60 Hz.
DC Injection Braking
Motor overheat can result if there is too much current used during DC Injection Braking, or if the time for DC Injection
Braking is too long.
Acceleration/Deceleration Times
Acceleration and deceleration times are affected by how much torque the motor generates, the load torque, and the inertia
moment. Set a longer accel/decel time when Stall Prevention is enabled. The accel/decel times are lengthened for as long
as the Stall Prevention function is operating. For faster acceleration and deceleration, install one of the braking options
available or increase the capacity of the drive.
■ Compliance with Harmonic Suppression Guidelines
YS1000 conforms to strict guidelines in Japan covering harmonic suppression for power conversion devices. Defined in
JEM-TR201 and JEM-TR226 and published by the Japan Electrical Manufacturers’ Association, these guidelines define
the amount of harmonic current output acceptable for new installation. Instructions on calculation harmonic output are
available at www.e-mechatronics.com.
■ General Handling
Wiring Check
Never connect the power supply lines to output terminals U/T1, V/T2, or W/T3. Doing so will destroy the drive. Be sure
to perform a final check of all sequence wiring and other connections before turning the power on. Make sure there are
no short circuits on the control terminals (+V, AC, etc.), as this could damage the drive.

18 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 i.2 General Safety

Selecting a Circuit Breaker or Leakage Circuit Breaker

Yaskawa recommends installing Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) to the power supply side. The ELCB should be
designed for use with an AC drive (e.g. Type B according to IEC 60755).
Select a MCCB (Molded Case Circuit Breaker) or ELCB with a rated current that is 1.5 to 2 times higher than the rated
current of the drive in order to avoid nuisance trips caused by harmonics in the drive input current. Also refer to
Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) and Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) on page 304.
Magnetic Contactor Installation
Use a magnetic contactor (MC) to ensure that power to the drive can be completely shut off when necessary. The MC
should be wired so that it opens when a fault output terminal is triggered.
Avoid switching a magnetic contactor on the power supply side more frequently than once every 30 minutes. Frequent
switching can cause damage to the drive.
Inspection and Maintenance
Capacitors in the drive take time to discharge even after the power has been shut off. After shutting off the power, wait
for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components.
The heatsink can become quite hot during operation, and proper precautions should be taken to prevent burns. When
replacing the cooling fan, shut off the power and wait at least 15 minutes to be sure that the heatsink has cooled down.
Even when the power has been shut off for a drive running a PM motor, voltage continues to be generated at the motor
terminals while the motor coasts to stop. Take the precautions described below to prevent shock and injury:
• Applications where the machine can still rotate even though the drive has fully stopped should have a load switch
installed to the output side of the drive. Yaskawa recommends manual load switches from the AICUT LB Series by
AICHI Electric Works Co., Ltd.
• Do not allow an external force to rotate the motor beyond the maximum allowable speed, also when the drive has been
shut off.
• Wait for at least the time specified on the warning label after opening the load switch on the output side before
inspecting the drive or performing any maintenance.
• Do not open and close the load switch while the motor is running, as this can damage the drive.
• If the motor is coasting, make sure the power to the drive is turned on and the drive output has completely stopped
before closing the load switch.
Wiring
All wire ends should use ring terminals for UL/cUL compliance. Use only the tools recommended by the terminal
manufacturer for crimping.
Transporting the Drive
Never steam clean the drive.
During transport, keep the drive from coming into contact with salts, fluorine, bromine, phthalate ester, and other such
harmful chemicals.

◆ Notes on Motor Operation

■ Using a Standard Motor
Low Speed Range
The cooling fan of a standard motor is usually designed to sufficiently cool the motor at the rated speed. As the self-
cooling capability of such a motor reduces with the speed, applying full torque at low speed will possibly damage the
motor. To prevent motor damage from overheat, reduce the load torque as the motor slows.
Figure i.2 shows the allowable load characteristics for a Yaskawa standard motor. A motor designed specifically for
operation with a drive should be used when 100% continuous torque is needed at low speeds.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 19
i.2 General Safety
Figure i.2

25% ED (or 15 min)

40% ED (or 20 min)
60% ED (or 40 min)

100
90
80
70
Torque 60
(%) 50
Continuous operation

3 6 20 60

Frequency (Hz)

Figure i.2 Allowable Load Characteristics for a Yaskawa Motor

Insulation Tolerance
Consider voltage tolerance levels and insulation in applications with an input voltage of 440 V or particularly long
wiring distances. Contact Yaskawa or your Yaskawa agent for consultation.
High Speed Operation
Problems may occur with the motor bearings and dynamic balance of the machine when operating a motor beyond its
rated speed. Contact the motor or machine manufacturer.
Torque Characteristics
Torque characteristics differ compared to operating the motor directly from line power. The user should have a full
understanding of the load torque characteristics for the application.
Vibration and Shock
YS1000 lets the user choose between high carrier PWM control and low carrier PWM. Selecting high carrier PWM can
help reduce motor oscillation.
Take particular caution when using a variable speed drive for an application that is conventionally run from line power at
a constant speed. If resonance occurs shock-absorbing rubber should be installed around the base of the motor and the
Jump frequency selection should be enabled to prevent continuous operation in the resonant frequency range.
Audible Noise
Noise created during run varies by the carrier frequency setting. When using a high carrier frequency, audible noise from
the motor is comparable to the motor noise generated when running from line power. Operating above the rated r/min,
however, can create unpleasant motor noise.

◆ Applications with Specialized Motors

■ Applications with Specialized Motors
Multi-Pole Motor
Because the rated current will differ from a standard motor, be sure to check the maximum current when selecting a
drive. Always stop the motor before switching between the number of motor poles. If a regen overvoltage fault occurs or
if overcurrent protection is triggered, the motor will coast to stop.
Explosion-Proof Motor
Both the motor and drive need to be tested together to be certified as explosion-proof. The drive is not designed for
explosion proof areas.
Furthermore, if an encoder is attached to an explosion-proof motor make sure the encoder is explosion-proof too. Use an
insulating signal converter for connecting the encoder signal lines to the drives speed feedback option card.

20 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 i.2 General Safety

Geared Motor
To avoid gear damage when operating at low speeds or very high speeds, make sure that both the gear and lubricant are
rated for the desired speed range. Consult with the manufacturer for applications that require operation outside the rated
speed range of the motor or gear box.
Single-Phase Motor
Variable speed drives are not designed for operation with single phase motors. Using capacitors to start the motor causes
excessive current to flow and can damage drive components. A split-phase start or a repulsion start can end up burning
out the starter coils because the internal centrifugal switch is not activated. YS1000 is for use with three-phase motors
only.
Motor with Brake
Caution should be taken when using a drive to operate a motor with a built-in holding brake. If the brake is connected to
the output side of the drive, it may not release at start due to low voltage levels. A separate power supply should be
installed for the motor brake. Motors with a built-in brake tend to generate a fair amount of noise when running at low
speeds.
■ Notes on Power Transmission Parts (belts, chains, gear boxes, ...)
Installing a drive in a machine that was directly connected to the power supply allows to adjust the machine speed.
Continuous operation above or below the rated speed can wear on lubrication material in gear boxes and other power
transmission parts. In order to avoid machine damage make sure lubrication is sufficient within the whole speed range.
Note that operation above the rated speed can increase the noise generated by the machine.

◆ Drive Label Warnings

Always heed the warning information listed in Figure i.3 in the position shown in Figure i.4.
Figure i.3

WARNING
Risk of electric shock.
Read manual before installing.
Wait 5 minutes for capacitor
discharge after disconnecting
power supply.
To conform to requirements,
make sure to ground the supply
neutral for 400V class.
After opening the manual switch
between the drive and motor,
please wait 5 minutes before
inspecting, performing
maintenance or wiring the drive.
Hot surfaces
Top and Side surfaces may
become hot. Do not touch.
Figure i.3 Warning Information

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 21
i.2 General Safety
Figure i.4

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180 ALM

F1 F2

LO
ESC
RE

RESET ENTER

RUN STOP

CIMR-AA2A0021FAA
200V 3Phase 5.5kW/3.7kW
S/N:

WARNING AVERTISSMENT NPJT31470-1

Risk of electric shock. Risque de décharge électrique.
Read manual before installing. Lire le manuel avant l'installation.
Wait 5 minutes for capacitor Attendre 5 minutes après la coupure
discharge after disconnecting de l'alimentation, pour permettre
power supply. la décharge des condensateurs.
To conform to requirements, Pour répondre aux exigences , s
make sure to ground the supply assurer que le neutre soit relié
neutral for 400V class. à la terre, pour la série 400V.

Warning Label
After opening the manual switch Après avoir déconnécte la protection
between the drive and motor, entre le driver et le moteur, veuillez
please wait 5 minutes before patienter 5 minutes avain d’effectuer
inspecting, performing une opération de montage ou de
maintenance or wiring the drive. câblage du variateur.
Hot surfaces Surfaces Chaudes
Top and Side surfaces may Dessus et cotés du boitier Peuvent
become hot. Do not touch. devenir chaud. Ne Pas toucher.

400V

Figure i.4 Warning Information Position

◆ Warranty Information
■ Warranty Period
This drive is warranted for 12 months from the date of delivery to the customer or 18 months from the date of shipment
from the Yaskawa factory, whichever comes first.
■ Scope of Warranty
Inspections
Customers are responsible for periodic inspections of the drive. Upon request, a Yaskawa representative will inspect the
drive for a fee. If the Yaskawa representative finds the drive to be defective due to Yaskawa workmanship or materials
and the defect occurs during the warranty period, this inspection fee will be waived and the problem remedied free of
charge.
Repairs
If a Yaskawa product is found to be defective due to Yaskawa workmanship or materials and the defect occurs during the
warranty period, Yaskawa will provide a replacement, repair the defective product, and provide shipping to and from the
site free of charge.
However, if the Yaskawa Authorized Service Center determines that the problem with the drive is not due to defective
workmanship or materials, the customer will be responsible for the cost of any necessary repairs. Some problems that are
outside the scope of this warranty are:
• Problems due to improper maintenance or handling, carelessness, or other reasons where the customer is determined to
be responsible.
• Problems due to additions or modifications made to a Yaskawa product without Yaskawa’s understanding.
• Problems due to the use of a Yaskawa product under conditions that do not meet the recommended specifications.
• Problems caused by natural disaster or fire.
• After the free warranty period elapses.
• Replenishment or replacement of consumables or expendables.
• Defective products due to packaging or fumigation.
• Other problems not due to defects in Yaskawa workmanship or materials.
Warranty service is only applicable within Japan. However, after-sales service is available for customers outside of Japan
for a reasonable fee.
Contact your local Yaskawa representative for more information.
Exceptions
Any inconvenience to the customer or damage to non-Yaskawa products due to Yaskawa’s defective products whether
within or outside of the warranty period are NOT covered by warranty.

22 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 i.2 General Safety

■ Restrictions
YS1000 was not designed or manufactured for use in devices or systems that may directly affect or threaten human lives
or health.
Customers who intend to use the product described in this manual for devices or systems relating to transportation, health
care, space aviation, atomic power, electric power, or in underwater applications must first contact their Yaskawa
representatives or the nearest Yaskawa sales office.
This product has been manufactured under strict quality-control guidelines. However, if this product is to be installed in
any location where failure of this product could involve or result in a life-and-death situation or loss of human life or in a
facility where failure may cause a serious accident or physical injury, safety devices must be installed to minimize the
likelihood of any accident.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 23
i.2 General Safety

24 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 1
Receiving
This chapter explains how to inspect the drive upon receipt, and gives and overview of the
different enclosure types and components.

1.1 SECTION SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1.3 MODEL NUMBER AND NAMEPLATE CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
1.4 DRIVE MODELS AND ENCLOSURE TYPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.5 COMPONENT NAMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 25
1.1 Section Safety

1.1 Section Safety

CAUTION
Do not carry the drive by the front cover or the terminal cover.
Failure to comply may cause the main body of the drive to fall, resulting in minor or moderate injury.

NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
A motor connected to a PWM drive may operate at a higher temperature than a utility-fed motor and the
operating speed range may reduce motor cooling capacity.
Ensure that the motor is suitable for drive duty and/or the motor service factor is adequate to accommodate the
additional heating with the intended operating conditions.

26 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 1.2 General Description

1.2 General Description

◆ YS1000 Model Selection
Table 1.1 gives a reference for drive selection depending on the motor power.
Note: The models and capacities in shown here are based on standard settings and operation conditions. Derating is required for higher
carrier frequencies and higher ambient temperatures.
Table 1.1 YS1000 Models
Motor Power (kW) Model CIMR-AY Rated Output Current (A)
220 4A0515 450 <1>
315 4A0675 605 <1>

<1> These values assume the carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz.

Note: Current derating is required when setting the carrier frequency higher. Refer to Carrier Frequency Derating on page 315 for
details.

◆ Control Mode Selection

Table 1.2 gives an overview of the YS1000 control modes and their various features.
Table 1.2 Control Modes and their Features
Motor Type Induction Motors Permanent Magnet Motors Comments
Control Mode V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV AOLV/PM CLV/PM –
Default Setting is Open Loop Vector
Parameter Setting A1-02 = 0 A1-02 = 1 A1-02 = 2 A1-02 = 3 A1-02 = 6 A1-02 = 7
Control.
V/f control Open Loop Closed Loop
Open Loop Closed Loop
Basic Description V/f control using motor Vector control Vector control –
Vector control Vector control
speed feedback for IPM motors for PM motors
Motor Type IM IM IM IM IPM PM –
Multi Motor YES N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A –
Motor data unknown YES N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A –
High Speed Accuracy N/A YES YES YES YES YES –
Type of High Speed Response N/A N/A YES YES YES YES –
Applications Zero Speed Control N/A N/A N/A YES YES YES –
Torque Control
N/A N/A N/A YES YES YES –
Operation

Receiving
Torque Limit
N/A N/A YES YES N/A YES –
Operation
PG-B3 or PG-B3 or
PG Option Card N/A N/A N/A PG-X3 –
PG-X3 PG-X3
May fluctuate with characteristics and
Speed Control Range 1:40 1:40 1:200 1:1500 1:100 1:1500
motor temperature. 1
Speed deviation when operating at
Speed Accuracy ±2 to 3% ±0.03% ±0.2% ±0.02% ±0.2% ±0.02% constant speed. May fluctuate with
characteristics and motor temperature.
Control
Characteristics Max. frequency of a speed reference signal
3 Hz 3 Hz
Speed Response 10 Hz 50 Hz 10 Hz 50 Hz that the drive can follow. May fluctuate
(approx.) (approx.)
with characteristics and motor temperature.
May fluctuate with characteristics and
200% at 0 200% at 200% at
Starting Torque 150% at 3 Hz 150% at 3 Hz 200% at 0.3 Hz motor temperature.
r/min 0 r/min 0 r/min
Performance may differ by capacity.
• Stationary
• Rotational • Rotational
• Stationary • Line to line Automatically adjusts parameter settings
• Line to line • Line to line • Stationary • Stationary
Auto-Tuning • Line to line resistance that concern electrical characteristics of the
resistance resistance • Line to line • Line to line
resistance • Encoder motor.
resistance resistance
Offset
Sets the maximum torque for the motor to
Torque Limit N/A N/A YES YES YES YES
protect the load and connected machinery.
Application- Allows direct control of motor torque for
Torque Control N/A N/A N/A YES N/A YES
Specific tension control and other such applications.
Droop Function N/A N/A N/A YES N/A YES –
Zero Servo Control N/A N/A N/A YES N/A YES Locks the rotor position.
Prevents overvoltage by increasing speed
Overvoltage
YES YES YES YES YES YES during regeneration. Never use this
Suppression
function with hoist or crane applications.
High Frequency Greatly increases the speed control range
N/A N/A N/A N/A YES N/A
Injection of an IPM motor.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 27
1.3 Model Number and Nameplate Check

1.3 Model Number and Nameplate Check

Please perform the following tasks after receiving the drive:
• Inspect the drive for damage.
If the drive appears damaged upon receipt, contact the shipper immediately.
• Verify receipt of the correct model by checking the information on the nameplate.
• If you have received the wrong model or the drive does not function properly, contact your supplier.

◆ Nameplate
Figure 1.1

AC drive model MODEL : CIMR-AY4A0515APA

MAX APPLI. MOTOR : 250kW / 220kW REV : A
Input specifications INPUT : AC3PH 380-480V 50/60Hz 465A / 410A
IND.CONT.EQ.
Output specifications OUTPUT : AC3PH 0-480V 0-400Hz 515A / 450A 7J48
MASS : 216 kg PRG : 5140 Software version
Lot number O/N :
Serial number S/N :

FILE NO : E131457 IP00

PASS
YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION MADE IN JAPAN

Figure 1.1 Nameplate Information

◆ Model Number
CIMR - A Y 4 A 0515 A P A
Drive A1000 Customized Enclosure Design
No. No. Type
Series Specifications Revision
A Standard model A IP00 Order
YS1000 Drive
for YSAD
No. Voltage Class Environmental
No.
4 3-phase, 380-480 Vac Specification
P Humidity-dust-and
Vibration-resistant

No. Max. Motor Capacity kW Rated Output Current A

0515 220 450
0675 315 605

28 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 1.4 Drive Models and Enclosure Types

1.4 Drive Models and Enclosure Types

The enclosures type for YS1000 drives are IP00.
IP00 enclosure models are designed for installation in an enclosure panel that serves to protect personnel from injury
caused by accidentally touching live parts.
Table 1.3 Drive Enclosure Type
Drive Models Enclosure Type
4A0515A
CIMR-AY IP00
4A0675A

Receiving
1

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 29
1.5 Component Names

1.5 Component Names

This section gives and overview of the drive components.
Note: See Using the Digital Operator on page 71 for a description of the operator keypad.

◆ Exploded view
Figure 1.2

A
E

H
B

N
A C
I L

J O

M K

A – Mounting hole I – Circuitboard cooling fan unit case

B – Heatsink J – Front cover
C – Terminal board K – USB port (type-B)
D – Fan finger guard L – Digital operator
E – Cooling fan M – Front cover screw
F – Fan unit case N – Drive cover 1
G – Circulation fan O – Drive cover 2
H – Circuitboard cooling fan P – Terminal cover
Figure 1.2 Exploded view of IP00 Enclosure Type Components

30 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 1.5 Component Names

◆ Front Views
Figure 1.3

D C B A

YEC_TMonly - +1 +3 F

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3 G

A – Terminal board connector E – Ground terminal

B – DIP switch S1 (Refer to Terminal A2 Analog F – Terminal board (Refer to Control Circuit
Input Signal Selection on page 64) Wiring on page 54)
C – DIP switch S2 (Refer to MEMOBUS/Modbus G – Main circuit terminal (Refer to Wiring the
Termination on page 65) Main Circuit Terminal on page 53)
D – Sink/source jumper S3 (Refer to Power
Supply Inputs Instead of the Hardwire Base
Block on page 61)
Figure 1.3 Front View of Drives

Receiving
1

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 31
1.5 Component Names

32 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 2
Mechanical Installation
This chapter explains how to properly mount and install the drive.

2.1 SECTION SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

2.2 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 33
2.1 Section Safety

2.1 Section Safety

WARNING
Fire Hazard
Provide sufficient cooling when installing the drive inside an enclosed panel or cabinet.
Failure to comply could result in overheating and fire.
When multiple drives are placed inside the same enclosure panel, install proper cooling to ensure air entering the
enclosure does not exceed 40°C.
Crush Hazard
If using a crane or a lifter to transport the drive, make sure that only qualified personnel are allowed operating.
Incorrect operation may cause the drive to suddenly drop, resulting in serious injury.

CAUTION
Crush Hazard
Only allow qualified personnel to operate a crane or hoist to transport the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from free-falling equipment.

NOTICE
Equipment Hazard
Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings or wire clippings from falling into the drive during drive
installation and project construction.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Place a temporary cover over the top during installation. Be sure to remove the temporary cover before start-up, as the
cover will reduce ventilation and cause the unit to overheat.
Observe proper electrostatic discharge (ESD) procedures when handling the drive.
Failure to comply could result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Operating the motor in the low-speed range diminishes the cooling effects, increases motor temperature, and
may lead to motor damage by overheating.
Reduce the motor torque in the low-speed range whenever using a standard blower cooled motor. If 100% torque is
required continuously at low speed, consider using a special drive or vector-control motor. Select a motor that is
compatible with the required load torque and operating speed range.
The speed range for continuous operation differs according to the lubrication method and motor manufacturer.
If the motor is to be operated at a speed higher than the rated speed, consult with the manufacturer.
Continuously operating an oil-lubricated motor in the low-speed range may result in burning.
When the input voltage is 440 V or higher or the wiring distance is greater than 100 meters, pay special
attention to the motor insulation voltage or use a drive-rated motor with reinforced insulation.
Failure to comply could lead to motor winding failure.
Motor vibration may increase when operating a machine in variable-speed mode, if that machine previously
operated at a constant speed.
Install vibration-proof rubber on the motor base or use the frequency jump function to skip a frequency resonating the
machine.
The motor may require more acceleration torque with drive operation than with a commercial power supply.
Set a proper V/f pattern by checking the load torque characteristics of the machine to be used with the motor.

34 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 2.1 Section Safety

NOTICE
The rated input current of submersible motors is higher than the rated input current of standard motors.
Select an appropriate drive according to its rated output current. When the distance between the motor and drive is
long, use a cable thick enough to connect the motor to the drive to prevent motor torque reduction.
The current rating differs for a motor with variable pole pitches differs from a standard motor.
Check the maximum current of the motor before selecting the drive capacity. Only switch motor poles when the motor
is stopped. Switching between motor during run will trigger overcurrent protection circuitry or result in overvoltage
from regeneration, and the motor will simply coast to stop.
When using an explosion-proof motor, it must be subject to an explosion-proof test in conjunction with the
drive.
This is also applicable when an existing explosion-proof motor is to be operated with the drive. Since the drive itself is
not explosion-proof, always install it in a safe place.
Never lift the drive up while the cover is removed.
This can damage the terminal board and other components.

Mechanical
Installation
2

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 35
2.2 Mechanical Installation

2.2 Mechanical Installation

This section outlines specifications, procedures, and the environment for proper mechanical installation of the drive.

◆ Installation Environment
To help prolong the optimum performance life of the drive, install the drive in an environmental matching the
specifications below.
Table 2.1 Installation Environment
Environment Conditions
Installation Area Indoors
-10°C to +50 °C
Drive reliability improves in environments without wide temperature fluctuations.
Ambient Temperature When using the drive in an enclosure panel, install a cooling fan or air conditioner in the area to ensure that the air temperature inside the enclosure
does not exceed the specified levels.
Do not allow ice to develop on the drive.
Humidity 95% RH or less and free of condensation
Storage Temperature -20 to +60 °C
Install the drive in an area free from:
• oil mist and dust
• metal shavings, oil, water or other foreign materials
• radioactive materials
Surrounding Area • combustible materials (e.g., wood)
• harmful gases and liquids
• excessive vibration
• chlorides
• direct sunlight
Altitude 1000 m, up to 3000 m with derating (for details, refer to Altitude Derating on page 316) <1>
10 to 20 Hz at 9.8 m/s2
Vibration
20 to 55 Hz at 2.0 m/s2
Orientation Install the drive vertically to maintain maximum cooling effects.
<1> If the altitude exceeds 1000 m, the drive rated voltage and the rated output current must be derated.

NOTICE: Avoid placing drive peripheral devices, transformers, or other electronics near the drive as the noise created can lead to
erroneous operation. If such devices must be used in close proximity to the drive, take proper steps to shield the drive from noise.

NOTICE: Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings and wire clippings from falling into the drive during installation. Failure to
comply could result in damage to the drive. Place a temporary cover over the top of the drive during installation. Remove the
temporary cover before startup, as the cover will reduce ventilation and cause the drive to overheat.

◆ Installation Orientation and Spacing

Install the drive upright to maintain proper cooling.
Figure 2.1

OK Not Good Not Good

Figure 2.1 Correct Installation Orientation

36 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 2.2 Mechanical Installation

■ Drive Installation
Figure 2.2 shows the installation distance required to maintain sufficient space for airflow and wiring.
Figure 2.2

Side Clearance Top/Bottom Clearance

A
C

B B D
C
A

A – 50 mm minimum C – 120 mm minimum

B – 30 mm minimum D – Airflow direction
Figure 2.2 Correct Installation Spacing

◆ Digital Operator Remote Usage

■ Remote Operation
The digital operator mounted on the drive can be removed and connected to the drive using an extension cable up to 3 m
long. This makes it easier to operate the drive when it is installed in a location where it can not be accessed easily.
The digital operator can also be permanently mounted in a remote location like a panel door. An extension cable and an
installation support set (depending on the installation type) will be required.
Note: Refer to Drive Options and Peripheral Devices on page 297 for information on extension cables and installation support sets.
Figure 2.3

Mechanical
Installation
Drive Operator

2
S / N : J007XE273710001

Comm Port

TMonly

Communication Cable Connector

Figure 2.3 Communication Cable Connection

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 37
2.2 Mechanical Installation

■ Digital Operator Remote Installation

Digital Operator Dimensions

12.2 1.6 Installation holes (2-M3 screws, depth 5)

S / N : J007XE273710001

90

78
15
7.9 44
60

YEC_TMonly minimum
50 Unit: mm

Figure 2.4 Digital Operator Dimensions

Installation Types and Required Materials
There are two ways the digital operator can be mounted to an enclosure:
1. External/face-mount installs the operator outside the enclosure panel
2. Internal/flush-mount installs the operator inside the enclosure panel
Table 2.2 Digital Operator Installation Methods and Required Tools
Installation Method Description Installation Support Sets Model Required Tools
Simplified installation with the digital
External/Face-Mount operator is mounted on the outside of – – Phillips screwdriver (#1)
the panel with two screws.
Installation Support Set A
(for mounting with screws through EZZ020642A Phillips screwdriver (#1, #2)
Encloses the digital operator in the holes in the panel)
Internal/Flush-Mount panel. The digital operator is flush
with the outside of the panel. Installation Support Set B
Phillips screwdriver (#1)
(for use with threaded studs that are EZZ020642B
Wrench (7 mm)
fixed to the panel)

Note: Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings or wire clippings from falling into the drive during installation and project
construction. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive. Place a temporary cover over the top of the drive during
installation. Remove the temporary cover before startup, as the cover will reduce ventilation and cause the drive to overheat.
External/Face-Mount
1. Cut an opening in the enclosure panel for the digital operator as shown in Figure 2.6.
2. Position the digital operator so the display faces outwards, and mount it to the enclosure panel as shown in
Figure 2.5.
Figure 2.4

Digital Operator M3 × 6
Phillips recessed
pan head machine screw × 2

Enclosure panel

TMonly

Unit: mm
Figure 2.5 External/Face-Mount Installation

38 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 2.2 Mechanical Installation
Figure 2.5

22
TMonly

78

26
22
2
22
14
Unit: mm
Figure 2.6 Panel Cut-Out Dimensions (External/Face-Mount Installation)
Internal/Flush-Mount
An internal flush-mount requires an installation support set that must be purchased separately. Contact your Yaskawa
representative to order an installation support set and mounting hardware. Figure 2.7 illustrates how to attach the
Installation Support Set A.
1. Cut an opening in the enclosure panel for the digital operator as shown in Figure 2.8.
2. Mount the digital operator to the installation support.
3. Mount the installation support set and digital operator to the enclosure panel.
Figure 2.6

Enclosure panel
Digital Operator

M4 × 10 Installation Support Set A

Phillips truss head screw × 4
(for panel widths between 1 and 1.6) M3 × 6
Phillips recessed
pan head machine screw × 2

TMonly

Mechanical
Installation
Unit: mm

Figure 2.7 Internal/Flush Mount Installation

2
Note: For environments with a significant amount of dust or other airborne debris, use a gasket between the enclosure panel and the
digital operator.
Figure 2.7
89 +0.5
0

120

45
TMonly
59 +0.5
0

Unit : mm

Figure 2.8 Panel Cut-Out Dimensions (Internal/Flush-Mount Installation)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 39
2.2 Mechanical Installation

◆ Exterior and Mounting Dimensions

6-d
W1
220 220 t2

H1
H
t1

H2
D1
D
Max 6 W Max 6

Table 2.3 Dimensions

Dimensions (mm)
Drive Model
CIMR-AY4A Weight
W H D W1 H1 H2 D1 t1 t2 d
(kg)
0515 670 1140 370 440 1110 15 150 4.5 4.5 M12 216
0675 670 1140 370 440 1110 15 150 4.5 4.5 M12 221

40 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 3
Electrical Installation
This chapter explains proper procedures for wiring the control circuit terminals, motor, and
power supply.

3.1 SECTION SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

3.2 STANDARD CONNECTION DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.3 MAIN CIRCUIT CONFIGURATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.4 TERMINAL BLOCK CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.5 TERMINAL COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.6 DIGITAL OPERATOR AND FRONT COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.7 MAIN CIRCUIT WIRING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.8 CONTROL CIRCUIT WIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.9 CONTROL I/O CONNECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.10 TERMINAL A2 ANALOG INPUT SIGNAL SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
3.11 MEMOBUS/MODBUS TERMINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
3.12 EXTERNAL INTERLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
3.13 WIRING CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 41
3.1 Section Safety

3.1 Section Safety

DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

42 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 3.1 Section Safety

WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Make sure the protective earthing conductor complies with technical standards and local safety regulations.
The leakage current exceeds 3.5 mA. According to IEC 61800-5-1 automatic power supply interruption in case of
discontinuity of the protective earthing conductor must be provided or a protective earthing conductor with a cross
section of at least 10 mm2 (Cu) or 16 mm2 (Al) must be used.
Use appropriate equipment for electric leakage circuit breaker (ELCB).
This drive can cause a residual current with a DC component in the protective earthing conductor. Where a residual
current operated protective or monitoring device is used for protection in case of direct or indirect contact, always use
an ELCB of type B according to IEC 60755.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection, and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment, and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not touch any terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.

Electrical Installation
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the
power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive
before touching any components.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque. 3
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Do not install the drive to a combustible surface. Never place combustible materials on the drive.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
When installing dynamic braking options, perform all wiring exactly as specified in the wiring diagrams
provided.
Failure to do so can result in fire. Improper wiring may damage braking components.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 43
3.1 Section Safety

CAUTION
Crush Hazard
If using a crane or a lifter to transport the drive, make sure that only qualified personnel are allowed operating.
Incorrect operation may cause the drive to suddenly drop, resulting in serious injury.o not carry the drive by the front
cover.

NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded, twisted-pair
wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBPC72060000 when connecting a dynamic braking option to the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting any other
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.

44 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 3.2 Standard Connection Diagram

3.2 Standard Connection Diagram

Connect the drive and peripheral devices as shown in Figure 3.1. It is possible to set and run the drive via the digital
operator without connecting digital I/O wiring. This section does not discuss drive operation; Refer to Start-Up
Programming & Operation on page 69 for instructions on operating the drive.
NOTICE: Inadequate wiring could result in damage to the drive. Install adequate branch circuit short circuit protection per applicable
codes. The drive is suitable for circuits capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, and 480 Vac
maximum.

NOTICE: When the input voltage is 440 V or higher or the wiring distance is greater than 100 meters, pay special attention to the
motor insulation voltage or use a drive duty motor. Failure to comply could lead to motor insulation breakdown.

NOTICE: Do not connect AC control circuit ground to drive enclosure. Improper drive grounding can cause control circuit malfunction.

NOTICE: The minimum load for the multi-function relay output MA-MB-MC is 10 mA. If a circuit requires less than 10 mA (reference
value), connect it to a photocoupler output (P1, P2, PC). Improper application of peripheral devices could result in damage to the
photocoupler output of the drive.
Figure 3.1

<5>
Terminals -, +1, +3 are for FU
connection options. Never r1
connect power supply lines to FV
Wiring sequence should shut off s1
these terminals M
power to the drive when a fault FW
output is triggered. 2MCCB t1 Cooling fan
r1
s1
ELCB (MCCB)
t1
Fuse +3 +1
MC <2><3><4>
Three-phase R
R/L1 U
U/T1
power supply S S/L2 Main Circuit V
380 to 480 VT V/T2 M
T/L3
50/60 Hz Drive W/T3
W

Control Circuit <6> Ground

Forward Run / Stop
<1> S1 PGB3 TB1
<7> A+
MC MB 2MCCB THRX OFF ON MC Reverse Run / Stop
<1> S2 A
SA B+ PG
MC Through Mode S3 B
Braking resistor unit
Thermal relay trip contact THRX
Z+
Through Mode S4 Z
1 2
SA
TRX
SD
Through Mode S5 FE
MC MA SA
TRX Through Mode S6 TB2
IP
Fault relay Through Mode S7 IG
contact Multi-function
digtial inputs AO
Through Mode A track monitor
(default setting) S8 IG
BO
B track monitor

Electrical Installation
Sink / Source mode IG
selection jumper S3 ZO
SC (default: Sink) <8>
IG
CN5-C
Option board
+24 V connectors CN5-B
MA Fault relay output
CN5-A 250 Vac, max. 1 A
Shield ground terminal MB
30 Vdc, max 1 A
RP Pulse Train Input (max 32 kHz) MC (min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
<9>
+V Power supply +10.5 Vdc, max. 20 mA
M1 Multi-function relay output
2 kΩ (Through Mode)
A1 Analog Input 1 DIP Switch S1<10> M2 250 Vac, max. 1 A
Analog/ pulse
train inputs
A2
(Frequency Reference Bias) <1>
0 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ)
Multi-function Analog Input 2
V I
30 Vdc, max 1 A
(min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA) 3
(Through Mode) <1>
0 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ) P1 Multi-function photo coupler output 1
4 to 20 mA / 0 to 20 mA (250 Ω) (Through Mode)
A3 Multi-function Analog Input 3 48 Vdc, max 50 mA
(Through Mode) <1>
AC 0 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ) P2 Multi-function photo coupler output 2
(Through Mode)
0V PC 48 Vdc, max 50 mA
<9> −V Power supply, -10.5 Vdc, max. 20 mA
Termination resistor MP Multi-function pulse train output
(120 Ω, 1/2 W) (Output frequency)
AC 0 to 32 kHz (2.2 kΩ)
DIP
Switch S2 0V
R+
R FM
<11> Multi-function analog output 1
+
MEMOBUS/Modbus S+ FM (Motor speed)
comm. RS485/422 -10 to +10 Vdc (2mA)
max. 115.2 kBps S <14>
IG
AM Multi-function analog output 2
Hardwire Base Block
(HBB) inputs H1 AC + (Output current)
<12> AM -10 to +10 Vdc (2mA)
H2 0V <14>
E (G)
Wire
jumper HBB Monitor
DM+ shielded line
<13>
HC twisted-pair shielded line
DM
control circuit terminal
main circuit terminal

Figure 3.1 Drive Standard Connection Diagram

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 45
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram

<1> The function settings for digital input S1 and S2, and analog inputs A1 to A3 can not be changed.
<2> The drive’s protection function for the internal braking transistor needs to be disabled (L8-55 = 0) if using a regen unit such as a regen
converter or some type of dynamic braking options (and therefore not the internal braking transistor).
<3> Make sure Stall Prevention is disabled (L3-04 = 0) whenever using a regenerative converter, a regenerative unit or a dynamic braking option.
If left enabled, the drive may not stop within the specified deceleration time.
<4> When installing a dynamic braking option, a thermal relay sequence should also be set up to shut off power to the drive in case overheat
occurs.
<5> Self-cooling motors do not require wiring that would be necessary with motors using a cooling fan.
<6> Supplying power to the control circuit separately from the main circuit requires a 24 V power supply (option).
<7> For control modes that do not use a motor speed feedback signal, PG option card wiring is not necessary.
<8> This figure shows an example of a sequence input to S1 through S8 using a non-powered relay or an NPN transistor. Use jumper S3 to select
sink or source, and an internal or external power supply.
<9> The maximum output current capacity for the +V and -V terminals on the control circuit is 20 mA. Never short terminals +V, -V, and AC, as
this can cause erroneous operation or damage the drive.
<10> Set DIP switch S1 to select between a voltage or current input signal to terminal A2. The default setting is for current input.
<11> Enable the termination resistor in the last drive in a MEMOBUS network by setting DIP switch S2 to the ON position.
<12> The sink/source setting for the Hardwire Base Block (HBB) input is the same as with the sequence input. Jumper S3 has the drive set for an
external power supply. When not using the HBB input feature, remove the jumper shorting the input and connect an external power supply.
Refer to Figure 3.24 for instructions.
<13> Disconnect the wire jumper between H1 - HC and H2 - HC when utilizing the Hardwire Base Block (HBB) input.
<14> Monitor outputs work with devices such as analog frequency meters, ammeters, voltmeters, and wattmeters. They are not intended for use as
a feedback-type of signal.

WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Do not close the wiring for the control circuit unless the multifunction input terminal
parameters are properly set. Improper sequencing of run/stop circuitry could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.

WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Ensure start/stop and safety circuits are wired properly and in the correct state before
energizing the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.

46 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 3.3 Main Circuit Configurations

3.3 Main Circuit Configurations

Refer to the Figure 3.2 when wiring the drive’s main circuit. The DC power supply for the main circuit also provides
power to the control circuit.
NOTICE: Do not use the negative DC bus terminal “-” as a ground terminal. This terminal is at high DC voltage potential. Improper
wiring connections could damage the drive.
Figure 3.2

+3

+1
Relay
DC Current
reactor sensor
R/L1 U/T1
+
S/L2 V/T2
T/L3 W/T3

24 V Control
Power Gate board Operator
Supply board

Figure 3.2 Drive main circuit configurations

Electrical Installation
3

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 47
3.4 Terminal Block Configuration

3.4 Terminal Block Configuration

Figure 3.3 shows the main circuit terminal arrangement.
Figure 3.3

YEC_TMonly

CIMR-AY4A0515, 0675

– +1 +3

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

Figure 3.3 Main Circuit Terminal Block Configuration

48 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 3.5 Terminal Cover

3.5 Terminal Cover

Follow the procedure below to remove the terminal cover for wiring and to reattach the terminal cover after wiring is
complete.

◆ Removing the Terminal Cover

1. Loosen 5 screws on the terminal cover, then pull down on the cover.
CAUTION! Crush Hazard. Do not completely remove the cover screws, just loosen them. If the cover screws are removed completely,
the terminal cover may fall off causing an injury. Take special care when removing/reattaching the terminal covers.
Figure 3.4

Figure 3.4 Removing the Terminal Cover

2. Pull forward on the terminal cover to free it from the drive.
Figure 3.5

Electrical Installation
Figure 3.5 Removing the Terminal Cover

◆ Reattaching the Terminal Cover

Once wiring to the terminal board and other devices is complete, double check all connections and finally reattach the
terminal cover. Refer to Wiring the Main Circuit Terminal on page 53 and Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal on
page 58 for details on wiring.
3
Figure 3.6

Connect ground wiring first,

followed by the main circuit,
and then wire the control circuit.

Figure 3.6 Reattaching the Terminal Cover

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 49
3.6 Digital Operator and Front Cover

3.6 Digital Operator and Front Cover

NOTICE: Be sure the digital operator has been removed prior to opening the front cover or reattaching it. Leaving the digital operator
plugged into the drive when removing the front cover can result in erroneous operation caused by a poor connection. Before
reattaching the operator make sure the front cover has been firmly fastened back into place.

The digital operator can be detached from the drive for remote operation, or when the front cover has to be opened to
install an option card.

◆ Removing/Reattaching the Front Cover

■ Removing the Front Cover
1. Remove the terminal cover and the digital operator.
2. Loosen the installation screws on the front cover.
3. Use the straight-edge screwdriver to loosen the hooks on the each side of the cover that hold it in place.
Figure 3.7

Hook Hook

Front cover Free hooks on both

installation screw sides of the cover
Figure 3.7 Remove the Front Cover
4. First unhook the left side of the front cover, then swing the left side towards you as shown in the figure below
until the cover comes off.
Figure 3.8

Figure 3.8 Remove the Front Cover

■ Reattaching the Front Cover

1. Slide the front cover so that the hooks on the top connect to the drive.
Figure 3.9

Figure 3.9 Reattach the Front Cover

2. Once the hooks have connected to the drive, press firmly on the cover to make sure it locks into place.

50 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 3.7 Main Circuit Wiring

3.7 Main Circuit Wiring

This section describes the functions, specifications, and procedures required to safely and properly wire the main circuit
in the drive.
NOTICE: Do not solder the ends of wire connections to the drive. Soldered wiring connections can loosen over time. Improper wiring
practices could result in drive malfunction due to loose terminal connections.

◆ Main Circuit Terminal Functions

Table 3.1 Main Circuit Terminal Functions
Terminal Type
Function Page
Model CIMR-AY 4A0515, 4A0675
R/L1
S/L2 Main circuit power supply input Connects line power to the drive 45
T/L3
U/T1
V/T2 Drive output Connects to the motor 45
W/T3
– For connection
• DC power supply input (+1, –) • of the drive to a DC power supply (terminals +1 and – are not EU or UL
+1
• Braking unit connection (+3, –) approved) –
+3 • of dynamic braking options
10 Ω or less Grounding terminal 53

◆ Protecting Main Circuit Terminals

■ Insulation Cap
Use insulation caps when wiring the drive with crimp terminals. Take particular care to ensure that wiring does not touch
neighboring terminals or the surrounding case.
■ Insulation Barrier
Insulation barriers are packaged with drive to provide added protection between terminals. Yaskawa recommends using
the insulation barriers provided to ensure proper wiring. See Figure 3.10 for instructions on where the insulation barriers
should be placed.

Electrical Installation
Figure 3.10

Insulation Barrier

Figure 3.10 Installing insulation barriers

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 51
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring

◆ Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque

Select the appropriate wires and crimp terminals from Table 3.2.
Note: 1. Wire gauge recommendations based on drive continuous current ratings using 75 °C 600 Vac vinyl-sheathed wire assuming ambient
temperature within 40 °C and wiring distance less than 100 m.
2. Terminals +1, +3, and – are for connecting optional devices such as a DC reactor or braking resistor. Do not connect other nonspecific
devices to these terminals.
• Consider the amount of voltage drop when selecting wire gauges. Increase the wire gauge when the voltage drop is
greater than 2% of motor rated voltage. Ensure the wire gauge is suitable for the terminal block. Use the following
formula to calculate the amount of voltage drop:
Line drop voltage (V) = 3 × wire resistance (Ω/km) × wire length (m) × motor rated current(A) × 10-3
• Refer to instruction manual TOBP C720600 00 for braking unit or braking resistor unit wire gauges.
• Use terminal +1 and the negative terminal when connecting a braking resistor, regenerative converter, or a regen unit.
• Refer to UL Standards Compliance on page 408 for information on UL compliance.
Note: The mark indicates the terminals for protective ground connection. (as defined in IEC60417-5019)
Grounding impedance: 10 Ω and less
Table 3.2 Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications
For Asia <1> For U.S.A <2> For Europe and China <3>
Tightening
Model Recommended Applicable Recommended Applicable Recommended Applicable Screw
Terminal Torque
CIMR-AY Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Size Nxm (lb.in.)
mm2 mm2 AWG, kcmil AWG, kcmil mm2 mm2
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 125 × 2P 80 to 150 3/0 × 4P 3/0 to 300 120 × 2P 95 to 150

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 150 × 2P 80 to 150 4/0 × 4P 3/0 to 300 150 × 2P 95 to 150
32 to 40
4A0515 –, +1 60 × 4P 60 to 150 – 1/0 to 300 – 70 to 150 M12
(283 to 354)
+3 100 × 2P 60 to 150 – 1/0 to 300 – 70 to 150

60 50 to 150 1/0 1/0 to 300 150 50 to 150

R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 80 × 4P 80 to 150 300 × 4P 4/0 to 300 95 × 4P 95 to 150

U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 80 × 4P 80 to 150 300 × 4P 4/0 to 300 95 × 4P 95 to 150

32 to 40
4A0675 –, +1 125 × 4P 60 to 150 – 1/0 to 300 – 70 to 150 M12
(283 to 354)
+3 60 × 4P 60 to 150 – 1/0 to 300 – 70 to 150

60 70 to 150 2/0 2/0 to 300 95 × 2P 60 to 150

<1> Gauges listed here are for use in Japan.

<2> Gauges listed here are for use in the United States.
<3> Gauges listed here are for use in Europe and China.

◆ Main Circuit Terminal and Motor Wiring

This section outlines the various steps, precautions, and checkpoints for wiring the main circuit terminals and motor
terminals.
NOTICE: When connecting the motor to the drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3, the phase order for the drive and motor
should match. Failure to comply with proper wiring practices may cause the motor to run in reverse if the phase order is backward.

NOTICE: Do not connect phase-advancing capacitors or LC/RC noise filters to the output circuits. Failure to comply could result in
damage to the drive, phase-advancing capacitors, LC/RC noise filters or ground fault circuit interrupters.

NOTICE: Do not connect the AC power line to the output motor terminals of the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious
injury by fire as a result of drive damage from line voltage application to output terminals.

■ Cable Length Between Drive and Motor

Voltage drop along the motor cable may cause reduced motor torque when the wiring between the drive and the motor is
too long, especially at low frequency output. This can also be a problem when motors are connected in parallel with a
fairly long motor cable. Drive output current will increase as the leakage current from the cable increases. An increase in
leakage current may trigger an overcurrent situation and weaken the accuracy of the current detection.

52 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 3.7 Main Circuit Wiring

Adjust the drive carrier frequency according to Table 3.3. If the motor wiring distance exceeds 100 m because of the
system configuration, reduce the ground currents.
Table 3.3 Cable Length Between Drive and Motor
Cable Length 50 m or less 100 m or less Greater than 100 m
Carrier Frequency 15 kHz or less 5 kHz or less 2 kHz or less

Note: When setting carrier frequency in a drive running multiple motors, calculate the cable length as the total distance of wiring to all
motors that are connected.

■ Ground Wiring
Follow the precautions to wire the ground for one drive or a series of drives.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Always use a ground wire that complies with technical standards on electrical equipment and
minimize the length of the ground wire. Improper equipment grounding may cause dangerous electrical potentials on equipment
chassis, which could result in death or serious injury.

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Be sure to ground the drive ground terminal (Ground to 10 Ω or less). Improper equipment
grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting ungrounded electrical equipment.

NOTICE: Do not share the ground wire with other devices such as welding machines or large-current electrical equipment. Improper
equipment grounding could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.

NOTICE: When using more than one drive, ground multiple drives according to instructions. Improper equipment grounding could
result in abnormal operation of drive or equipment.
Refer to Figure 3.11 when using multiple drives. Do not loop the ground wire.
Figure 3.11

OK OK NG

Figure 3.11 Multiple Drive Wiring

■ Wiring the Main Circuit Terminal

Electrical Installation
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Shut off the power supply to the drive before wiring the main circuit terminals. Failure to comply
may result in death or serious injury.
Wire the main circuit terminals after the terminal board has been properly grounded.
■ Main Circuit Configurations
Refer to Main Circuit Configurations on page 47 when wiring terminals on the drive’s main power circuit.
3

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 53
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring

3.8 Control Circuit Wiring

◆ Control Circuit Connection Diagram
Figure 3.12

YECTMonly
Drive
Control Circuit <2>
Forward Run / Stop
<1> S1
Reverse Run / Stop
<1> S2

Through Mode S3

Through Mode S4

Through Mode S5
Multi-function
digtial inputs
(default setting) Through Mode S6

Through Mode S7

Through Mode S8

Sink / Source mode

selection jumper S3
SC (default: Sink) <3>
CN5-C
Option board
+24 V connectors CN5-B
MA Fault relay output
CN5-A 250 Vac, max. 1 A
Shield ground terminal MB
30 Vdc, max 1 A
RP Pulse Train Input (max 32 kHz) MC (min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
<4>
+V Power supply +10.5 Vdc, max. 20 mA
M1 Multi-function relay output
2 kΩ (During Run)
A1 Analog Input 1 DIP Switch S1 M2 250 Vac, max. 1 A
(Frequency Reference Bias) <1> 30 Vdc, max 1 A
Multi-function 0 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ) V I (min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
analog/ pulse
train inputs
A2 Analog Input 2
(Through Mode) <1>
0 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ) P1 Multi-function photo coupler output 1
4 to 20 mA / 0 to 20 mA (250 Ω) <5> (Through Mode)
A3 Analog Input 3 48 Vdc, max 50 mA
(Through Mode) <1>
AC 0 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ) P2 Multi-function photo coupler output 2
(Through Mode)
0V PC 48 Vdc, max 50 mA
<4> −V Power supply, -10.5 Vdc, max. 20 mA
Termination resistor MP Multi-function pulse train output
(120 Ω, 1/2 W) (Through Mode)
AC 0 to 32 kHz (2.2 kΩ)
DIP
Switch S2 0V
R+
R FM
<6> Multi-function analog output 1
+
MEMOBUS/Modbus S+ FM (Motor Speed)
comm. RS485/422 -10 to +10 Vdc (2mA)
max. 115.2 kBps S <9>
IG
AM Multi-function analog output 2
H1 AC + (Output current)
Hardwire Base Block <7> AM -10 to +10 Vdc (2mA)
(HBB) inputs H2 0V <9>
E (G)
Wire
jumper
DM+ HBB Monitor
<8>
HC
DM

shielded line twisted-pair shielded line

main circuit terminal control circuit terminal

Figure 3.12 Control Circuit Connection Diagram

<1> The function settings for Multi-function digital inputs S1 and S2, and Analog inputs A1 to A3 can not be changed.
<2> Supplying power to the control circuit separately from the main circuit requires 24 V power supply (option).
<3> This figure shows an example of a sequence input to S3 through S8 using a non-powered relay or an NPN transistor. Use jumper S3 to
select sink or source and internal or external power supply.
<4> The maximum output current capacity for the +V and -V terminals on the control circuit is 20 mA. Never short terminals +V, -V, and
AC, as this can cause erroneous operation or damage the drive.
<5> Set DIP switch S1 to select between a voltage or current input signal to terminal A2. The default setting is for current input.
<6> Enable the termination resistor in the last drive in a MEMOBUS network by setting DIP switch S2 to the ON position.
<7> The sink/source setting for the Hard Base Block (HBB) input is the same as with the sequence input.
<8> Disconnect the wire jumper between H1 - HC and H2 - HC when utilizing the Hardwire Base Block (HBB) input.
<9> Monitor outputs work with devices such as analog frequency meters, ammeters, voltmeters, and wattmeters. They are not intended for
use as a feedback-type of signal.

54 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 3.8 Control Circuit Wiring

◆ Control Circuit Terminal Block Functions

Drive parameters determine which functions apply to the multi-function digital inputs (S3 to S8), multi-function digital
outputs (M1, M2), multi-function photocoupler outputs (P1, P2), and multi-function analog monitor output (FM, AM).
The default setting is listed next to each terminal in Figure 3.12.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Always check the operation and wiring of control circuits after being wired. Operating a drive
with untested control circuits could result in death or serious injury.

WARNING! Confirm the drive I/O signals and external sequence before starting test run. Failure to comply may result in death or
serious injury.

■ Input Terminals
Table 3.4 lists the input terminals on the drive. Text in parenthesis indicates the default setting for each multi-function
input.
Table 3.4 Control Circuit Input Terminals
Type No. Terminal Name (Function) Function (Signal Level) Default Setting Page
S1 Forward run/Stop <1>
Digital Inputs
S2 Reverse run/Stop <1>
S3 Multi-function input 3 (Though mode)
Photocoupler
S4 Multi-function input 4 (Though mode) 24 Vdc, 8 mA
S5 Multi-function input 5 (Though mode) Set the S3 jumper to select between sinking, sourcing mode, and the power 339
Multi-Function supply. Refer to Sinking/Sourcing Mode Switch for Digital Inputs on page 60.
S6 Multi-function input 6 (Though mode)
Digital Inputs
S7 Multi-function input 7 (Though mode)
S8 Multi-function input 8 (Though mode)
SC Multi-function input common Multi-function input common
H1 Hardwire Base Block input 1 24 Vdc, 8 mA
One or both open: Output disabled
Both closed: Normal operation
Internal impedance: 3.3 kΩ
Hardwire Base Off time of at least 1 ms
H2 Hardwire Base Block input 2 Disconnect the wire jumpers shorting terminals H1, H2, and HC to use the HBB 401
Block Inputs
inputs. Set the S3 jumper to select between sinking, sourcing mode, and the
power supply as explained for multi-function input terminals in Sinking/
Sourcing Mode Switch for Digital Inputs on page 60. <2>
HC Hardwire Base Block function common HBB function common
Input frequency range: 0 to 32 kHz
111

Electrical Installation
Signal Duty Cycle: 30 to 70%
RP Multi-function pulse train input (Frequency reference) 344
High level: 3.5 to 13.2 Vdc, low level: 0.0 to 0.8 Vdc
186
Input impedance: 3 kΩ
+V Power supply for analog inputs 10.5 Vdc (max allowable current 20 mA) 110
-V Power supply for analog inputs -10.5 Vdc (max allowable current 20 mA) –
Analog Inputs / 110
A1 Analog input 1 (Frequency reference bias) <1> -10 to 10 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc (input impedance: 20 kΩ)
Pulse Train Input 182
-10 to 10 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc (input impedance: 20 kΩ) 110
A2 Multi-function analog input 2 (Though mode) <1> 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA (input impedance: 250 Ω) 111
Voltage or current input must be selected by DIP switch S1 and H3-09 183 3
A3 Multi-function analog input 3 (Though mode) <1> -10 to 10 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc (input impedance: 20 kΩ) 110
AC Frequency reference common 0V 110
E (G) Ground for shielded lines and option cards – –

<1> The function settings for Digital Inputs S1 and S2, and Analog Input A1 to A3 can not be changed.
<2> Setting jumper S3 for an external power supply makes the wire link between terminals H1, H2, and H2 ineffective. Remove the wire link and
connect an external power supply that can supply terminals H1, H2, and HC continuously.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 55
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring

■ Output Terminals
Table 3.5 lists the output terminals on the drive. Text in parenthesis indicates the default setting for each multi-function
output.
Table 3.5 Control Circuit Output Terminals
Type No. Terminal Name (Function) Function (Signal Level) Default Setting Page
MA N.O.
30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A; 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
Fault Relay Output MB N.C. output
Minimum load: 5 Vdc, 10 mA
MC Fault output common
Multi-Function Digital M1 30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A; 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
Multi-function digital output (Through mode) 176
Output <1> M2 Minimum load: 5 Vdc, 10 mA

P1 Photocoupler output 1 (Through mode)

Multi-Function Photocoupler
P2 Photocoupler output 2 (Through mode) 48 Vdc, 2 to 50 mA <2>
Output
PC Photocoupler output common
MP Pulse train output (Output frequency) 32 kHz (max) 186
FM Analog monitor output 1 (Motor speed
Monitor Output -10 to +10 Vdc or 0 to +10 Vdc 185
AM Analog monitor output 2 (Output current)
AC Monitor common 0V –
Hardwire Base Block (HBB) DM+ HBB monitor output Outputs status of HBB function. Closed when both HBB channels are closed.
404
Monitor Output DM- HBB monitor output common Up to +48 Vdc 50 mA

<1> Refrain from assigning functions to terminals M1 and M2 that involve frequent switching, as doing so may shorten relay performance life.
Switching life is estimated at 200,000 times (assumes 1 A, resistive load).
<2> Connect a flywheel diode as shown in the Figure 3.13 when driving a reactive load such as a relay coil. Make sure the diode rating is greater
than the circuit voltage.
Figure 3.13

C
A D

A – External power, 48 V max. C – Coil

B – Suppression diode D – 50 mA or less
Figure 3.13 Connecting a Suppression Diode

■ Serial Communication Terminals

Table 3.6 Control Circuit Terminals: Serial Communications
Type No. Signal Name Function (Signal Level)
R+ Communications input (+)
RS-485/422
MEMOBUS/Modbus R- Communications input (-) MEMOBUS/Modbus communication: Use a RS-485 or MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communication S+ Communications output (+) RS-422 cable to connect the drive. communication protocol
<1> 115.2 kbps (max.)
S- Communications output (-)
IG Shield ground 0V

<1> Enable the termination resistor in the last drive in a MEMOBUS network by setting DIP switch S2 to the ON position.For more information on
the termination resistor, see Control I/O Connections on page 60

56 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 3.8 Control Circuit Wiring

◆ Terminal Configuration
Control circuit terminals should are arranged as shown in Figure 3.14.
Figure 3.14

A B C

DM− S−
DM+ S+
H2 R−
H1 R+ MP
HC IG RP E
D

- +1 +3

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3 E(G) FM AC AM P1 P2 PC SC MA MB MC

SC A1 A2 A3 +V AC -V M1 M2 E(G)
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

A – Terminal Block (TB 6) D – Terminal Block (TB 1)

B – Terminal Block (TB 5) E – Terminal Block (TB 2)
C – Terminal Block (TB 4)
Figure 3.14 Control Circuit Terminal Arrangement
Figure 3.15

Terminal board arrangement appears below.

Figure 3.16

Electrical Installation
3

Under the Terminal Board

Figure 3.15 Control Circuit Terminal Arrangement

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 57
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring

■ Wire Size and Torque Specifications

Select appropriate wire type and gauges from Table 3.7. For simpler and more reliable wiring, use crimp ferrules on the
wire ends. Refer to Table 3.8 for ferrule terminal types and sizes.
Table 3.7 Wire Gauges and Torque Specifications
Tightening Bare Wire Terminal Ferrule-Type Terminal
Terminal Screw Torque Applicable wire size Applicable wire size
Terminal Recomm. mm2 Recomm. mm2
Block Size Nxm mm2 mm2 Wire Type
(lb.in.) (AWG) (AWG)
(AWG) (AWG)
FM, AC, AM, P1, P2,
PC, SC, A1, A2, A3, 0.8 to 1.0 0.5 to 2 0.75
M3.5
+V, -V, S1-S8, MA, (7.1 to 8.6) (20 to 14) (18)
TB1, TB2 MB, MC, M1, M2 – –
0.8 to 1.0 0.5 to 2 1.25
E (G) M3.5 Shielded line, etc.
(7.1 to 8.6) (20 to 14) (12)
Standard 0.25 to 1.0
HC, H1, H2, DM+,
0.22 to 0.25 (24 to 17) 0.75 0.25 to 0.5 0.5
TB4, TB5, TB6 DM-, IG, R+, R-, S+, M2
(1.9 to 2.2) Single 0.25 to 1.5 (18) (24 to 20) (20)
S-, RP, MP
(24 to 16)

■ Ferrule-Type Wire Terminals

Prepare wire ends with insulated sleeves before connecting to the drive. See Table 3.8 for dimensions. Yaskawa
recommends CRIMPFOX 6, a crimping tool manufactured by PHOENIX CONTACT.
Figure 3.17

d1
6 mm

d2

Figure 3.16 Ferrule Dimensions

Table 3.8 Ferrule Terminal Types and Sizes
Size mm2 (AWG) Type L (mm) d1 (mm) d2 (mm) Manufacturer
0.25 (24) AI 0.25-6YE 10.5 0.8 2
0.34 (22) AI 0.34-6TQ 10.5 0.8 2 PHOENIX CONTACT
0.5 (20) AI 0.5-6WH 14 1.1 2.5

◆ Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal

This section describes the proper procedures and preparations for wiring the control terminals.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not remove covers or touch the circuit boards while the power is on. Failure to comply could
result in death or serious injury.

NOTICE: Separate control circuit wiring from main circuit wiring (terminals R/L1, S/L2, T/L3, R1/L11, S1/L21, T1/L31, U/T1, V/T2, W/
T3, –, +1, +3) and other high-power lines. Improper wiring practices could result in drive malfunction due to electrical interference.

NOTICE: Separate wiring for digital output terminals MA, MB and MC from wiring to other control circuit lines. Improper wiring
practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.

NOTICE: Use a class 2 power supply (UL standard) when connecting to the control terminals. Improper application of peripheral
devices could result in drive performance degradation due to improper power supply.

NOTICE: Insulate shields with tape or shrink tubing to prevent contact with other signal lines and equipment. Improper wiring practices
could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to short circuit.

NOTICE: Connect the shield of shielded cable to the appropriate ground terminal. Improper equipment grounding could result in drive
or equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.

Wire the control circuit only after terminals have been properly grounded and main circuit wiring is complete. Refer to
Figure 3.17 for details. Prepare the ends of the control circuit wiring as shown in Figure 3.19. Refer to Wire Size and
Torque Specifications on page 58.
NOTICE: Do not tighten screws beyond the specified tightening torque. Failure to comply may result in erroneous operation, damage
the terminal block, or cause a fire.

58 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 3.8 Control Circuit Wiring

NOTICE: Use shielded twisted-pair cables as indicated to prevent operating faults. Improper wiring practices could result in drive or
equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.

Connect control wires as shown in the following figure:

Figure 3.18

B
A
Preparing wire D
terminal ends
C

TB6 TB5 TB4

A – Loosen screw to insert wire. C – Avoid fraying wire strands when stripping
Wire in the following order: insulation from wire. Strip length 5.5 mm.
TB4, TB5, TB6
B – Single wire or stranded wire D – Blade depth of 0.4 mm or less
Blade width of 2.5 mm or less
Figure 3.17 Terminal Board Wiring Guide
Use the space above TB2 to wire TB4 through TB6 as illustrated in Figure 3.18.
Figure 3.19

Figure 3.18 Terminal Board Wiring

When setting the frequency by analog reference from an external potentiometer, use shielded twisted-pair wires (treating
wire ends as shown in Figure 3.19 and connect the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Figure 3.20

Electrical Installation
F C
A D

B E

A – Drive side D – Control device side

B – Connect shield to ground terminal of E – Shield sheath (insulate with tape) 3
drive.
C – Insulation F – Shield
Figure 3.19 Preparing the Ends of Shielded Cables

NOTICE: The signal lines between the drive and the operator station or peripheral equipment should not exceed 50 meters when
using an analog signal from a remote source to supply the frequency reference. Failure to comply could result in poor system
performance.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 59
3.9 Control I/O Connections

3.9 Control I/O Connections

◆ Sinking/Sourcing Mode Switch for Digital Inputs
Set jumper S3 to select between sinking/sourcing mode, and internal or external power supply. Signal levels are the same
for terminals S1 through S8 and the Hardwire Base Block (HBB) inputs. The drive is preset to sinking mode.
Figure 3.21

Figure 3.20 Jumper S3

■ Sink Mode (0 V Common), Internal Power Supply

When controlling the digital inputs by NPN transistors (0 V common/sinking mode) or contacts using the drive internal
power supply, position the jumper S3 for sinking as shown in Figure 3.21.
Figure 3.22

S7

S8

IP24 V
SC (24 V)

Figure 3.21 Sinking Mode (0 V Common), Internal Power Supply

■ Source Mode (+24 V Common), Internal Power Supply

When controlling digital inputs by PNP transistors (+24 V common/sourcing mode) or contact inputs using the drive
internal power supply, set jumper S3 for sourcing as shown in Figure 3.22.
Figure 3.23

S7

S8

IP24 V
SC (24 V)

Figure 3.22 Source Mode (+24 V Common), Internal Power Supply

60 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 3.9 Control I/O Connections

■ Sink/Source Mode, External Power Supply

When using an external voltage source for controlling the digital inputs, set jumper S3 as shown in Figure 3.23. Here,
the inputs can be used for either sinking or sourcing.
Figure 3.24

S7 S7

S8 S8

IP24 V IP24 V
SC (24 V) SC (24 V)

+24 V +24 V

Source Mode (+24 V Common) External Power Supply Sink Mode (0 V Common) External Power Supply

Figure 3.23 Sink/Source Mode, External Power Supply

■ Power Supply Inputs Instead of the Hardwire Base Block

Refer to Figure 3.24 to wire the input terminals for an external power supply instead of the Hardwire Base Block.
Figure 3.25

S8 S8

IP24 V IP24 V
SC (24 V) SC (24 V)

+24 V +24 V

H1 H1

H2 H2

Electrical Installation
HC HC

Source Mode Sink Mode

Figure 3.24 Power Supply Inputs Instead of the Hardwire Base Block

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 61
3.9 Control I/O Connections

◆ Using the Photocoupler and Contact Outputs

The example below illustrates the use of multi-function digital outputs and the fault relay outputs. Refer to Figure 3.1 for
standard connection diagram.

Drive Controller

Relay SA

MA
Multi-Function Digital Output <1> Relay SA

250 Vac 10 mA to 1 A MB
30 Vdc 10 mA to 1 A Fault Max
MC 250 Vac
Fault Contact Output <1> M1
250 Vac 10 mA to 1 A During
30 Vdc 10 mA to 1 A Run M2
Max 48 Vdc
Multi-Function Photocoupler Output Relay
48 Vdc 0 to 50 mA P1
Zero speed Max 48 Vdc
Relay
Speed Agree 1 P2

PC YEC_TMonly

<1> Minimum load: 5 Vdc, 10 mA

Figure 3.25 Photocoupler and Contact Outputs

◆ Using the Pulse Train Output

The pulse train output terminal MP can either supply power but can also be used with external power supply. Peripheral
devices should be connected in accordance with the specifications listed below. Failure to do so can cause unexpected
drive operation, and can damage the drive or connected circuits.
■ Using Power from the Pulse Output Terminal (Source Mode)
The high voltage level of the pulse output terminal depends on the load impedance.
Load Impedance RL (kΩ) Output Voltage VMP (V) (insulated)
1.5 kΩ 5V
4 kΩ 8V
10 kΩ 10 V
Note: The load resistance needed in order to get a certain high level voltage VMP can be calculated by: RL = VMP 2 / (12 - VMP)
Figure 3.26

Load Impedance
MP

VMP RL

AC

Figure 3.26 Pulse Output Connection Using Internal Voltage Supply

62 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 3.9 Control I/O Connections

■ Using External Power Supply (Sink Mode)

The high voltage level of the pulse output signal depends on the external voltage applied. The voltage must be between
12 and 15 Vdc. The load resistance must be adjusted so that the current is lower than 16 mA.

External Power Supply (V) Load Impedance (kΩ)

12 to 15 Vdc ±10% 1.0 kΩ or higher
Figure 3.27

External Power Supply

Load Impedance
MP
Sink Current

AC

Figure 3.27 Pulse Output Connection Using External Voltage Supply

Electrical Installation
3

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 63
3.10 Terminal A2 Analog Input Signal Selection

3.10 Terminal A2 Analog Input Signal Selection

Terminal A2 can be used to input either a voltage or a current signal.
When using input A2 as a voltage input, set DIP switch S1 to “V” (left position) and set parameter H3-09 to 0 (0 to 10
Vdc) or to 1 (-10 to 10 Vdc).
To use current input at terminal A2, set the DIP switch S1 to “I” (default setting) and H3-09 = 2 or 3 (4 to 20 mA or 0 to
20 mA).
To set the DIP switch on the terminal board, use an appropriate sized tool with a tip of approximately 0.8 mm in width.
Figure 3.28

Dip Switch S1
V I

Figure 3.28 DIP Switch S1

Table 3.9 DIP Switch S1 Settings
Setting Description
V (left position) Voltage input (-10 to +10 V, 0 to 10 V)
I (right position) (default) Current input (4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA): default setting

Table 3.10 Parameter H3-09 Details

Setting Default
No. Parameter Name Description
Range Setting
Selects the signal level for terminal A2.
0: 0 to 10 Vdc
H3-09 Terminal A2 signal level selection 1: -10 to 10 Vdc 0 to 3 2
2: 4 to 20 mA
3: 0 to 20 mA

64 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 3.11 MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination

3.11 MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination

This drive is equipped with a built in termination resistor for the RS-422/485 communication port. DIP switch S2 enables
or disabled the termination resistor as shown in Figure 3.29. The OFF position is the default. The termination resistor
should be placed to the ON position when the drive is the last in a series of slave drives.
Table 3.11 MEMOBUS/Modbus Switch Settings
S2 Position Description
ON Internal termination resistor ON
OFF Internal termination resistor OFF (default setting)

Figure 3.29

YEC_TMonly
DIP Switch S2

O
ON N

OFF

(OFF: default)

Figure 3.29 DIP Switch S2

Note: Refer to the MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications on page 371 for details on MEMOBUS/Modbus.

Electrical Installation
3

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 65
3.12 External Interlock

3.12 External Interlock

Systems that may be affected if the drive faults out should be interlocked with the drive’s fault output and ready signal.

◆ Drive Ready
When the “Drive ready” signal has been set to one of the multi-function contact outputs, that output will close whenever
the drive is ready to accept a Run command or is already running. Under the following conditions the Drive ready signal
will switch off and remain off, even if a Run command is entered:
• when the power supply is shut off.
• during a fault.
• when there is problem with the control power supply.
• when a parameter setting error makes the drive unable to run even if a Run command has been entered.
• when a fault such as overvoltage or undervoltage is triggered as soon as the Run command is entered.
• when the drive is in the Programming mode and will not accept a Run command even when entered.
■ Interlock Circuit Example
Two drives running a single application might interlock with the controller using the Drive ready and Fault output signals
as shown below. The figure illustrates how the application would not be able to run if either drive experiences a fault or
is unable to supply a Drive ready signal.

Terminal Output Signal Parameter Setting

MA, MB, MC Fault –
M1-M2 Drive Ready H2-01 = 06

Ready1 Ready2 Fault1 Fault2

Drive Ready
Operation
Circuit

Drive Ready
Stop
Run YEC
TMonly
Figure 3.30

Drive 1 Controller

MA
Relay 1 SA Relay 1
Max
Run Fault MB 250 Vac Fault 1
S1
Output
SC MC

Relay 2
Relay 2 SA Ready 1
M1
Drive Ready M2

YEC
Drive 2 Controller TMonly
MA
Relay 1 SA Relay 1
Max
Run Fault MB 250 Vac Fault 2
S1
Output
SC MC

Relay 2
Relay 2 SA Ready 2
M1
Drive Ready M2

Figure 3.30 Interlock Circuit Example

66 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 3.13 Wiring Checklist

3.13 Wiring Checklist

No. Item Page

Drive, peripherals, option cards

1 Check drive model number to ensure receipt of correct model. 29

2 Make sure you have the correct braking resistors, DC reactors, noise filters, and other peripheral devices. 297

3 Check the option card model number. 297

Installation area and physical setup
4 Ensure that the area surrounding the drive complies with specifications. 36
Power supply voltage, output voltage
5 The voltage from the power supply should be within the input voltage specification range of the drive. 148
28
6 The voltage rating for the motor should match the drive output specifications.
355
28
7 Verify that the drive is properly sized to run the motor.
355
Main circuit wiring
8 Confirm proper branch circuit protection as specified by national and local codes. 45

9 Properly wire the power supply to drive terminals R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3. 47
Properly wire the drive and motor together.
10 The motor lines and drive output terminals R/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 should match in order to produce the desired phase order. If the phase order 52
is incorrect, the drive will rotate in the opposite direction.
11 Use 600 Vac vinyl-sheathed wire for the power supply and motor lines. 52
Use the correct wire gauges for the main circuit. Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 52. 52
• When using comparatively long motor cable, calculate the amount of voltage drop. 52

12 Motor rated voltage (V) x 0.02 ≥

3 x wire resistance (Ω/km) x cable length (m) x motor rated current (A) x 10 -3

• If the cable between the drive and motor exceeds 50 m, adjust the carrier frequency set to C6-02 accordingly. 53
13 Properly ground the drive. Review page 53. 53
Tightly fasten all terminal screws (control circuit terminals, grounding terminals).
14 52
Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 52.
Set up overload protection circuits when running multiple motors from a single drive.

Electrical Installation
Power supply Drive MC1 OL1
M1

MC2 OL2
15 MC1 - MCn ... magnetic contactor –
M2 OL 1 - OL n ... thermal relay

MCn OLn
Mn

Note: Close MC1 through before operating the drive (MC1 through MCn cannot be switched off during run).

16
If using a dynamic braking option, install a magnetic contactor. Properly install the resistor, and ensure that overload protection shuts off the
303
3
power supply.
17 Verify phase advancing capacitors, input noise filters, or ground fault circuit interrupters are NOT installed on the output side of the drive. –
Control circuit wiring
18 Use twisted-pair line for all drive control circuit wiring. 54

19 Ground the shields of shielded wiring to the GND terminal. 58

20 Properly wire any option cards. 58

Check for any other wiring mistakes.
21 –
Only use a multimeter to check wiring.
Properly fasten the control circuit terminal screws in the drive.
22 52
Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 52.
23 Pick up all wire clippings. –

24 Ensure that no frayed wires on the terminal block are touching other terminals or connections. –

25 Properly separate control circuit wiring and main circuit wiring. –

26 Analog signal line wiring should not exceed 50 m. –

27 Hardwire Base Block (HBB) input wiring should not exceed 30 m. –

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 67
3.13 Wiring Checklist

68 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 4
Start-Up Programming & Operation
This chapter explains the functions of the digital operator and how to program the drive for
initial operation.

4.1 SECTION SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

4.2 USING THE DIGITAL OPERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
4.3 THE DRIVE AND PROGRAMMING MODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
4.4 START-UP FLOWCHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
4.5 POWERING UP THE DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
4.6 AUTO-TUNING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
4.7 NO-LOAD OPERATION TEST RUN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
4.8 TEST RUN WITH LOAD CONNECTED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
4.9 VERIFYING PARAMETER SETTINGS AND BACKING UP CHANGES . . . . . . . . 100
4.10 TEST RUN CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 69
4.1 Section Safety

4.1 Section Safety

DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may include drives without covers or safety shields to illustrate details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
A separate holding brake should be prepared by the user.
The holding brake should be wired so that it is activated by an external sequence when a fault occurs, the power
is shut off, or an emergency switch is triggered.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Precautions should be taken on the machine side in crane and hoist applications to ensure that load does not fall
or slip.
Failure to take proper safety precautions can result in serious injury.

70 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 4.2 Using the Digital Operator

4.2 Using the Digital Operator

Use the digital operator to enter run and stop commands, display data, edit parameters, as well as display fault and alarm
information.

◆ Keys and Displays

Figure 4.1

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180 ALM 12

1
11
F1 F2

2 ESC
LO
RE
9
3 RESET ENTER
8
10 RUN STOP

4 5 6 7
Figure 4.1 Keys and Displays on the Digital Operator

No. Display Name Function

F1
Function Key The functions assigned to F1 and F2 vary depending on the menu that is currently displayed. The name of each
1
(F1, F2) function appears in the lower half of the display window.
F2

• Returns to the previous display.

2 ESC ESC Key • Moves the cursor one space to the left.
• Pressing and holding this button will return to the Frequency Reference display.
• Moves the cursor to the right.
3 RESET Key
RESET • Resets the drive to clear a fault situation.
Starts the drive in the LOCAL mode.
The Run LED
• is on, when the drive is operating the motor.
4 RUN RUN Key
• flashes during deceleration to stop or when the frequency reference is 0.
• flashes quickly the drive is disabled by a DI, the drive was stopped using a fast stop DI or a run command
was active during power up.

5 Up Arrow Key Scrolls up to display the next item, selects parameter numbers and increments setting values.

Start-Up Programming
6 Down Arrow Key Scrolls down to display the next item, selects parameter numbers and increments setting values.

& Operation
7 STOP STOP Key <1> Stops drive operation.

• Enters parameter values and settings.

8 ENTER Key
ENTER • Selects a menu item to move between displays.

9 LO LO/RE Selection Key <2>

Switches drive control between the operator (LOCAL) and the control circuit terminals (REMOTE). The LED
is on when the drive is in the LOCAL mode (operation from keypad).
4
RE

10 RUN Light Lit while the drive is operating the motor. Refer to page 73 for details.
RUN

11 LO LO/RE Light Lit while the operator is selected to run the drive (LOCAL mode). Refer to page 73 for details.
RE

12 ALARM ALARM LED Light Refer to ALARM LED Status and Contents on page 73.

<1> The STOP key has highest priority. Pressing the STOP key will always cause the drive to stop the motor, even if a Run command is active at
any external Run command source. To disable the STOP key priority, set parameter o2-06 to 0.
<2> The LO/RE key can only switch between LOCAL and REMOTE when the drive is stopped. To disable the LO/RE key to prohibit switching
between LOCAL and REMOTE, set parameter o2-01 to 0.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 71
4.2 Using the Digital Operator

◆ LCD Display
Figure 4.2

1 2 3

4
5

9 8 7
Figure 4.2 LCD Display
Table 4.1 Display and Contents
No. Name Display Content
MODE Displayed when in Mode Selection.
MONITR Displayed when in Monitor Mode.
VERIFY Indicates the Verify Menu.
1 Operation Mode Menus
PRMSET Displayed when in Parameter Setting Mode.
A.TUNE Displayed during Auto-Tuning.
SETUP Displayed when in Setup Mode.
DRV Displayed when in Drive Mode.
2 Mode Display Area
PRG Displayed when in Programming Mode.
3 Ready Rdy Indicates the drive is ready to run.
4 Data Display – Displays specific data and operation data.
OPR Displayed when the frequency reference is assigned to the LCD Operator Option.

Frequency AI Displayed when the frequency reference is assigned to the drives Analog Input.
5 Reference COM Displayed when the frequency reference is assigned to the drives MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Inputs.
Assignment <1> OP Displayed when the frequency reference is assigned to a drive Option Unit.
RP Displayed when the frequency reference is assigned to the drives Pulse Train Input.
RSEQ Displayed when the run command is supplied from a remote source.
LO/RE LSEQ Displayed when the run command is supplied from the operator keypad.
6
Display <2> RREF Displayed when the frequency reference is supplied from a remote source.
LREF Displayed when the frequency reference is supplied from the operator keypad.

JOG Pressing F1 executes the Jog function.

HELP Pressing F1 displays the Help menu.

Function Key 1
7 ← Pressing scrolls the cursor to the left.
(F1) F1

HOME Pressing F1 returns to the top menu (Frequency Reference).

ESC Pressing F1 returns to the previous display.

FWD Indicates forward motor operation.

8 FWD/REV
REV Indicates reverse motor operation.

FWD/REV Pressing F1 switches between forward and reverse.

DATA Pressing F1 scrolls to the next display.

Function Key 2
9
(F2)
→ Pressing F1 scrolls the cursor to the right.

RESET Pressing F1 resets the existing drive fault or error.

<1> Displayed when in Frequency Reference Mode.

<2> Displayed when in Frequency Reference Mode and Monitor Mode.

72 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 4.2 Using the Digital Operator

◆ ALARM LED Displays

Table 4.2 ALARM LED Status and Contents
State Content Display

Illuminated When the drive detects an alarm or error.

ALARM

• When an alarm occurs.

Flashing • When oPE is detected.
ALARM
• When a fault or error occurs during Auto-Tuning.

Off Normal operation (no fault or alarm).

ALARM

◆ LO/RE LED and RUN LED Indications

Table 4.3 LO/RE LED and RUN LED Indications
LED Lit Flashing Flashing Quickly <1> Off

When source of the Run command

Run command to be given from a device other
is assigned to the digital operator – –
than the digital operator (REMOTE)
(LOCAL)

• While the drive is set for LOCAL, a

Run command was entered to the
input terminals after which the drive
was then switched to REMOTE.
• A Run command was entered via
the input terminals while not in the
Drive Mode.
• During deceleration when a Fast
• During deceleration to stop
Stop command was entered.
During run • When a Run command is input and During stop
• The drive output is shut off by the
frequency reference is 0 Hz
Hardwire Baseblock (HBB)
function.
• While the drive was running in the
REMOTE mode, the STOP key was
pushed.
• The drive was powered up with b1-
17 = 0 (default) while the Run
command is active.

Examples

<1> Refer to Figure 4.3 for the difference between “flashing” and “flashing quickly”.

Start-Up Programming
Figure 4.3

1s

& Operation
ON ON
Flashing
YEC_TM
only
Flashing ON ON ON ON
quickly
4
Figure 4.3 RUN LED Status and Meaning
Figure 4.4

Drive output frequency

during stop RUN STOP RUN
STOP
/ 6 Hz
Frequency setting
0 Hz YEC_TM
RUN LED OFF ON OFF OFF only
Flashing

Figure 4.4 RUN LED and Drive Operation

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 73
4.2 Using the Digital Operator

◆ Menu Structure for Digital Operator

Figure 4.5

- MODE - DRV Rdy -MONITR- DRV Rdy

FREF (OPR) FREF (d1-01)
U1-01= 0.00Hz
U1-01= 000.00Hz

Drive Mode <1>

U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ 㧔0.00㨪60.00㧕
U1-03= 0.00A LREF ̌0.00Hz̍
JOG FWD FWD/REV FWD <3>

- MODE - DRV Rdy -MONITR- DRV Rdy -MONITR- DRV Rdy

Monitor Menu Monitor Frequency Ref
U1-01= 0.00Hz U1 -01= 0.00Hz U1- 01 = 0.00Hz
U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF U1-03= 0.00A LREF U1-03= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV JOG FWD FWD/REV JOG FWD FWD/REV

- MODE - PRG -MONITR- DRV Rdy -MONITR- DRV Rdy

Fault Trace Output Freq
Modified Consts
U2 -01= oC U1- 02 = 0.00Hz
Modified
U2-02= oPr LSEQ U1-03= 0.00A LSEQ
X Parameters U2-03= 0.00Hz LREF U1-04= 0 LREF
HELP FWD DATA <4> JOG FWD FWD/REV JOG FWD FWD/REV

- MODE - PRG
Programming Mode <2>

Quick Setting
Initial Display <5>
YS1000
HELP FWD DATA XXXVX.X/X.XkW
YS1000 XX.XX/XX.XXA
YASKAWA <XXXXXXXXX>
<6>
- MODE - PRG
Programming

HELP FWD DATA

- MODE - PRG Rdy

Auto-Tuning

AUTO

HELP FWD DATA

Figure 4.5 Digital Operator Menu and Screen Structure

<1> Pressing RUN will start the motor.
<2> Drive cannot operate the motor.
<3> Flashing characters are shown as 0 .
<4> X characters are shown in this manual. The LCD Operator will display the actual setting values.
<5> The Frequency Reference appears after the initial display which shows the product name.
<6> The information that appears on the display will vary depending on the drive.

74 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes

4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes

The drive has a Programming Mode to program the drive for operation, and a Drive Mode used to actually run the motor.
Drive Mode: In the Drive Mode, the user can start the motor and observe operation status with the monitors that are
available. Parameter settings cannot be edited or changed when in the Drive Mode.
Programming Mode: The Programming Mode allows access to edit, adjust, and verify parameters, as well as perform
Auto-Tuning. Unless set to allow a Run command, the drive will not accept a Run command when the digital operator is
in the Programming Mode.
Note: If parameter b1-08 is set to 0 the drive will accept a Run command only in the Drive Mode. When editing parameters, the user
must first exit the Programming Mode and enter the Drive Mode before starting the motor.
Note: To allow the drive to run the motor while in the Programming Mode, set b1-08 to 1.

◆ Navigating the Drive and Programming Modes

The drive is set to operate in Drive Mode when it is first powered up. Switch between display screens by using the
and keys.

Mode Contents Operator Display Description

- MODE - DRV Rdy

FREF (OPR)
This display screen allows the user to monitor and change the frequency reference while the drive is running. Refer
Frequency Reference U1-01= 0.00Hz YEA_common
Power Up to The Drive and Programming Modes on page 75.
(default) U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ Note: The user can select the data displayed when the drive is first powered up with parameter o1-02.
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV

- MODE - DRV Rdy

Drive Mode Monitor Menu
U1-01= 0.00Hz YEA_common Lists the monitor parameters (U†-†† parameters) available in the drive.
Monitor Display
U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ Press the Enter Key and then use the Up, Down, ESC, and Reset keys to navigate through the drive monitors.
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV

- MODE - PRG
Modified Consts
Verify Menu Modified YEA_common Lists all parameters that have been edited or changed from default settings. Refer to Verifying Parameter

Start-Up Programming
X Parameters Changes: Verify Menu on page 78.
HELP FWD DATA

& Operation
- MODE - PRG
Quick Setting
Programming A select list of parameters necessary to get the drive operating quickly. Refer to Using the Setup Group on
Mode Setup Group
YEA_common page 78.

HELP FWD DATA

4

- MODE - PRG
Programming
Parameter Setting
Mode Allows the user to access and edit all parameter settings. Refer to Parameter Table on page 320.
YEA_common

HELP FWD DATA

- MODE - PRG
Auto-Tuning
Auto-Tuning Mode YEA_common Motor parameters are calculated and set automatically. Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 86.
Programming AUTO
Mode
HELP FWD DATA

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 75
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes

Mode Contents Operator Display Description

- MODE - DRV Rdy

FREF (OPR)
U1-01= 0.00Hz YEA_common
Drive Mode Frequency Reference Returns to the frequency reference display screen.
U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV

■ Drive Mode Details

The following actions are possible in the Drive Mode:
• Run and stop the drive
• Monitor the operation status of the drive (frequency reference, output frequency, output current, output voltage, etc.)
• View information on an alarm
• View a history of alarms that have occurred
Figure 4.6 Figure 4.6illustrates how to change the frequency reference from F 0.00 (0 Hz) to F 6.00 (6 Hz) while in the
Drive Mode. This example assumes the drive is set to LOCAL.
Figure 4.6

Frequency reference
display at power up
F1 F2
- MODE - DRV Rdy -MONITR- DRV Rdy
FREF (OPR) FREF (d1-01) left right
U1-01= 0.00Hz
U1-01= 000.00Hz
U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ 㧔0.00㨪60.00㧕
U1-03= 0.00A LREF ̌0.00Hz̍
JOG FWD FWD/REV FWD Press until the frequency
Press to select LOCAL reference changes to 006.00 Hz

-MONITR- DRV Rdy -MONITR- DRV Rdy - MODE - DRV Rdy

YECTMon-
FREF (d1-01)
U1-01= 006.00Hz
FREF (d1-01)
U1-01= 006.00Hz ESC
FREF (OPR)
U1-01= 6.00Hz ly
㧔0.00㨪60.00㧕 Entry Accepted 㧔0.00㨪60.00㧕 U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
̌0.00Hz̍ ̌0.00Hz̍ U1-03= 0.00A LREF
FWD FWD JOG FWD FWD/REV

Figure 4.6 Setting the Frequency Reference while in the Drive Mode
Note: The drive will not accept a change to the frequency reference until the ENTER key is pressed after the frequency reference is
entered. This feature prevents accidental setting of the frequency reference. To have the drive accept changes to the frequency
reference as soon as changes are made without requiring the ENTER key, set o2-05 to 1.

■ Programming Mode Details

The following actions are possible in the Programming Mode:
• Parameter Setting Mode: Access and edit all parameter settings
• Verify Menu: Check a list of parameters that have been changed from their original default values
• Setup Group: Access a list of commonly used parameters to simplify setup (see Simplified Setup Using the Setup
Group on page 78)
• Auto-Tuning Mode: Automatically calculates and sets motor parameters to optimize drive performance

◆ Changing Parameter Settings or Values

This example explains changing C1-02 (Deceleration Time 1) from 10.0 seconds (default) to 20.0 seconds.

Step Display/Result

- MODE - DRV Rdy

FREF (OPR)
U1-01= 0.00Hz
1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears.
U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV

- MODE - PRG
Programming
2.
Press the or key until the Parameter Setting Mode screen appears.
HELP FWD DATA

76 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes

Step Display/Result

-PRMSET- PRG
Initialization

3. A1-00=0
Press the key to enter the parameter menu tree. Select Language

FWD

-PRMSET- PRG
Basic Setup
4. C1-01= 10.0 sec
Press or key to select the C parameter group. Accel Time 1

FWD

-PRMSET- PRG -PRMSET- PRG

Accel/Decel Accel Time 1
C1-01= 10.0Sec
5. C1-01= 10.0 sec
Press two times. Accel Time 1 (0.0~6000.0)
“10.0 sec”
FWD FWD

-PRMSET- PRG
Decel Time 1
6. C1-02= 10.0Sec
Press or key to select the parameter C1-02. (0.0~6000.0)
“10.0 sec”
FWD

-PRMSET- PRG
Decel Time 1
7. C1-02= 0010.0Sec
Press to view the current setting value (10.0 s). Left digit flashes. (0.0~6000.0)
“10.0 sec”
FWD

-PRMSET- PRG
Decel Time 1
8. Press F1 , F2 or until the desired number is selected. “1” flashes. C1-02=0010.0Sec
(0.0~6000.0)
left right “10.0 sec”
FWD

-PRMSET- PRG
Decel Time 1
C1-02=0020.0Sec
9. (0.0~6000.0)
Press the key and enter 0020.0.
“10.0 sec”
FWD

10.

Start-Up Programming
Press and the drive will confirm the change. Entry Accepted

& Operation
-PRMSET- PRG
Decel Time 1
C1-02= 20.0Sec
11. The display automatically returns to the screen shown in Step 4. (0.0~6000.0)
“10.0 sec”
FWD

- MODE - DRV Rdy 4

FREF (OPR)
U1-01= 0.00Hz
12.
Press the key until back at the initial display. U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 77
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes

◆ Verifying Parameter Changes: Verify Menu

The Verify Menu lists edited parameters from the Programming Mode or as a result of Auto-Tuning. It helps determine
which settings have been changed, and is particularly useful when replacing a drive. If no settings have been changed, the
Verify Menu will read “None”. The Verify Menu also allows users to quickly access and re-edit any parameters settings
that have been changed.
Note: The Verify Menu will not display parameters from the A1 group (except for A1-02) even if those parameters have been changed
from their default settings.

The following example is a continuation of the steps above. Here, parameter C1-02 is accessed using the Verify Menu,
and is changed again from 10.0 s to 20.0 s.
To check the list of edited parameters:

Step Display/Result

- MODE - DRV Rdy

FREF (OPR)
U1-01= 0.00Hz
1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears.
U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV

- MODE - PRG
Modified Consts
2. Press or until the display shows the top of the Verify Menu. Modified
X Parameters
HELP FWD DATA

- VERIFY - PRG Rdy

Accel Time 1
Press to enter the list of parameters that have been edited from their original default settings.
3. C1-02 = 20.0sec
(0.0~6000.0)
If parameters other than C1-02 have been changed, use the or key to scroll until C1-02 appears. “10.0sec”
Home FWD DATA

- VERIFY - PRG Rdy

Accel Time 1
4. Press the key to access the setting value. Left digit flashes. C1-01=0020.0sec
(0.0~6000.0)
“10.0sec”
Home FWD DATA

◆ Simplified Setup Using the Setup Group

In the Setup Group, the drive lists the basic parameters needed to set up the drive for the application. It provides a
simplified way to get the application running right away by showing only the most important parameters.
■ Using the Setup Group
Figure 4.7illustrates how to enter and how to change parameters in the Setup Group.
In this example, the Setup Group is accessed to change b1-01 from 1 to 0. This changes the source of the frequency
reference from the control circuit terminals to the digital operator.

78 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes

- MODE - DRV Rdy - MODE - PRG

FREF (OPR)
Quick Setting
U1-01= 0.00Hz
U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV HELP FWD DATA

Frequency reference
appears when
powered up
<1> - SETUP - PRG Rdy YEC_TMonly
Application Sel
A1-06= 0 ∗0∗
General

Home FWD DATA

Parameter Display

- SETUP - PRG Rdy

Control Method
A1-02= 2 ∗2∗
Open Loop Vector

Home FWD DATA

- SETUP - PRG Rdy
Ref Source 1
b1-01= 1 ∗1∗
Analog Input
“1”
- SETUP - PRG Rdy FWD
Ref Source 1
Control Circuit
b1-01= 1 ∗1∗
Analog Input
Terminal
<2>
Home FWD DATA - SETUP - PRG Rdy
Ref Source 1
b1-01= 0 ∗1∗
Entry Accepted Operator
“1”
FWD
- SETUP - PRG Rdy
Run Source 1 Operator
b1-02= 1 ∗1∗ <2>
Digital Inputs

Home FWD DATA

- SETUP - PRG Rdy

StallP Decel Sel
L3-04= 1 ∗1∗
General Purpose

Home FWD DATA

<1> Use the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the Setup Group. Press the ENTER key to view or change parameter settings.
<2> To return to the previous menu without saving changes, press the ESC key.

Figure 4.7 Setup Group Example

Start-Up Programming
◆ Switching Between LOCAL and REMOTE

& Operation
When the drive is set to accept the Run command from the digital operator RUN key, this is referred to as LOCAL mode.
When the drive is set to accept the Run command from an external device (via the input terminals, serial
communications, etc.) this is referred to as REMOTE mode.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive may start unexpectedly if the Run command is already applied when switching from 4
LOCAL mode to REMOTE mode when b1-07 = 1, resulting in death or serious injury. Be sure all personnel are clear of rotating
machinery.

The operation can be switched between LOCAL and REMOTE either by using the LO/RE key on the digital operator or
a digital input.
Note: 1. After selecting LOCAL, the LO/RE light will remain lit.
2. The drive will not allow the user to switch between LOCAL and REMOTE during run.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 79
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes

■ Using the LO/RE Key on the Digital Operator

Step Display/Result

- MODE - DRV Rdy

1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears. YECT- FREF (A1/A2)
U1-01= 0.00Hz

Monly
U1-02= 0.00Hz RSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A RREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180 ALM

- MODE - DRV Rdy

FREF (OPR)
U1-01= 0.00Hz
U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF

YECT JOG FWD FWD/REV

F1 F2

Press . The LO/RE light will light up. The drive is now in LOCAL. Mon- LO

2.
ESC
RE

ly RESET

RUN
ENTER

STOP

To set the drive for REMOTE operation, press the key again.

■ Using Input Terminals S3 through S8 to Switch between LO/RE

The user can also switch between LOCAL and REMOTE modes using one of the digital input terminals S3 through S8
(set the corresponding parameter H1-†† to “1”).
When setting the multi-function input terminals,
Note: 1. Refer to Parameter Table on page 320 for a list of digital input selections.
2. Setting H1-†† to 1 disables the LO/RE key on the digital operator.

80 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts

4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts

The flowcharts in this section summarize basic steps required to start the drive. Use the flowcharts to determine the most
appropriate start-up method for a given application. The charts are intended as a quick reference to help familiarize the
user with start-up procedures for motor 1.

Flowchart Subchart Objective Page

A – Basic startup procedure and motor tuning 81
A-1 Simple motor setup using V/f mode 82
– A-2 High-performance operation using Open Loop Vector (OLV) or Closed Loop Vector (CLV) motor control 83
A-3 Setting up the drive to run a permanent magnet (PM) motor 84

◆ Flowchart A: Basic Start-up and Motor Tuning

Flowchart A in Figure 4.8 describes a basic start-up sequence. This sequence varies slightly depending on the
application. Use drive default parameter settings in simple applications that do not require high precision.
Figure 4.7

START

Install and wire the drive as explained in Chapters 1, 2, and 3

Apply main power on to the drive

Adhere to safety messages concerning application of power

Set the control mode in parameter A1-02.

Set the basic parameters

 b1-01/02 for frequency reference and run command source selection
 H1-, H2-, H3-, H4-, H6- for I/O terminal setting
 C1- and C2- for accel./decel. and S-curve time settings
 L8-55 = 0 if a regen converter is used.

Control Mode
A1-02 =

0: V/f 2: OLV 6: AOLV/PM

1: V/f w/PG 3: CLV 7: CLV/PM

Start-Up Programming
To To To
Flowchart A-1 Flowchart A-2 Flowchart A-3

& Operation
From Flowchart A-1, A-2, or A-3

Fine tune parameters. Adjust application settings if necessary.

Check the machine operation and verify parameter settings.

4
Drive is ready to run the application.

Figure 4.8 Basic Start-up

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 81
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts

◆ Subchart A-1: Motor Setup Using V/f Control

Flowchart A1 in Figure 4.9 describes simple motor setup for V/f Control, with or without PG feedback.
Figure 4.8

From
Flowchart
A

YES Is there a
PG encoder
on the motor?

NO

Set or verify the V/f pattern settings E1-.

Set or verify the V/f pattern
Enter the number of motor poles to E2-04 (or E4-04 for motor 2).
settings E1-.
Set the PG speed feedback parameters (F1- ).

YES
Is the motor cable longer than
50 meters?

NO Perform Stationary Auto-Tuning for

Stator Resistance (T1-01 = 2)

Run the motor without load; check the rotation direction and operation.
Verify external signal commands to the drive work as desired.

Couple the load or machine to the motor.

Run the machine and check for desired operation.

Return to
Flowchart
A

Figure 4.9 Motor Setup Using V/f Control

82 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts

◆ Subchart A-2: High Performance Operation Using OLV or CLV

Flowchart A2 in Figure 4.10 describes the setup procedure for high-performance with Open Loop Vector Control or
Closed Loop Vector Control. Appropriate for applications requiring high starting torque and torque limits.
Note: Although the drive sets parameters for the PG encoder during Auto-Tuning, sometimes the direction of the motor and direction
of the PG get reversed. Use parameter F1-05 to switch the direction of the PG so that it matches the motor direction.
Figure 4.9

From
Flowchart
A

Possible for motor to YES

rotate during tuning? <1>

NO YES
NO Is the load less than
30% of the rated load
for the motor?

<2>

Motor test report/ YES Manually set the motor Perform Rotating
data sheet available? parameters. Auto-Tuning (T1-01 = 0)

NO

Perform Stationary
Auto-Tuning 1 (T1-01 = 2)

YES
Is the motor cable longer than
50 meters?

NO
Perform Stationary Auto-Tuning for
Stator Resistance (T1-01 = 3)

Start-Up Programming
Run the motor without load; check the rotation direction and operation.
Verify external signal commands to the drive work as desired.

& Operation
Connect the load to the motor.

Run the machine and check for desired

operation.

Return to 4
Flowchart
A

<1> The load must be decoupled from the motor to properly perform Rotational Auto-Tuning.
Figure 4.10 Flowchart A2: High Performance Operation Using OLV or CLV

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 83
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts

◆ Subchart A-3: Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors

Flowchart A3 in Figure 4.11 describes the set-up procedure for running a PM motor in Open Loop Vector Control.
Note: 1. Although the drive sets parameters for the PG encoder during Auto-Tuning, sometimes the direction of the motor and direction of the
PG get reversed. Use parameter F1-05 to switch the direction of the PG so that it matches the motor direction.
2. The Z pulse must be realigned if the PG encoder is replaced. Set T2-01 to 3 to recalibrate the drive for the new encoder.
Figure 4.10

From
Flowchart
A

Motor test report/ data NO

sheet available?

YES

Input the motor data. <1> Perform PM Stationary

(T2-01 = 0) Auto-Tuning (T2-01 = 1)

Is the motor cable longer YES

than 50 meters?

Perform PM Stationary
Auto-Tuning for Stator
NO Resistance (T2-01 = 2)

Run the motor without load; check the rotation direction and
operation.Verify external signal commands to the drive work as desired.

Connect the load to the motor.

Run the machine and check for desired

operation.

Return to
Flowchart
A

<1> Make sure the motor and load can run freely, i.e., if a brake is mounted, make sure it is released.
Figure 4.11 Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors

84 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 4.5 Powering Up the Drive

4.5 Powering Up the Drive

◆ Powering Up the Drive and Operation Status Display
■ Powering Up the Drive
Review the following checklist before turning the power on.

Item to Check Description

Ensure the power supply voltage is correct:
3-phase 380 to 480 Vac 50/60 Hz
Power supply voltage
Properly wire the power supply input terminals (R/L1, S/L2, T/L3).
Check for proper grounding of drive and motor.
Drive output terminals and motor
Properly wire drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 with motor terminals U, V, and W.
terminals
Control circuit terminals Check control circuit terminal connections.
Drive control terminal status Open all control circuit terminals (off).
Status of the load and connected
Decouple the motor from the load.
machinery

■ Status Display
When the power supply to the drive is turned on, the digital operator lights will appear as follows:

No. Name Description

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180

ALARM

- MODE - DRV Rdy

Normal Operation FREF (OPR)
U1-01= 0.00Hz
The data display area displays the frequency reference. is displayed.
U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180

ALARM

- MODE - DRV
Data displayed varies by the type of fault. Refer to Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions on page 246
Fault EF3
Ext Fault S3 for more information and possible solution. ALARM is lit.
FWD RESET

External fault (example)

Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 85
4.6 Auto-Tuning

4.6 Auto-Tuning
◆ Types of Auto-Tuning
The drive offers different types of Auto-Tuning for induction motors and permanent magnet motors. The type of Auto-
Tuning used differs further based on the control mode and other operating conditions. Refer to the tables below to select
the type of Auto-Tuning that bests suits the application. Directions on how to execute Auto-Tuning are listed in Start-Up
Flowcharts on page 81.
Note: The drive will only show Auto-Tuning parameters that are valid for the control mode that has been set to A1-02. If the control
mode is for an induction motor, the Auto-Tuning parameters for PM motors will not be available. If the control mode is for a PM
motor, the Auto-Tuning parameters for induction motors will not be available.
Table 4.4 Selecting the Types of Auto-Tuning
Motor 1 Motor 2 Auto-Tuning Mode
IM motor IM motor Induction Motor Auto-Tuning (T1-††)
IPM motor IPM motor PM Motor Auto-Tuning (T2-††)
IM motor IPM motor Set the motor type to T0-01.
IPM motor IM motor Set T1-†† for IM motor and T2-†† for PM Motor.

■ Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors

This feature automatically sets the V/f pattern and motor parameters E1-†† and E2-†† (E3-††, E4-†† for motor 2)
for an induction motor. In Closed Loop Vector, some F1-†† parameters for speed feedback detection are also set up.
Table 4.5 Types of Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors
Control Mode
Type Setting Application Conditions and Benefits
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
• Motor can be decoupled from the load and rotate freely while Auto-
Tuning is performed.
Rotational Auto-Tuning T1-01 = 0 • Motor and load can not be decoupled but the motor load is below 30%. N/A N/A YES YES
• Rotational Auto-Tuning gives the most accurate results, and is therefore
highly recommended if possible.
• Motor and load can not be decoupled and the load is higher than 30%.
Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 T1-01 = 1 • A motor test report listing motor data is not available. N/A N/A YES YES
• Automatically calculates motor parameters needed for vector control.
• Motor and load can not be decoupled and the load is higher than 30%.
• A motor test report is available. Once the no-load current and the rated
Stationary Auto-Tuning 2 T1-01 = 4 N/A N/A YES YES
slip have been entered, the drive calculates and sets all other motor-
related parameters.
• The drive is used in V/f Control and other Auto-Tuning selections not
possible.
• Drive and motor capacities differ.
Stationary Auto-Tuning for • Tunes the drive after the cable between the drive and motor has been
T1-01 = 2 YES YES YES YES
Line-to-Line Resistance replaced with a cable over 50 m long. Assumes Auto-Tuning has already
been performed.
• Should not be used for any vector control modes unless the motor cable
has changed.

Table 4.6 lists the data that must be entered for Auto-Tuning. Make sure this data is available before starting Auto-
Tuning. The information needed is usually listed on the motor nameplate or in the motor test report provided by the
motor manufacturer. Also refer to page 82 and 83 for details on Auto-Tuning process and selections.

86 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 4.6 Auto-Tuning

Table 4.6 Auto-Tuning Input Data

Tuning Type (T1-01)
Input 2
Input Value Unit 0 1 4
Parameter Line-to-Line
Standard Stationary 1 Stationary 2
Resistance
Motor rated power T1-02 kW YES YES YES YES
Motor rated voltage T1-03 Vac YES YES N/A YES
Motor rated current T1-04 A YES YES YES YES
Motor rated frequency T1-05 Hz YES YES N/A YES
Number of motor poles T1-06 - YES YES N/A YES
Motor rated Speed T1-07 r/min YES YES N/A YES
PG Number of pulses per revolution T1-08 - YES <1> YES <1> N/A YES <1>
Motor no-load current T1-09 A N/A YES N/A YES
Motor rated Slip T1-10 Hz N/A N/A N/A YES
Motor iron loss T1-11 W N/A N/A N/A N/A

<1> Input data is needed for CLV/PM only.

■ Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors

Automatically sets the V/f pattern and motor parameters E1-†† and E5-†† when a PM motor is used. In Closed Loop
Vector Control, the Auto-Tuning process will also set some F1-†† parameters for speed feedback detection.
Table 4.7 Types of Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors
Control Mode
Type Setting Application Conditions and Benefits
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
• Motor does not rotate during Auto-Tuning
PM Motor Parameter Settings T2-01 = 0 YES YES
• Motor test report or motor data like listed in Table 4.8 are available.
• A motor test report listing motor data is not available. Drive automatically
PM Stationary Auto-Tuning T2-01 = 1 YES YES
calculates and sets motor parameters.
• Useful to tune the drive when the motor data were set up manually or by motor
PM Stationary Auto-Tuning for
T2-01 = 2 code and the cable is longer than 50 m. Should also be performed if the cable has YES YES
Stator Resistance
changed after earlier tuning.
• PG encoder has been replaced. Calculates the Z pulse offset.
Z Pulse Offset Tuning T2-01 = 3 N/A YES
• Requires the motor to rotate with no or very low load.

Table 4.8 lists the data that must be entered for Auto-Tuning. Make sure the data is available before starting Auto-
Tuning. The information needed is usually listed on the motor nameplate or in the motor test report provided by the
motor manufacturer. Also refer to page 84 for details on the tuning mode selection and the tuning process.
Table 4.8 Auto-Tuning Input Data

Start-Up Programming
Tuning Type (T2-01)
Input Value Input Parameter Unit 2
0 1 3
Phase
Parameter Calculation Stationary Resistance Z-Pulse Offset

& Operation
Control Mode A1-02 - 6, 7 6, 7 6, 7 6, 7 7
Motor Code T2-02 - <1> <1> <2> <2> <2>
Motor Type T2-03 - N/A N/A YES N/A N/A
Motor rated power T2-04 kW N/A YES YES N/A N/A
Motor rated voltage T2-05 Vac N/A YES YES N/A N/A 4
Motor rated current T2-06 A N/A YES YES YES N/A
Number of motor poles T2-08 - N/A YES YES N/A N/A
Motor rated Speed T2-09 r/min N/A YES YES N/A N/A
Stator 1 Phase resistance T2-10 Ω YES YES N/A N/A N/A
d-axis inductance T2-11 mH YES YES N/A N/A N/A
q-axis inductance T2-12 mH YES YES N/A N/A N/A
Voltage constant <3> T2-13 mVs/rad (el.) YES YES N/A N/A N/A
Voltage constant <3> T2-14 mVmin (mech.) YES YES N/A N/A N/A
Tuning pull-in current T2-15 A N/A N/A YES N/A N/A
PG Number of pulses per revolution T2-16 - YES <4> YES <4> YES <4> N/A N/A
Z Pulse Offset T2-17 deg (mech.) YES <4> YES <4> YES <4> N/A N/A
<1> Input the motor code.
<2> T2-02 is not available.
<3> Only parameter T2-13 or T2-14 has to be input. Select one and leave the other empty.
<4> Input data is needed for CLV/PM only.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 87
4.6 Auto-Tuning

◆ Before Auto-Tuning the Drive

Check the items below before Auto-Tuning the drive.
■ Basic Auto-Tuning Preparations
• Auto-Tuning requires the user to input data from the motor nameplate or motor test report. Make sure this data is
available before Auto-Tuning the drive.
• For best performance, the drive input supply voltage must be greater than the motor rated voltage.
Note: Better performance is possible when using a motor with a base voltage that is 20 V (40 V for 400 V class models) lower than the
input supply voltage. Better performance is possible when using a motor with a base voltage that is 60 V lower than the input
supply voltage. This is particularly important when operating the motor above 90% of base speed, where high torque precision is
required.
• To cancel Auto-Tuning, press the STOP key on the digital operator.
• When using a motor contactor, make sure it is closed throughout the Auto-Tuning process.
• When using Auto-Tuning for motor 2, make sure motor 2 is connected to the drive output when performing the tuning.
• Table 4.9 describes digital input and output terminal operation while Auto-Tuning is executed.
Table 4.9 Digital Input and Output Operation During Auto-Tuning
Motor Type Auto-Tuning Type Digital Input Digital Output
Rotational Auto-Tuning Functions the same as during normal operation
Stationary Auto-Tuning 1
IM Motor
Stationary Auto-Tuning 2 Maintains the status at the start of Auto-Tuning
Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance
Digital input functions are disabled.
PM Motor Parameter Settings Digital output functions are disabled.
PM Stationary Auto-Tuning
PM Motor
PM Stationary Auto-Tuning for Stator Resistance Maintains the status at the start of Auto-Tuning
Z Pulse Offset Tuning

■ Notes on Rotational Auto-Tuning for IM Motors

• To achieve optimal performance from Rotational Auto-Tuning, the load should be decoupled from the motor.
Rotational Auto-Tuning is best suited for applications requiring high performance over a wide speed range.
• If motor and load can not be decoupled, reduce the load so that it is no greater than 30% of the rated load. Performing
Rotational Auto-Tuning with a higher load will set motor parameters incorrectly, and can cause irregular motor
rotation.
• Ensure the motor-mounted brake is fully released if installed.
• Connected machinery should be allowed to rotate the motor.
■ Notes on Stationary Auto-Tuning
Stationary Auto-Tuning modes analyze motor characteristics by injecting current into the motor for about one minute.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. When executing stationary Auto-Tuning, the motor does not rotate, however, power is applied.
Do not touch the motor until Auto-Tuning is completed. Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.

WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. If installed, do not release the mechanical brake during stationary Auto-Tuning. Inadvertent
brake release may cause damage to equipment or injury to personnel. Ensure that the mechanical brake release circuit is not
controlled by the drive multi-function digital outputs.

Stationary Auto-Tuning
• Perform these tuning methods when using a vector control mode but Rotational Auto-Tuning cannot be performed.
• Check the area around the motor to ensure that nothing will accidentally cause the motor to rotate during the Auto-
Tuning process.
• Use Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 when the motor test report is not available. If the motor test report is available, perform
Stationary Auto-Tuning 2 instead.
Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance and PM Motor Stator Resistance
• Perform when entering motor data manually while using motor cables longer than 50 m.
• If the motor cables have been replaced with line over 50 m long after Auto-Tuning as already been performed, then
execute Stationary Auto-Tuning for line-to-line resistance.

88 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 4.6 Auto-Tuning

◆ Auto-Tuning Interruption and Fault Codes

If tuning results are abnormal or the STOP key is pressed before completion, Auto-Tuning will be interrupted and a fault
code will appear on the digital operator.
Figure 4.11

A B
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180
ALARM DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180
ALARM
- A.TUNE - DRV Rdy - MODE - DRV
REV DRV
DRV FOUT
Tune Proceeding
X.XX Hz/ X.XXA Er-03
STOP key YEC_TM

FWD FWD RESET Only

A – During Auto-Tuning B – Auto-Tuning Aborted

Figure 4.12 Auto-Tuning Aborted Display

◆ Auto-Tuning Operation Example

The following example demonstrates Rotational Auto-Tuning when using OLV (A1-02 = 2) and CLV (A1-02 = 3).
■ Selecting the Type of Auto-Tuning

Step Display/Result
- MODE - DRV Rdy
FREF (OPR)
U1-01= 0.00Hz
1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears.
U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV

- MODE - PRG
Auto-Tuning
2.
Press the or key until the Auto-Tuning display appears. AUTO

HELP FWD DATA

- A.TUNE - PRG
Motor 1/2 Sel
3. Press to begin setting parameters.
T1-00= 1 ∗1∗
Motor 1

ESC FWD DATA

Start-Up Programming
- A.TUNE - PRG
Tuning Mode Sel
Press the or key until T1-01 appears.
4. T1-01= 0 ∗0∗
Standard Tuning
Press to select the value for T1-01. “0”
FWD

& Operation
5.
Save the setting by pressing . Entry Accepted

4
- A.TUNE - PRG
Tuning Mode Sel
6. The display automatically returns to the display shown in Step 3. T1-01= 0 ∗0∗
Standard Tuning

ESC FWD DATA

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 89
4.6 Auto-Tuning

■ Enter Data from the Motor Nameplate

After selecting the type of Auto-Tuning, enter the data required from the motor nameplate.
Note: These instructions continue from Step 6 in “Selecting the Type of Auto-Tuning”.

Step Display/Result

- A.TUNE - PRG
Mtr Rated Power
1. T1-02= 0.75kW
Press to access the motor output power parameter T1-02. (0.00 ~ 650.00)
“0.75kW”
ESC FWD DATA

- A.TUNE - PRG
Mtr Rated Power
2. T1-02= 000.75kW
Press to view the default setting. (0.00 ~ 650.00)
“0.75kW”
FWD

- A.TUNE - PRG
Mtr Rated Power
3. Press F1 , F2 , , and to enter the motor power nameplate data in kW. T1-02= 000.40kW
left right (0.00 ~ 650.00)
“0.75kW”
FWD

4.
Press to save the setting. Entry Accepted

- A.TUNE - PRG
Mtr Rated Power
5. The display automatically returns to the display in Step 1. T1-02= 0.40kW
(0.00 ~ 650.00)
“0.75kW”
ESC FWD DATA

- A.TUNE - PRG
Rated Voltage
T1-03= 200.0VAC
(0.0 ~ 255.0)
Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to set the following parameters: “200.0VAC”
• T1-03, Motor Rated Voltage ESC FWD DATA
• T1-04, Motor Rated Current
6. • T1-05, Motor Base Frequency
• T1-06, Number of Motor Poles
• T1-07, Motor Base Frequency - A.TUNE - PRG
• T1-09, Motor No-Load Current Mtr Rated Slip
T1-10= 0.00 Hz
(0.00 ~ 20.00)
“0.00 Hz”
ESC FWD DATA

Note: 1. For details on each setting, Refer to Parameter Settings during Induction Motor Auto-Tuning: T1 on page 91.
2. To execute Stationary Auto-Tuning for line-to-line resistance only, set parameters T1-02 and T1-04.

■ Starting Auto-Tuning
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive and motor may start unexpectedly during Auto-Tuning, which could result in death
or serious injury. Ensure the area surrounding the drive motor and load are clear before proceeding with Auto-Tuning.

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. High voltage will be supplied to the motor when Stationary Auto-Tuning is performed even with
the motor stopped, which could result in death or serious injury. Do not touch the motor until Auto-Tuning has been completed.

NOTICE: Rotational Auto-Tuning will not function properly if a holding brake is engaged on the load. Failure to comply could result in
improper operation of the drive. Ensure the motor can freely spin before beginning Auto-Tuning.

90 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 4.6 Auto-Tuning

Enter the required information from the motor nameplate. Press to proceed to the Auto-Tuning start display.
Note: These instructions continue from Step 7 in “Enter Data from the Motor Nameplate”.

Step Display/Result

- A.TUNE - DRV
Auto-Tuning
1. 0.00 Hz/ 0.00A
After entering the data listed on the motor nameplate, press to confirm. Tuning Ready ?
Press RUN key
ESC FWD

- A.TUNE - DRV Rdy

Press to activate Auto-Tuning. The drive begins by injecting current into the motor for about 1 min, Tune Proceeding
2. and then starts to rotate the motor. X.XX Hz/ X.XXA
Note: The first digit on the display indicates which motor is undergoing Auto-Tuning (motor 1 or motor 2). The 
second digit indicates the type of Auto-Tuning being performed. FWD

- MODE - DRV

3. Auto-Tuning finishes in approximately one to two minutes. End

Tune Successful

FWD RESET

◆ Parameter Settings during Induction Motor Auto-Tuning: T1

The T1-†† parameters are used to set the Auto-Tuning input data for induction motor tuning.
Note: First perform the Auto-Tuning with the base data. After Auto-Tuning is complete, change the maximum frequency E1-04 to the
desired value.

■ T0-01: IM/PM Selection

Select the motor type (IM/IPM) for Auto-Tuning when using both types of the motors.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T0-01 IM/PM Selection 1, 2 1

1: IM Motor
2: PM Motor
■ T1-00: Motor 1/Motor 2 Selection
Selects the motor to be tuned when motor 1/2 switching is enabled, i.e., a digital input is set for function H1-†† = 16.

Start-Up Programming
This parameter is not displayed if motor 1/2 switching is disabled.

No. Name Setting Range Default

& Operation
T1-00 Motor 1/Motor 2 Selection 1 or 2 1

Setting 1: Motor 1
Auto-Tuning automatically sets parameters E1-†† and E2-†† for motor 1.
Setting 2: Motor 2
4
Auto-Tuning automatically sets parameters E3-†† and E4-†† for motor 2. Make sure that motor 2 is connected to the
drive for Auto-Tuning.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 91
4.6 Auto-Tuning

■ T1-01: Auto-Tuning Mode Selection

Sets the type of Auto-Tuning to be used. Refer to Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors on page 86 for details on the
different types of Auto-Tuning.

No. Name Setting Range Default

2, 3 (V/f, V/f w/PG) 2 (V/f, V/f w/PG)
T1-01 Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
0 to 2, 4 (OLV, CLV) 0 (OLV, CLV)

Setting 0: Rotational Auto-Tuning

Setting 1: Stationary Auto-Tuning 1
Setting 2: Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance
Setting 4: Stationary Auto-Tuning 2
■ T1-02: Motor Rated Power
Sets the motor rated power according to the motor nameplate value.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T1-02 Motor Rated Power 0.00 to 650.00 kW Determined by o2-04

■ T1-03: Motor Rated Voltage

Sets the motor rated voltage according to the motor nameplate value. If the motor to be operated above its base speed,
enter the voltage at base speed here.
For better control precision around rated speed when using a vector control mode, it can be helpful to enter the no-load
voltage for the motor here. The motor’s “no-load voltage” refers to the voltage needed to operate the motor under no-load
conditions at rated speed. The no-load voltage can usually be found in the motor test report available from the
manufacturer. If no data is available, enter approximately 90% of the rated voltage printed on the motor nameplate. Note
that this might increase the output current reducing the overload margin.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T1-03 Motor Rated Voltage 0.0 to 510 V 400.0 V

■ T1-04: Motor Rated Current

Sets the motor rated current according to the motor nameplate value. For optimal performance in OLV or CLV, the motor
rated current should be between 50 and 100% of the drive rated current. Enter the current at the motor base speed.

No. Name Setting Range Default

E2-11 (E4-11)
T1-04 Motor Rated Current 10 to 200% of drive rated current
KVA dependent

■ T1-05: Motor Base Frequency

Sets the motor rated frequency according to the motor nameplate value. If a motor with an extended speed range is used,
enter the maximum frequency to E1-04 (E3-04 for motor 2) after Auto-Tuning is complete.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T1-05 Motor Base Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 Hz 60.0 Hz

■ T1-06: Number of Motor Poles

Sets the number of motor poles according to the motor nameplate value.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T1-06 Number of Motor Poles 2 to 48 4

92 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 4.6 Auto-Tuning

■ T1-07: Motor Base Speed

Used to set the motor rated speed according to the motor nameplate value. If a motor with an extended speed range is
used, enter the speed at base frequency here.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T1-07 Motor Base Speed 0 to 24000 r/min 1750 r/min

■ T1-08: PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution

Sets the number of pulses from the PG encoder. Set the actual number of pulses for one full motor rotation.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T1-08 PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution 0 to 60000 ppr 600 ppr

Note: T1-08 will only be displayed in CLV.

■ T1-09: Motor No-Load Current

Sets the no-load current for the motor.
The default setting displayed is no-load current that was automatically calculated from the output power set in T1-02 and
the motor rated current set to T1-04. Enter the data listed on the motor test report. Leave this data at the default setting if
the motor test report is not available.

No. Name Setting Range Default

0 A to [T1-04]
T1-09 Motor No-Load Current –
(Max: 0 to 2999.9)

■ T1-10: Motor Rated Slip

Sets the rated slip for the motor.
The default setting displayed is the motor rated slip for a Yaskawa motor calculated from the output power set in T1-02.
Enter the data listed on the motor test report.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T1-10 Motor Rated Slip 0.00 to 20.00 Hz –

Start-Up Programming
■ T1-11: Motor Iron Loss
Provides iron loss information for determining the Energy Saving coefficient. T1-11 will first display a value for the
motor iron loss that the drive automatically calculated the when motor capacity was entered to T1-02. If the motor test

& Operation
report is available, enter the motor iron loss value listed there.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T1-11 Motor Iron Loss 0 to 65535 W E2-11 (E4-11) 4
◆ Parameter Settings during PM Motor Auto-Tuning: T2
The T2-†† parameters are used to set the Auto-Tuning input data for PM motor tuning.
■ T2-00: PM Motor Selection 1/2
Selects the motor to be tuned.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-00 PM Motor Selection 1/2 1, 2 1

Setting 1: Motor 1
Auto-Tuning automatically sets parameters E1-†† and E5-†† for IPM motor 1.
Setting 2: Motor 2
Auto-Tuning automatically sets parameters E3-†† and E6-†† for IPM motor 2.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 93
4.6 Auto-Tuning

■ T2-01: PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection

Selects the type of Auto-Tuning to be performed. Refer to Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors on page 87 for
details on different types of Auto-Tuning.

No. Name Setting Range Default

0 to 2 ( AOLV/PM)
T2-01 PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection 0
0 to 3, (CLV/PM)

0: PM Motor Parameter Settings

1: PM Stationary Auto-Tuning
2: PM Stationary Auto-Tuning for Stator Resistance
3: Z-Pulse Offset Tuning
■ T2-02: PM Motor Code Selection
If the drive is operating a Yaskawa PM motor from the SMRA, or SST4 series, enter the motor code for the motor in
parameter T2-02. This will automatically set parameters T2-03 through T2-14. Data from the motor nameplate or the
motor test report will then need to be entered as prompted.
Only the designated PM motor codes may be entered. The PM motor codes accepted by the drive will differ by the
control mode that has been selected. Refer to E5: PM Motor Settings on page 157 for motor codes.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-02 PM Motor Code Selection 0000 to FFFF Depending on A1-02 and o2-04

■ T2-03: PM Motor Type

Selects the type of PM motor the drive will operate.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-03 PM Motor Type 0, 1 1

0: IPM motor
1: SPM motor
■ T2-04: PM Motor Rated Power
Specifies the motor rated power in kilowatts.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-04 PM Motor Rated Power 0.00 to 650.00 kW Depending on o2-04

■ T2-05: PM Motor Rated Voltage

Sets the motor rated voltage.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-05 PM Motor Rated Voltage 0.0 to 510.0 V 400.0 V

■ T2-06: PM Motor Rated Current

Enter the motor rated current in amps.

No. Name Setting Range Default

10% to 200% of the drive rated
T2-06 PM Motor Rated Current Depending on o2-04
current.

■ T2-08: Number of PM Motor Poles

Enter the number of motor poles.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-08 Number of PM Motor Poles 2 to 48 6

94 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 4.6 Auto-Tuning

■ T2-09: PM Motor Base Speed

Enter the motor rated speed in r/min.
Note: T2-09 will be displayed when in AOLV/PM and CLV/PM.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-09 PM Motor Base Speed 0 to 24000 r/min 1750 r/min

■ T2-10: PM Motor Stator Resistance

Enter the motor stator resistance per motor phase.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-10 PM Motor Stator Resistance 0.000 to 65.000 Ω Depending on T2-02

■ T2-11: PM Motor d-Axis Inductance

Enter the d axis inductance per motor phase.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-11 PM Motor d-Axis Inductance 0.00 to 600.00 mH Depending on T2-02

■ T2-12: PM Motor q-Axis Inductance

Enter the q axis inductance per motor phase.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-12 PM Motor q-Axis Inductance 0.00 to 600.00 mH Depending on T2-02

■ T2-13: Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection

Selects the units used for setting the induced voltage coefficient.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-13 Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection 0, 1 1

0: mV (r/min)
1: mV (rad/s)
Note: If T2-13 is set to 0, then the drive will use E5-24 (Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2), and will automatically set E5-09 (Motor
Induction Voltage Constant 1) to 0.0. If T2-13 is set to 1, then the drive will use E5-09 and will automatically set E5-25 to 0.0.

Start-Up Programming
■ T2-14: PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant (Ke)

& Operation
Enter the motor induced voltage constant (Ke).

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-14 PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant 0.1 to 2000.0 Depending on T2-02
4
■ T2-15: Pull-In Current Level for PM Motor Tuning
Sets the amount of pull-in current used to tune the d-axis and q-axis inductance. Set as a percentage of the motor rated
current.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-15 Pull-In Current Level for PM Motor Tuning 0 to 120% 30%

■ T2-16: PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution for PM Motor Tuning

Enter the number of pulses from the PG encoder per motor rotation. Set the actual number of pulses for one full motor
rotation.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-16 PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution for PM Motor Tuning 0 to 15000 ppr 1024 ppr

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 95
4.6 Auto-Tuning

■ T2-17: Encoder Z-Pulse Offset (Δθ)

Sets the amount of compensation or offset in 0.1 degree units in order to fine-tune the home position. If the amount of
offset needed for the Z pulse is unknown or if the PG encoder is replaced, perform Z pulse tuning.

No. Name Setting Range Default

T2-17 Encoder Z-Pulse Offset -180.0 to 180.0 deg 0.0 deg

96 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 4.7 No-Load Operation Test Run

4.7 No-Load Operation Test Run

◆ No-Load Operation Test Run
This section explains how to operate the drive with the motor decoupled from the load during a test run.
■ Before Starting the Motor
Check the following items before operation:
• Ensure the area around the motor is safe.
• Ensure external emergency stop circuitry is working properly and other safety precautions have been taken.
■ During Operation
Check the following items during operation:
• The motor should rotate smoothly (i.e., no abnormal noise or oscillation).
• The motor should accelerate and decelerate smoothly.
■ No-Load Operation Instructions
The following example illustrates a test run procedure using the digital operator.
Note: Before starting the motor, set the frequency reference d1-01 to 6 Hz.

Step Display/Result

- MODE - DRV Rdy

FREF (OPR)
1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears. U1-01= 0.00Hz
U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180 ALARM

- MODE - DRV Rdy

FREF (OPR)
U1-01= 0.00Hz
U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV

F1 F2

2.
LO
ESC
RE

Press the key to select LOCAL. The LO/RE light will turn on. RESET ENTER

RUN STOP

Start-Up Programming
Off On

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180 ALARM

& Operation
- MODE - DRV Rdy
FREF (OPR)
U1-01= 6.00Hz
U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV

F1 F2

LO
ESC
RE

3. Press to give the drive a Run command. RUN will light and the motor will rotate at 6 Hz. RESET ENTER

4
RUN STOP

RUN RUN
Off On

Motor

4. Ensure the motor is rotating in the correct direction and that no faults or alarms occur.

Forward

If there is no error in step 4, press to increase the frequency reference. Increase the frequency in
5.
increments of 10 Hz, verifying smooth operation at all speeds. For each frequency, check the drive output
current using monitor U1-03. The current should be well below the motor rated current.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 97
4.7 No-Load Operation Test Run

Step Display/Result

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180 ALARM

- MODE - DRV Rdy

FREF (OPR)
U1-01= 60.00Hz
U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV

F1 F2

LO
ESC
RE

6. The drive should operate normally. Press STOP to stop the motor. RUN flashes until the motor comes to a
RESET ENTER

complete stop. RUN STOP

RUN RUN
Off On

98 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 4.8 Test Run with Load Connected

4.8 Test Run with Load Connected

◆ Test Run with the Load Connected
After performing a no-load test run, connect the motor and proceed to run the motor and load together.
■ Notes on Connected Machinery
• Clear the area around the motor.
• The motor should come to a complete stop without problems.
• Connect the load and machinery to the motor.
• Fasten all installation screws properly. Check that the motor and connected machinery are held in place.
• Confirm that the Fast Stop circuit or mechanical safety measures operate correctly.
• Be ready to press the STOP button in case of emergency.
■ Checklist Before Operation
• The motor should rotate in the proper direction.
• The motor should accelerate and decelerate smoothly.
■ Operating the Motor under Loaded Conditions
Test run the application similarly to the no-load test procedure when connecting the machinery to the motor.
• Watch monitor parameter U1-03 during operation to ensure there is no overcurrent.
• If the application permits running the load in the reverse direction, try changing motor direction and the frequency
reference while watching for abnormal motor oscillation or vibration.
• Correct any problems that occur with hunting, oscillation, or other control-related issues.

Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 99
4.9 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes

4.9 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes

Use the Verify Menu to check all changes to parameter settings. Refer to Verifying Parameter Changes: Verify Menu on
page 78.
Save the verified parameter settings. Change the access level or set a password to the drive to prevent accidental
modification of parameter settings.

◆ Backing Up Parameter Values: o2-03

The following procedure saves all parameters settings to drive memory where they can later be recalled. Set o2-03 to “1”
to save parameter changes. This saves all parameter settings, and then returns o2-03 to 0. The drive can now “recall” the
saved parameters by performing a User Initialization (A1-03 = 1110).

No. Parameter Name Description Setting Range Default Setting

Lets the user create a set of default settings for a User Initialization.
0: Saved/Not set
User Parameter
o2-03 1: Set Defaults - Saves current parameter settings as the default values for a User Initialization. 0 to 2 0
Default Value
2: Clear All - Clears the currently saved user settings. After saving the user parameter set value, the items of
1110 (User Parameter Initialize) are displayed in A1-03 (User Parameter Default Value).
Selects a method to initialize the parameters.
0: No Initialize
A1-03 Initialize Parameters 1110: User Initialization (The user must first program and store desired settings using parameter o2-03) 0 to 5550 0
2220: 2-Wire Initialization (parameter initialized prior to shipment)
5550: oPE4 Fault reset

◆ Parameter Access Level: A1-01

Setting the Access Level for “Operation only” (A1-01 = 0) allows the user to access parameters A1-†† and U†-††
only. Other parameters are not displayed.
Setting the Access Level for “User Parameters” (A1-01 = 1) allows the user to access only the parameters that have been
previously saved as User Parameters. This is helpful when displaying only the relevant parameters for a specific
application.

Parameter Setting
No. Description Default
Name Range
Selects which parameters are accessible via the digital operator.
Access Level 0: Operation only. A1-01 and A1-04 can be set and monitored, U†-†† parameters can also be viewed.
A1-01 0 to 2 2
Selection 1: User Parameters. Only those recently changed among application parameters can be set and monitored.
2: Advanced Access Level. All parameters can be set and monitored.

◆ Password Settings: A1-04, A1-05

The user can set a password to the drive to restrict access. The password is selected via parameter A1-05. The password
must be entered to A1-04 to unlock parameter access (i.e., parameter setting A1-04 must match the value programmed
into A1-05). The following parameters cannot be viewed or edited until the value entered to A1-04 correctly matches the
value set to A1-05: A1-01, A1-02, and A1-03.
Note: Parameter A1-05 is hidden from view. To display A1-05, access parameter A1-04 and simultaneously press the key and the
key.

100 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 4.9 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes

◆ Copy Function
Parameter settings can be copied to another drive to simplify parameter restoration or multiple drive setup. The drive
supports the following copy options:
• LCD Operator (standard in all models)
The LCD operator used to operate the drive also supports copying, importing, and verifying parameter settings. Refer
to Copy Function on page 101 for details.
• LED Operator
The LED operator used to operate the drive also supports copying, importing, and verifying parameter settings. Refer
to Copy Function on page 101 for details.
• USB Copy Unit and CopyUnitManager
The copy unit is an external option connected to the drive to copy parameter settings from one drive and save those
settings to another drive. Refer to the manual supplied with the USB Copy Unit for instructions.
The CopyUnitManager is a PC software tool. It allows the user to load parameter settings from the Copy Unit onto a
PC, or from the PC onto a Copy Unit. This is useful when managing parameters for various drives or applications.
Refer to the manual supplied with the CopyUnitManager for instructions.

Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 101
4.10 Test Run Checklist

4.10 Test Run Checklist

Review the checklist before performing a test run. Check each item that applies.

No. Checklist Page

1 Thoroughly read the manual before performing a test run. –

2 Turn the power on. 85

3 Set the voltage for the power supply to E1-01. 148

Check the items that correspond to the control mode being used.
WARNING! Ensure start/stop and safety circuits are wired properly and in the correct state before energizing the drive. Failure to
comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.

No. Checklist Page

V/f Control (A1-02 = 0) and V/f Control with PG (A1-02 = 1)

Select the best V/f pattern according to the application and motor characteristics.
4 –
Example: If using a motor with a rated frequency of 60.0 Hz, set E1-03 to “1”.
V/f Control with PG (A1-02 = 1)
5 Setup the PG feedback parameters correctly and make sure the encoder pulse counting direction is correct. 162

6 Set the proportional gain for ASR speed control to C5-01 and the integral time to C5-02. 131
Open Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = 2) or Closed Loop Vector Control (A1-02=3)
7 Decouple motor shafts and machines when performing Rotational Auto-Tuning. 86

8 Set Auto-Tuning mode to T1-01 (set to 0 for Rotational Auto-Tuning). 86

Enter the following data according to the information listed on the motor nameplate.
• Motor rated power to T1-02 (kW)
• Motor rated voltage to T1-03 (V)
9 • Motor rated current to T1-04 (A) 86
• Motor base frequency to T1-05 (Hz)
• Number of motor poles to T1-06
• Motor base speed to T1-07 (r/min)
Closed Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = 3)
10 Set F1-01 and F1-05. 162, 163

11 Set the proportional gain for ASR speed control to C5-01 and the integral time to C5-02. 131
Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM (A1-02 = 6)
12 Perform Auto-Tuning as described. 93

13 Set the proportional gain for ASR speed control to C5-01 and the integral time to C5-02. 131
Closed Loop Vector Control for PM (A1-02 = 7)
14 Set PM motor data to E5 parameter. 93

15 Set the proportional gain for ASR speed control to C5-01 and the integral time to C5-02. Perform ASR Tuning if possible. 131

16 Set F1-01 and F1-05. 162, 163

17 Set the offset between the rotor magnetic axis and the Z-pulse of the encoder connected to E5-11. 158

Proceed to the following checklist after checking items 4 through 17.

No. Checklist Page

18 The should light after giving a Run command. –

19 To give a Run command and frequency reference from the digital operator, press to set to LOCAL. The LO/RE key will light. 71, 79

If the motor rotates in the opposite direction during the test run, switch two of the drive output terminals (U/T1, V/T2, W/T3) or change
20 273
parameter b1-14.
21 Set the correct values for the motor rated current (E2-01, E4-01, E5-03) and motor protection (L1-01) to ensure motor thermal protection. 151, 189
If the Run command and frequency reference are provided via the control circuit terminals, set the drive for REMOTE and be sure the LO/RE
22 80
light is out.
If the control circuit terminals should supply the frequency reference, select the correct voltage input signal level (0 to 10 V) or the correct
23 110
current input signal level (4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA).

102 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 4.10 Test Run Checklist

No. Checklist Page

24 Set the proper voltage to terminal A1 and A3 (-10 to +10 V). 110

25 Set the proper current to terminal A2 (-10 to +10 V, 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA). 110

26 Set the level for current signal to H3-09 (set to 2 for 4 to 20 mA, or 3 for 0 to 20 mA). 110

27 When current input is used, switch the drive’s built-in DIP switch S1 from the V-side to I-side. 64
If the frequency reference is supplied via one of the analog inputs, make sure the analog input produces the desired frequency reference. Make
the following adjustments if the drive does not operate as expected:
Gain adjustment: Set the maximum voltage/current signal and adjust the analog input gain (H3-03 for input A1, H3-11 for input A2, H3-07
28 182, 184
for analog input A3) until the frequency reference value reaches the desired value.
Bias adjustment: Set the minimum voltage/current signal and adjust the analog input bias (H3-04 for input A1, H3-12 for input A2, H3-08 for
analog input A3) until the frequency reference value reaches the desired minimum value.

Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 103
4.10 Test Run Checklist

104 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5
Parameter Details

5.1 A: INITIALIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

5.2 B: APPLICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
5.3 C: TUNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
5.4 D: REFERENCE SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
5.5 E: MOTOR PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
5.6 F: OPTION SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
5.7 H: TERMINAL FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
5.8 L: PROTECTION FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
5.9 N: SPECIAL ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
5.10 O: OPERATOR RELATED SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
5.11 S: MOTOR 2 PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
5.12 U: MONITOR PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 105
5.1 A: Initialization

5.1 A: Initialization
The initialization group contains parameters associated with initial setup of the drive. Parameters involving the display
language, access levels, initialization, and password are located in this group.

◆ A1: Initialization
■ A1-00: Language Selection
Selects the display language for the digital operator.
Note: This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

A1-00 Language Selection 0 to 1 1

Setting 0: English
Setting 1: Japanese
■ A1-01: Access Level Selection
Allows or restricts access to drive parameters.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

A1-01 Access Level Selection 0 to 2 2

Setting 0: Operation only

Access is restricted to parameters A1-01, A1-04, and all U monitor parameters.
Setting 1: User Parameters
Access to only a specific list of parameters in the Setup Mode.
Setting 2: Advanced Access Level (A) and Setup Access Level (S)
All parameters can be viewed and edited.
Notes on Parameter Access
• If the drive parameters are password protected by A1-04 and A1-05, all parameters cannot be modified.
• If parameters are changed via serial communication, then it will not be possible to edit or change parameters settings
with the drive’s digital operator until an Enter command is issued to the drive from the serial communication.
■ A1-02: Control Method Selection
Selects the Control Method (also referred to as the “control mode”) the drive uses to operate the motor. If the drive is set
up to run two motors, then A1-02 determines the control mode for motor 1.
Note: When changing control modes, all parameter settings depending upon the setting of A1-02 will be reset to the default.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

A1-02 Control Method Selection 0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 7 2

Control Modes for Induction Motors (IM)

Setting 0: V/f Control for Induction Motors
V/f Control is for simple speed control and multiple motor applications with low demands to dynamic response or speed
accuracy. This control mode should be used when the motor parameters are unknown and Auto-Tuning cannot be
performed. The speed control range is 1:40.
Setting 1:V/f Control with PG Speed Feedback
For general-purpose applications that do not require high dynamic response but high speed accuracy. This mode should
be used if the motor parameters are unknown and Auto-Tuning cannot be performed. The speed control range is 1:40.
Setting 2: Open Loop Vector Control
For general, variable-speed applications with a speed control range of 1:120 that require precise speed control, quick
torque response, and high torque at low speed without using a speed feedback signal from the motor.

106 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.1 A: Initialization

Setting 3: Closed Loop Vector Control

For general, variable-speed applications that requiring precise speed control down to zero speed, fast torque response, or
precise torque control. A speed feedback signal from the motor is required. The speed control range is up to 1:1500.
Control Modes for Permanent Magnet Motors (SPM or IPM)
Setting 6: Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM
This control mode can be used to operate an IPM motor for constant torque applications. Using High Frequency
Injection, a speed control range as high as 1:100 is possible. Refer to Control Mode Selection on page 27 for details.
Setting 7: Closed Loop Vector Control for PM
This mode can be used for high precision control of a PM motor in constant torque or variable torque applications. The
speed control range reaches 1:1500. A speed feedback signal is required.
■ A1-03: Initialize Parameters
Resets parameters back to the original default values. After initialization, the setting for A1-03 automatically returns to 0.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

A1-03 Initialize Parameters 0, 1110, 2220, 5550 0

Setting 1110: User Initialize

Drive parameters are reset to values selected by the user as User Settings. User Settings are stored when parameter o2-03
is set to “1: Set defaults”.
Note: A “user-initialization” resets all parameters to a user-defined set of default values that were previously saved to the drive. To
clear the user-defined default values, set parameter o2-03 to 2.
Setting 2220: 2-Wire Initialization
Resets all parameters back to their original default settings with digital inputs S1 and S2 configured as Forward run and
Reverse run, respectively. For more on digital input functions, refer to Setting 40, 41: Forward run, Reverse run
command for 2-wire sequence on page 174.
Setting 5550: oPE04 Reset
If parameters on a certain drive have been edited and then a different terminal block is installed with different settings
saved in its built-in memory, an oPE04 error will appear on the display. To use the parameter settings saved to the
terminal block memory, set A1-02 to 5550.
Notes on Parameter Initialization
The parameters shown in Table 5.1 will not be reset when the drive is initialized by setting A1-03 = 2220.
Table 5.1 Parameters not Changed by Drive Initialization

Parameter Details
No. Parameter Name
A1-00 Language Selection
A1-02 Control Method Selection
E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection
E5-01 Motor Code Selection (for PM motors)
F6-08
L8-35
Comm. Parameter Reset
Installation Selection
5
o2-04 Drive/kVA Selection

■ A1-04, A1-05: Password and Password Setting

A1-04 is for entering the password when the drive is locked. A1-05 is a hidden parameter used to set the password.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

A1-04 Password
0000 to 9999 0000
A1-05 Password Setting

How to use the Password

The user can set a password for the drive to restrict access. The password is set to A1-05 and must be entered to A1-04 to
unlock parameter access. Until the correct password is entered, the following parameters cannot be viewed or edited: A1-
01, A1-02, and A1-03.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 107
5.1 A: Initialization

The instructions below demonstrate how to set a new password. Here, the password set is “1234”. An explanation
follows on how to enter the password to unlock the parameters.
Table 5.2 Setting the Password for Parameter Lock
Step Display/Result
- MODE - DRV Rdy
FREF (OPR)
U1-01= 0.00Hz
1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears.
U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV

- MODE - PRG
Programming
2.
Press the or key until the Parameter Setting Mode screen appears.
HELP FWD DATA

-PRMSET- PRG
Initialization
3. A1-00=0
Press the key to enter the parameter menu tree. Select Language

FWD

-PRMSET- PRG
Select Language
4. Select the flashing digits by pressing F1 , F2 or . A1-00=0 ∗0∗
left right English

FWD

-PRMSET- PRG
Enter Password
5. Select A1-04 by pressing .
A1- 04 = 0
(0~9999)
“0”
FWD

-PRMSET- PRG
Select Password
Press the key while holding down at the same time. A1-05 will appear. A1- 05 = 04
6. (0~9999)
“0”
Note: Because A1-05 is hidden, it will not be displayed by simply pressing the key. FWD
“05” flashes

-PRMSET- PRG
Select Password
7. Press the key.
A1- 05 = 0000
(0~9999)
“0”
FWD

-PRMSET- PRG
Select Password
8. Use F1 , F2 , , and to enter the password. A1-05= 1234
(0~9999)
left right “0”
FWD

9.
Press to save what was entered. Entry Accepted

-PRMSET- PRG
Select Password
10. The display automatically returns to the display shown in step 5. A1- 05 = 1234
(0~9999)
“0”
FWD

Table 5.3 Check to see if A1-02 is locked (continuing from step 10 above)
Step Display/Result
-PRMSET- PRG
Control Method
A1-02= 2 ∗2∗
1.
Press to display A1-02. Open Loop Vector

FWD
“02” flashes

2.
Press to make sure that the setting values cannot be selected.

108 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.1 A: Initialization

Step Display/Result

- MODE - PRG
Programming
3. Press to return to the first display.
HELP FWD DATA

Table 5.4 Enter the Password to Unlock Parameters (continuing from step 3 above)
Step Display/Result

-PRMSET- PRG
Initialization
1. A1-00=0
Press to enter the parameter setup display. Select Language

FWD

-PRMSET- PRG
Select Language
A1-00=0 ∗0∗
2. Press F1 , F2 or to select the flashing digits as shown. English
left right
FWD
“00” flashes

-PRMSET- PRG
Enter Password
3. A1- 04 = 0
Press to scroll to A1-04 and . (0~9999)
“0”
FWD

-PRMSET- PRG
Enter Password
4. Enter the password “1234”. A1- 04 = 1234
(0~9999)
“0”
FWD

5.
Press to save the new password. Entry Accepted

-PRMSET- PRG
Enter Password
6. Drive returns to the parameter display. A1- 04 = 0
(0~9999)
“0”
FWD

-PRMSET- PRG
Control Method
7. A1-02= 2 ∗2∗
Press and scroll to A1-02. Open Loop Vector

FWD

Parameter Details
-PRMSET- PRG
Control Method
8. A1-02= 2 ∗2∗
Press to display the value set to A1-02. If the first “2” blinks, parameter settings are unlocked. Open Loop Vector

FWD

-PRMSET- PRG
Control Method

9.
Use or to change the value if desired (though changing the control mode at this point is not typically done).
A1-02= 0 ∗2∗
V/F Control
“2”
5
FWD
V/f

10.
Press to save the setting, or press to return to the previous display without saving changes. Entry Accepted

-PRMSET- PRG
Control Method
11. The display automatically returns to the parameter display. A1-02= 0 ∗0∗
V/F Control

FWD

Note: Parameter settings can be edited after entering the correct password. Performing a 2-wire initialization resets the password to
“0000”. Reenter the password to parameter A1-05 after drive initialization.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 109
5.2 b: Application

5.2 b: Application
◆ b1: Operation Mode Selection
■ b1-01: Frequency Reference Selection 1
Use parameter b1-01 to select the frequency reference source 1 for the REMOTE mode.
Note: 1. If a Run command is input to the drive but the frequency reference entered is 0 or below the minimum frequency, the RUN indicator
LED on the digital operator will light and the STOP indicator will flash.
2. Press the LO/RE key to set the drive to LOCAL and use the operator keypad to enter the frequency reference.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection 1 0 to 4 1

Setting 0: Operator keypad

Using this setting, the frequency reference can be input by:
• switching between the multi-speed references in the d1-†† parameters.
• entering the frequency reference on the operator keypad.
Setting 1: Terminals (analog input terminals)
Using this setting, an analog frequency reference can be entered as a voltage or current signal from terminals A1.
Voltage Input
Voltage input can be used at analog input terminal A1. Make the settings as described in Table 5.5 for the input used.
Table 5.5 Analog Input Settings for Frequency Reference Using Voltage Signals
Parameter Settings
Terminal Signal Level Notes
Signal Level Selection Function Selection Gain Bias
0 to 10 Vd H3-01 = 0
A1 Frequency Reference Bias H3-03 H3-04 –
-10 to +10 Vdc H3-01 = 1
0 to 10 Vd H3-09 = 0 Make sure to set DIP switch S1 on the
A2 – H3-11 H3-12
-10 to +10 Vdc H3-09 = 1 terminal board to “V” for voltage input.
0 to 10 Vd H3-05 = 0
A3 – H3-07 H3-08 –
-10 to +10 Vdc H3-05 = 1

Figure 5.1

Drive Drive
V 10.5 V, 20 mA power supply V 10.5 V, 20 mA power supply
0 to 10 V -10 to 10 V
2 kΩ A1 Analog Input 1 4 kΩ A1 Analog Input 1

A2 Analog Input 2 A2 Analog Input 2

A3 Analog Input 3 A3 Analog Input 3

AC Analog input common AC Analog input common

-V -10.5 V, 20 mA power supply -V -10.5 V, 20 mA power supply

Figure 5.1 Setting the Frequency Reference as a Voltage Signal at Terminal A1

Use the wiring example shown in Figure 5.1 for analog input terminals. When using input A2 make sure DIP switch S1
is set for voltage input.

110 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.2 b: Application

Current Input
Input terminal A2 can accept a current input signal. Refer to Table 5.6 to set terminal A2 for current input.
Table 5.6 Analog Input Settings for Frequency Reference Using a Current Signal
Parameter Settings
Terminal Signal Level Notes
Signal Level Selection Function Selection Gain Bias
4 to 20 mA H3-09 = 2 Make sure to set DIP switch S1 on the
A2 – H3-11 H3-12
0 to 20 mA H3-09 = 3 terminal board to “I” for current input.

Figure 5.2

DIP switch S1
V I Drive
V 10.5 V, 20 mA power supply

A1 Analog Input 1
0 or 4 to 20 mA
A2 Analog Input 2

A3 Analog Input 3

AC Analog input common

V 10.5 V, 20 mA power supply

Figure 5.2 Frequency reference a Current Signal to Terminal A2

DIP switch S1 must first be set for current input.
Switching between Main/Auxiliary Frequency References
Setting 2: MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
This setting requires entering the frequency reference via the RS-485/422 serial communications port (control terminals
R+, R-, S+, and S-). Refer to MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications on page 371 for instructions.
Setting 3: Option card
This setting requires entering the frequency reference via an option board plugged into connector CN5-A on the drive
control board. Consult the option board manual for instructions on integrating the drive with the communication system.
Note: If the frequency reference source is set for an option PCB (b1-01 = 3), but an option board is not installed, an OPE05 Operator
Programming Error will be displayed on the digital operator and the drive will not run.
Setting 4: Pulse Train Input
When b1-01 is set to 4, the frequency reference must be provided by a pulse train signal to terminal RP. Follow the
directions below to make sure the pulse train signal is working properly.

Parameter Details
Verifying Pulse Train is Working Properly
• Make sure that b1-04 is set to 4 and H6-01 is set to 0.
• Set the pulse input scaling H6-02 to the pulse train frequency value that equals 100% of the frequency reference.
• Enter a pulse train signal to terminal RP and check if the correct frequency reference is displayed.
■ b1-02: Run Command Selection 1 5
Parameter b1-02 determines the Run command source 1 in the REMOTE mode.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-02 Run Command Selection 1 0 to 3 1

Setting 0: Operator
This setting requires entering the Run command via the digital operator RUN key and also illuminates the LO/RE
indicator on the digital operator.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 111
5.2 b: Application

Setting 1: Control Circuit Terminal

This setting requires that the Run and Stop commands are entered from the digital input terminals. The following
sequences can be used:
• 2-wire sequence 1:
Two inputs (FWD/Stop-REV/Stop). Presets the terminals S1 and S2 to these functions.
Setting 2: MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
To issue a Run command via serial communications, set b1-02 to 2 and connect the RS-485/422 serial communication
cable to control terminals R+, R-, S+, and S- on the removable terminal block. For instructions, Refer to MEMOBUS/
Modbus Communications on page 371.
Setting 3: Option Card
To issue the Run command via the communication option board, set b1-02 to 3 and plug a communication option board
into the CN5-A port on the control PCB. Refer to the manual supplied with the option board for instructions on
integrating the drive into the communication system.
Note: If b1-02 is set to 3, but an option board is not installed in CN5-A, an oPE05 operator programming error will be displayed on the
digital operator and the drive will not run.

■ b1-03: Stopping Method Selection

Select how the drive stops the motor when the Run command is removed or when a Stop command is entered.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-03 Stopping Method Selection 0 to 3 0

Setting 0: Ramp to stop

When the Run command is removed, the drive will decelerate the motor to stop. The deceleration rate is determined by
the active deceleration time. The default deceleration time is set to parameter C1-02.
When the output frequency falls below the level set in parameter b2-01, the drive will start DC injection, Zero Speed
Control or Short Circuit Braking, depending on the selected control mode. Refer to b2-01: DC Injection Braking Start
Frequency on page 117 for details.
Setting 1: Coast to stop
When the Run command is removed, the drive will shut off its output and the motor will coast (uncontrolled
deceleration) to stop. The stopping time is determined by the inertia and the friction in the driven system.
Figure 5.3

Run
command ON OFF

Output
frequency
Drive output is shut off

Motor speed

Figure 5.3 Coast to Stop

Note: After a stop is initiated, any subsequent Run command entered will be ignored until the minimum baseblock time (2 seconds) has
expired. Do not enter Run command until it has come to a complete stop. To start the motor back up before it has stopped
completely, use DC Injection at start (refer to b2-03: DC Injection Braking Time at Start on page 119).

112 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.2 b: Application

Setting 2: DC Injection Braking to stop

When the Run command is removed, the drive will enter baseblock (turn off its output) for the minimum baseblock time
(2 seconds). Once the minimum baseblock time has expired, the drive will brake the motor by injecting DC current into
the motor windings. The stopping time is significantly faster than when compared with simply coasting to stop. The level
of current used for DC Injection Braking is set by parameter b2-02 (default = 50%).
Note: This function is not available in the control modes for PM motors (A1-02 = 6, 7).
Figure 5.4

Run
command ON OFF

DC Injection Braking
Output with the current set in
frequency b2-02

Motor speed

Motor coasts

Minimum Baseblock
Time
Figure 5.4 DC Injection Braking to Stop
The time for DC Injection Braking is determined by the value set to b2-04 and by the output frequency at the time the
Run command is removed. It can be calculated by:

(b2-04) × 10 × Output frequency

DC Injection brake time = Max. output frequency (E1-04)
Figure 5.5

DC Injection braking time

b2-04˜10

b2-04

Output frequency when 100%

10%
Stop command was entered (Maximum output
frequency)
Figure 5.5 DC Injection Braking Time Depending on Output Frequency

Parameter Details
Note: If an overcurrent (oC) fault occurs during DC Injection Braking to stop, lengthen the minimum baseblock time (2 seconds) until
the fault no longer occurs.
Setting 3: Coast to Stop with Timer
When the Run command is removed, the drive will turn off its output and the motor will coast to stop. If a Run command
is input before the time t (value of C1-02) has expired, the drive will not start. A Run command activated during time t
must be cycled after t has expired in order to start the drive. 5
Figure 5.6

Run command ON OFF ON OFF ON

Output Drive output shut off

frequency

Run wait time t

Figure 5.6 Coast to Stop with Timer

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 113
5.2 b: Application

The wait time t is determined by the output frequency when the Run command is removed and by the active deceleration
time.
Figure 5.7

Run wait time t

Active deceleration time

Min Baseblock Time

(2 seconds)

Min output Output frequency 100%

frequency when Stop command (Max output
was entered frequency)

Figure 5.7 Run Wait Time Depending on Output Frequency

■ b1-04: Reverse Operation Selection

For some applications, reverse motor rotation is not appropriate. Setting parameter b1-04 to 1 instructs the drive to ignore
any Reverse run commands.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Reverse operation enabled

Possible to operate the motor in both forward and reverse directions.
Setting 1: Reverse operation disabled
Drive disregards a Reverse run command or a negative frequency reference.
■ b1-05: Action Selection below Minimum Output Frequency (CLV and CLV/PM)
Parameter b1-05 sets the operation when the frequency reference is lower than the minimum output frequency set in
parameter E1-09.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-05 Action Selection below Minimum Output Frequency 0 to 3 0

Setting 0: Follow the Frequency Reference

The drive adjusts the motor speed following the speed reference, even if the frequency reference is below the setting of
parameter E1-09. When the Run command is removed and the motor speed is smaller than the setting of b2-01, Zero
Speed Control (not position lock) is performed for the time set in parameter b2-04 before the drive output shuts off.
Figure 5.8

Run OFF ON
Command common_TMonly
E1-09 Min.
Frequency
Frequency
reference Zero Speed Zero Speed
IM: Initial Excitation Control
PM: Zero Spd. Contr. Control
b2-01 Zero E1-09
Motor Speed Level
Speed b2-03 b2-04
Zero Speed Time at Start Zero Speed Time at Stop
Figure 5.8 Run at the Frequency Reference

114 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.2 b: Application

Setting 1: Coast to Stop

The motor is started first when the frequency reference exceeds the setting of parameter E1-09. Once the motor is
running and the frequency reference falls below E1-09 the drive output is shut off and the motor coasts. When the motor
speed falls below the zero speed level set in parameter b2-01, Zero Speed Control is activated for the time set in b2-04.
Figure 5.9

Run OFF ON
Command
E1-09 Min.
Frequency

Frequency
reference Motor common_TMonly
IM: Initial Excitation Coasts
PM: Zero Spd. Contr. Zero Speed
b2-01 Zero Control
Motor Speed Level
Speed b2-03 b2-04
Zero Speed Time at Start Zero Speed Time at Stop
Figure 5.9 Coast to Stop
Setting 2: Run at the minimum frequency
Whenever a Run command is active and the frequency reference is smaller than the value of parameter E1-09, the drive
runs the motor at the speed set in E1-09. When the Run command is removed, the drive decelerates the motor. As soon as
the motor speed reaches the zero speed level set in b2-01, Zero Speed Control is activated for the time set in b2-04.
Figure 5.10

Run OFF ON
Command
E1-09 Min.
Frequency

Frequency common_TMonly
reference Run at
Run at Zero Speed
IM: Initial Excitation E1-09 E1-09
Control
PM: Zero Spd. Contr.
b2-01 Zero
Motor Speed Level
Speed b2-03 b2-04
Zero Speed Time at Start Zero Speed Time at Stop
Figure 5.10 Run at the Minimum Frequency
Setting 3: Zero Speed Control
The drive applies Zero Speed Control whenever the frequency reference setting is below the value of parameter E1-09.
When the Run command is removed, Zero Speed Control is activated for the time set in b2-04, even if it was already
active before.
Figure 5.11

Run OFF ON
Command

Parameter Details
E1-09 Min.
Frequency
Frequency
common_TMonly
reference Zero
Zero Speed
IM: Initial Excitation Speed
Control
PM: Zero Spd. Contr. Control
b2-01 Zero E1-09
Speed Level
Motor
Speed b2-03 b2-04 5
Zero Speed Time at Start Zero Speed Time at Stop
Figure 5.11 Zero Speed Control

■ b1-06: Digital Input Reading

This parameter defines how the digital inputs are read.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b1-06 Digital Input Reading 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Read once

The state of a digital input is read once. If the state has changed, the input command is immediately processed. With this
setting the drive responds more quickly to digital inputs, but a noisy signal could cause erroneous operation.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 115
5.2 b: Application

Setting 1: Read twice

The state of a digital input is read twice. Only if the state does not change during the double reading, the input command
is processed. This reading process is slower but more resistant against noisy signals.
■ b1-07: LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection
The drive has three separate control sources that can be switched using digital inputs 2 (External reference 1/2)) or the
LO/RE key on the digital operator. Refer to Setting 2: External reference 1/2 selection on page 170 and Refer to o2-01:
LO/RE (LOCAL/REMOTE) Key Function Selection on page 213 for details.
• LOCAL: Digital operator. The digital operator is used to set the frequency reference and Run command.
• REMOTE: External reference 1. The frequency reference and Run command source are set by b1-01 and b1-02.
• REMOTE: External reference 2. The frequency reference and Run command source are set by b1-15 and b1-16.
When switching from LOCAL to REMOTE, or between External reference 1 and External reference 2, the Run
command may already be present at the location the source was switched to. Parameter b1-07 can be used to determine
how the Run command is treated in this case.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-07 LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Run command must be cycled

When the Run command source is different in the old and new source (e.g., the old source was the terminals and the new
source is serial communication), and the Run command is active at the new source as the switch over occurs, the drive
will not start or will stop operation if it was running before. The Run command has to be cycled at the new source in
order to start the drive again.
Setting 1: Accept Run command at the new source
When the Run command is active at the new source, the drive starts or continues operation if it was running before.
WARNING! The drive may start unexpectedly if switching control sources when b1-07 = 1. Clear all personnel away from rotating
machinery and electrical connections prior to switching control sources. Failure to comply may cause death or serious injury.

■ b1-08: Run command selection while in Programming Mode

As a safety precaution, the drive will not normally respond to a Run command input when the digital operator is being
used to adjust parameters in the Programming Mode (Verify Menu, Setup Mode, Parameter Settings Mode, and Auto-
Tuning Mode). If required by the application, set b1-08 to allow the drive to run while in the Programming Mode.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-08 Run Command Selection while in Programming Mode 0 to 2 0

Setting 0: Disabled
A Run command is not accepted while the digital operator is in the Programming Mode.
Setting 1: Enabled
A Run command is accepted in any digital operator mode.
Setting 2: Prohibit programming during run
It is not possible to enter the Programming Mode as long as the drive output is active. The Programming Mode cannot be
displayed during Run.

116 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.2 b: Application

■ b1-14: Phase Order Selection

Sets the phase order for drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3.
Switching motor phases will reverse the direction of the motor.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-14 Phase Order Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Standard phase order

Setting 1: Switched phase order
■ b1-15: Frequency Reference Selection 2
Refer to b1-01: Frequency Reference Selection 1 on page 110.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-15 Frequency Reference Selection 2 0 to 4 0

■ b1-16: Run Command Selection 2

Refer to b1-02: Run Command Selection 1 on page 111.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-16 Run Command Selection 2 0 to 3 0

■ b1-17: Run Command at Power Up

This parameter is used to determine whether an external Run command that is active during power up will start the drive
or not.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b1-17 Run Command at Power Up 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Run command at power up is not issued

The Run command has to be cycled to start the drive.
Note: For safety reasons, the drive is initially programmed not to accept a Run command at power up (b1-17 = 0). If a Run command is
issued at power up, the RUN indicator LED will flash quickly.
Setting 1: Run command and power up is issued
If an external Run command is active when the drive is powered up, then the drive will start to operate the motor as soon
as it gets ready for operation (i.e., once the internal start up process is complete).

Parameter Details
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. If b1-17 is set to 1 and an external Run command is active during power up, the motor will
begin rotating as soon as the power is switched on. Proper precautions must be taken to ensure that the area around the motor is safe
prior to powering up the drive. Failure to comply may cause serious injury.

◆ b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking

These parameters determine how the DC Injection Braking, Zero Speed Control, and Short Circuit Braking features 5
operate.
■ b2-01: DC Injection Braking Start Frequency
Parameter b2-01 is active when “Ramp to stop” is selected as the stopping method (b1-03 = 0).

No. Name Setting Range Default

b2-01 DC Injection Braking Start Frequency 0.0 to 10.0 Hz Determined by A1-02

The function triggered by parameter b2-01 depends on the control mode that has been selected.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 117
5.2 b: Application

V/f, V/f w/PG and OLV (A1-02 = 0, 1, 2)

For these control modes, parameter b2-01 sets the starting frequency for DC Injection Braking at stop. Once the output
frequency falls below the setting of b2-01, DC Injection Braking is enabled for the time set in parameter b2-04.
Figure 5.12

DC Injection
Braking
E3-09 Min. Frequency
S2-01 Zero Speed Level

Output Time
frequency
S2-04
Figure 5.12 DC Injection Braking at Stop for V/f, V/f w/PG and OLV
Note: If b2-01 is set to a smaller value than parameter E1-09 (minimum frequency), then DC Injection Braking will begin as soon as
the frequency falls to the value set to E1-09.
AOLV/PM (A1-02 = 6)
For these control modes, parameter b2-01 sets the starting frequency for Short-Circuit Braking at stop. Once the output
frequency falls below the setting of b2-01, Short-Circuit Braking is enabled for the time set in parameter b2-13. If DC
Injection Braking time is enabled at stop, then DC Injection Braking is performed for the time set in b2-04 after Short-
Circuit Braking is complete.
Figure 5.13

Short Circuit DC Injection

E3-09 Min. Frequency Braking Braking
S2-01 Zero Speed Level

Output Time
frequency
b2-13 S2-04
Figure 5.13 Short-Circuit Braking at Stop in AOLV/PM
Note: If b2-01 is set to a smaller value than parameter E1-09 (minimum frequency), then DC Injection Braking will begin as soon as
the frequency falls to the value set to E1-09.
CLV and CLV/PM (A1-02 = 3, 7)
For these control modes, parameter b2-01 sets the starting frequency for Zero Speed Control (not position lock) at stop.
Once the output frequency falls below the setting of b2-01, Zero Speed Control is enabled for the time set in parameter
b2-04.
Figure 5.14

Zero Speed
E3-09 Min. Frequency Control
S2-01 Zero Speed Level

Output Time
frequency
S2-04
Figure 5.14 Zero Speed Control at Stop in CLV and CLV/PM
Note: If b2-01 is set to lower than the minimum frequency (E1-09), then Zero Speed Control begins at the frequency set to E1-09.

■ b2-02: DC Injection Braking Current

Sets the DC Injection Braking current as a percentage of the drive rated current. If set larger than 50%, the carrier
frequency is automatically reduced to 1 kHz.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b2-02 DC Injection Braking Current 0 to 100% 50%

The level of DC Injection Braking current affects the strength of the magnetic field attempting to lock the motor shaft.
Increasing the current level will increase the amount of heat generated by the motor windings. This parameter should
only be increased to the level necessary to hold the motor shaft.

118 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.2 b: Application

■ b2-03: DC Injection Braking Time at Start

Sets the time of DC Injection Braking (Zero Speed Control when in CLV and CLV/PM) at start. Used to stop a coasting
motor before restarting it or to apply braking torque at start. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b2-03 DC Injection Braking Time at Start 0.00 to 10.00 s 0.00 s

Note: Before starting an uncontrolled rotating motor (e.g., a fan motor driven by windmill effect), DC Injection should be used to either
stop the motor or detect its speed before starting it. Otherwise motor stalling and other faults can occur.

■ b2-04: DC Injection Braking Time at Stop

Sets the time of DC Injection Braking (Zero Speed Control when in CLV and CLV/PM) at stop. Used to completely stop
a motor with high inertia load after ramp down. Increase the value if the motor still coasts by inertia after it should have
stopped. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b2-04 DC Injection Braking Time at Stop 0.00 to 10.00 s Determined by A1-02

■ b2-08: Magnetic Flux Compensation Value

Sets the magnetic flux compensation at start as a percentage of the no-load current value (E2-03). This function allows
better more flux to develop, making it easier to start machines that require high starting torque or motors with a large
rotor time constant.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b2-08 Magnetic Flux Compensation Value 0 to 1000% 0%

When a Run command is issued, the DC current level injected into the motor changes linearly from the level set to b2-08
to E2-03 within the time set to b2-03.
Figure 5.15

Output frequency

S2-08 common_TMonly

E4-03
Magnetizing Current
Reference Time
S2-03

Parameter Details
Figure 5.15 Magnetic Flux Compensation
Note that the level of the DC current injected to the motor is limited to 80% of the drive rated current or to the motor
rated current, whichever value is smaller.
Note: 1. If b2-08 is set below 100%, it can take a relatively long time for flux to develop.
2. If b2-08 is set to 0%, the DC current level will be the DC Injection current set to b2-02.
3. As DC Injection can generate a fair amount of noise, b2-08 may need to be adjusted to keep noise levels acceptable. 5
■ b2-12: Short Circuit Brake Time at Start
Short Circuit Braking can be used in AOLV/PM. By shorting all three motor phases, it produces a braking torque in the
motor and can be used to stop a coasting motor before starting it again.
Parameter b2-12 sets the time for Short-Circuit Brake operation at start. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b2-12 Short Circuit Brake Time at Start 0.00 to 25.50 s 0.00 s

Note: Short Circuit Braking cannot prevent a PM motor from being rotated by an external force. To prevent the load from rotating the
motor, use DC Injection.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 119
5.2 b: Application

■ b2-13: Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop

The Short Circuit Braking described for parameter b2-12 can also be applied at the end of deceleration in order to
completely stop high inertia loads. Short Circuit Braking is initiated for the time set in b2-13 when the output frequency
falls below the higher of the values b1-02 and E1-09. Parameter b2-13 sets the time for Short Circuit Braking at stop.
Disabled when set to 0.00 s.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b2-13 Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop 0.00 to 25.50 s 0.50 s

■ b2-18: Short Circuit Braking Current

Parameter b2-18 sets the current level for Short Circuit Braking operation as a percentage of the motor rated current.
Even though a higher current level can be set using b2-18, the Short Circuit Braking current will not be higher than the
drive rated current (150%).

No. Name Setting Range Default

b2-18 Short Circuit Braking Current 0.0 to 200.0% 100.0%

◆ b7: Droop Control (CLV, CLV/PM)

Droop control can automatically balance the load level between two motors that drive the same load, such as in traverse
cranes applications. It must be activated in one of the two drives that control these motors. The drive in which Droop
control is activated will automatically reduce the speed if the torque reference rises, and increase the speed if the torque
reference falls again, thereby shifting the load from one motor to the other.
Note: Disable Feed Forward (n5-01 = 0) whenever using Droop control.
Figure 5.16

Motor A runs faster than B, pulling more load Motor B runs faster than A, pulling more load

A = 100% Load A = 90% Load A = 80% Load A = 90% Load

fref_A = constant fref_A = constant

common_TMonly
fref_B increase fref_B decrease

B = 80% Load B = 90% Load B = 100% Load B = 90% Load

Droop Control increases the speed reference in Droop Control decreases the speed reference in
drive B accomplishing load balance drive B accomplishing load balance

Figure 5.16 Droop Control in a Traverse Application

■ b7-01: Droop Control Gain

Sets the amount of speed reduction when the torque reference is 100%. The gain is set as a percentage of the maximum
output frequency. A setting of 0.0% disables the Droop control function.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b7-01 Droop Control Gain 0.0 to 100.0% 0.0%
Figure 5.17

Speed
Speed reference

Droop control gain

b7-01
common_TMonly

Torque
0 100%
Figure 5.17 Droop Control Gain

120 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.2 b: Application

■ b7-02: Droop Control Delay Time

The setting in b7-02 adjusts the responsiveness of Droop control. Reduce the setting if the reaction time is too long, and
increase it if hunting occurs.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b7-02 Droop Control Delay Time 0.03 to 2.00 s 0.05 s

■ b7-03: Droop Control Limit Selection

Enables or disables the droop control limit.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b7-03 Droop Control Limit Selection 0, 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled

◆ b8: Energy Saving for IPM

■ b8-01: Energy Saving Control Selection
Enables or disables the Energy Saving function.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

b8-01 Energy Saving Control Selection 0 or 1 Determined by A1-02

Setting 0: Disabled
Controls d-axis current as 0 in a constant torque area.
Applies d-axis current required to limit output voltage by b8-01 setting in a constant output area.
Setting 1: Enabled
Controls d-axis current and q-axis current so that motor efficiency will be the maximum according to torque reference.
Energy-saving operation is not enabled since output voltage limit has a priority in a constant output area.

◆ b9: Zero Servo

The Zero Servo function is a position loop that can be used in CLV and CLV/PM control modes to lock the motor at a
certain position.
It must be activated using a digital input set for H1-†† = 72. The drive will decelerate when this input is closed. Once

Parameter Details
the motor speed falls below the level set in parameter b2-01, the drive goes into the Zero Servo mode and holds the
current position. When the input assigned to trigger the Zero Servo function is released and the Run command is still
present, the drive reaccelerates.
Figure 5.18

Run command ON OFF

ON OFF
5
Zero Servo command

Motor Speed common_TMonly

Zero Servo
b2-01 Operation
DC Injection Braking
start frequency

Figure 5.18 Zero Servo Operation

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 121
5.2 b: Application

When Zero Servo is active, the deviation between the rotor position and the zero position is displayed in monitor U6-22
(monitor value must be divided by 4 to get the deviation in actual encoder pulses).
A digital output programmed for “Zero Servo complete” (H2-†† = 72) is turned on when the rotor position is within the
zero position, plus or minus the Zero Servo completion width set in parameter b9-02.
Note: 1. The Run command must remain on when using the Zero Servo function. If the Run command is switched off, then Zero Servo will no
longer be able to hold the load in place.
2. When the Zero Servo command has shut off, the Zero Servo Completion digital output width also shuts off.
3. Avoid using Zero Servo to lock 100% load for long periods, as this can trigger a fault. If such loads need to be held in place for long
periods, either make sure the current is less than 50% of the drive rated current during Zero Servo, or use a larger capacity drive.
4. If the load rotates the motor when using CLV/PM, a dv4 fault may occur. To prevent this, either increase the Zero Servo gain (b9-01)
or increase the number of pulses set to F1-19 that are required to trigger dv4.

■ b9-01: Zero Servo Gain

Parameter b9-01 adjusts the responsiveness of the Zero Servo position loop. Increase the value if the response is too slow
and the deviation from the zero position rises too high when load is applied. Decrease the value if vibrations occur during
Zero Servo operation.
Note: Before adjusting the Zero Servo gain, make sure the ASR parameters (C5-††) are set up properly and vibration or hunting does
not occur when running with a zero speed reference.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b9-01 Zero Servo Gain 0 to 100 5

■ b9-02: Zero Servo Completion Width

Sets the output range of the Zero Servo completion signal. Enter the amount of deviation allowable from the desired
position to trigger Zero Servo. An output terminal set for Zero Servo (H2-†† = 33) will be triggered when the motor
reaches the position Zero Servo position plus or minus b9-02.

No. Name Setting Range Default

b9-02 Zero Servo Completion Width 0 to 16383 10

122 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.3 C: Tuning

5.3 C: Tuning
C parameters are used to set the acceleration and deceleration characteristics. Other parameters in this group cover
settings for slip compensation, torque compensation, and carrier frequency.

◆ C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Times

■ C1-01 to C1-08: Accel, Decel Times 1 to 4
Four different sets of acceleration and deceleration times can be set in the drive. They can be selected by digital inputs,
by the motor selection, or can be switched automatically. Acceleration time parameters always set the time to accelerate
from 0 Hz to the maximum output frequency (E1-04). Deceleration time parameters always set the time to decelerate
from maximum output frequency to 0 Hz. C1-01 and C1-02 are the default active accel/decel settings for the motor 1
selected and C1-05 and C1-06 are the default active accel/decel settings for the motor 2 selected.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C1-01 Acceleration Time 1
C1-02 Deceleration Time 1
C1-03 Acceleration Time 2
C1-04 Deceleration Time 2
0.0 to 6000.0 s <1> 10.0 s
C1-05 Acceleration Time 3 (Motor 2 Accel Time 1)
C1-06 Deceleration Time 3 (Motor 2 Decel Time 1)
C1-07 Acceleration Time 4 (Motor 2 Accel Time 2)
C1-08 Deceleration Time 4 (Motor 2 Accel Time 2)
<1> The setting range for the acceleration and deceleration times is determined by the accel/decel time setting units in C1-10. For example, if the
time is set in units of 0.01 s (C1-10 = 0), the setting range becomes 0.00 to 600.00 s.

Switching Acceleration and Deceleration Times by Motor Selection

When switching between motor 1 and 2, parameters C1-01 to C1-04 become accel/decel time 1 and 2 for motor 1, while
C1-05 to C1-08 become accel/decel time 1 and 2 for motor 2. Accel/decel times 1 and 2 can be switched for each motor
using a digital inputs set to H1-†† = 7 like shown in Table 5.7.
Table 5.7 Motor Switching and Accel/Decel Time Combinations
Motor 1 Selected Motor 2 Selected
Accel/Decel Time 1 (H1-†† = 7)
Accel Decel Accel Decel
Open C1-01 C1-02 C1-05 C1-06
Closed C1-03 C1-04 C1-07 C1-08

■ C1-09: Fast Stop Time

Parameter C1-09 will set a special deceleration that is used when certain faults occur or that can be operated by closing a

Parameter Details
digital input configured as H1-†† = 15 (N.O. input). The input does not have to be closed continuously, even a
momentary closure will trigger the Fast Stop operation. Unlike standard deceleration, once the Fast Stop operation is
initiated, the drive cannot be restarted until the deceleration is complete, the Fast Stop input is cleared, and the Run
command is cycled.
A digital output programmed for “During Fast Stop” (H2-†† = 4C) will be closed as long as Fast Stop is active.
5
A Fast Stop can be selected as the action the drive should take when certain faults occur, such as L8-03 (Overheat Pre-
Alarm Operation Selection).

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C1-09 Fast Stop Time 0.0 to 6000.0 s <1> 10.0 s
<1> The setting range for the acceleration and deceleration times is determined by the accel/decel time setting units in C1-10. For example, if the
time is set in units of 0.01 s (C1-10 = 0), the setting range becomes 0.00 to 600.00 s

NOTICE: Rapid deceleration can trigger an overvoltage fault. When faulted, the drive output shuts off, and the motor coasts. To avoid
this uncontrolled motor state and to ensure that the motor stops quickly and safely, set an appropriate Fast Stop time to C1-09.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 123
5.3 C: Tuning

■ C1-10: Accel/Decel Time Setting Units

Determines the units for the acceleration and deceleration times set to C1-01 through C1-09 using parameter C1-10.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C1-10 Accel/Decel Time Setting Units 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: 0.01 s units

The accel/decel times are set in 0.01 s units. The setting range will be 0.00 to 600.00 s. If any of the parameters C1-01 to
C1-09 is set to 600.1 seconds or more, then C1-10 cannot be set to 0.
Setting 1: 0.1 s units
The accel/decel times are set in 0.1 s units. The setting range will be 0.0 to 6000.0 s.

◆ C3: Slip Compensation

The Slip Compensation function improves the speed accuracy of an induction motor. By adjusting the output frequency
in accordance with the motor load, it compensates the slip and makes the motor speed equal to the frequency reference.
Note: Perform Auto-Tuning and make sure that the motor rated current (E2-01), the motor rated slip (E2-02), and the no-load current
(E2-03) have all been set properly before making any adjustments to slip compensation parameters.

■ C3-01: Slip Compensation Gain

This parameter sets the gain for the motor slip compensation function. Although this parameter rarely needs to be
changed, adjustments might be needed under the following circumstances:
• If the motor at constant speed is slower than the frequency reference, increase C3-01.
• If the motor at constant speed is faster than the frequency reference, decrease C3-01.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C3-01 Slip Compensation Gain 0.0 to 2.5 Determined by A1-02

Note: Default setting is 0.0 in V/f Control (A1-02 = 0), and 1.0 in Open Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = 2). In Closed Loop Vector
Control, slip compensation is used correct inaccuracies that can result from temperature fluctuation in the rotor.

■ C3-02: Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time

Adjusts the filter on the output side of the slip compensation function. Although this parameter rarely needs to be
changed, adjustment may help in the following situations:
• Decrease the setting when the slip compensation response is too slow.
• Increase this setting when speed is unstable.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C3-02 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time 0 to 10000 ms Determined by A1-02

Note: Default for V/f Control (A1-02 = 0) is 2000 ms. Default for Open Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = 2) is 200 ms.

124 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.3 C: Tuning

■ C3-03: Slip Compensation Limit

Sets the upper limit for the slip compensation function as a percentage of the motor rated slip (E2-02).

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C3-03 Slip Compensation Limit 0 to 250% 200%

The slip compensation limit is constant throughout the constant torque range (frequency reference ≤ E1-06). In the
constant power range (frequency reference ≥ E1-06), it is increased based on C3-03 and the output frequency as shown in
the following diagram.
Figure 5.19

E1-04
E1-06 × C3-03

C3-03
common_TMonly
Output Frequency
E1-06 E1-04
Base Maximum
Frequency Frequency
Figure 5.19 Slip Compensation Limit

■ C3-04: Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration

Enables or disables slip compensation during regenerative operation. When slip compensation during regeneration has
been activated and a regenerative load is applied, it might be necessary to use a dynamic braking option (braking resistor,
braking resistor unit, or braking unit).
Even if enabled, this function does not operate when the output frequency is too low.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C3-04 Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration 0 to 2 0

Setting 0: Disabled
Slip compensation is not provided. Depending on the load and mode of operation, the actual motor speed will be lower or
higher than the frequency reference.
Setting 1: Enabled (6 kHz and above)
Slip compensation is enabled during regenerative operation. It will not be active at output frequencies below 6 Hz.
Setting 2: Enabled (compensation provided wherever possible)

Parameter Details
Slip compensation is enabled during regenerative operation, and at frequencies as low as 2 Hz. The drive uses the motor
rated slip set in E2-02 to automatically calculate the frequency range where compensation will be disabled.
■ C3-05: Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection
Determines if the motor flux reference is automatically reduced when output voltage reaches the saturation range.
If the input power supply voltage is low or the motor has a high voltage rating, this function can help improve the speed 5
precision when moving heavy loads at high speeds. When this function is enabled, the reduction in flux causes a slightly
higher current at high speed. Keep this in mind when selecting the drive.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C3-05 Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 125
5.3 C: Tuning

■ C3-21: Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain

Used to improve speed accuracy for motor 2. Functions in the same way that C3-01 functions for motor 1.
Adjust this parameter only after the motor rated current (E4-01), motor rated slip (E4-02), and the motor no-load current
(E4-03) have all been set.
Refer to C3-01: Slip Compensation Gain on page 124 for details on adjusting this parameter.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C3-21 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain 0.0 to 2.5 Determined by E3-01

Note: Default setting is 0.0 in V/f Control (A1-02 = 0). Default setting is 1.0 in Open Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = 2) and Closed
Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = 3). In Closed Loop Vector Control, slip compensation gain acts as an adaptable gain.

■ C3-22: Motor 2 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time

Functions for motor 2 in the same way that C3-02 functions for motor 1.
Refer to C3-02: Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time on page 124 for instructions on how to adjust this parameter.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C3-22 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time 0 to 10000 ms Determined by E3-01

Note: The default for V/f Control (A1-02 = 0) is 2000 ms. The default for Open Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = 2) is 200 ms.

■ C3-23: Motor 2 Slip Compensation Limit

Sets the upper limit for the slip compensation function as a percentage of the motor rated slip (E4-02).

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C3-23 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Limit 0 to 250% 200%

The slip compensation limit is constant throughout the constant torque range (frequency reference ≤ E3-06). In the
constant power range (frequency reference ≥ E3-06), it is increased based on C3-23 and the output frequency as shown in
the following diagram.
Figure 5.20

E3-04
E3-06 × C3-23
common_TMonly
C3-23

Output Frequency
E3-06 E3-04
Base Maximum
Frequency Frequency
Figure 5.20 Slip Compensation Limit

■ C3-24: Motor 2 Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration

Functions for motor 2 in the same way that C3-04 functions for motor 1.
Refer to C3-04: Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration on page 125 for details on adjusting this parameter.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C3-24 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration 0 to 2 0

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled (6 Hz and above)
Setting 2: Enabled (compensation provided wherever possible)

■ C3-26: Motor 2 Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection

Determines if the motor flux reference is automatically reduced when output voltage reaches the voltage saturation
range. If the input power supply voltage is low or the motor has a high voltage rating, this function can help improve the
speed precision when moving heavy loads at high speeds.

126 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.3 C: Tuning

When this function is enabled, the reduction in flux causes a slightly higher current at high speed. Keep this in mind
when selecting the drive.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C3-05 Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled

◆ C4: Torque Compensation

The torque compensation function compensates for insufficient torque production at start-up or when a load is applied.
Note: Make sure the motor parameters and V/f pattern are set properly before setting torque compensation parameters.

■ C4-01: Torque Compensation Gain

Sets the gain for the torque compensation function.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C4-01 Torque Compensation Gain 0.00 to 2.50 Determined by A1-02

Torque Compensation in V/f and V/f w/PG:

The drive calculates the motor primary voltage loss using the output current and the termination resistor value (E2-05)
and then adjusts the output voltage to compensate insufficient torque at start or when load is applied. The effects of this
voltage compensation can be increased or decreased using parameter C4-01.
Torque Compensation in OLV:
The drive controls the motor excitation current (d-axis current) and torque producing current (q-axis current) separately.
Torque compensation affects the torque producing current only. C4-01 works as a factor of the torque reference value that
builds the torque producing current reference.
Adjustment
Although this parameter rarely needs to be adjusted, changing the torque compensation gain in small steps of 0.05 may
help in the following situations:
• Increase this setting when using a long motor cable.
• Decrease this setting when motor oscillation occurs.
Adjust C4-01 so that the output current does not exceed the drive rated current.
Note: 1. Refrain from adjusting torque compensation in Open Loop Vector Control, as it can have a negative effect on torque accuracy.

Parameter Details
■ C4-02: Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time
Sets the delay time used for applying torque compensation.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C4-02 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 0 to 60000 ms Determined by A1-02
5
Adjustment
Although C4-02 rarely needs to be changed, adjustments may help in the following situations:
• If the motor vibrates, increase C4-02.
• If the motor responds too slowly to changes in the load, decrease C4-02.
■ C4-03: Torque Compensation at Forward Start (OLV)
Sets the amount of torque at start in the forward direction in order to improve motor performance during start with a
heavy load. Compensation is applied using the time constant set in parameter C4-05. Enable this function when the load
pulls the motor in reverse when starting with a Forward run command. Setting of 0.0% disables this feature.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C4-03 Torque Compensation at Forward Start 0.0 to 200.0% 0.0%

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 127
5.3 C: Tuning

■ C4-04: Torque Compensation at Reverse Start (OLV)

Sets the amount of torque reference at start in the reverse direction in order to improve motor performance during start
with heavy load. Compensation is applied using the time constant set in parameter C4-05. Enable this function if the load
pulls the motor in the forward direction when starting with a Reverse run command. Setting 0.0% disables this feature.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C4-04 Torque Compensation at Reverse Start -200.0 to 0.0% 0.0%

■ C4-05: Torque Compensation Time Constant (OLV)

This parameter is the time constant for applying the torque compensation at start that is set to C4-03 and C4-04.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C4-05 Torque Compensation Time Constant 0 to 200 ms 10 ms

■ C4-06: Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 2 (OLV)

This time constant is used for adjusting. Adjust the value if an overvoltage fault occurs with sudden changes in the load
or at the end of acceleration with high inertia load.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C4-06 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 2 0 to 10000 ms 150 ms

Note: If C4-06 is set to a relatively large value, be sure to also increase the setting in n2-03 (AFR Time Constant 2) proportionally.

■ C4-07: Motor 2 Torque Compensation Gain

Functions for motor 2 in the same way that C4-01 functions for motor 1.
Refer to C3-01: Slip Compensation Gain on page 124 for details on adjusting this parameter.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C4-07 Motor 2 Torque Compensation Gain 0.00 to 2.50 1.00

■ C4-08: Motor 2 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time

Sets the delay time used for applying torque compensation.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C4-08 Motor 2 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 0 to 60000 ms Determined by A1-02

Adjustment
Although C4-08 rarely needs to be changed, adjustments may help in the following situations:
• If the motor vibrates, increase C4-08.
• If the motor responds too slowly to changes in the load, decrease C4-08.
■ C4-09: Motor 2 Torque Compensation at Forward Start (OLV)
Sets the amount of torque at start in the forward direction in order to improve motor performance during start with a
heavy load. Compensation is applied using the time constant set in parameter C4-11. Enable this function when the load
pulls the motor in reverse when starting with a Forward run command. Setting of 0.0% disables this feature.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C4-09 Motor 2 Torque Compensation at Forward Start 0.0 to 200.0% 0.0%

■ C4-10: Motor 2 Torque Compensation at Reverse Start (OLV)

Sets the amount of torque reference at start in the reverse direction in order to improve motor performance during start
with heavy load. Compensation is applied using the time constant set in parameter C4-11. Enable this function if the load
pulls the motor in the forward direction when starting with a Reverse run command. Setting 0.0% disables this feature.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C4-10 Motor 2 Torque Compensation at Reverse Start -200.0 to 0.0% 0.0%

128 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.3 C: Tuning

■ C4-11: Motor 2 Torque Compensation Time Constant (OLV)

This parameter is the time constant for applying the torque compensation at start that is set to C4-09 and C4-10.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C4-11 Motor 2 Torque Compensation Time Constant 0 to 200 ms 10 ms

■ C4-12: Motor 2 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 2 (OLV)

This time constant is used for adjusting. Adjust the value if an overvoltage fault occurs with sudden changes in the load
or at the end of acceleration with high inertia load.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C4-12 Motor 2 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 2 0 to 10000 ms 150 ms

Note: If C4-12 is set to a relatively large value, be sure to also increase the setting in n2-03 (AFR Time Constant 2) proportionally.

◆ C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR)

The ASR is used for controlling the motor speed in V/f w/PG, CLV, AOLV/PM, and CLV/PM control modes. It adjusts
the output frequency (V/f w/PG) or torque reference (CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM) in order to minimize the difference
between frequency reference and actual motor speed.
The figures below illustrates how ASR works.
Figure 5.21

+ Output frequency
Frequency
reference
+

Limit
ASR limit

+
common_TMonly
- +
Change
Detected speed
rate
P
limiter +
I
C5-01
C5-05
C5-03
C5-02, C5-04
Figure 5.21 Speed Control Block Diagram for V/f Control with PG
Figure 5.22

Torque limits
C5-01, C5-03
+ + Torque reference
Frequency Primary
P
reference
-
filter
common_TMonly
I +
I limit
C5-06

Parameter Details
(C5-10) L7-01 to L7-04
Detected speed C5-02, C5-04 C5-08
<1>

Figure 5.22 Speed Control Block Diagram for CLV, AOLV/PM and CLV/PM

<1> Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors estimates the speed using the motor model and does not require an encoder feedback
signal.
5

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 129
5.3 C: Tuning

■ Adjusting the ASR Parameters

Before adjusting ASR parameters make sure all motor data have been set up correctly or Auto-Tuning has been
performed.
Analog output signals should be used to monitor the frequency reference after softstarter (U1-16) and the motor speed
(U1-05) when adjusting the ASR. Refer to H4: Multi-Function Analog Outputs on page 185 for details on setting up
analog output functions.
Generally when tuning the ASR, first optimize the ASR gain, then adjust the integral time settings. Always make
adjustments with the load connected to the motor.
Adjusting the ASR Parameters in V/f Control with PG
In V/f Control with PG, the ASR settings change between two sets of parameters depending on the motor speed as
described in C5-01, C5-03 / C5-02, C5-04: ASR Proportional Gain 1, 2 / ASR Integral Time 1, 2 on page 131.
Perform the following steps for adjusting ASR parameters:
1. Run the motor at minimum speed and increase ASR gain 2 (C5-03) as much as possible without oscillation.
2. Run the motor at minimum speed and decrease ASR integral time 2 (C5-04) as much as possible without
oscillation.
3. Check the output current monitor to make sure that the output current is less than 50% of the drive rated current.
If the value is higher than 50%, decrease C5-03 and increase C5-04.
4. Run the motor at maximum speed and increase ASR gain 1 (C5-01) as much as possible without oscillations.
5. Run the motor at maximum speed and decrease ASR integral time 1 (C5-02) as much as possible without
oscillations.
6. If higher speed precision and faster response during acceleration or deceleration is required, enable integral
control during accel/decel by setting parameter C5-12 to 1. Change the speed and make sure no over/
undershoot occurs.
Adjusting the ASR Parameters in CLV, AOLV/PM, and CLV/PM
In CLV, AOLV/PM, and CLV/PM the drive is pre-set to use ASR settings C5-01/02 over the whole speed range. If
required by the application, a second set of ASR parameters (C5-03/04) can be automatically activated depending on the
motor speed or by using a digital input. Also refer to C5-01, C5-03 / C5-02, C5-04: ASR Proportional Gain 1, 2 / ASR
Integral Time 1, 2 on page 131.
Perform the following steps for adjusting ASR parameters:
1. Run the motor at zero speed and increase the ASR gain (C5-01) as much as possible without oscillation.
2. Run the motor at zero speed and decrease the ASR integral time (C5-02) as much as possible without
oscillation.
3. Run at the normal operating speed. Check for over/undershoot when changing speed and for any oscillation.
4. Should problems occur in step 3, increase the integral time and reduce the gain.
Alternatively, use different ASR settings for high and low speed. Set the values from step 1 and 2 to parameters
C5-03 and C5-04, then set an ASR switching frequency in parameter C5-07. Run the motor at a speed higher
than C5-07 and repeat step 3 while adjusting C5-01 and C5-02.

130 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.3 C: Tuning

Solving Problems During ASR Setup

Use Table 5.8 when making adjustments to ASR. Though the parameters listed below are for motor 1, the same changes
can be made to the corresponding motor 2 parameters when running a second motor.
Table 5.8 ASR Setup Problems and Corrective Actions
Problem Possible Solutions

Speed reference

Slow response to speed changes or speed • Increase the ASR gain.

deviation lasts for too long Motor Speed
• Decrease the integral time.

Time

Motor Speed

Overshoot or undershoot at the end of • Decrease the ASR gain.

acceleration or deceleration Speed reference • Increase the integral time.

Time

Speed reference

• Decrease the ASR gain.

Vibration and oscillation occur at constant
• Increase the integral time.
speed
Motor Speed • Increase the ASR delay time (C5-06).

Time

Speed reference
• Check the pulse number set to F1-01 and the gear ratio in F1-12 and F1-13.
The motor slip is not fully compensated when • Make sure the pulse signal from the encoder is set up properly.
running in V/f Control with PG Motor Speed • Check monitor U6-04 and check if the ASR is working at its output limit (setting of
C5-05). If so, increase C5-05.
Time

Integral operation is enabled in V/f Control with • Decrease the ASR gain.
PG (C5-15 = 1) and over/undershoot occurs - • Increase the integral time.
when changing speed. • If the problem persists, reduce the ASR output limit set in C5-05.
• V/f control: Use C5-01/02 and C5-03/04 to set up different ASR settings at minimum
Oscillation at low speed and response is too and maximum speed.
-
slow at high speed (or vice versa) • CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM: Use C5-01, C5-02 and C5-03, C5-04 to define optimal
ASR settings for high and low speed. Use C5-07 to define a switching frequency.

■ C5-01, C5-03 / C5-02, C5-04: ASR Proportional Gain 1, 2 / ASR Integral Time 1, 2
These parameters can be used to adjust the responsiveness of the ASR.

Parameter Details
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C5-01 ASR Proportional Gain 1 0.00 to 300.00 Determined by A1-02
C5-02 ASR Integral Time 1 0.000 to 10.000 s Determined by A1-02
C5-03 ASR Proportional Gain 2 0.00 to 300.00 Determined by A1-02
C5-04 ASR Integral Time 2 0.000 to 10.000 s Determined by A1-02

These parameter settings will function differently depending on the control mode. 5
V/f Control with PG
Parameters C5-01 and C5-02 determine the ASR characteristics at maximum speed, whereas C5-03 and C5-04 determine
the characteristics at minimum speed.
Figure 5.23

P = C5-01
P and I setting
I = C5-02

P = C5-03
I = C5-04
common_TMonly

Motor speed
0 E1-09 E1-04
Min. output frequency Max. output frequency
Figure 5.23 ASR Gain and Integral Time in V/fw/PG

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 131
5.3 C: Tuning

CLV, AOLV/PM, and CLV/PM

In these control modes, parameters C5-03 and C5-04 define the ASR gain an integral time at zero speed. The settings in
C5-01 and C5-02 are used at speeds above the setting in C5-07. C5-07 is set to 0 as the default so that C5-01 and C5-02
are used over the entire speed range. Also refer to C5-07: ASR Gain Switching Frequency on page 133.
Figure 5.24

P = C5-01
P, I
I = C5-02

P = C5-03 common_TMonly
I = C5-04 (Low speed)

Motor speed (Hz)

㧜 C5-07
Figure 5.24 Low-speed and High-speed Gain Settings
The gain set in C5-03 can also be activated with a digital input programmed to “ASR gain switch” (H1-†† = 77). When
the terminal is open, the drive uses the ASR gain level set by the pattern in the figure above. When the terminal closes,
C5-03 is used. The integral time set to C5-02 is used to change linearly between these settings.
The ASR gain switch command from a multi-function input terminal overrides the switching frequency set to C5-07.
Figure 5.25

ASR Gain Switch signal

(Digital input) OFF ON

Proportional gain
Proportional gain (P) determined
by motor speed. common_TMonly
C5-03 gain setting

C5-02 C5-02
Figure 5.25 ASR Proportional Gain Switch

■ C5-05: ASR Limit

Sets the ASR output limit as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04). If the motor rated slip is high, the
setting might need to be increased to provide proper motor speed control. Use the ASR output monitor U6-04 to
determine if ASR is working at the limit set in C5-05. If so, make sure the PG pulses (F1-01), PG gear teeth (F1-12, F1-
13), and the PG signal are set correctly before making further changes to C5-05.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C5-05 ASR Limit 0.0 to 20.0% 5.0%

■ C5-06: ASR Primary Delay Time Constant

This parameter sets the filter time constant for the time from the speed loop to the torque command output.
Increase this setting gradually in increments of 0.01 for loads with low rigidity, or when oscillation is a problem.
Note: This parameter rarely requires adjustment.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C5-06 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant 0.000 to 0.500 s Determined by A1-02

132 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.3 C: Tuning

■ C5-07: ASR Gain Switching Frequency

Sets the frequency where the drive should switch between ASR proportional gain 1 and 2 (C5-01, C5-03) as well as
between integral time 1 and 2 (C5-02, C5-04).

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C5-07 ASR Gain Switching Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 Hz <1> 0.0 Hz <1>
<1> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes, the setting units and range are expressed as a percent (0.0 to 100.0%) instead of in Hz.

Note: A multi-function input set for the ASR gain switch (H1-†† = 77) takes priority over the ASR gain switching frequency.

Switching the proportional gain and integral time in the low or high speed range can help stabilize operation and avoid
resonance problems. A good switching point is about 80% of the frequency where oscillation occurs, or at 80% of the
target speed. Refer to C5-01, C5-03 / C5-02, C5-04: ASR Proportional Gain 1, 2 / ASR Integral Time 1, 2 on page 131.
■ C5-08: ASR Integral Limit
Sets the upper limit for ASR as a percentage of the rated load.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C5-08 ASR Integral Limit 0 to 400% 400%

■ C5-12: Integral Operation during Accel/Decel (V/f w/PG)

Enables integral operation during acceleration and deceleration. Integral operation should be used when driving a heavy
load or a high inertia load, but can cause problems with overshoot at the end of acceleration and deceleration. Refer to
ASR Setup Problems and Corrective Actions on page 131 to solve such problems.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C5-12 Integral Operation during Accel/Decel 0, 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
Integral operation occurs only during constant speed and not during acceleration or deceleration.
Setting 1: Enabled
Integral operation is always enabled.
■ C5-17, C5-18: Motor Inertia, Load Inertia Ratio
C5-17 and C5-18 determine the ratio of the machine inertia and the inertia of the motor being used.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

Parameter Details
Determined by E5-01 and
C5-17 Motor Inertia 0.0001 to 600.00 kgm2 o2-04
C5-18 Load Inertia Ratio 0.0 to 6000.0 1.0

■ C5-21, C5-23 / C5-22, C5-24: Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 1, 2 / Integral Time 1, 2
These parameters function for motor 2 in the same way that C5-01 through C5-04 function for motor 1. For more details,
see C5-01, C5-03 / C5-02, C5-04: ASR Proportional Gain 1, 2 / ASR Integral Time 1, 2 on page 131.
5

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C5-21 Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 1 0.00 to 300.00 Determined by E3-01
C5-22 Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 1 0.000 to 10.000 s Determined by E3-01
C5-23 Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 2 0.00 to 300.00 Determined by E3-01
C5-24 Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 2 0.000 to 10.000 s Determined by E3-01

■ C5-25: Motor 2 ASR Limit

Functions for motor 2 in the same way that C5-05 functions for motor 1. Sets the ASR output limit for motor 2 as a
percentage of the maximum output frequency (E4-04). For more details, see C5-05: ASR Limit on page 132.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C5-25 Motor 2 ASR Limit 0.0 to 20.0% 5.0%

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 133
5.3 C: Tuning

■ C5-26: Motor 2 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant

Functions for motor 2 in the same way that C5-06 functions for motor 1.
Sets the filter time constant for the time from the speed loop to the torque command output. For more details, see C5-06:
ASR Primary Delay Time Constant on page 132.
Note: This parameter rarely requires adjustment.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C5-26 Motor 2 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant 0.000 to 0.500 s Determined by E3-01

■ C5-27: Motor 2 ASR Gain Switching Frequency

Functions for motor 2 in the same way that C5-07 functions for motor 1.
Sets the frequency for motor 2 to change ASR proportional gain 1 and 2 (C5-21, C5-23) as well as the integral time 1 and
2 (C5-22, C5-24). For more details, see C5-01, C5-03 / C5-02, C5-04: ASR Proportional Gain 1, 2 / ASR Integral Time
1, 2 on page 131.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C5-27 Motor 2 ASR Gain Switching Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 Hz 0.0 Hz

Note: A multi-function input set for the ASR gain switch (H1-†† = 77) takes priority over the ASR gain switching frequency.

■ C5-28: Motor 2 ASR Integral Limit

Functions for motor 2 in the same way that C5-08 functions for motor 1.
Sets the upper limit for ASR as a percentage of the rated load. For more details, see C5-08: ASR Integral Limit on
page 133.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C5-28 Motor 2 ASR Integral Limit 0 to 400% 400%

■ C5-32: Integral Operation during Accel/Decel for Motor 2

Functions for motor 2 in the same way that C5-12 functions for motor 1.
Enables integral operation during acceleration and deceleration. For more details, see C5-12: Integral Operation during
Accel/Decel (V/f w/PG) on page 133.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C5-32 Integral Operation during Accel/Decel for Motor 2 0, 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
Integral operation occurs only during constant speed and not during acceleration or deceleration.
Setting 1: Enabled
Integral operation is always enabled.
■ C5-37, C5-38: Motor 2 Inertia, Motor 2 Load Inertia Ratio
These parameters function for motor 2 in the same way that C5-17 and C5-18 function for motor 1.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C5-37 Motor 2 Inertia 0.0001 to 600.00 kgm2 Determined by o2-04
C5-38 Motor 2 Load Inertia Ratio 0.0 to 6000.0 1.0

134 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.3 C: Tuning

■ C5-41: ASR integral Reset

Resets the integral value for the ASR function.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C5-41 ASR integral Reset 0 or 1 0

0: Reset
ASR integral value are cleared with filter time constant.
1: Zero Clear
ASR integral value are cleared immediately.

◆ C6: Carrier Frequency

■ C6-02: Carrier Frequency Selection
Parameter C6-02 sets the switching frequency of the drive’s output transistors. Changes to the switching frequency helps
lower audible noise and also reduces leakage current.
Note: 1. Increasing the carrier frequency above the default value automatically lowers the drive’s current rating. Refer to Rated Current
Depending on Carrier Frequency on page 136.
2. The default setting for the carrier frequency differs based on the type of motor control method.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection 1,2 and F Determined by A1-02, o2-04.

Settings:

C6-02 Carrier Frequency C6-02 Carrier Frequency C6-02 Carrier Frequency

1 2.0 kHz 2 5.0 kHz (4.0 kHz) F User defined (C6-03 to C6-05)

Note: The value in parenthesis indicates the carrier frequency for AOLV/PM.

Guidelines for Carrier Frequency Parameter Setup

Symptom Remedy
Speed and torque are unstable at low speeds
Noise from the drive affects peripheral devices
Lower the carrier frequency.
Excessive leakage current from the drive
Wiring between the drive and motor is too long <1>
Audible motor noise is too loud Increase the carrier frequency.
<1> The carrier frequency may need to be lowered if the motor cable is too long. Refer to the table below.

Parameter Details
Wiring Distance Up to 50 m Up to 100 m Greater than 100 m
Recommended setting value for C6-02 1 to F (up to 15 kHz) 1 to 2 (up to 5 kHz) 1 (up to 2 kHz)

■ C6-03, C6-04, C6-05: Carrier Frequency Upper Limit, Lower Limit, Proportional Gain
Use these parameters to set a user defined or a variable carrier frequency. To set the upper and lower limits and the carrier
frequency proportional gain, first set C6-02 to F.
5

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C6-03 Carrier Frequency Upper Limit 1.0 to 5.0 kHz
C6-04 Carrier Frequency Lower Limit (V/f Control only) 1.0 to 5.0 kHz Determined by C6-02
C6-05 Carrier Frequency Proportional Gain (V/f Control only) 0 to 99

Setting a Fixed User Defined Carrier Frequency

A carrier frequency between the fixed selectable values can be entered in parameter C6-03 when C6-02 is set to F. In V/f
Control, parameter C6-04 must also be adjusted to the same value as C6-03.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 135
5.3 C: Tuning

Setting a Variable Carrier Frequency (V/f Control)

In V/f Control, the carrier frequency can be set up to change linearly with the output frequency. To do this, set the upper
and lower limits for the carrier frequency and the carrier frequency proportional gain (C6-03, C6-04, C6-05) as shown in
Figure 5.26.
Figure 5.26

Carrier Frequency

C6-03

common_TMonly
Output
C6-04 Frequency x C6-05

Output Frequency
E1-04
Max Output Frequency

Figure 5.26 Carrier Frequency Changes Relative to Output Frequency

Note: 1. C6-03 takes priority when the carrier frequency proportional gain C6-05 > 27 and C6-03 < C6-04.
2. When C6-05 is set lower than 7, C6-04 is disabled and the carrier frequency will be fixed to the value set in C6-03.

■ C6-09: Carrier Frequency during Rotational Auto-Tuning

C6-09 determines what the carrier frequency should be while Rotational Auto-Tuning is performed.
This parameter rarely requires adjustment, but can be helpful solving problems with overcurrent when Auto-Tuning a
high frequency motor or a low impedance motor. In such cases, first set C6-03 to high value, then set C6-09 = 1.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C6-09 Carrier Frequency during Rotational Auto-Tuning 0, 1 0

Setting 0: 5 kHz
Setting 1: Same value set to C6-03
■ Rated Current Depending on Carrier Frequency
The tables below show the drive output current depending on the carrier frequency settings.
Use the data in Table 5.9 to linearly calculate output current values for carrier frequencies not listed in the tables.
Table 5.9 Carrier Frequency and Current Derating

Model Rated Current (A)

CIMR-AY 2 kHz 5 kHz 10 kHz
4A0515 450 375 –
4A0675 605 504 –

■ C6-25: Motro 2 Carrier Frequency Selection

Parameter C6-02 sets the switching frequency of the drive’s output transistors. Changes to the switching frequency helps
lower audible noise and also reduces leakage current.
Refer to C6-02: Carrier Frequency Selection on page 135 for detail.
Note: Increasing the carrier frequency above the default value automatically lowers the drive’s current rating. Refer to Rated Current
Depending on Carrier Frequency on page 136

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C6-25 Motro 2 Carrier Frequency Selection 1, 2 Determined by E3-01, o2-04.

136 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.3 C: Tuning

■ C6-26, C6-27, C6-28: Motor 2 Carrier Frequency Upper Limit, Lower Limit, Proportional
Gain
Use these parameters to set a user defined or a variable carrier frequency. To set the upper and lower limits and the carrier
frequency proportional gain, first set C6-02 to F.
Refer to C6-03, C6-04, C6-05: Carrier Frequency Upper Limit, Lower Limit, Proportional Gain on page 135 for
detail.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C6-26 Motor 2 Carrier Frequency Upper Limit 1.0 to 5.0 kHz
C6-27 Motor 2 Carrier Frequency Lower Limit (V/f Control only) 1.0 to 5.0 kHz Determined by C6-02
C6-28 Motor 2 Carrier Frequency Proportional Gain (V/f Control only) 0 to 99

◆ C8: Torque Observer

As the motor operates the application, load inertia and robustness of the shaft may cause it to oscillate. This oscillation
cannot be prevented with PI control or ASR control alone, so we must therefore also employ the torque observer. Using
the torque observer makes it possible to control shaft oscillation, as well as enables the drive to compensate for load
inertia.
The torque observer finds the integral value of the speed signal from the PG motor encoder, then calculates the
acceleration torque by multiplying that value by the mechanical time constant. Acceleration torque is subtracted from the
torque reference, and by also using PI control, the amount of torque compensation is calculated as determined by load
disturbances.
Figure 5.27

Frequency
Referece q-axis Current Reference +
ASR ACR Drive M
+

Magnetic
Magnetic Flux
× Flux ÷
Reference
Torque Reference
Reference Load
+ Torque Load Feed
Disturbance LPF Amount of
- Forward
(PI control) Torque
Time
Acceleration Compensation
Torque
Tm

PG

Parameter Details
Motor speed

* Tm: Mechanical Time Constant

* s: Integral Operator
common_TMonly
Figure 5.27 Torque Observer

■ C8-01: Torque Observer Selection 5

Enables the torque observer.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C8-01 Torque Obserber Selection 0, 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
■ C8-02: Torque Observer Input Selection
Selects whether or not to use the torque observer.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C8-02 Torque Observer Input Selection 0, 1 0

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 137
5.3 C: Tuning

0: Torque compensation (torque observer is disabled)

1: Torque observer
■ C8-04: Mechanical Time Constant
Sets the motor mechanical time constant.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C8-04 Mechanical Time Constant 0.000 to 5.000 s 0.000

■ C8-05: Torque Observer Proportional Gain

Sets the proportional gain for the torque observer.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C8-05 Torque Observer Proportional Gain 0.000 to 2.000 0.100

■ C8-06: Torque Observer Integral Time

Sets the integral time for the torque observer.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C8-06 Torque Observer Integral Time 0.000 to 5.000 s 0.000

■ C8-07: Torque Observer Filter Time 1

Sets the output secondary filter time constant 1 for the torque observer.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C8-07 Torque Observer Filter Time 1 0.000 to 1.000 s 0.002

■ C8-09: Torque Observer Filter Time 2

Sets the output secondary filter time constant 2 for the torque observer.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C8-09 Torque Observer Filter Time 2 0.000 to 5.000 s 0.227

■ C8-10: Torque Observer Feed Forward Time

Sets the feed forward time for the torque observer.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C8-10 Torque Observer Feed Forward Time 0.000 to 0.050 s 0.000

■ C8-14: Acceleration Torque Monitor Filter Time

Sets the filter time constant for the torque observer's acceleration torque monitor.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C8-14 Acceleration Torque Monitor Filter Time 0.000 to 0.050 s 0.000

■ C8-15: Torque Observer Integral Hold Frequency

Sets the frequency at which to hold the integral value of the load disturbance observer. The drive holds the integral value
at frequencies below the value set here.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

C8-15 Torque Observer Integral Hold Frequency 0.00 to 100.00% 0.10

138 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.4 d: Reference Settings

5.4 d: Reference Settings

The figure below gives an overview of the reference input, selections, and priorities.
Figure 5.28

b1-01
(Freq. Reference Source 1)
LO/RE Key on Digital Operator or common_TMonly
=4 Digital Input H1- = 1
Pulse Train Input
=3
Option Card
=2
MEMOBUS comm. NetRef 1 ComRef Frequency
Digital Input 0 1
=0 Remote Reference
d1-01 H1- = 2 MS 1 Open
1 0
(Freq.Ref 1) Close 0
Local
Memobus Register 0001H, bit 4 if
standard 2 wire sequence selected,
usually 0
Set from Communications
Option Card, usually 0
b1-15
Jog Digital Input (H1-)
(Freq. Reference Source 2) Jog Frequency d1-17 Jog Reference (=6),
FJOG(=12), RJOG(=13)
=4
Pulse Train Input
=3
Option card
=2
MEMOBUS comm.
=0
d1-01
(Freq. Ref. 1)

Figure 5.28 Frequency Reference Setting Hierarchy

◆ d1: Frequency Reference

■ d1-01, d1-17: Frequency Reference 1 and Jog Frequency Reference
The drive frequency reference has to be set d1-01.
The Jog frequency must be selected by a separate digital input and overrides all other frequency references.
Frequency reference can be provided by analog input A1.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d1-01 Frequency Reference 1 0.00 to 100.00% <1> 0.00%
d1-17 Jog Frequency Reference 0.00 to 100.00% <1> 6.00%

Parameter Details
<1> The upper limit is determined by the maximum output frequency (E1-04 for Motor 1 or E3-04 for Motor 2) and upper limit for the frequency
reference (d2-01).

◆ d2: Frequency Upper/Lower Limits

By entering upper or lower frequency limits, the user can keep motor speed from going above or below levels that may
cause resonance or equipment damage. 5
■ d2-01: Frequency Reference Upper Limit
Sets the maximum frequency reference as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. This limit applies to all
frequency references.
Even if the frequency reference is set to a higher value, the drive internal frequency reference will not exceed this value.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d2-01 Frequency Reference Upper Limit 0.0 to 110.0% 100.0%

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 139
5.4 d: Reference Settings

■ d2-02: Frequency Reference Lower Limit

Sets the minimum frequency reference as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. This limit applies to all
frequency references.
If a lower reference than this value is entered, the drive will run at the limit set to d2-02. If the drive is started with a
lower reference than d2-02, it will accelerate up to d2-02.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d2-02 Frequency Reference Lower Limit 0.0 to 110.0% 0.0%
Figure 5.29

Internal frequency
reference common_TMonly
d2-01
Frequency Reference Upper Limit
Operating
range

Frequency Reference Lower Limit

d2-02

Set frequency reference

Figure 5.29 Frequency Reference: Upper and Lower Limits

■ d2-03: Master Speed Reference Lower Limit

Unlike frequency reference lower limit (d2-02) that affects the all frequency references wherever they are sourced from
(i.e., analog input, preset speed, Jog speed, etc.), the master speed lower limit (d2-03) sets a lower limit that will only
affect a frequency reference entered from the analog input terminal A1.
Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Note: When lower limits are set to both parameters d2-02 and d2-03, the drive uses the greater of those two values as the lower limit.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d2-03 Master Speed Reference Lower Limit 0.0 to 110.0% 0.0%

◆ d3: Jump Frequency

■ d3-01 to d3-04: Jump Frequencies 1, 2, 3 and Jump Frequency Width
To avoid operating at a speed that causes resonance in driven machinery, the drive can be programmed with three
separate Jump frequencies. The Jump frequencies are frequency ranges that the drive will not operate at. If the speed
reference falls within a Jump frequency dead band, the drive will clamp the frequency reference just below the dead band
and only accelerate past it when the frequency reference rises above the upper end of the dead band.
Setting parameters d3-01 through d3-03 to 0.0 Hz disables the Jump frequency function.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d3-01 Jump Frequency 1 0.0 to 400.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
d3-02 Jump Frequency 2 0.0 to 400.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
d3-03 Jump Frequency 3 0.0 to 400.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
d3-04 Jump Frequency Width 0.0 to 20.0 Hz 1.0 Hz

Figure 5.30 shows the relationship between the Jump frequency and the output frequency.

140 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.4 d: Reference Settings
Figure 5.30

Output
frequency

Frequency
reference
decreases Frequency
reference
increases
Jump
Frequency
Width (d3-04)
common_TMonly
Jump
Frequency
Width (d3-04)

Jump
Frequency
Width (d3-04)

Jump Jump Jump Frequency

Frequency 3 Frequency 2 Frequency 1 reference
d3-03 d3-02 d3-01

Figure 5.30 Jump Frequency Operation

Note: 1. The drive will use the active accel/decel time to pass through the specified dead band range, but will not allow continuous operation
in that range.
2. When setting more than one Jump frequency, make sure that d3-01 ≥ d3-02 ≥ d3-03.

◆ d5: Torque Control

Torque Control is available for CLV and CLV/PM (A1-02 = 3, 7). It allows to define a setpoint for the torque produced
by the motor.
■ Torque Control Operation
Torque control can be enabled either by setting parameter d5-01 to 1 or by a digital input (H1-†† = 71). Figure 5.31
illustrates the working principle.
Figure 5.31

Torque Compensation

d5-02
U1-09
External Torque Reference Torque Reference Delay
d5-08 L7-
C1- , C2-
+ Torque Internal Torque
Soft Limits Reference
External Speed Limit +
Starter 1 d5-03

Parameter Details
2
Speed Limiter
Speed Limit set in d5-04
Compensated torque
reference

Speed Feedback

Speed Limit Bias d5-05

common_TMonly
5
Figure 5.31 Torque Control Block Diagram
The externally input torque reference is used as the target value for the motor output torque. If the motor torque reference
and the load torque are not in balance when in Torque Control, the motor accelerates or decelerates. An operation beyond
the speed limit is prevented by compensating the external torque reference value if the motor speed reaches the limit. The
compensation value is calculated using the speed limit, speed feedback, and the speed limit bias.
If an external torque compensation value is input, it is added to the speed limit compensated torque reference value. The
value calculated is limited by the L7-†† settings, and is then used as the internal torque reference, which can be
monitored in U1-09. The L7-†† settings have highest priority, i.e., the motor cannot be operated with a higher torque
than the L7-†† settings, even if the external torque reference value is increased.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 141
5.4 d: Reference Settings

■ Setting the Torque Reference, Speed Limit, and Torque Compensation Values
Torque Control Reference Sources
Input values for Torque Control can be set like explained in Table 5.10.
Table 5.10 Torque Control Input Value Selection
Input Value Signal Source Settings Remarks
The F3-†† settings become effective for the option board input
terminals. Make sure the signal level settings for the input terminal
Analog Option Card • F2-01 = 0 selected match the signal used. Refer to H3: Multi-Function
Analog Inputs on page 182 for details on adjusting analog input
signals.
Torque Reference
Set Register 000FH, Bit 2 = 1 to enable Torque
MEMOBUS Register 0004H –
reference from register 0004H
F6-06 = 1
Communication Option Card Refer to the option card manual for details about –
setting the torque compensation value.
d5-03 = 1
Signal selected as frequency The speed limit is taken from the input selected as The settings in C1-†† for accel/decel times are applied to the
Speed Limit reference source frequency reference source in parameter b1-01 or b1- speed limit value.
15.
Parameter d5-04 d5-03 = 2 –
The H3-†† settings become effective for the option card input
Analog Option Card • F2-01 = 0 terminals. Make sure the signal level settings for the input terminal
selected match the signal used.
Set Register 000FH, bit 3 = 1 to enable the torque
Torque Compensation MEMOBUS Register 0005H –
reference setting by register 0005H
F6-06 = 1
Communication Option Card Refer to the option card manual for details about –
setting the torque compensation value.

Input Value Polarity

The direction of the input values described above depends on the polarity of the Run command and the input value.
Table 5.11 Torque Control Signal Polarity
Run Command Direction Input Value Polarity Input Value Direction
+ (positive) Forward direction
Forward
- (negative) Reverse direction
+ (positive) Reverse direction
Reverse
- (negative) Forward direction

Example:
• With a Forward run command and a positive torque reference signal the internal torque reference will be positive, i.e.,
in the forward direction.
• With a Forward run command and a negative torque reference signal the internal torque reference will be negative, i.e.,
in the reverse direction.
When analog inputs are used, negative input values can be generated by
• applying negative voltage input signals.
• using positive analog input signals but setting the analog input bias to negative values so that the input value can be
negative.
When MEMOBUS communication or a communication option card is used, only positive input values can be set.
Independent of its input source, the polarity of the torque reference signal can be inverted using a digital input that is
programmed for H1-†† = 78. Use this function to input negative torque reference values when using MEMOBUS or a
communication option card.

142 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.4 d: Reference Settings

■ Speed Limitation and Speed Limit Bias

The speed limit setting is read from the input selected in parameter d5-03. A bias can be added to this speed limit using
parameter d5-05 while parameter b5-08 determines how the speed limit bias is applied. Table 5.12 explains the relation
between these settings.
Table 5.12 Speed Limit, Speed Bias and Speed Limit Priority Selection
Operating Conditions
Run Command Forward Forward Forward Forward
Torque Reference
Positive (Forward) Negative (Reverse) Negative (Reverse) Positive (Forward)
Direction
Speed Limit
Positive (Forward) Negative (Reverse) Positive (Forward) Negative (Reverse)
Direction
Normal Operation
Forward Reverse Forward Reverse
Direction
Torque Torque Torque Torque
Torque Δn Speed Limit Torque Torque Torque Δn
Limit Bias d5-05 Limit Limit Limit Δn
Speed Limit
Speed Limit Internal
Bias d5-05
Speed Bias d5-05 Torque
Internal
Torque Limit Speed Reference
Speed Limit
Reference Limit Bias
Generated Torque Speed Speed
(d5-08 = 0) Speed d5-05 0 Speed
0
<1> 0 0
Internal Speed
Torque Internal Limit Bias
Speed Limit Speed Reference Δn Speed
Torque d5-05
Bias d5-05 Limit Limit
Reference

Torque Speed Limit Torque Torque Torque

Limit Bias d5-05 Δn Limit Δn d5-05 Limit Limit

Torque Torque Torque Torque

Torque Δn Torque Torque Torque Δn
Limit Δn Limit Limit Speed Limit Limit Δn
Bias d5-05
Speed Speed Limit
Internal Internal
Torque Limit Bias d5-05 Speed Limit Torque
Generated Torque Reference
Speed Speed Reference
(d5-08 = 1) 0 Speed 0 Speed
<1> 0 0
Internal Internal
Torque Speed
Speed Torque
Speed Reference Reference Speed Limit Bias
Limit Bias
Limit Limit d5-05
d5-05

Torque Δn Torque Δn Torque Torque

Limit Δn Limit Δn Limit Limit

Winder Unwinder
Speed Torque Speed Torque Torque Speed Torque Speed

Application Example Line Direction Line Direction

Parameter Details
M Line Direction M M M Line Direction

<1> The value of delta n in the drawings depends on the ASR setting in parameters C5-††.

■ Indicating Operation at the Speed Limit

A digital output can be programmed to close when the drives is operating at or beyond the speed limit (H2-†† = 32). 5
Use this output to notify a PLC or some other control device of abnormal operating conditions.
■ Switching Between Torque and Speed Control
A digital input can be used to switch Torque Control and Speed Control (H1-†† = 71). When switching from Speed
Control to Torque Control, the torque limit becomes the torque reference and the speed reference becomes the speed
limit. This change is reversed when switching back to Speed Control.
If required by the application, a delay time can be set up using parameter d5-06. The reference values (torque reference/
speed limit in Torque Control or speed reference/torque limit in Speed Control) are held during this switch delay time. Be
sure to change the reference values from the controller within this delay time.
Note: 1. The switching delay time d5-06 is not applied when the Stop command is entered. Here the operation switches immediately to speed
control and the drive decelerates to stop at the torque limit.
2. Set d5-01 to 0 when switching between Torque Control and Speed Control. An oPE15 alarm will be triggered if parameter d5-01 is
set to 1 while H1-†† is set to 71 at the same time.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 143
5.4 d: Reference Settings
Figure 5.32

Speed/Torque control OFF ON OFF ON

input (H1- = 71)

Run command OFF ON

Operation Mode Speed Control Torque Control Speed Control Torque Control Speed Control

Frequency refernce Speed Ref. Speed Limit Speed Ref. Speed Limit Speed Ref.
signal or d5-04

Torque reference signal/

Torque Limit Torque Reference Torque Limit Torque Reference Torque Limit
Torque limit

d5-06 d5-06 d5-06 common_TMonly

Figure 5.32 Speed/Torque Control Switching Time

■ d5-01: Torque Control Selection

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d5-01 Torque Control Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
Speed Control will be active. Also use this setting when H1-†† = 71 (Speed/Torque Control Switch).
Setting 1: Enabled
Torque Control is always enabled.
■ d5-02: Torque Reference Delay Time
A filter with the time constant set in parameter d5-02 can be applied to the torque reference signal in order to eliminate
oscillation that results from an unstable torque reference signal. A higher filter time will stabilize control, but also reduce
the responsiveness.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d5-02 Torque Reference Delay Time 0 to 1000 ms Determined by A1-02

■ d5-03: Speed Limit Selection

Parameter d5-03 determines how the speed limit is set.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d5-03 Speed Limit Selection 1 or 2 1

Setting 1: Frequency Reference Input

The frequency reference value at the active reference source (digital operator, External reference 1 or External reference
2) will be used as speed limit. Note that in this case all settings for accel/decel times (C1-01) will apply for the speed
limit.
Setting 2: Parameter d5-04
The speed limit is set by parameter d5-04.
■ d5-04: Speed Limit
Sets the speed limit during torque control if parameter d5-03 is set to 2. Refer to Speed Limitation and Speed Limit Bias
on page 143.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d5-04 Speed Limit -120 to 120% 0%

144 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.4 d: Reference Settings

■ d5-05: Speed Limit Bias

Using d5-05 a bias can be applied to the speed limit value. The bias is set as a percentage of the maximum output
frequency. Refer to Speed Limitation and Speed Limit Bias on page 143.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d5-05 Speed Limit Bias 0 to 120% 10%

■ d5-06: Speed/Torque Control Switchover Time

Sets the delay time for switching from Speed Control to Torque Control and vice versa.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d5-06 Speed/Torque Control Switchover Time 0 to 1000 ms 0 ms

■ d5-08: Unidirectional Speed Limit Bias

Parameter d5-08 selects how the speed limit bias is applied.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d5-08 Unidirectional Speed Limit Bias 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
The speed limit bias is applied in both directions, the speed limit and the opposite direction.
Setting 1: Enabled
The speed limit bias is applied in the opposite direction of the speed limit only.

◆ d6: Field Forcing

The Field Forcing function compensates the delaying influence of the motor time constant when changing the excitation
current reference. Field Forcing can improve the motor responsiveness. It is ineffective during DC Injection Braking.
■ d6-03: Field Forcing Selection
Enables or disables the Field Forcing function.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d6-03 Field Forcing Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled

Parameter Details
■ d6-04: Field Forcing Gain
Sets the gain when using Field Forcing with the G7 method (d6-09 = 0) or the H5 method (d6-09 = 1).

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d6-04 Field Forcing Gain 0 to 50.0 0 5
■ d6-06: Field Forcing Limit
Sets the maximum level to what the Field Forcing function can boost the excitation current reference. The value is set as
a percentage of the motor no load current.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d6-06 Field Forcing Limit 100 to 400% 400%

Note: Adjustment is not normally required.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 145
5.4 d: Reference Settings

■ d6-08: Field Forcing Time Constant Compensation Gain

Sets the time constant compensation gain when using Field Forcing with the G7 method (d6-09 = 0) or the H5 method
(d6-09 = 1).

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d6-08 Field Forcing Time Constant Compensation Gain 0.1 to 2.0 1.0

■ d6-09: Field Forcing Method

Field Forcing multiplies the Field Forcing gain (d6-04) by the inexact differential of the flux reference, then adds the
result to the flux reference. The user can select between three Field Forcing methods: the G7 method (d6-09 = 0), the H5
method (d6-09 = 1) and the YS1000 method (d6-09 = 2).

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

d6-09 Field Forcing Method 0 to 2 0

Setting 0: G7 method
The G7 method limits the flux reference to ±150% after Field Forcing. Because this method is slower when compared to
the H5 method, Field Forcing is not particularly effective when there are only small changes in the motor flux across the
rated output range. The G7 method cannot sufficiently suppress a surge in output voltage during sudden acceleration.
Drive parameters cannot be used to adjust Field Forcing when using the G7 method because the Field Forcing gain K is
automatically calculated by the drive according to electrical parameters for the motor, no-load current, and rated current.
Figure 5.33

±150% of drive
+5200% rated current

Motor iron-core +
Magnetic Id reference
saturation coefficient
flux +
reference
(Phiref)
+
K
20%
-
1
1/Motor iron-core
Flux reference
saturation coefficient 1+sT2 after Field Forcing
(Phiref1)

Figure 5.33 Field Forcing (G7 method)

Setting 1: H5 method
The H5 method limits the flux reference between 5% and 200% after Field Forcing. Because the flux reference cannot go
below 5% during field weakening in the constant output range, it cannot sufficiently suppress output voltage surge during
sudden acceleration.
Figure 5.34

T2 d6-08 T

±100% ±100%
sT
Magnetic d6-04
1+sT +5200%
flux
reference + 1
(Phiref) Flux reference
+ 1+sT2
after Field Forcing
(Phiref1)

+5%
Motor Iron-Core
× Saturation Id Reference
Coefficient

E2-03

Figure 5.34 Field Forcing (H5method)

146 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.4 d: Reference Settings

Setting 2: YS1000 method

The YS1000 method generates a d-axis current reference without applying a limit after Field Forcing is complete. It is
more effective than the G7 and H5 methods at suppressing output voltage surge during sudden acceleration.
Note: The upper and lower limit for d-axis current reference when using the YS1000 method is Å}200% of the no-load current
reference.
Figure 5.35

T2 d6-08 T

±100% ±100%
sT
Magnetic d6-04 +5200%
flux 1+sT
reference + 1
(Phiref) Flux reference
+ 1+sT2 after Field Forcing
(Phiref1)
E2-03

+5%
d6-09
Motor Iron-Core =0
× Saturation
Coefficient
Id reference
=1
E2-03

±200% ±200%
Motor Iron-Core
× Saturation
Coefficient

Figure 5.35 Field Forcing (YS1000 method)

Parameter Details

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 147
5.5 E: Motor Parameters

5.5 E: Motor Parameters

E parameters cover V/f pattern and motor data settings.

◆ E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1

■ E1-01: Input Voltage Setting
Set the input voltage parameter to the nominal voltage of the AC power supply. This parameter adjusts the levels of some
protective features of the drive (overvoltage, Stall Prevention, etc.).
NOTICE: Set parameter E1-01 to match the input voltage of the drive. Drive input voltage (not motor voltage) must be set in E1-01 for
the protective features to function properly. Failure to set the correct drive input voltage will result in improper drive operation.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E1-01 Input Voltage Setting 310 to 510 V 400 V

E1-01 Related Values

The input voltage setting determines the undervoltage detection level as well as DC bus levels used by the overvoltage
suppression function.

(Approximate Values)
Setting Value of ov Suppression /
Voltage E1-01 Uv Detection Level Stall Prevention Level
(L3-17)
setting ≥ 400 V 380 V 750 V
400 V Class
setting < 400 V 350 V 750 V

Note: If an external CDBR braking chopper is used, refer to the instruction manual of that unit.

■ V/f Pattern Settings (E1-03)

The drive uses the V/f pattern that has been set to adjust the output voltage relative to the frequency reference. There are
15 different preset V/f patterns (setting 0 to E) to select from, each with varying voltage profiles, saturation levels
(frequency at which maximum voltage is reached), and maximum frequencies. Additionally, one custom V/f pattern is
available (setting F). The custom V/f pattern requires the user to create the pattern using parameters E1-04 through E1-
10.
■ E1-03: V/f Pattern Selection
The user can select the V/f pattern for the drive and motor from 15 predefined patterns, or create a custom V/f pattern.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection 0 to F <1> F <2>
<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value during drive initialization (A1-03).
<2> Settings 0 through E are not available when using any of the vector control modes.

Setting a Predefined V/f Pattern (Setting 0 to E)

Choose the V/f pattern that best meets the application demands from the table below. These settings are available only in
V/f Control modes. Set the correct value to E1-03. Parameters E1-04 to E1-13 can only be monitored, not changed.
Note: 1. Setting an improper V/f pattern may result in low motor torque or increased current due to overexcitation.
2. Parameter E1-03 is not reset when the drive is initialized.

148 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.5 E: Motor Parameters

Table 5.13 Predefined V/f Patterns

Setting Specification Characteristic Application
0 50 Hz
1 60 Hz For general purpose applications. Torque remains constant regardless of
Constant torque
2 60 Hz (with 50 Hz base) changes to speed.
3 72 Hz (with 60 Hz base)
4 50 Hz, Heavy Duty 2
5 50 Hz, Heavy Duty 1
Derated torque For applications that require torque derating relative to the load.
6 60 Hz, Heavy Duty 1
7 60 Hz, Heavy Duty 2
8 60 Hz, mid starting torque
Select high starting torque when:
9 60 Hz, high starting torque • Wiring between the drive and motor exceeds 150 m
High starting torque
A 60 Hz, mid starting torque • A large amount of starting torque is required
• An AC reactor is installed
B 60 Hz, high starting torque
C 90 Hz (with 60 Hz base)
D 120 Hz (with 60 Hz base) Constant output Output voltage is constant when operating at greater than 60 Hz.
E 180 Hz (with 60 Hz base)
For general purpose applications. Torque remains constant regardless of
F 60 Hz Constant torque
changes to speed.

The following tables show details on predefined V/f patterns.

Table 5.14 Rated Torque Characteristics, Settings 0 to 3
Setting = 0 50 Hz Setting = 1 60 Hz Setting = 2 60 Hz Setting = 3 72 Hz

400 400 400 400

Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

24 24 24 24
12 12 12 12
0 1.3 2.5 50 0 1.5 3 60 0 1.5 3 50 60 0 1.5 3 60 72
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Table 5.15 Derated Torque Characteristics, Settings 4 to 7

Setting = 4 50 Hz Setting = 5 50 Hz Setting = 6 60 Hz Setting = 7 60 Hz

400 400 400 400

Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)

100 100
70 70
12 12
10 10
0 1.3 25 50 0 1.3 25 50 0 1.5 30 60 0 1.5 30 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Parameter Details
Table 5.16 High Starting Torque, Settings 8 to B
Setting = 8 50 Hz Setting = 9 50 Hz Setting = A 60 Hz Setting = B 60 Hz

400 400 400 400

Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

40
30
40 5
30
18 22
14 14
0 1.3 2.5 50 0 1.3 2.5 50 0 1.5 3 60 0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 149
5.5 E: Motor Parameters

Table 5.17 Constant Output, Settings C to F

Setting = C 90 Hz Setting = D 120 Hz Setting = E 180 Hz Setting = F 60 Hz
400 400 400 400
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
Voltage (V)

Voltage (V)
24 24 24 24
12 12 12 12
0 1.5 3 60 90 0 1.5 3 60 120 0 1.5 3 60 180 0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)

Setting a Custom V/f Pattern (Setting F: Default)

Setting parameter E1-03 to F allows to set up a custom V/f pattern by changing parameters E1-04 to E1-13.
When initialized, the default values for parameters E1-04 to E1-13 will be equal to V/f pattern 1 of the predefined
patterns.

■ V/f Pattern Settings E1-04 to E1-13

If E1-03 is set to a preset V/f pattern (i.e., set to any value besides F), then the user can refer to parameters E1-04 through
E1-13 to monitor the V/f pattern. To create a new V/f pattern, set E1-03 to F. Refer to Figure 5.36 for an example custom
V/f pattern.
Note: Certain E1-†† parameters might not be visible depending on the selected control mode. Refer to Parameter Table on page 320
for details.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency 40.0 to 400.0 Hz <1> <2>
E1-05 Maximum Voltage 0.0 to 510 V <1>
E1-06 Base Frequency 0.0 to [E1-04] <1> <2>
E1-07 Middle Output Frequency 0.0 to [E1-04] <1>
E1-08 Middle Output Frequency Voltage 0.0 to 510 V <1>
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency 0.0 to [E1-04] <1> <2>
E1-10 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage 0.0 to 510 V <1>
E1-11 Middle Output Frequency 2 0.0 to [E1-04] 0.0 Hz <4>
E1-12 Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2 0.0 to 510 V 0.0 V <3> <4>
E1-13 Base Voltage 0.0 to 510 V 0.0 V <3>

<1> Default setting is determined by the control mode.

<2> When using PM motors, the default setting is determined by the motor code set to E5-01.
<3> The drive changes these settings when Auto-Tuning is performed (Rotational Auto-Tuning, Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2).
<4> Parameter ignored when E1-11 and E1-12 are set to 0.0.
Figure 5.36

Output Voltage (V)

Frequency (Hz)
Figure 5.36 V/f Pattern
Note: 1. The following condition must be true when setting up the V/f pattern: E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ E1-11 ≤ E1-04
2. To make the V/f pattern a straight line below E1-06, set E1-09 = E1-07. In this case the E1-08 setting is disregarded.
3. E1-03 is unaffected when the parameters are initialized using parameter A1-03, but the settings for E1-04 through E1-13 are returned
to their default values.
4. Parameters E1-11, E1-12, and E1-13 should only be used to fine-tune the V/f pattern in the constant output range. These parameters
rarely need to be changed.

150 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.5 E: Motor Parameters

◆ E2: Motor 1 Parameters

These parameters contain the motor data needed for motor 1. They are set automatically when Auto-Tuning is performed
(this includes Rotational Auto-Tuning, Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 and 2). If Auto-Tuning cannot be performed, then
manually enter the motor data directly to these parameters.
Note: As the motor parameters for a PM motor are set up in the E5-†† parameters, parameters for induction motors (E2-††) are
hidden when a PM motor control mode is selected for motor 1 (i.e., parameter A1-02 is set to 6, or 7).

■ E2-01: Motor Rated Current

Set E2-01 to the full load amps (FLA) stamped on the motor nameplate. This value is used for motor protection and to
calculate torque limits. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-04 will automatically be saved to
E2-01.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E2-01 Motor Rated Current 10% to 200% of the drive rated current. Determined by o2-04

Note: 1. If the motor rated current in E2-01 is set lower than the motor no-load current in E2-03, than a parameter setting error will occur
(oPE02). E2-03 must be set correctly to prevent this error.

■ E2-02: Motor Rated Slip

Sets the motor rated slip in Hz. The setting in E2-02 is used for motor protection and to calculate torque limits. This value
is automatically set during Auto-Tuning (Rotational Auto-Tuning, Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 and 2).

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E2-02 Motor Rated Slip 0.00 to 20.00 Hz Determined by o2-04

If Auto-Tuning cannot be performed, calculate the motor rated slip using the information written on the motor nameplate
and the formula below:
E2-02 = f - (n × p)/120
(f: rated frequency (Hz), n: rated motor speed (r/min), p: number of motor poles)
■ E2-03: Motor No-Load Current
Set the no-load current for the motor in amperes when operating at the rated frequency and the no-load voltage. The drive
sets E2-03 during the Auto-Tuning process (Rotational Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2). The motor no-
load current listed in the motor test report can also be entered to E2-03 manually. Contact the motor manufacturer to
receive a copy of the motor test report.

Parameter Details
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
0 to [E2-01]
E2-03 Motor No-Load Current Determined by o2-04
(Unit: 0.1 A)

■ E2-04: Number of Motor Poles

Set the number of motor poles to E2-04. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-06 will
automatically be saved to E2-04. 5
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E2-04 Number of Motor Poles 2 to 48 4

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 151
5.5 E: Motor Parameters

■ E2-05: Motor Line-to-Line Resistance

Sets the line-to-line resistance of the motor stator winding. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, this value is
automatically calculated. Remember that this value must be entered as line-to-line and not for each motor phase.
If Auto-Tuning is not possible, then contact the motor manufacturer to find out the line-to-line resistance or measure it
manually. When using the manufacturer motor test report, calculate E2-05 by the formulas below.
• E-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 75°C
• B-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 75°C.
• F-type insulation: Multiply 0.87 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 115°C.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E2-05 Motor Line-to-Line Resistance 0.000 to 65.000 Ω Determined by o2-04

■ E2-06: Motor Leakage Inductance

Sets the voltage drop due to motor leakage inductance as a percentage of motor rated voltage. This value is automatically
set during Auto-Tuning (Rotational Auto-Tuning, Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2).

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E2-06 Motor Leakage Inductance 0.0 to 40.0% Determined by o2-04

■ E2-07: Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1

Sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 50% of the magnetic flux. If Rotational Auto-Tuning completes successfully,
then this value is automatically calculated and set to E2-07. This coefficient is used when operating with constant output.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E2-07 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1 0.00 to 0.50 0.50

■ E2-08: Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2

Sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 75% of the magnetic flux. If Rotational Auto-Tuning completes successfully,
then this value is automatically and set to E2-08. This coefficient is used when operating with constant output.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E2-08 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2 E2-07 to 0.75 0.75

■ E2-09: Motor Mechanical Loss

This parameter sets to the motor mechanical loss as a percentage of motor rated power (kW) capacity.
Adjust this setting in the following circumstances:
• When there is a large amount of torque loss due to motor bearing friction.
The setting for the mechanical loss is added to the torque.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E2-09 Motor Mechanical Loss 0.0 to 10.0% 0.0%

■ E2-10: Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation

This parameter sets the motor iron loss in watts.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation 0 to 65535 W Determined by o2-04

152 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.5 E: Motor Parameters

■ E2-11: Motor Rated Power

This parameter sets the motor rated power in kW. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-02 will
automatically be saved to E2-11.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E2-11 Motor Rated Power 0.00 to 650.00 kW Determined by o2-04

■ Setting Motor Parameters Manually

Follow the instructions below when setting motor-related parameters manually instead of using the Auto-Tuning feature.
Refer to the motor test report included with the motor to make sure the correct data is entered into the drive.
Setting the Motor Rated Current
Enter the motor rated current listed on the nameplate of the motor to E2-01.
Setting the Motor Rated Slip
Use the base speed listed on the motor nameplate to calculate the rated slip. Refer to the formula below, then enter that
value to E2-02.
Motor rated slip = rated frequency [Hz] –base speed [r/min] × (no. of motor poles) / 120
Setting the No-Load Current
Enter the no-load current at rated frequency and rated voltage to E2-03. The no-load current is not usually listed on the
nameplate. Contact the motor manufacturer if the data cannot be found.
The default setting of the no-load current is for performance with a 4-pole Yaskawa motor.
Setting the Number of Motor Poles
Only required in V/f Control with PG and Closed Loop Vector Control. Enter the number of motor poles as indicated on
motor nameplate.
Setting the Line-to-Line Resistance
E2-05 is normally set during Auto-Tuning. If Auto-Tuning cannot be performed, contact the manufacturer of the motor to
find out what the correct resistance is between motor lines. The motor test report can also be used to calculate this value:
• E-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 75°C.
• B-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 75°C.
• F-type insulation: Multiply 0.87 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 115°C.
Setting the Motor Leakage Inductance
The motor leakage inductance set to E2-06 determines the amount of voltage drop relative to the motor rated voltage.

Parameter Details
This value should be entered particularly for motors with a low degree of inductance, such as high-speed motors. As this
information is not listed on the motor nameplate, contact the motor manufacturer to find out the correct value for the
motor leakage inductance.
Setting the Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1, 2
E2-07 and E2-08 are set when Auto-Tuning is performed.
5
Setting the Motor Mechanical Loss
The drive only requires this information when using Closed Loop Vector Control. The drive compensates for the degree
of mechanical loss with torque compensation. Although E2-09 rarely needs to be changed, adjustment may benefit the
following circumstances:
• When there is a large amount of torque loss due to motor bearing friction.
• When there is a large amount of torque loss in a fan or pump application.
Setting the Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation
This value only needs to be set when using V/f Control. Enter this value in watts to E2-10. The drive uses this setting to
improve the precision of torque compensation.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 153
5.5 E: Motor Parameters

◆ E3: V/f Pattern for Motor 2

These parameters set the V/f pattern used for motor 2. Refer to Setting 16: Motor 2 selection on page 172 for details on
switching motors.
Note: As the function for switching between two motors cannot be used with a PM motor, the E3-†† parameters will be hidden when
a PM motor control mode is selected (A1-02 = 6, or 7).

■ E3-01: Motor 2 Control Mode Selection

Selects the control mode for motor 2. A control mode for PM motors cannot be selected for motor 2.
Note: E3-01 dependant parameters are reset to the default settings when E3-01 is changed.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E3-01 Motor 2 Control Mode Selection 0 to 3, 6, 7 0

Setting 0: V/f Control

Setting 1: V/f Control with PG
Setting 2: Open Loop Vector Control
Setting 3: Closed Loop Vector Control
Setting 6: Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM
Setting 7: Closed Loop Vector for PM
■ E3-04 to E3-13
Parameters E3-04 through E3-13 set up the V/f pattern used for motor 2 as shown in Figure 5.37.
Note: Certain E3-†† parameters might not be visible depending on the control mode. Refer to Parameter Table on page 320.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E3-04 Motor 2 Max Output Frequency 40.0 to 400.0 Hz <2>
E3-05 Motor 2 Max Voltage 0.0 to 510.0 V <2>
E3-06 Motor 2 Base Frequency 0.0 to [E3-04] <2>
E3-07 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency 0.0 to [E3-04] <2>
E3-08 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 0.0 to 510.0 V <2>
E3-09 Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency 0.0 to [E3-04] <2>
E3-10 Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage 0.0 to 510.0 V <2>
E3-11 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency 2 0.0 to [E3-04] 0.0 Hz <3>
E3-12 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 2 0.0 to 510.0 V 0.0 V <3>
E3-13 Motor 2 Base Voltage 0.0 to 510.0 V 0.0 V <2>

<1> Default setting is determined by the control mode selected for motor 2 (E3-01).
<2> The drive sets this value when Auto-Tuning is performed (Rotational Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2).
<3> Parameter ignored when E3-11 and E3-12 are set to 0.0.
Figure 5.37

Output (V)
E3-05
E3-12

E3-13

E3-08

E3-10 common_TMonly
E3-09 E3-07 E3-06 E3-11 E3-04
Frequency (Hz)

Figure 5.37 V/f Pattern for Motor 2

Note: 1. The following conditions must be true when setting up the V/f pattern: E3-09 ≤ E3-07 < E3-06 ≤ E3-11 ≤ E3-04
2. To make the V/f pattern a straight line at a frequency lower than E3-07, set E3-09 = E3-07. With this setting, E3-08 is disregarded.
3. Parameters E3-04 through E3-13 are reset to their default values when the drive is initialized.
4. E3-11, E3-12, and E3-13 rarely need to be changed, and should only be used to fine-tune the V/f pattern in the constant output range.

154 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.5 E: Motor Parameters

◆ E4: Motor 2 Parameters

E4 parameters contain the motor data for motor 2. These parameters are usually set automatically during the Auto-
Tuning process for vector control modes (Rotational Auto-Tuning, Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 and 2). They may need to
be set manually if there is a problem performing Auto-Tuning.
Note: As the function for switching between two motors cannot be used with a PM motor, the E5-†† parameters will be hidden when
a PM motor control mode is selected (E6-††).

■ E4-01: Motor 2 Rated Current

Set E4-01 to the full load amps (FLA) stamped on the nameplate of motor 2. This value is used for motor protection and
to calculate torque limits. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-04 will automatically be saved
to E4-01.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E4-01 Motor 2 Rated Current 10 to 200% of the drive rated current. Determined by o2-04

Note: 1. The value will have one decimal place (0.1 A).
2. If the motor rated current in E4-01 is set lower than the motor no-load current in E4-03, then a parameter setting error will occur
(oPE02). E4-03 must be set correctly to prevent this error.

■ E4-02: Motor 2 Rated Slip

This parameter sets the motor 2 rated slip frequency. Slip compensation is based on this value. The drive calculates this
value automatically during Auto-Tuning (Rotational Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2).
For information on calculating the motor rated slip, refer to E2-02: Motor Rated Slip on page 151.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E4-02 Motor 2 Rated Slip 0.00 to 20.00 Hz Determined by o2-04

■ E4-03: Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current

Set the no-load current for motor 2 in amperes when operating at the rated frequency and the no-load voltage. The drive
sets E2-03 during the Auto-Tuning process (Rotational Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2). The motor no-
load current listed in the motor test report can also be entered to E2-03 manually. Contact the motor manufacturer to
receive a copy of the motor test report.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

0 to [E4-01]
E4-03 Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current Determined by o2-04
(Unit: 0.1 A)

■ E4-04: Motor 2 Motor Poles

Parameter Details
Set the pole number of motor 2 to E4-04. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the entered value to T1-06 will be
automatically saved to E4-04.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E4-04 Motor 2 Motor Poles 2 to 48 4
5

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 155
5.5 E: Motor Parameters

■ E4-05: Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance

Sets the line-to-line resistance for the motor 2 stator winding. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, this value is
automatically calculated. Remember this value must be entered as line-to-line and not for each motor phase. Refer to E2-
05: Motor Line-to-Line Resistance on page 152 to manually enter this parameter setting.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E4-05 Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance 0.000 to 65.000 Ω Determined by o2-04

■ E4-06: Motor 2 Leakage Inductance

Sets the voltage drop due to motor leakage inductance as a percentage of rated voltage of motor 2. This value is
automatically set during Auto-Tuning (Rotational Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2).

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E4-06 Motor 2 Leakage Inductance 0.0 to 40.0% Determined by o2-04

■ E4-07: Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1

Sets the motor 2 iron saturation coefficient at 50% of magnetic flux. This value is automatically set during Rotational
Auto-Tuning. Adjust this parameter when operating in the constant output range.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E4-07 Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1 0.00 to 0.50 0.50

■ E4-08: Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2

Sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 75% of magnetic flux. This value is automatically set during Rotational
Auto-Tuning. Adjust this parameter when operating in the constant output range.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E4-08 Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2 [E4-07] to 0.75 0.75

■ E4-09: Motor 2 Mechanical Loss

Sets the motor mechanical loss as a percentage of motor rated power (kW).
This parameter seldom needs to be changed, but may need to be adjusted in the following circumstances:
• When there is a large amount of torque loss due to motor bearing friction.
The setting for the mechanical loss is added to the torque.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E4-09 Motor 2 Mechanical Loss 0.0 to 10.0% 0.0%

■ E4-10: Motor 2 Iron Loss

Sets the motor 2 iron loss in watts.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E4-10 Motor 2 Iron Loss 0 to 65535 W Determined by o2-04

■ E4-11: Motor 2 Rated Power

Sets the motor 2 rated power. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-02 will automatically be
saved to E4-11.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E4-11 Motor 2 Rated Power 0.00 to 650.00 kW Determined by o2-04

156 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.5 E: Motor Parameters

◆ E5: PM Motor Settings

These parameters set the motor data of a PM motor.
When Yaskawa motors are used, entering the motor code written on the motor nameplate will set up the E5-††
parameters.
Note: 1. E5-†† parameters are visible only when a PM motor control mode is selected (A1-02 = 6 or 7).
2. E5-†† parameters are not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.

■ E5-01: Motor Code Selection

When Yaskawa motors are used, set the motor code for the PM motor being used. Depending on the motor code entered,
the drive automatically sets several parameters to appropriate values. Refer to Parameters that Change with the Motor
Code Selection on page 369 for details on the supported motor codes and their parameter settings.
Setting parameter E5-01 to FFFF will allow to set the motor data manually using the E5-†† parameters.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

Determined by A1-02,
E5-01 Motor Code Selection 0000 to FFFF
and o2-04

Note: 1. E5-†† parameters are not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.
2. When E5-01 is set to a value other than FFFF, the drive will not initialize using parameter A1-03.
3. Changing E5-01 to FFFF from value other than FFFF will not change the values of parameters E5-02 through E5-24.
4. Set E5-01 to FFFF when using a motor other than a Yaskawa SMRA, SSR1, or SST4 series.
5. Default settings are:
• OLV/PM, AOLV/PM: Yaskawa SSR1 Series (1750 r/min)

Figure 5.38 explains the motor code setting.

Figure 5.38

0000
Motor Voltage Class
and Capacity

0: Pico Motor 0: 1800 r/min Series

(SMRA Series) 1: 3600 r/min Series
2: 1750 r/min Series
2: Rated Torque for IPM
3: 1450 r/min Series
Motors
4: 1150 r/min Series
(SST4 Series)
F: Special Motor

YEC_TMonly
Figure 5.38 PM Motor Code

■ E5-02: Motor Rated Power

Parameter Details
Sets the rated power of the motor. Determined by the value set to T2-04 during Stationary Auto-Tuning for PM motors or
by entering the motor code to E5-01.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E5-02 Motor Rated Power

0.10 to 650.00 kW
(Unit: 0.1 A)
Determined by E5-01 5
■ E5-03: Motor Rated Current
Sets the motor rated current in amps. This parameter is automatically set when the value is entered to T2-06 during the
Auto-Tuning process.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E5-03 Motor Rated Current 10 to 200% of drive rated current Determined by E5-01

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 157
5.5 E: Motor Parameters

■ E5-04: Number of Motor Poles

Sets the number of motor poles. This parameter is automatically set when the value is entered to T2-08 during the Auto-
Tuning process.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E5-04 Number of Motor Poles 2 to 48 Determined by E5-01

■ E5-05: Motor Stator Resistance (r1)

Set the resistance for one motor phase. When measuring the resistance manually, make sure not to enter the line-to-line
resistance into E5-05.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance 0.000 to 65.000 Ω Determined by E5-01

■ E5-06: Motor d-Axis Inductance (Ld)

Sets the d-axis inductance in 0.01 mH units. This parameter is set during the Auto-Tuning process.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance 0.00 to 300.00 mH Determined by E5-01

■ E5-07: Motor q-Axis Inductance (Lq)

Sets the q-axis inductance in 0.01 mH units. This parameter is set during the Auto-Tuning process.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance 0.00 to 600.00 mH Determined by E5-01

■ E5-09: Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (Ke)

Set the induced peak voltage per phase in units of 0.1 mV/(rad/s) [electrical angle]. Set this parameter when using an
SSR1 series IPM motor with derated torque or an SST4 series IPM motor with constant torque.
When E5-01 is set to FFFF, use either E5-09 or E5-24 for setting the voltage constant. This parameter is set during
Parameter Auto-Tuning for PM motors.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 0.0 to 2000.0 mV/(rad/s) Determined by E5-01

Note: Ensure that E5-24 = 0 when setting parameter E5-09. An alarm will be triggered, however, if both E5-09 and E5-24 are set 0, or
if neither parameter is set to 0. When E5-01 = FFFF, then E5-09 = 0.0.

■ E5-11 Encoder Z-Pulse Offset (Δθ)

Sets the offset between the rotor magnetic axis and the Z-pulse of the encoder connected. This parameter is set during
Parameter Auto-Tuning for PM motors and during Z Pulse Tuning.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E5-11 Encoder Z-Pulse Offset -180.0 to 180.0 deg 0.0 deg

■ E5-24: Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (Ke)

Set the induced phase-to-phase rms voltage in units of 0.1 mV/(r/min) [mechanical angle]. Set this parameter when using
an SMRA Series SPM Motor.
When E5-01 is set to FFFF, use either E5-09 or E5-24 for setting the voltage constant. This parameter is set during
Parameter Auto-Tuning for PM motors.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 to 6500.0 mV/(r/min) Determined by E5-01

Note: Ensure that E5-09 = 0 when setting parameter E5-24. An alarm will be triggered, however, if both E5-09 and E5-24 are set 0, or
if neither parameter is set to 0. When E5-01 = FFFF, then E5-09 = 0.0.

158 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.5 E: Motor Parameters

■ E5-25: d-Axis Polarity Selection

Sets the polarity level (SD) that determines the motor poles at start.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E5-25 d-Axis Polarity Selection 0, 1 0

■ E5-26: Energy Saving Control (Ki)

Enter the value for Ki as specified on the motor nameplate. For motors with motor code of E5-01 = 2†††, this value is
set automatically by the drive and cannot be changed.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E5-26 Energy Saving Control (Ki) 0.00 to 2.00 1.00

■ E5-27: Energy Saving Control (Kt)

Enter the value for Kt as specified on the motor nameplate. For motors with motor code of E5-01 = 2†††, this value is
set automatically by the drive and cannot be changed.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E5-27 Energy Saving Control (Kt) 0.00 to 2.00 1.00

◆ E6: PM Motor Settings (Motor 2)

These parameters set the motor 2 data of a PM motor.
Entering the motor code written on the motor nameplate will set up the E6-†† parameters.
Note: 1. E6-†† parameters are visible only when a PM motor control mode is selected (A1-02 = 6 or 7).
2. E6-†† parameters are not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.

■ E6-01: Motor 2 Motor Code Selection

When Yaskawa motors are used, set the motor code for the PM motor being used. Depending on the motor code entered,
the drive automatically sets several parameters to appropriate values. Refer to Parameters that Change with the Motor
Code Selection on page 369 for details on the supported motor codes and their parameter settings.
Refer to E5-01: Motor Code Selection on page 157 for detail.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

Determined by A1-02,
E6-01 Motor 2 Motor Code Selection 0000 to FFFF
and o2-04

Parameter Details
■ E6-02: Motor 2 Rated Power
Sets the rated power of the motor. Determined by the value set to T2-04 during Stationary Auto-Tuning for PM motors or
by entering the motor code to E6-01.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default 5

E6-02 Motor 2 Rated Power 0.10 to 650.00 kW Determined by E6-01

Note: The value will have one decimal place (0.1 A).

■ E6-03: Motor 2 Rated Current

Sets the motor rated current in amps. This parameter is automatically set when the value is entered to T2-06 during the
Auto-Tuning process.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E6-03 Motor 2 Rated Current 10 to 200% of drive rated current Determined by E6-01

Note: The value will have one decimal place (0.1A).

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 159
5.5 E: Motor Parameters

■ E6-04: Motor 2 Number of Motor Poles

Sets the number of motor poles. This parameter is automatically set when the value is entered to T2-08 during the Auto-
Tuning process.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E6-04 Motor 2 Number of Motor Poles 2 to 48 Determined by E6-01

■ E6-05: Motor 2 Stator Resistance (r1)

Set the resistance for one motor phase. When measuring the resistance manually, make sure not to enter the line-to-line
resistance into E6-05.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E6-05 Motor 2 Stator Resistance 0.000 to 65.000 Ω Determined by E6-01

■ E6-06: Motor 2 d-Axis Inductance (Ld)

Sets the d-axis inductance in 0.01 mH units. This parameter is set during the Auto-Tuning process.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E6-06 Motor 2 d-Axis Inductance 0.00 to 300.00 mH Determined by E6-01

■ E6-07: Motor 2 q-Axis Inductance (Lq)

Sets the q-axis inductance in 0.01 mH units. This parameter is set during the Auto-Tuning process.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E6-07 Motor 2 q-Axis Inductance 0.00 to 600.00 mH Determined by E6-01

■ E6-09: Motor 2 Induction Voltage Constant 1 (Ke)

Set the induced peak voltage per phase in units of 0.1 mV/(rad/s) [electrical angle]. Set this parameter when using an
SSR1 series IPM motor with derated torque or an SST4 series IPM motor with constant torque.
When E5-01 is set to FFFF, use either E6-09 or E6-24 for setting the voltage constant. This parameter is set during
Parameter Auto-Tuning for PM motors.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E6-09 Motor 2 Induction Voltage Constant 1 0.0 to 2000.0 mV/(rad/s) Determined by E6-01

Note: Ensure that E6-24 = 0 when setting parameter E6-09. An alarm will be triggered, however, if both E6-09 and E6-24 are set 0, or
if neither parameter is set to 0. When E6-01 = FFFF, then E6-09 = 0.0.

■ E6-11 Motor 2 Encoder Z-Pulse Offset (Δθ)

Sets the offset between the rotor magnetic axis and the Z-pulse of the encoder connected. This parameter is set during
Parameter Auto-Tuning for PM motors and during Z Pulse Tuning.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E6-11 Motor 2 Encoder Z-Pulse Offset -180.0 to 180.0 deg 0.0 deg

■ E6-24: Motor 2 Induction Voltage Constant 2 (Ke)

Set the induced phase-to-phase rms voltage in units of 0.1 mV/(r/min) [mechanical angle]. Set this parameter when using
an SMRA Series SPM Motor.
When E6-01 is set to FFFF, use either E6-09 or E6-24 for setting the voltage constant. This parameter is set during
Parameter Auto-Tuning for PM motors.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E6-24 Motor 2 Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 to 6500.0 mV/(r/min) Determined by E6-01

Note: Ensure that E6-09 = 0 when setting parameter E6-24. An alarm will be triggered, however, if both E6-09 and E6-24 are set 0, or
if neither parameter is set to 0. When E6-01 = FFFF, then E6-09 = 0.0.

160 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.5 E: Motor Parameters

■ E6-25: Motor 2 d-Axis Polarity Selection

Sets the polarity level (SD) that determines the motor poles at start.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E6-25 Motor 2 d-Axis Polarity Selection 0.00 to 100.00% 0.10

■ E6-26: Motor 2 Energy Saving Control (Ki)

Enter the value for Ki as specified on the motor nameplate. For motors with motor code of E6-01 = 2†††, this value is
set automatically by the drive and cannot be changed.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E6-26 Motor 2 Energy Saving Control (Ki) 0.00 to 2.00 1.00

■ E6-27: Motor 2 Energy Saving Control (Kt)

Enter the value for Kt as specified on the motor nameplate. For motors with motor code of E6-01 = 2†††, this value is
set automatically by the drive and cannot be changed.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

E6-27 Motor 2 Energy Saving Control (Kt) 0.00 to 2.00 1.00

Parameter Details

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 161
5.6 F: Option Settings

5.6 F: Option Settings

◆ F1: PG Speed Control Card Settings
Yaskawa offers two motor encoder PG option cards: PG-B3 and PG-X3. When using only one PG option card, use the
CN5-C port. For two PG option cards, use ports CN5-C and CN5-B. When one of the multi-function input terminals has
been programmed to act as a switch between two motors (H1-†† = 16), then the card connected to port CN5-C is to be
used for motor 1 while the card connected to CN5-B is for motor 2.
Table 5.18 lists the parameters that must be set for each option card port.
Table 5.18 Option Card Ports and Corresponding Parameters
Port Parameters
CN5-C and CN5-B (common) F1-02 to F1-04, F1-08, F1-14, F1-18, F1-19, F1-30
CN5-C only F1-01, F1-05, F1-06, F1-12, F1-13, F1-18 to F1-21
CN5-B only F1-31 to F1-37, F1-39 to 42

■ F1-01, F1-31: PG 1 and PG 2 Pulses Per Revolution

Sets the number encoder number of pulses per revolution.

No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default

F1-01 PG 1 Pulses Per Revolution CN5-C
0 to 60000 ppr <1> Determined by A1-02
F1-31 PG 2 Pulses Per Revolution CN5-B

<1> The setting range is 0 to 15000 ppr in PM motor control modes.

■ F1-02, F1-14: PG Open (PGo) Circuit Operation Selection, Detection Time

A PGo fault is triggered if the drive receives no pulse signal for longer than the time set in F1-14. The stopping method
when PGo occurs should be set to parameter F1-02.

No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default

F1-02 Operation Selection at PG Open Circuit (PGo) CN5-B, CN5-C 0 to 3 1
F1-14 PG Open-Circuit Detection Time CN5-B, CN5-C 0.0 to 10.0 s 2.0 s

Parameter F1-02 Settings:

Setting 0: Ramp to stop (uses the deceleration time set to C1-02)
Setting 1: Coast to stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop (uses the Fast Stop time set to C1-09)
Setting 3: Alarm only
Setting 4: No alarm display
Note: Due to potential damage to motor and machinery, the “Alarm only” and “No alarm display” setting should be used only under
special circumstances.

■ F1-03, F1-08, F1-09: Overspeed (oS) Operation Selection, Detection Level, Delay Time
An overspeed error (oS) is triggered when the speed feedback exceeds the value set in F1-08 for longer than the time set
in F1-09. The stopping method when an overspeed fault occurs can be selected in parameter F1-03.

No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default

F1-03 Operation Selection at Overspeed (oS) CN5-B, CN5-C 0 to 3 1
F1-08 Overspeed Detection Level CN5-B, CN5-C 0 to 120% 115%
F1-09 Overspeed Detection Delay Time CN5-B, CN5-C 0.0 to 2.0 s Determined by A1-02

Parameter F1-03 Settings:

Setting 0: Ramp to stop (uses the deceleration time set to C1-02)
Setting 1: Coast to stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop (uses the Fast Stop time set to C1-09)
Setting 3: Alarm only
Note: Due to potential damage to motor and machinery, the “Alarm only” setting should be used only under special circumstances.

162 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.6 F: Option Settings

■ F1-04, F1-10, F1-11: Operation at Speed Deviation (dEv), Detection Level, Delay Time
A speed deviation error (dEv) is triggered when the difference between the frequency reference and the speed feedback
exceeds the value set in F1-10 for longer than the time set in F1-1. The stopping method when a speed deviation fault
occurs can be selected in parameter F1-04.

No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default

F1-04 Operation Selection at Deviation (dEv) CN5-B, CN5-C 0 to 3 3
F1-10 Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Level CN5-B, CN5-C 0 to 50% 10%
F1-11 Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Delay Time CN5-B, CN5-C 0.0 to 10.0 s 0.5 s

Settings for Parameter F1-04:

Setting 0: Ramp to stop (uses the deceleration time set to C1-02)
Setting 1: Coast to stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop (uses the Fast Stop time set to C1-09)
Setting 3: Alarm only (drive continues operating while “dEv” flashes on the screen)
■ F1-05, F1-32: PG 1, PG 2 Rotation Selection
Determines the direction indicated by the pulses from the PG feedback encoder for motor 1 and motor 2.
See PG option card instruction manual for details on how to set the direction for the PG encoder and the motor.

No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default

F1-05 PG 1 Rotation Selection CN5-C 0, 1 Determined by A1-02
F1-32 PG 2 Rotation Selection CN5-B 0, 1 0

Setting 0: A pulse leads with Forward run command.

Setting 1: B pulse leads with Forward run command.
■ F1-06, F1-35: PG 1, PG 2 Division Rate for PG Pulse Monitor
Sets the ratio between the pulse input and the pulse output of a PG option card as a three digit number, where the first
digit (n) sets the numerator and the second and third digit (m) set the denominator as shown below:
(1 + n)
fPulse Input = fPulse Output m
common_TMonly

Example: To have a ratio of 1/32 between the PG card pulse input and output, set F1-06 = 032.

No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default

F1-06 PG 1 Division Rate for PG Pulse Monitor CN5-C 1 to 132 (1 to 1 ) 1

32

Parameter Details
F1-35 PG 2 Division Rate for PG Pulse Monitor CN5-B 1 to 132 (1 to 1 ) 1
32

■ F1-12, F1-13, F1-33, F1-34: PG 1, PG 2 Gear Teeth 1, 2 (V/f w/PG only)

Sets the gear ratio between the motor shaft and the PG encoder. F1-12 and F1-33 set the number of gear teeth on the
motor side, while F1-13 and F-34 set the number of gear teeth for the load side. The drive uses the formula below to
calculate the motor speed. 5

Input pulses from PG × 60 Load-side PG gear teeth (F1-12/33)

r/min = common_TMonly
Pulses per Rev (F1-01/31) Motor-side PG gear teeth (F1-13/34)

No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default

F1-12 PG 1 Gear Teeth 1 CN5-C 0 to 1000 0
F1-13 PG 1 Gear Teeth 2 CN5-C 0 to 1000 0
F1-33 PG 2 Gear Teeth 1 CN5-B 0 to 1000 0
F1-34 PG 2 Gear Teeth 2 CN5-B 0 to 1000 0

Note: A gear ratio of 1 will be used if any of these parameters is set to 0.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 163
5.6 F: Option Settings

■ F1-18: dv3 Detection Selection (CLV/PM)

A dv3 situation is detected when the torque reference and speed reference are in opposite directions while the difference
between the actual motor speed and the speed reference is greater than 30%. Parameter F1-18 sets the number of times
such a situation must occur before a dv3 fault is triggered. Setting F1-18 to 0 disables dv3 detection.

No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default

F1-18 dv3 Detection Selection CN5-B, CN5-C 0 to 10 10

Note: A common cause for a dv3 fault is the incorrect setting of E5-11. Make sure the correct Z pulse offset has been entered to E5-11.

■ F1-19: dv4 Detection Selection (CLV/PM)

A dv4 fault is triggered when there is a motor speed deviation opposite to the frequency reference and larger than the
number of pulses set in F1-19. Setting F1-19 to 0 disables dv4 detection.

No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default

F1-19 dv4 Detection Selection CN5-B, CN5-C 0 to 5000 128

Note: 1. A common cause for a dv4 fault is the incorrect setting of E5-11. Make sure the correct Z pulse offset is set to E5-11.
2. Set F1-19 to 0 for applications where the direction of the load is the opposite of the speed reference.

■ F1-20, F1-36: PG Option Card Disconnect Detection

Sets whether the drive detects a fault or not when a PG-X3 card is disconnected.

No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default

F1-20 PG Option Card Disconnection Detection 1 CN5-C 0, 1 1
F1-36 PG Option Card Disconnection Detection 2 CN5-B 0, 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
■ F1-21, F1-37: PG 1, PG 2 Signal Selection (V/f w/PG only)
Determines whether the signal to the PG option card is single track or two track.

No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default

F1-21 PG 1 Signal Selection CN5-C 0, 1 0
F1-37 PG 2 Signal Selection CN5-B 0, 1 0

Setting 0: Single track (A track only)

Setting 1: Two track (tracks A and B)
■ F1-30: PG Option Card Port for Motor 2 Selection
Specifies the drive port for the PG option card used for motor 2. This parameter should be set when switching between
motor 1 and motor 2, where both motors supply a speed feedback signal to the drive. If the same PG card is being used
for feedback signals from both motors, then set F1-30 to 0. If each motor has its own PG card connected to the drive, then
set F1-30 to 1.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

F1-30 PG Option Card Port for Motor 2 Selection 0, 1 1

Setting 0: CN5-C
Setting 1: CN5-B
■ F1-42: Motor 2 PG Open (PGo) Circuit Detection Time
A PGo fault is triggered if the drive receives no pulse signal for longer than the time set in F1-42. The stopping method
when PGo occurs should be set to parameter F1-02.

No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default

F1-42 Motor 2 PG Open-Circuit Detection Time CN5-B, CN5-C 0.0 to 10.0 s 2.0 s

164 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.6 F: Option Settings

■ F1-39: Motor 2 Overspeed (oS) Detection Time

An overspeed error (oS) is triggered when the speed feedback exceeds the value set in F1-08 for longer than the time set
in F1-39. The stopping method when an overspeed fault occurs can be selected in parameter F1-03.

No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default

F1-09 Motor 2 Overspeed Detection Delay Time CN5-B, CN5-C 0.0 to 2.0 s Determined by A1-02

■ F1-40, F1-41: Motor 2 Operation at Speed Deviation (dEv), Detection Level, Delay Time
A speed deviation error (dEv) is triggered when the difference between the frequency reference and the speed feedback
exceeds the value set in F1-40 for longer than the time set in F1-41. The stopping method when a speed deviation fault
occurs can be selected in parameter F1-04.

No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default

F1-40 Motor 2 Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Level CN5-B, CN5-C 0 to 50% 10%
F1-41 Motor 2 Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Delay Time CN5-B, CN5-C 0.0 to 10.0 s 0.5 s

◆ F2: Analog Input Card Settings

These parameters are used to setup the drive for operation with the analog input option card AI-A3. This section
describes parameters that govern operation with an input option card. Refer to the instruction manual packaged with the
option card for specific details on installation, wiring, input signal level selection, and parameter setup.
■ F2-01: Analog Input Option Card Operation Selection
Determines how the input terminals on the AI-A3 option card are to be used.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

F2-01 Analog Input Option Card Operation Selection 0, 1 0

Setting 0: Separate functions for each terminal (V1, V2, V3 replace terminals A1, A2, A3)
Apply this setting to replace the drive terminals A1, A2, and A3 by the option board terminals V1, V2, and V3.
Functions, gain, and bias levels for an analog reference supplied by AI-A3 are set using the H3-†† parameters as
described in H3-03, H3-04: Terminal A1 Gain and Bias Settings on page 182.
Note: Parameter setting error oPE05 will occur if option card terminals are set for separate input functions (F2-01 = 0) while b1-01 = 3.
Setting 1: Combine input terminal values to create frequency reference
With this setting, all three input signals on the AI-A3 option card are added together to create the frequency reference.
When the option card is the source of the frequency reference for the drive, parameter b1-01 must be set to 3. Gain and

Parameter Details
bias settings for the frequency reference supplied from AI-A3 can be set using parameters F2-02 and F2-03.
■ F2-02, F2-03: Analog Input Option Card Gain, Bias
Parameter F2-02 sets the gain and parameter F2-03 sets the bias for the AI-A3 input signal when the card is used in the
combined input signals mode (F2-01 = 1). Both gain and bias are set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
5
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
F2-02 Analog Input Option Card Gain -999.9 to 999.9% 100.0%
F2-03 Analog Input Option Card Bias -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0%

Note: Enabled only when F2-01 = 1.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 165
5.6 F: Option Settings

◆ F3: Digital Input Card Settings

These parameters set up the drive for operation with the option card DI-A3. This section describes parameters that
govern operation with a digital input option card. Refer to the instruction manual packaged with the option card for
specific details on installation, wiring, input signal level selection, and parameter setup.
■ F3-01: Digital Input Option Card Input Selection
Determines the type of input for digital option card DI-A3 when o1-03 is set to 0 or 1.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

F3-01 Digital Input Option Card Input Selection 0 to 7 0

Setting 0: BCD, 1% units

Setting 1: BCD, 0.1% units
Setting 2: BCD, 0.01% units
Setting 3: BCD, 1 Hz units
Setting 4: BCD, 0.1 Hz units
Setting 5: BCD, 0.01 Hz units
Setting 6: BCD, special setting (5 digit input), 0.02 Hz units
Setting 7: Binary
Note: BCD input when o1-03 = 2 or 3. Units are determined by o1-03.

■ F3-03: Digital Input Option DI-A3 Data Length Selection

Determines the number of bits for the option card input that sets the frequency reference.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

F3-03 Digital Input Option DI-A3 Data Length Selection 0 to 2 2

Setting 0: 8 bit
Setting 1: 12 bit
Setting 2: 16 bit

◆ F4: Analog Monitor Card Settings

These parameters set up the drive for operation with the analog output option card AO-A3. This section describes
parameters that govern operation with an analog output option card. Refer to the instruction manual packaged with the
option card for specific details on installation, wiring, input signal level selection, and parameter setup.
■ F4-01, F4-03: Terminal V1, V2 Monitor Selection
Selects the data to output from analog terminal V1. Enter the final three digits of U†-†† to determine which monitor
data is output from the option card. Some monitors are only available in certain control modes.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

F4-01 Terminal V1 Monitor Selection 000 to 999 102
F4-03 Terminal V2 Monitor Selection 000 to 999 103

■ F4-02, F4-04, F4-05, F4-06: Terminal V1, V2 Monitor Gain and Bias
Parameters F4-02 and F4-04 determine the gain, while parameters F4-05 and F4-06 set the bias. These parameters are set
as a percentage of the output signal from V1 and V2 where 100% equals 10 V output. The terminal output voltage is
limited to 10 V.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

F4-02 Terminal V1 Monitor Gain -999.9 to 999.9% 100.0%
F4-04 Terminal V2 Monitor Gain -999.9 to 999.9% 50.0%
F4-05 Terminal V1 Monitor Bias -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0%
F4-06 Terminal V2 Monitor Bias -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0%

166 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.6 F: Option Settings

Using Gain and Bias to Adjust Output Signal Level

When viewing the values set to F4-02 or F4-05 on the digital operator, a voltage equal to 100% of the parameter being
viewed (including current gain and bias settings) will be output from terminal V1 or V2. When viewing the value set to
F4-05 or F4-06, terminal V1 or V2 will output a voltage equal to 0% of the parameter being viewed (including current
gain and bias settings).
Example 1: F4-02 = 0%, F4-02 = 80%. When the parameter setting display for F4-02 is accessed using the digital
operator, terminal V1 will output a voltage of 8 V, even when the drive is stopped.
Example 2: F4-03 = 5%. When the parameter setting display for F4-03 is accessed using the digital operator, terminal V1
will output a voltage of 0.5 V, even when the drive is stopped.
■ F4-07, F4-08: Terminal V1, V2 Signal Level
Sets the output signal level for terminals V1 and V2.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

F4-07 Terminal V1 Signal Level 0, 1 0
F4-08 Terminal V2 Signal Level 0, 1 0

Setting 0: 0 to 10 V
Setting 1: -10 to 10 V

◆ F5: Digital Output Card Settings

These parameters set up the drive for operation with the digital output option card DO-A3. This section describes
parameters that govern operation with a digital output option card. Refer to the instruction manual packaged with the
option card for specific details on installation, wiring, input signal level selection, and parameter setup.
■ F5-01 through F5-08: Digital Output Option Card Terminal Function Selection
When F5-09 = 2, the parameters listed in the table below are used to assign functions to the output terminals on the
option card.

No. Name Setting Range Default

F5-01 Terminal P1-PC Output Selection 0 to 192 2: Speed agree
F5-02 Terminal P2-PC Output Selection 0 to 192 4: Frequency detection 1
F5-03 Terminal P3-PC Output Selection 0 to 192 6: Drive ready
F5-04 Terminal P4-PC Output Selection 0 to 192 37: During frequency output
F5-05 Terminal P5-PC Output Selection 0 to 192 F: Not used
F5-06 Terminal P6-PC Output Selection 0 to 192 F: Not used

Parameter Details
F5-07 Terminal M1-M2 Output Selection 0 to 192 0: During run
F5-08 Terminal M3-M4 Output Selection 0 to 192 1: Zero speed

■ F5-09: DO-A3 Output Mode Selection

Determines how the DO-A3 option card is to work with the drive.
5
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
F5-09 DO-A3 Output Mode Selection 0 to 2 0

Setting 0: Separate output functions for each of 8 terminals

Setting 1: Binary output
Setting 2: Output functions assigned by F5-01 through F5-08

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 167
5.6 F: Option Settings

◆ F6: Communication Option Card

These parameters are to configure communication option cards and communication fault detection methods.
■ F6-01: Communications Error Operation Selection
Determines drive operation if a communication error occurs.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

F6-01 Communications Error Operation Selection 0 to 3 1

Setting 0: Ramp to stop (uses the deceleration time set to C1-02)

Setting 1: Coast to stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop (uses the Fast Stop time set to C1-09)
Setting 3: Alarm only (continue operation)
■ F6-02: External Fault from Comm. Option Detection Selection
Determines the detection method of an external fault initiated by a communication option (EF0).

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

F6-02 External Fault from Comm. Option Detection Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Always detected

Setting 1: Detection during run only
■ F6-03: External Fault from Comm. Option Operation Selection
Determines the operation when an external fault is initiated by a communication option (EF0).

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

F6-03 External Fault from Comm. Option Operation Selection 0 to 3 1

Setting 0: Ramp to stop

Setting 1: Coast to stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop
Setting 3: Alarm only (continue operation)
■ F6-06: Torque Reference / Torque Limit Selection from Comm. Option
Used to select if torque reference and torque limit values are assigned to the drive from the network.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

F6-06 Torque Reference / Torque Limit Selection from Comm. Option 0, 1 0

Setting 0: Enabled
Setting 1: Disabled
■ F6-07: Multi-Step Speed Enable/Disable when NetRef/ComRef is Selected
Selects how multi-step speed inputs are treated when the NetRef command is set.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

F6-07 NetRef/ComRef Function Selection 0, 1 0

Setting 0: Multi-step speed operation disabled

If the NetRef command is selected, multi-step speed input frequency references are disabled.
Setting 1: Multi-step speed operation enabled
Even if the NetRef command is selected, multi-step speed inputs are still active and can override the frequency reference
from the communications option .

168 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.6 F: Option Settings

■ F6-08: Reset Communication Parameters

Determines whether communication-related parameters (F6- ) are reset when the drive is initialized using parameter
A1-03.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

F6-08 Reset Communication Parameters 0, 1 0

Setting 0: Do not reset parameters F6- when the drive is initialized with A1-03
Setting 1: Reset F6- when the drive is initialized with A1-03
Note: F6-08 is not reset when the drive is initialized, but does determine whether initializing the drive with A1-03 resets the other
communication parameters, F6- .

◆ CP-216 I/F Parameters

Parameters F6-81 to -85 and F6-90 to -95 sets up the drive to operate on a CP-216 Network.
For details on parameter settings, refer to the YASKAWA AC Drive-Option CP-216 I/F Installation Manual and
Technical Manual.

Parameter Details

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 169
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

5.7 H: Terminal Functions

H parameters are used to assign functions to the external terminals.

◆ H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs

■ H1-01 to H1-08: Functions for Terminals S1 to S8
These parameters assign functions to the multi-function digital inputs. The various functions and their settings are listed
below in Table 5.19.

Setting
No. Parameter Name Default
Range
H1-01 <1> Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S1 Function Selection - 40 : Forward Run Command
H1-02 <1> Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S2 Function Selection - 41 : Reverse Run Command
H1-03 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S3 Function Selection 0 to 9F 0F: Through Mode
H1-04 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S4 Function Selection 0 to 9F 0F: Through Mode
H1-05 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S5 Function Selection 0 to 9F 0F: Through Mode
H1-06 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S6 Function Selection 0 to 9F 0F: Through Mode
H1-07 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S7 Function Selection 0 to 9F 0F: Through Mode
H1-08 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S8 Function Selection 0 to 9F 0F: Through Mode

<1> Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S1 and S2 function selection is preset to 40 and 41.

Table 5.19 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal Settings

Setting Function Page Setting Function Page
2 External reference 1/2 selection 170 43 FWD/REV command (2-wire sequence 2) 174
8 Baseblock command (N.O.) 60 DC Injection Braking command 175
170
9 Baseblock Command (N.C.) 67 Communications test mode 175
F Through mode 171 6A Drive enabled 175
14 Fault reset 171 71 Speed/Torque Control switch 175
15 Fast Stop (N.O.) 171 72 Zero Servo 175
16 Motor 2 selection 172 75 Up 2 command
176
20 to 2F External fault 174 76 Down 2 command
40 Forward run command (2-wire sequence) 77 ASR gain switch 176
174
41 Reverse run command (2-wire sequence) 78 External torque reference polarity inversion 176
42 Run command (2-wire sequence 2) 174 – –

Setting 2: External reference 1/2 selection

This function can be used to switch the Run command and frequency reference source between External reference 1 and
2 if the drive is in the REMOTE mode.

Status Description
Open External reference 1 is used (defined by parameters b1-01 and b1-02)
Closed External reference 2 is used (defined by parameters b1-15 and b1-16)

Note: With default settings the drive is not to allow switching between External reference 1 and 2 during run. Refer to b1-07: LOCAL/
REMOTE Run Selection on page 116 if this feature is required by the application.
Setting 8, 9: Baseblock command (N.O., N.C.)
When the drive receives a Baseblock command, the output transistor stop switching and the motor coasts to stop. During
this time, the alarm “bb” will flash on the digital operator to indicate baseblock. When baseblock ends and a Run
command is active, the drive performs Speed Search to get the motor running again.

Drive Operation
DIgital Input Function
Input Open Input Closed
Setting 8 (N.C.) Baseblock (Interrupt output) Normal operation
Setting 9 (N.O.) Normal operation Baseblock (Interrupt output)

NOTICE: If using baseblock in hoist applications, make sure the brake closes when the drive output is cut off by a Baseblock
command triggered via one of the input terminals. Failure to do so will result in the motor suddenly coasting when the Baseblock
command is entered, causing the load to slip.

170 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Figure 5.39

OFF ON
Run command

Baseblock
ON release
Baseblock input

Frequency
reference
Begin Speed Search from the
common_
previous frequency reference TMonly

Output frequency
Output off, motor coasts

Figure 5.39 Baseblock Operation During Run

Setting F: Through mode
Select this setting when using the terminal in a pass-through mode. When set to F, an input does not trigger any function
in the drive. Setting F, however, still allows the input status to be read out by a PLC via a communication option or
MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
Setting 14: Fault reset
Whenever the drive detects a fault condition, the fault output contact will close and the drive’s output will shut off. The
motor then coasts to stop (specific stopping methods can be selected for some faults). Once the Run command is
removed, the fault can be cleared by either the RESET key on the digital operator or by closing a digital input configured
as a Fault Reset (H1-†† = 14).
Note: Fault Reset commands are ignored as long as the Run command is present. To reset a fault, first remove the Run command.
Setting 15: Fast Stop (N.O.)
The Fast Stop function operates much like an emergency stop input to the drive. If a Fast Stop command is input while
the drive is running, the drive will decelerate to a stop by the deceleration time set to C1-09 (Refer to C1-09: Fast Stop
Time on page 123). The drive can only be restarted after is has come to a complete stop, the Fast Stop input is off, and
the Run command has been switched off.
• To trigger the Fast Stop function with a N.O. switch, set H1-†† = 15.
Figure 5.40 shows an operation example of Fast Stop.
Figure 5.40

Run/Stop

Parameter Details
ON ON

Fast-Stop
H1- = 17 ON ON

5
Decelerates at C1-09

Output Frequency
common_
TIME TMonly
Figure 5.40 Fast Stop Sequence

NOTICE: Rapid deceleration can trigger an overvoltage fault. When faulted, the drive output shuts off, and the motor coasts. To avoid
this uncontrolled motor state and to ensure that the motor stops quickly and safely, set an appropriate Fast Stop time to C1-09.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 171
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting 16: Motor 2 selection

The drive has the capability to control two motors independently. A second motor may be selected using a multi-function
digital input as shown in Figure 5.41.
Figure 5.41

Drive M Motor 1

Motor switch input

common_
M Motor 2
TMonly
Figure 5.41 Motor Selection
When switching between motor 1 and motor 2, the parameters used to control those motors also change. Below,
Table 5.20 lists the parameters that correspond to each motor.
Table 5.20 Parameters for Switching Between Two Motors
Motor 1 Motor 2
⇒
No. Name No. Name
A1-02 Control Method Selection ⇒ E3-01 Motor 2 Control Method Selection
Action Selection below Minimum Output Frequency (CLV and Motor 2 Action Selection below Minimum Output Frequency (CLV
b1-05 ⇒ S1-02
CLV/PM) and CLV/PM)
b2-01 DC Injection Braking Start Frequency ⇒ S2-01 Motor 2 DC Injection Braking Start Frequency
b2-02 DC Injection Braking Current ⇒ S2-02 Motor 2 DC Injection Braking Current
b2-03 DC Injection Braking Time at Start ⇒ S2-03 Motor 2 DC Injection Braking Time at Start
b2-04 DC Injection Braking Time at Stop ⇒ S2-04 Motor 2 DC Injection Braking Time at Stop
b2-08 Magnetic Flux Compensation Value ⇒ S2-08 Motor 2 Magnetic Flux Compensation Value
b7-01 Droop Control Gain ⇒ S1-03 Motor 2 Droop Control Gain
b7-02 Droop Control Delay Time ⇒ S1-04 Motor 2 Droop Control Delay Time
b7-03 Droop Control Limit Selection ⇒ S1-05 Motor 2 Droop Control Limit Selection
b8-01 Energy Saving Control Selection ⇒ S1-06 Motor 2 Energy Saving Control Selection
b9-01 Zero Servo Gain ⇒ S1-07 Motor 2 Zero Servo Gain
b9-02 Zero Servo Completion Width ⇒ S1-08 Motor 2 Zero Servo Completion Width
C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 ⇒ C1-05 Motor 2 Acceleration Time 1
C1-02 Deceleration Time 1 ⇒ C1-06 Motor 2 Deceleration Time 1
C1-03 Acceleration Time 2 ⇒ C1-07 Motor 2 Acceleration Time 2
C1-04 Deceleration Time 2 ⇒ C1-08 Motor 2 Deceleration Time 2
C1-09 Fast Stop Time ⇒ S1-09 Motor 2 Fast Stop Time
C3-01 Slip Compensation Gain ⇒ C3-21 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain
C3-02 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time ⇒ C3-22 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time
C3-03 Slip Compensation Limit ⇒ C3-23 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Limit
C3-04 Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration ⇒ C3-24 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration
C3-05 Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection ⇒ C3-26 Motor 2 Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection
C4-01 Torque Compensation Gain ⇒ C4-07 Motor 2 Torque Compensation Gain
C4-02 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 1 ⇒ C4-08 Motor 2 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 1
C4-03 Torque Compensation at Forward Start ⇒ C4-09 Motor 2 Torque Compensation at Forward Start
C4-04 Torque Compensation at Reverse Start ⇒ C4-10 Motor 2 Torque Compensation at Reverse Start
C4-05 Torque Compensation Time Constant ⇒ C4-11 Motor 2 Torque Compensation Time Constant
C4-06 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 2 ⇒ C4-12 Motor 2 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 2
C5-01 ASR Proportional Gain 1 ⇒ C5-21 Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 1
C5-02 ASR Integral Time 1 ⇒ C5-22 Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 1
C5-03 ASR Proportional Gain 2 ⇒ C5-23 Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 2
C5-04 ASR Integral Time 2 ⇒ C5-24 Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 2
C5-05 ASR Limit ⇒ C5-25 Motor 2 ASR Limit
C5-06 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant ⇒ C5-26 Motor 2 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant
C5-07 ASR Gain Switching Frequency ⇒ C5-27 Motor 2 ASR Gain Switching Frequency
C5-08 ASR Integral Limit ⇒ C5-28 Motor 2 ASR Integral Limit
C5-12 Integral Operation during Accel/Decel ⇒ C5-32 Motor 2 Integral Operation during Accel/Decel
C5-17 Motor Inertia ⇒ C5-37 Motor 2 Inertia
C5-18 Load Inertia Ratio ⇒ C5-38 Motor 2 Load Inertia Ratio
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection ⇒ C6-25 Motor 2 Carrier Frequency Selection
C6-03 Carrier Frequency Upper Limit ⇒ C6-26 Motor 2 Carrier Frequency Upper Limit
C6-04 Carrier Frequency Lower Limit ⇒ C6-27 Motor 2 Carrier Frequency Lower Limit
C6-05 Carrier Frequency Proportional Gain ⇒ C6-28 Motor 2 Carrier Frequency Proportional Gain

172 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Motor 1 Motor 2
⇒
No. Name No. Name
C8-05 Torque Observer Gain ⇒ S2-13 Motor 2 Torque Observer Gain
C8-06 Torque Observer Integral Time ⇒ S2-14 Motor 2 Torque Observer Integral Time
C8-07 Torque Observer Filter Time 1 ⇒ S2-15 Motor 2 Torque Observer Filter Time 1
C8-09 Torque Observer Filter Time 2 ⇒ S2-16 Motor 2 Torque Observer Filter Time 2
C8-10 Torque Observer Feed Forward Time ⇒ S2-17 Motor 2 Torque Observer Feed Forward Time
C8-14 Torque Monitor Filter Time ⇒ S2-18 Motor 2 Torque Monitor Filter Time
d6-03 Field Forcing Selection ⇒ S2-20 Motor 2 Field Forcing Selection
d6-04 Field Forcing Gain ⇒ S2-21 Motor 2 Field Forcing Gain
d6-08 Field Forcing Limit ⇒ S2-22 Motor 2 Field Forcing Limit
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency ⇒ E3-04 Motor 2 Maximum Output Frequency
E1-05 Maximum Voltage ⇒ E3-05 Motor 2 Maximum Voltage
E1-06 Base Frequency ⇒ E3-06 Motor 2 Base Frequency
E1-07 Middle Output Frequency ⇒ E3-07 Motor 2 Middle Output Frequency
E1-08 Middle Output Frequency Voltage ⇒ E3-08 Motor 2 Middle Output Frequency Voltage
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency ⇒ E3-09 Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency
E1-10 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage ⇒ E3-10 Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage
E1-11 Middle Output Frequency 2 ⇒ E3-11 Motor 2 Middle Output Frequency 2
E1-12 Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2 ⇒ E3-12 Motor 2 Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2
E1-13 Base Voltage ⇒ E3-13 Motor 2 Base Voltage
E2-01 Motor Rated Current ⇒ E4-01 Motor 2 Rated Current
E2-02 Motor Rated Slip ⇒ E4-02 Motor 2 Rated Slip
E2-03 Motor No-Load Current ⇒ E4-03 Motor 2 No-Load Current
E2-04 Number of Motor Poles ⇒ E4-04 Motor 2 Number of Motor Poles
E2-05 Motor Line-to-Line Resistance ⇒ E4-05 Motor Line-to-Line Resistance
E2-06 Motor Leakage Inductance ⇒ E4-06 Motor 2 Leakage Inductance
E2-07 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1 ⇒ E4-07 Motor 2 Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1
E2-08 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2 ⇒ E4-08 Motor 2 Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2
E2-09 Motor Mechanical Loss ⇒ E4-09 Motor 2 Mechanical Loss
E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation ⇒ E4-10 Motor 2 Iron Loss for Torque Compensation
E2-11 Motor Rated Power ⇒ E4-11 Motor 2 Rated Power
E5-01 Motor Code Selection ⇒ E6-01 Motor 2 Code Selection
E5-02 Motor Rated Power ⇒ E6-02 Motor 2 Rated Power
E5-03 Motor Rated Current ⇒ E6-03 Motor 2 Rated Current
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles ⇒ E6-04 Motor 2 Number of Motor Poles
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance ⇒ E6-05 Motor 2 Stator Resistance
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance ⇒ E6-06 Motor 2 d-Axis Inductance
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance ⇒ E6-07 Motor 2 q-Axis Inductance
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 ⇒ E6-09 Motor 2 Induction Voltage Constant 1
E5-11 Encoder Z-pulse Offset ⇒ E6-11 Motor 2 Encoder Z-pulse Offset
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 ⇒ E6-24 Motor 2 Induction Voltage Constant 2
E5-25 d-Axis Polarity Selection ⇒ E6-25 Motor 2 d-Axis Polarity Selection
E5-26 Energy Saving Control (Ki) ⇒ E6-26 Motor 2 Energy Saving Control (Ki)

Parameter Details
E5-27 Energy Saving Control (Kt) ⇒ E6-27 Motor 2 Energy Saving Control (Kt)
F1-09 Overspeed Detection Delay Time ⇒ F1-39 Motor 2 Overspeed Detection Delay Time
F1-10 Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Level ⇒ F1-40 Motor 2 Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Level
F1-11 Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Delay Time ⇒ F1-41 Motor 2 Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Delay Time
F1-14 PG Open-Circuit Detection Time ⇒ F1-42 Motor 2 PG Open-Circuit Detection Time
L1-01 Motor Overload Protection Selection ⇒ S1-10 Motor 2 Overload Protection Selection
L1-02 Motor Overload Protection Time ⇒ S1-11 Motor 2 Overload Protection Time 5
L3-01 Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration ⇒ S1-17 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration
L3-02 Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration ⇒ S1-18 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration
L3-03 Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration ⇒ S1-19 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration
L3-04 Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration ⇒ S1-20 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
L3-05 Stall Prevention Selection during Run ⇒ S1-21 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Selection during Run
L3-06 Stall Prevention Level during Run ⇒ S1-22 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Level during Run
L3-11 Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection ⇒ S1-27 Motor 2 Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection
L7-01 Forward Torque Limit ⇒ S1-28 Motor 2 Forward Torque Limit
L7-02 Reverse Torque Limit ⇒ S1-29 Motor 2 Reverse Torque Limit
L7-03 Forward Regenerative Torque Limit ⇒ S1-30 Motor 2 Forward Regenerative Torque Limit
L7-04 Reverse Regenerative Torque Limit ⇒ S1-31 Motor 2 Reverse Regenerative Torque Limit
L7-16 Torque Limit Process at Start ⇒ S1-35 Motor 2 Torque Limit Process at Start
L8-27 Overcurrent Detection Gain ⇒ S3-01 Motor 2 Overcurrent Detection Gain
n1-01 Hunting Prevention Selection ⇒ S2-23 Motor 2 Hunting Prevention Selection
n1-02 Hunting Prevention Gain Setting ⇒ S2-24 Motor 2 Hunting Prevention Gain Setting
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant ⇒ S2-25 Motor 2 Hunting Prevention Time Constant

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 173
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Motor 1 Motor 2
⇒
No. Name No. Name
n2-01 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Gain ⇒ S2-27 Motor 2 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Gain
Motor 2 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant
n2-02 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 1 ⇒ S2-28
1
Motor 2 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant
n2-03 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 2 ⇒ S2-29
2
n5-01 Feed Forward Control Selection ⇒ S1-37 Motor 2 Feed Forward Control Selection
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time ⇒ S1-38 Motor 2 Acceleration Time
n5-03 Feed Forward Control Gain ⇒ S1-39 Motor 2 Feed Forward Control Gain
n8-01 Initial Rotor Position Estimation Current ⇒ S3-02 Motor 2 Initial Rotor Position Estimation Current
n8-02 Pole Attraction Current ⇒ S3-03 Motor 2 Pole Attraction Current
n8-35 Initial Rotor Position Detection Selection ⇒ S3-20 Motor 2 Initial Rotor Position Detection Selection
n8-57 High Frequency Injection ⇒ S3-26 Motor 2 High Frequency Injection
n8-62 Output Voltage Limit ⇒ S3-27 Motor 2 Output Voltage Limit
n8-69 Speed Calculation Gain ⇒ S3-33 Motor 2 Speed Calculation Gain
n8-84 Polarity Judge Current ⇒ S3-38 Motor 2 Polarity Judge Current

Note: It is not possible to switch between motor 1 and motor 2 during run. Doing so will trigger the “rUn” alarm.

If a digital output is programmed for “Motor 2 selection” (H1-03 = 1C), motor will be selected when the output is closed.
Setting 20 to 2F: External fault
By using the External fault command, the drive can be stopped when problems occur with external devices.
To use the External fault command, set one of the multi-function digital inputs to any value between 20 to 2F. The digital
operator will display EF† where † is the number of the terminal to which the external fault signal is assigned.
For example, if an external fault signal is input to terminal S3, “EF3” will be displayed.
Select the value to be set in H1-†† from a combination of any of the following three conditions:
• Signal input level from peripheral devices (N.O., N.C.)
• External fault detection method
• Operation after external fault detection
The following table shows the relationship between the conditions and the value set to H1-††:

Setting 40, 41: Forward run, Reverse run command for 2-wire sequence
Configures the drive for a 2-wire sequence.
When an input terminal set to 40 closes, the drive operates in the forward direction. When an input set for 41 closes, the
drive will operate in reverse. Closing both inputs at the same time will result in an external fault.
Note: 1. This function cannot be used simultaneously with settings 42 and 43.
2. The same functions are assigned to terminals S1 and S2 when the drive is initialized for 2-wire sequence.
Figure 5.42

Drive
Forward Run
S1

Reverse Run
S2

SC Digital Input Common CommonTMo

Figure 5.42 Example Wiring Diagram for 2-Wire Sequence

Setting 42, 43: Run and direction command for 2-wire sequence 2
Sets the drive for 2-wire sequence 2.
When an input terminal programmed for 42 is closed, the drive will operate in the direction selected. When the input
opens, the drive will stop. The input programmed for 43 selects the direction. If it is open, forward direction is selected.
If it is closed, reverse direction is selected.
Note: This function cannot be used simultaneously with settings 40 and 41.

174 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting 60: DC Injection Braking command

When a DC Injection Braking command is input while the drive is stopped, DC Injection Braking operation is activated.
When a Run command or a Jog command is input, DC Injection Braking is released. Refer to b2: DC Injection Braking
and Short Circuit Braking on page 117 for details on setting up the DC Injection Braking function.
The diagram below illustrates how the DC Injection Braking function works.
Figure 5.43

DC Injection braking OFF ON OFF

command

OFF ON OFF
FWD Run command

DC Injection
DC Injection braking
braking DC Injection Braking
Start Frequency CommonTMonl
(b2-01)
Output frequency

Figure 5.43 DC Injection Braking Input Timing Diagram

Setting 67: Communication test mode
The drive has a built-in function for self-diagnosing serial communications operation. The test involves wiring the send
and receive terminals of the RS-485/422 port together. The drive transmits data and then confirms that the
communications are received normally. Refer to Self-Diagnostics on page 399 for details on how to use this function.
Setting 6A: Drive enable
A digital input configured as a “Drive enable” (H1-†† = 6A) will prevent the drive from executing a Run command
until the input is closed. When the input is open, the digital operator will display “dnE” to indicate that the drive is
disabled.
If a Run command is enabled before the terminal set for “Drive enable” closes, then the drive will not run until the Run
command is cycled (i.e., a new Run command is required). If the input is opened while the drive is running, the drive will
stop according to the stop method set to b1-03 (Refer to b1-03: Stopping Method Selection on page 112).
Setting 71: Speed/Torque Control switch
Switches the drive between Torque Control and Speed Control. Torque Control is enabled when the terminal is closed,
and Speed Control is enabled when the terminal is open. Note that parameter d5-01 must be set to 0 when using this
function. Refer to d5: Torque Control on page 141 and Switching Between Torque and Speed Control on page 143.
Setting 72: Zero Servo
Used to activate the Zero Servo function that can be used to lock the rotor at a certain position. Refer to b9: Zero Servo

Parameter Details
on page 121 for details.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 175
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting 75, 76: Up 2, Down 2 command

The Up 2 and Down 2 function can be used to add a bias to the frequency reference. The input programmed for 75 will
increase the bias and the input programmed for 76 will decrease it. Table 5.21 explains how the Up/Down 2 function
works depending on the frequency reference source and parameter d5-03.
Note: The Up 2 and Down 2 functions must be set as a pair.
Table 5.21 Up/Down 2 Operations
Condition Freq. Ref. Source Operation Frequency Saved
1 • Accelerates (increases the bias) while the Up 2 terminal is closed. Not saved
• Decelerates (decreases the bias) while Down 2 is closed.
• Holds output frequency (holds the bias) when no Up 2 or Down 2 input or both If the bias and frequency reference are constant for 5
2 active. s, the bias is added to the active frequency reference
Multi-Step Speed Reference • Resets the bias when the reference changes. and reset afterwards.
• Operates with the frequency reference in all other situations.
• Accelerates (increases the bias) while the Up 2 terminal is closed.
3 • Decelerates (decreases the bias) while Down 2 is closed. Not saved
• Otherwise operates at the frequency reference.
4 • When the Up 2 is enabled, drive accelerates. Not saved
• When Down 2 is enabled, drive decelerates.
• Holds output frequency (holds the bias) when no Up 2 or Down 2 input or both If the bias and frequency reference are constant for 5
Multi-Step Speed Reference
5 active. s, the bias is added to the active frequency reference
• Resets the bias when the reference changes. and reset afterwards.
• Operates with the frequency reference in all other situations.
6 • Accelerates (increases the bias) while the Up 2 terminal is closed. Not saved
• Decelerates (decreases the bias) while Down 2 is closed.
Other • Holds output frequency (holds the bias) when no Up 2 or Down 2 input or both If the bias is constant for 5 s, it is saved. The
7 (analog comm., etc.) active. frequency reference cannot be overwritten, so only
• If the frequency reference changes during accel/decel, bias value is held until the the bias is saved.
output frequency meets the reference (speed agree).
• Accelerates (increases the bias) while the Up 2 terminal is closed.
8 • Decelerates (decreases the bias) while Down 2 is closed. Not saved
• Otherwise operates at the frequency reference
Other
9 • When Up 2 is enabled, drive accelerates. Not saved
(analog comm, etc.)
• When Down 2 is enabled, drive decelerates. If the bias is constant for 5 s, it is saved. The
10 • If the frequency reference changes during accel/decel, bias value is held until the frequency reference cannot be overwritten, so only
output frequency meets the reference (speed agree). the bias is saved.

Setting 77: ASR gain switch

Switches the ASR gain between the values set to C5-01 and C5-03. The gain set to C5-03 is enabled when the terminal is
closed, and C5-01 is enabled when the terminal opens again. See C5-01, C5-03 / C5-02, C5-04: ASR Proportional Gain
1, 2 / ASR Integral Time 1, 2 on page 131 for a more detailed description.
Setting 78: External torque reference polarity inversion
Reverses the direction of the torque reference when the terminal closes. Refer to d5: Torque Control on page 141 and
Setting the Torque Reference, Speed Limit, and Torque Compensation Values on page 142 for details.

◆ H2: Multi-Function Digital Outputs

■ H2-01 to H2-03: Terminal M1-M2, P1-PC, and P2-PC Function Selection
The drive has three multi-function output terminals. Table 5.22 lists the functions available for theses terminals using
H2-01, H2-02, and H2-03.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

H2-01 Terminal M1-M2 Function Selection (relay) 0 to 192
H2-02 Terminal P1-PC Function Selection (open-collector) 0 to 192 oF: Through Mode
H2-03 Terminal P2-PC Function Selection (open-collector) 0 to 192

176 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Table 5.22 Multi-Function Digital Output Terminal Settings

Setting Function Page Setting Function Page
0 During run 177 31 During speed limit 180
1 Zero Speed 177 32 During speed limit in Torque Control 180
2 Speed agree 1 178 33 Zero Servo complete 180
3 User-set speed agree 1 178 37 During frequency output 180
6 Drive ready 178 38 Drive enabled 180
7 DC bus undervoltage 179 39 Watt hour pulse output 180
8 During baseblock (N.O.) 179 3C LOCAL/REMOTE Status 180
E Fault 179 3D During Speed Search 180
F Through mode 179 4B During Short Circuit Braking 181
11 Fault reset command active 179 4C During Fast Stop 181
1A During reverse 179 4D oH pre-alarm time limit 181
22 Mechanical Weakening detection 179 60 Internal cooling fan alarm 181
2F Maintenance period 179 61 Rotor Position Detection Completed 181
30 During torque limit 180 100 to 161 Functions 0 to 61 with inverse output 181

Setting 0: During Run

Output closes when the drive is outputting a voltage.

Status Description
Open Drive is stopped.
Closed A Run command is input or the drive is during deceleration or during DC injection.
Figure 5.44

Run command OFF ON

Baseblock OFF ON
command

Output
frequency

common_
During Run OFF ON TMonly
Figure 5.44 During Run Time Chart
Setting 1: Zero Speed
Terminal closes whenever the output frequency or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) falls below the minimum output
frequency set to E1-09 or b2-01.

Status Description

Parameter Details
Open Output frequency is above the minimum output frequency set to E1-09 or b2-01
Closed Output frequency is less than the minimum output frequency set to E1-09 or b2-01

Note: When using CLV or CLV/PM control modes, the zero speed level is defined by b2-01. In all other control modes, the zero speed
level is the minimum output frequency set to E1-09.
Figure 5.45

Output frequency
or
motor speed
E1-09 (Max. Output Frequency) or
b2-01 (Zero Speed Level)
5

common_
OFF
Zero Speed
ON
TMonly
Figure 5.45 Zero-Speed Time Chart

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 177
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting 2: Speed agree 1 (fref/fout Agree 1)

Closes whenever the actual output frequency or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) is within the Speed Agree Width (L4-02)
of the current frequency reference regardless of the direction.

Status Description
Open Output frequency or motor speed does not match the frequency reference while the drive is running.
Closed Output frequency or motor speed is within the range of frequency reference ±L4-02.

Note: Detection works in both directions, forward and reverse.

Figure 5.46

Frequency
reference

Output Frequency L4-02

or Motor Speed

L4-02
Speed agree 1 OFF ON
Figure 5.46 Speed Agree 1 Time Chart
Refer to L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 197 for more details.
Setting 3: User-set speed agree 1 (fref/fset Agree 1)
Closes whenever the actual output frequency or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) and the frequency reference are within the
speed agree width (L4-02) of the programmed speed agree level (L4-01).

Status Description
Open Output frequency or motor speed and frequency reference are not both within the range of L4-01 ±L4-02.
Closed Output frequency or motor speed and the frequency reference are both within the range of L4-01 ±L4-02.

Note: Frequency detection works in both forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 is used as the detection level for both directions.
Figure 5.47

Output Frequency
or Motor Speed

Frequency L4-01 Output

reference frequency
+/- L4-02

L4-01
Frequency
reference +/- L4-02
User Set
OFF ON OFF ON
Speed Agree 1

Figure 5.47 User Set Speed Agree 1 Time Chart

Refer to L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 197 for more instructions.
Setting 6: Drive ready
Output closes whenever the drive is ready to operate the motor. The terminal will not close under the conditions listed
below, and any Run commands will be disregarded.
• When the power is shut off
• During a fault
• When the drive’s internal power supply has malfunctioned
• When a parameter setting error makes it impossible to run
• Although stopped, an overvoltage or undervoltage situation occurs
• While editing a parameter in the Programming Mode (when b1-08 = 0)

178 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting 7: DC bus undervoltage

Output closes whenever the DC bus voltage or control circuit power supply drops below the trip level. A fault in the DC
bus circuit will also cause the terminal to set for “DC bus undervoltage” to close.

Status Description
Open DC bus voltage is above the level
Closed DC bus voltage has fallen below the trip level

Setting 8: During baseblock (N.O.)

Output closes to indicate that the drive is in a baseblock state. While in baseblock, output transistors do not switch and no
main circuit voltage is output.

Status Description
Open Drive is not in a baseblock state.
Closed Baseblock is being executed.

Setting E: Fault
The digital output will close whenever the drive experiences a fault (this excludes faults CPF00 and CPF01).
Setting F: Through mode
Select this setting when using the terminal in a pass-through mode. When set to F, an output does not trigger any function
in the drive. Setting F, however, still allows the output status to be read by a PLC via a communication option or
MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
Setting 11: Fault reset command active
Output closes whenever there is an attempt to reset a fault situation from the control circuit terminals, via serial
communications, or using a communications option card.
Setting 1A: During reverse
A digital output set for “During reverse” will close whenever the drive is running the motor in the reverse direction.

Status Description
Open Motor is being driven in the forward direction or stopped.
Closed Motor is being driven in reverse.
Figure 5.48

Output frequency

Parameter Details
FWD Run command

REV Run command

OFF ON common_
During Reverse
time TMonly 5
Figure 5.48 Reverse Direction Output Example Time Chart
Setting 22: Mechanical weakening detection
Output closes when a mechanical weakening situation is detected.
Setting 2F: Maintenance period
Output closes when the cooling fan, DC bus capacitors, or DC bus pre-charge relay may require maintenance as
determined by the estimated performance life span of those components. Components performance life is displayed as a
percentage on the digital operator screen. Refer to Periodic Maintenance on page 285.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 179
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting 30: During torque limit

Output closes when the motor is operating at the torque limit specified by the L7-†† parameters or an analog input.
This setting can only be used in OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes. Refer to L7-01 to L7-04: Torque
Limits on page 201 for details.
Setting 31: During speed limit
Output closes when the speed limit has been reached. This function can be used in CLV and CLV/PM control modes.

Status Description
Open The conditions described below are not present.
1. The frequency reference has reached the upper limit set in d2-01.
Closed 2. The frequency reference has fallen to the lower limit set in d2-02 or d2-03.
3. Parameter b1-05 is set to 1, 2, or 3, and the frequency reference has fallen below the minimum output frequency (E1-09).

Setting 32: During speed limit in Torque Control

The motor torque and load torque are not in balance, causing the motor to accelerate. An output terminal set to 32 closes
when the motor reaches the speed limit. Refer to d5: Torque Control on page 141 and Indicating Operation at the Speed
Limit on page 143 for details.
Setting 33: Zero Servo complete
Output closes when Zero Servo is enabled and the load is locked into position within the allowable deviation (b9-02). For
how Zero Servo operates, see b9: Zero Servo on page 121.
Setting 37: During frequency output
Output closes when the drive is outputting a frequency.

Status Description
Open Drive is stopped or one of the following functions is being performed: baseblock, DC Injection Braking, Short Circuit Braking.
Closed Drive is outputting frequency.
Figure 5.49

run command OFF ON

baseblock OFF ON
command

output
frequency

during run OFF ON

during frequency OFF ON

common_
output TMonly
Figure 5.49 During Frequency Output Time Chart
Setting 38: Drive enable
A digital output set for “Drive enable” will reflect the status of a digital input configured as a “Drive enable” input (H1-
†† = 6A). If that digital input closes, then the digital output set for “Drive enable” will also close.
Setting 39: Watt hour pulse output
Outputs a pulse to indicate the watt hours. Refer to H2-06: Watt Hour Output Unit Selection on page 181 for details.
Setting 3C: LOCAL/REMOTE status
Output terminal closes while the drive is set for LOCAL and opens when in REMOTE.

Status Description
Open REMOTE: The external reference that has been selected (either b1-01 and b1-02 or b1-15 and b1-16) is used as frequency reference and Run command source
Closed LOCAL: The digital operator is used as frequency reference and Run command source

Setting 3D: During Speed Search

Output terminal closes while Speed Search is being performed.

180 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting 4B: During Short Circuit Braking

Output terminal closes while Short Circuit Braking is being executed.
Setting 4C: During Fast Stop
Output terminal closes when a Fast Stop is being executed. Setting 15: Fast Stop (N.O.) on page 171.
Setting 4D: oH pre-alarm time limit
Output terminal closes when the drive is reducing the speed due to a drive overheat alarm (L8-03 = 4) and the overheat
alarm has not disappeared after ten frequency reduction operation cycles. Refer to L8-03: Overheat Pre-Alarm
Operation Selection on page 201 for a more detailed description.
Setting 60: Internal cooling fan alarm
Output closes when the drive’s internal cooling fan has failed.
Setting 61: Rotor position detection complete
After the Run command is given, the output terminal signals that the drive has detected the rotor position (PM motors).
Setting 100 to 161: Functions 0 to 61 with inverse output
These settings have the same function as settings 0 to 61 but with inverse output. Set as 1††, where the “1” indicates
inverse output and the last two digits specify the setting number of the function.
Examples:
• For inverse output of “8: During baseblock”, set 108.
■ H2-06: Watt Hour Output Unit Selection
When one of the multi-function terminals is set to output the number of watt hours (H2-01, H2-02, or H2-03 = 39),
parameter H2-06 determines the units for the output signal.
This output function provides a watt hour meter or a PLC input by a 200 ms pulse signal. H2-06 determines the
frequency that pulses are issued to keep track of the kWh for the drive.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

0: 0.1 kWh units
1: 1 kWh units
H2-06 Watt Hour Output Unit Selection 2: 10 kWh units 0
3: 100 kWh units
4: 1000 kWh units

Note: 1. A negative power output (i.e., regeneration) does not subtract from the total watt hours.
2. The drive keeps track of the watt hours as long as the control circuit has power. The value is reset when the power supply is shut off.
Figure 5.50

H2-06

Parameter Details
(Pulse Output Unit)

Integral Power (every 100 ms)

H2-01 to 03
㧔Multi-function Output)
OFF ON OFF 5
0.2 s common_TMonly
Figure 5.50 Watt Hour Output Example

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 181
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

◆ H3: Multi-Function Analog Inputs

The drive is equipped with three analog input terminals: A1, A2, and A3. The functions for each terminals are prefixed.
■ H3-01: Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection
Selects the input signal level for analog input A1.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H3-01 Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection 0,1 0

Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. The minimum input level is limited to 0%, so that a negative input signal due to gain and
bias settings will be simply read as 0%.
Setting 1: –10 to 10 Vdc
The input level is –10 to 10 Vdc. If the resulting voltage is negative after being adjusted by gain and bias settings, then
the motor will rotate in reverse.
■ H3-03, H3-04: Terminal A1 Gain and Bias Settings
Parameter H3-03 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 10 Vdc input at terminal A1 (gain).
Parameter H3-04 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 0 V input at terminal A1 (bias).
Both can be used to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to terminal A1.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H3-03 Terminal A1 Gain Setting -999.9 to 999.9% 100.0%
H3-04 Terminal A1 Bias Setting -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0%

Setting Examples
• Gain H3-03 = 200%, bias H3-04 = 0, terminal A1 as frequency reference input:
An input 10 Vdc will be equivalent to a 200% frequency reference and 5 Vdc will be equivalent to a 100% frequency
reference. Since the drive output is limited by the maximum frequency parameter (E1-04), the frequency reference will
be equal to E1-04 above 5 Vdc.
Figure 5.51

H3-01 = 0 H3-01 = 1

Gain = 200 % Gain = 200 %

Frequecny 100%
reference E1-04

-10 V -5 V
100 % 0V 5V 10 V
E1-04
-100%
E1-04

Bias = 0 % Gain = -200 %

0V 5V 10 V

Figure 5.51 Frequency Reference Setting by Analog Input with Increased Gain

182 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions

• Gain H3-03 = 100%, bias H3-04 = -25%, terminal A1 as frequency reference input:
An input of 0 Vdc will be equivalent to a -25% frequency reference.
When parameter H3-01 = 0, the frequency reference is 0% between 0 and 2 Vdc input.
When parameter H3-01 = 1, the motor will rotate in reverse between -10 and 2 Vdc input.
Figure 5.52

H3-01 = 0 H3-01 = 1

100 %
100%

Frequency H3-01 = 0
reference -10 V -6.0 V
2.0 V 10 V
-25% Analog Input
Voltage
0
2.0 V 10 V
Analog Input -100%
-25% Voltage E1-04
H3-01 = 1 -150%
Figure 5.52 Frequency Reference Setting by Analog Input with Negative Bias

■ H3-05: Terminal A3 Signal Level Selection

Selects the input signal level for analog input A3.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H3-05 Terminal A3 Signal Level Selection 0, 1 0

Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. See the explanation provided for H3-01. Refer to Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc on page 182.
Setting 1: –10 V to 10 Vdc
The input level is –10 to 10 Vdc. See the explanation provided for H3-01. Refer to Setting 1: –10 to 10 Vdc on page 182.
■ H3-07, H3-08: Terminal A3 Gain and Bias Setting
Parameter H3-07 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 10 Vdc input at terminal A3 (gain).
Parameter H3-08 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 0 V input at terminal A3 (bias).

No. Name Setting Range Default

H3-07 Terminal A3 Gain Setting -999.9 to 999.9% 100.0%
H3-08 Terminal A3 Bias Setting -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0%

■ H3-09: Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection

Parameter Details
Selects the input signal level for analog input A2. Be sure to also set DIP switch S1 on the terminal board accordingly for
a voltage input or current input.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H3-09 Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection 0 to 3 2
5
Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. Refer to Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc on page 182
Setting 1: –10 to 10 Vdc
The input level is –10 to 10 Vdc. Refer to Setting 1: –10 to 10 Vdc on page 182.
Setting 2: 4 to 20 mA Current Input
The input level is 4 to 20 mA. Negative input values by negative bias or gain settings will be limited to 0%.
Setting 3: 0 to 20 mA Current Input
The input level is 0 to 20 mA. Negative input values by negative bias or gain settings will be limited to 0%.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 183
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

■ H3-11, H3-12: Terminal A2 Gain and Bias Setting

Parameter H3-11 sets the level of the input value selected that is equal to 10 Vdc input or 20 mA input to terminal A2.
Parameter H3-12 sets the level of the input value selected that is equal to 0 V, 4 mA or 0 mA input at terminal A2.
Both can be used to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to terminal A2. The setting works in the same
way as parameters H3-03 and H3-04 for analog input A1.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H3-11 Terminal A2 Gain Setting -999.9 to 999.9% 100.0%
H3-12 Terminal A2 Bias Setting -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0%

■ H3-13: Analog Input Filter Time Constant

Parameter H3-13 sets the time constant for a first order filter that will be applied to the analog inputs.
An analog input filter can be used to prevent erratic drive control when a “noisy” analog reference is used. The drive
operation becomes more stable the longer the time programmed, but it becomes less responsive to rapidly changing
analog signals.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H3-13 Analog Input Filter Time Constant 0.00 to 2.00 s 0.03 s

■ H3-14: Analog Input Terminal Enable Selection

When one of the multi-function digital input parameters is set for “Analog input enable” (H1-†† = C), the value set to
H3-14 determines which analog input terminals are enabled and which terminals are disabled when the input is closed.
All analog input terminals will be enabled all of the time if H1-†† is not set to C.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H3-14 Analog Input Terminal Enable Selection 1 to 7 7

Setting 1: A1 only enabled

Setting 2: A2 only enabled
Setting 3: A1 and A2 only enabled
Setting 4: A3 only enabled
Setting 5: A1 and A3 only enabled
Setting 6: A2 and A3 only enabled
Setting 7: All analog input terminals enabled
■ H3-16 to H3-18 Terminal A1/A2/A3 Offset
Parameters H3-16 to H3-18 set the offset level of the selected input value to terminal A1, A2 or A3 that is equal to 0 Vdc
input. These parameters rarely need adjustment.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H3-16 Terminal A1 Offset –500 to 500 0
H3-17 Terminal A2 Offset –500 to 500 0
H3-18 Terminal A3 Offset –500 to 500 0

184 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions

◆ H4: Multi-Function Analog Outputs

These parameters assign functions to analog output terminals FM and AM for monitoring a specific aspect of drive
performance.
■ H4-01, H4-04: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM, AM Monitor Selection
Sets the desired drive monitor parameter U†-†† to output as an analog value via terminal FM and AM. Refer to S:
Motor 2 Parameters on page 218 for a list of all monitors. The “Analog Output Level” column indicates if a monitor can
be used for analog output.
Example: Enter “103” for U1-03.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H4-01 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Monitor Selection 000 to 999 105
H4-04 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Monitor Selection 000 to 999 103

A setting of 031 or 000 applies no drive monitor to the analog output. With this setting, terminal functions as well as FM
and AM output levels can be set by a PLC via a communication option or MEMOBUS/Modbus (through mode).
■ H4-02, H4-03: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Gain and Bias
H4-05, H4-06: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Gain and Bias
Parameter H4-02 and H4-05 set the terminal FM and AM output signal level equal to 100% of the monitor (gain).
Parameter H4-03 and H4-06 set the bias added to the monitor output for terminals FM and AM. Both are set as a
percentage, where 100% equals 10 Vdc analog output. The output voltage of both terminals is limited to 10 Vdc.
The output signal range can be selected between 0 to +10 Vdc or -10 to +10 Vdc using parameter H4-07 and H4-08.
Figure 5.53 illustrates how gain and bias settings work.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H4-02 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Gain -999.9 to 999.9% 100.0%
H4-03 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Bias -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0%
H4-05 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Gain -999.9 to 999.9% 50.0%
H4-06 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Bias -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0%

Using Gain and Bias to Adjust Output Signal Level

When viewing a gain setting parameter (H4-02 or H4-05) on the digital operator, the analog output will supply a voltage
signal equal to 100% of the monitor value (including changes made from bias and gain settings). When viewing a bias
setting parameter (H4-03 or H4-06), the analog output voltage will supply a signal equal to 0% monitor value (including
changes made from bias and gain settings).

Parameter Details
Example 1: To have an output signal of 5 V at terminal FM when the monitored value is at 100%, set H4-02 to 50%.
Example 2: To have an output signal of 10 V at terminal FM when the monitored value is at 76.7%, set H4-02 to 150%.
Figure 5.53

H4-07, 08 = 0 H4-07, 08 = 1

15V 5
Gain = 150%
Output Voltage
Bias = 0%
10V
Gain = 100%
10 V Bias = 0%
Gain 150% 5V
Bias 0% Gain = 50%
Output Voltage Bias = 0%
-100%
Gain 100%
5V Bias 0% 100%
Monitor Value
-5 V
Gain 50%
Bias 0%
0V -10 V
0% Monitor Value 100%
-15 V
Figure 5.53 Analog Output Gain and Bias Setting Example 1 and 2

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 185
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Example 3: To have an output signal of 3 V at terminal FM when the monitored value is at 0%, set H4-03 to 30%.
Figure 5.54

H4-07, 08 = 0 H4-07, 08 = 1

15 V
Gain = 100%
Output Voltage
Bias = 30%
10V
Gain = 100%
10 V Bias = 0%
5V
Bias 30%
Output Voltage Gain 100% -100%
100%
Bias 0% Monitor Value
3V Gain 100% -5 V

0V -10 V
0% Monitor Value 100%
-15 V
YEC_common
Figure 5.54 Analog Output Gain and Bias Setting Example 3

■ H4-07, H4-08: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM, AM Signal Level Selection
Sets the voltage output level of U parameter (monitor parameter) data to terminal FM and terminal AM using parameters
H4-07 and H4-08.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H4-07 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Signal Level Selection 0, 1 0
H4-08 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Signal Level Selection 0, 1 0

Setting 0: 0 to 10 V
Setting 1: -10 V to 10 V

◆ H5: MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication

Through the drives built in RS-422/485 port (terminals R+, R-, S+, S-), serial communication is possible using
programmable logic controllers (PLCs) or similar devices running the MEMOBUS/Modbus protocol.
The H5-†† parameters are used to set up the drive for MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications. Refer to MEMOBUS/
Modbus Serial Communication on page 376 for detailed descriptions of the H5-†† parameters.

◆ H6: Pulse Train Input/Output

A one track pulse train signal with a maximum frequency of 32 kHz can be input to the drive at terminal RP. This pulse
train signal can be used as the frequency reference, or as the speed feedback signal in V/f Control.
The pulse output monitor terminal MP can output drive monitor values as a pulse train signal with a maximum frequency
of 32 kHz. It can be used in sinking or sourcing mode. Refer to Using the Pulse Train Output on page 62 for details.
Use parameters H6-†† to set the scale and other aspects of the pulse input terminal RP and pulse output terminal MP.
■ H6-01: Pulse Train Input Terminal RP Function Selection
Selects the function of pulse train input terminal RP.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H6-01 Pulse Train Input Terminal RP Function Selection 0, 3 0

Setting 0: Frequency reference

If the pulse input is set for this function and the frequency reference source is set to pulse input (b1-01, b1-15 = 4), the
drive reads the frequency value from terminal RP.

186 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.7 H: Terminal Functions

Setting 3: Speed feedback (V/f Control with Simple Speed Feedback)

This setting can be used in V/f control to increase the speed control precision by using a motor speed feedback signal.
The drive reads the speed feedback from terminal RP, compares it to the frequency reference and compensates the motor
slip using a speed regulator (ASR, setup in the C5-†† parameters) like shown in Figure 5.55. Because input terminal
RP is incapable of detecting motor direction, a separate way of determining motor direction still needs to be set up:
1. Using a Digital Input
If a digital input programmed for “Forward/reverse detection” (H1-†† = 7E) is closed, the drive assumes
reverse rotation. If open, then the drive assumes that the motor is rotating forwards.
2. Using the Frequency Reference Direction
If no digital input is set to “Forward/reverse detection” (H1-†† = 7E), the drive uses the direction of the
frequency reference as the direction for the speed feedback detected at the pulse input.
Figure 5.55

common_TMonly

Motor speed

Figure 5.55 Speed Control with ASR in V/f with Simple Speed Feedback
Enabling V/f Control with Simple Speed Feedback:
1. Set the drive to V/f Control (A1-02 = 0).
2. Connect the motor speed pulse signal to the pulse input RP, set H6-01 = 3, and set the pulse signal frequency
that is equal to the maximum speed to H6-02 (pulse input scaling). Make sure the pulse input bias (H6-04) is 0%
and the gain (H6-03) is 100%.
3. Decide the signal used for detecting the direction. If a digital input is used, set H1-†† = 7F.
4. Use the ASR gain and integral time parameters described in C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR) on
page 129 for adjusting the responsiveness.

Parameter Details
Note: 1. C5 parameters will appear when using V/f Control (A1-02 = 0) and when the pulse input RP function is set for simple PG feedback in
V/f Control (H6-01 = 3).
2. If running two motors from the same drive, note that the V/f Control with simple PG feedback can be used for motor 1 only.

■ H6-02: Pulse Train Input Scaling

This parameter sets the pulse signal frequency that is equal to 100% of the input value selected in parameter H6-01.
5
No. Name Setting Range Default
H6-02 Pulse Train Input Scaling 100 to 32000 Hz 1440 Hz

■ H6-03: Pulse Train Input Gain

Sets the level of the input value selected in H6-01 when a pulse train signal with the frequency set in H6-02 is input to
terminal RP.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H6-03 Pulse Train Input Gain 0.0 to 1000.0% 100.0%

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 187
5.7 H: Terminal Functions

■ H6-04: Pulse Train Input Bias

Sets the level of the input value selected in H6-01 when no signal (0 Hz) is input to terminal RP.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H6-04 Pulse Train Input Bias -100.0 to 100.0% 0.0%

■ H6-05: Pulse Train Input Filter Time

Sets the pulse train input filter time constant in seconds.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H6-05 Pulse Train Input Filter Time 0.00 to 2.00 s 0.10 s

■ H6-06: Pulse Train Monitor Selection

Selects the monitor to output as a pulse train signal via terminal MP. Indicate which monitor to output entering the three
digits in U†-††. Refer to S: Motor 2 Parameters on page 218 for a complete list of monitors. Monitors that can be
selected by H6-06 appear in the table below.

No. Name Setting Range Default

000 <1>, 031, 101, 102, 105, 116, 501,
H6-06 Pulse Train Monitor Selection 102
502, 702 to 711, 801 to 809

<1> Set “000” when the terminal is not used, or when using the terminal in the through mode.

■ H6-07: Pulse Train Monitor Scaling

Pulse train monitor scaling sets the output frequency at terminal MP when the specified monitor item is at 100%. Set H6-
06 to 102 and H6-07 to 0 to make the pulse train monitor output synchronous to the output frequency.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H6-07 Pulse Train Monitor Scaling 0 to 32000 Hz 1440 Hz

■ H6-08: Pulse Train Input Minimum Frequency

Sets the minimum output frequency that can be detected by the pulse train input. Decreasing this setting reduces the time
the drive needs to react to changes in the input signal.
• If the pulse input frequency falls below this level, the pulse input value will be 0.
• Enabled when H6-01 = 0, 1, or 2.
• When simple speed feedback in V/f Control is set as the function for terminal RP (H6-01 = 3), the minimum frequency
becomes the detection time for PG disconnect (F1-14).
No. Name Setting Range Default
H6-08 Pulse Train Input Minimum Frequency 0.1 to 1000.0 Hz 0.5 Hz

188 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions

5.8 L: Protection Functions

◆ L1: Motor Protection
■ L1-01: Motor Overload Protection Selection
The drive has an electronic overload protection function that estimates the motor overload level based on output current,
output frequency, thermal motor characteristics, and time. An oL1 fault will be triggered when motor overload is
detected and drive output will be shut off.
L1-01 sets the overload protection function characteristics according to the motor being used.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L1-01 Motor Overload Protection Selection 0 to 6 Determined by A1-02

Note: 1. When the motor protection function is enabled (L1-01≠ 0), an oL1 alarm can be output through one of the multi-function outputs by
setting H2-01 to 1F. The output will close when the motor overload level reaches 90% of the oL1 detection level.
2. Select a method to protect the motor from overheat by setting L1-01 between 1 and 5 when running a single motor from the drive. An
external thermal relay is not needed.
Setting 0: Disabled (motor overload protection is not provided)
This setting should be used if no motor overheat protection is desired or if multiple motors are connected to a single
drive. In this case it is recommended that you install a thermal relay for each motor as shown in Figure 5.56
Figure 5.56

Drive
Power M1
supply MC1 L10

M2
MC2 L20

common_TMonly MC1, MC2: Magnetic contactors

L10, L20: Thermal relays

Figure 5.56 Example of Protection Circuit Design for Multiple Motors

NOTICE: Thermal protection cannot be provided when running multi-motors simultaneously with the same drive, or when using
motors with a current rating that is relatively high when compared with other standard motors (such as a submersible motor). Failure to
comply could result in motor damage. Disable the electronic overload protection of the drive (L1-01 = “0: Disabled”) and protect each
motor with individual motor thermal overloads.

NOTICE: Close MC1 and MC2 before operating the drive. (MC1 and MC2 cannot be switched off during run.)

Parameter Details
Setting 1: General-purpose motor (standard self-cooled)
Because the motor is self-cooled, the overload tolerance drops when the motor speed is lowered. The drive appropriately
adjusts the electrothermal trigger point according to the motor overload characteristics, protecting the motor from
overheat throughout the entire speed range.
5
Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics

A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above

B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below
Motor designed to operate from line power. Continuous operation at less than line power
Motor cooling is most effective when running at frequency with 100% load can trigger motor
rated base frequency (check the motor nameplate or overload protection (oL1). A fault is output and the
specifications). motor will coast to stop.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 189
5.8 L: Protection Functions

Setting 2: Drive dedicated motor (speed range for constant torque: 1:10)
Use this setting when operating a drive duty motor that allows constant torque in a speed range of 1:10. The drive will
allow the motor to run with 100% load from 10% up to 100% speed. Running at slower speeds with full load can trigger
an overload fault.

Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics

150
Rated Speed=100% Speed
60 s
A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
Torque (%)

100 C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below

Motor is designed to effectively cool itself even at Continuous operation with 100% load from 6 Hz to
low speeds. 60 Hz.
55
50
Continuous A
B
C

0 110 100120 167 200

Speed (%)

Setting 3: Vector motor (speed range for constant torque: 1:100)

Use this setting when operating a drive-dedicated motor that allows constant torque in a speed range of 1:100. This motor
type is allowed to run with 100% load from 1% up to 100% speed. Running slower speeds with full load can trigger an
overload fault.

Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics

150
Rated Speed=100% Speed
60 s A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
100 C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below
Torque (%)

90
Motor is designed to effectively cool itself at ultra- Continuous operation with 100% load from 0.6 Hz to
low speeds. 60 Hz.
50 Continuous
A
B
C
0 1 100120 167 200
Speed (%)

Setting 4: PM derated torque motor

This setting is for operating a PM motor. PM motors for derated torque have a self-cooling design, so the overload
tolerance drops as the motor slows. Electronic thermal overload is triggered in accordance with the motor overload
characteristics, providing overheat protection across the entire speed range.

Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics

150
120 60 s
Torque (%)

100 Reaching 100% when operating at below the base

80 Motor is designed to produce 100% torque at base frequency will cause a motor overload fault (oL1).
Continuous speed. Built with effective cooling capabilities. The drive fault output closes and the motor coasts to
50
stop.

0.0 10 33 100
Motor Speed (%)

190 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions

Setting 5: Constant torque PM motors (constant torque range of 1:500)

Sets protection characteristics needed when driving a PM with constant torque. These motors allow for a speed control
from 0.2% to 100% when operating with 100% load. Slower speeds with 100% load will trigger overload.

Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics

Instantaneous rating (60 s)

150

125
Torque (%)

115
Continuous
100
83
77 Motor is designed to effectively cool itself at ultra- Continuous operation with 100% load from 0.2% to
67
low speeds (about 0.2% of base speed). 100% of base speed.

0 0.2 100 120 130 150

Percent of base speed (%)

Setting 6: General-purpose motor (50 Hz)

Because the motor (50 Hz) is self-cooled, the overload tolerance drops when the motor speed is lowered. The drive
appropriately adjusts the electrothermal trigger point according to the motor overload characteristics, protecting the
motor from overheat throughout the entire speed range.

Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics

150 Rated Speed=100% Speed

60 s
A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below
Torque (%)

100
90 Motor designed to operate from line power. Continuous operation at less than line power
Motor cooling is most effective when running at frequency with 100% load can trigger motor
rated base frequency (check the motor nameplate or overload protection (oL1). A fault is output and the
specifications). motor will coast to stop.
50 Continuous
A
B
C
05 33 100 120 167 200
Speed (%)

■ L1-02: Motor Overload Protection Time

Sets the time it takes the drive to detect motor overheat due to overload. This setting rarely requires adjustment, but
should correlate with the motor overload tolerance protection time for performing a hot start.

Parameter Details
No. Name Setting Range Default
L1-02 Motor Overload Protection Time 0.1 to 5.0 minutes 1.0 minutes

Defaulted to operate with an allowance of 150% overload operation for one minute in a hot start.
• Figure 5.57 shows an example of the electrothermal protection operation time using a general-purpose motor 5
operating at 60 Hz with L1-02 set to one minute.
During normal operation, motor overload protection operates in the area between a cold start and a hot start.
• Cold start: Motor protection operation time in response to an overload situation that was suddenly reached when
starting a stationary motor.
• Hot start: Motor protection operation time in response to an overload situation that occurred during sustained
operation at rated current.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 191
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Figure 5.57

Operation time (minutes)

common_TMonly
10
7

3
Cold start

0.4
Hot start

0.1
Motor current (%)
0 100 150 200 E2-01 = 100% motor current
Figure 5.57 Motor Protection Operation Time

■ L1-15: Motor 1 Thermistor Selection (NTC)

No. Name Setting Range Default

L1-15 Motor 1 Thermistor Selection (NTC) 0, 1 0

Setting 0: Disable
Setting 1: Enable
■ L1-16: Motor 1 Overheat Temperature
Sets the temperature that will trigger an overheat fault (oH5) for motor 1.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L1-16 Motor 1 Overheat Temperature 50 to 200°C 120

■ L1-17: Motor 2 Thermistor Selection (NTC)

No. Name Setting Range Default

L1-17 Motor 2 Thermistor Selection (NTC) 0, 1 0

Setting 0: Disable
Setting 1: Enable

■ L1-18: Motor 2 Overheat Temperature

Sets the temperature that will trigger an overheat fault (oH5) for motor 2.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L1-18 Motor 2 Overheat Temperature 50 to 200°C 120

■ L1-19: Operation at Thermistor Disconnect (THo) (NTC)

Determines drive operation when a thermistor disconnect fault occurs (THo).

No. Name Setting Range Default

L1-19 Operation at Thermistor Disconnect (THo) (NTC) 0 to 3 3

Setting 0: Ramp to stop

The drive stops the motor using the deceleration time1 set in parameter C1-02.
Setting 1: Coast to stop
The drive output is switched off and the motor coasts to stop.
Setting 2: Fast stop
The drive stops the motor using the Fast stop time set in parameter C1-09.
Setting 3: Alarm only
The operation is continued and a THo alarm is displayed on the digital operator.

192 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions

■ L1-20: Operation at Motor Overheat (oH5)

Determines drive operation when a motor overheat fault occurs (oH5).

No. Name Setting Range Default

L1-20 Operation at Motor Overheat (oH5) 0 to 3 1

Setting 0: Ramp to stop

The drive stops the motor using the deceleration time1 set in parameter C1-02.
Setting 1: Coast to stop
The drive output is switched off and the motor coasts to stop.
Setting 2: Fast stop
The drive stops the motor using the Fast stop time set in parameter C1-09.
Setting 3: Alarm only
The operation is continued and an oH5 alarm is displayed on the digital operator.

◆ L3: Stall Prevention

When the load is too high or acceleration and deceleration times are too short, the motor may be unable to keep up with
the frequency reference, resulting in excessive slip. During acceleration, this usually causes an overcurrent fault (oC),
drive overload (oL2), or motor overload (oL1). During deceleration, it can cause excessive regenerative power to flow
back into the DC bus capacitors, eventually causing the drive to fault out from overvoltage (oV). The drive can prevent
the motor from stalling and still reach the desired speed without the user needing to change the acceleration or
deceleration time settings. The Stall Prevention function can be set separately for acceleration, operating at constant
speeds, and deceleration.
■ L3-01: Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration
Stall Prevention during acceleration (L3-01) prevents tripping with overcurrent (oC), motor overload (oL1), or drive
overload (oL2) faults common when accelerating with heavy loads.
L3-01 determines the type of Stall Prevention the drive should used during acceleration.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-01 Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration 0 to 2 1

Setting 0: Disabled
No Stall Prevention is provided. If the acceleration time is too short, the drive may not be able to get the motor up to

Parameter Details
speed fast enough, thus tripping an overload fault.
Setting 1: Enabled
Enables Stall Prevention during acceleration. Operation varies, depending on the control mode.
• V/f Control, V/f Control with PG, and Open Loop Vector Control:
If the output current rises above the Stall Prevention level set in L3-02, then the drive stops accelerating. Acceleration 5
will not resume until the output current falls 15% below the setting in L3-02.
The Stall Prevention level is automatically reduced in the constant power range. Refer to L3-03: Stall Prevention
Limit during Acceleration on page 194.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 193
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Figure 5.58

Output current

Stall Prevention Level

During Acceleration
S1-18

S1-18
-15%

Time
Output frequency

Controls the output frequency

to prevent the motor from stalling
Time

Figure 5.58 Stall Prevention During Acceleration for Induction Motors

Setting 2: Intelligent Stall Prevention
When L3-02 = 2, the drive will disregard the selected acceleration time and try to accelerate in the minimum time. The
acceleration rate is adjusted so that the current does not exceed the value set in parameter L3-02.
■ L3-02: Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration
Sets the output current level at which the Stall Prevention during acceleration is activated.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-02 Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration 0 to 150% <1> <1>

<1> The upper limit and default value is determined by the carrier frequency derating selection (L8-38 respectively).

• Stalling may occur when the motor is rated at a smaller capacity than the drive and the Stall Prevention default settings
are used. Set L3-02 as appropriate if stalling occurs.
• When operating the motor in the constant power range, also set parameter L3-03.
■ L3-03: Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration
The Stall Prevention level is automatically reduced when the motor is operated in the constant power range. L3-03 sets
the lower limit for this reduction as a percentage of the drive rated current.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-03 Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration 0 to 100% 50%
Figure 5.59

Stall Prevention level during Acceleration

S1-18

S1-19

Output frequency
E3-06
Base frequency
Figure 5.59 Stall Prevention Level and Limit During Acceleration

194 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions

■ L3-04: Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration

Stall Prevention during deceleration can control the deceleration based on the DC bus voltage and prevent an overvoltage
fault caused by high inertia or rapid deceleration.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-04 Stall Prevention Selection During Deceleration 0 to 5 <1> 1
<1> Settings 2 through 5 are not available in AOLV/PM and CLV/PM.

Setting 0: Disabled
When this setting is used, the drive decelerates according to the set deceleration time. With high inertia loads or rapid
deceleration, an overvoltage (ov) fault may occur. In this case use dynamic braking options or switch to another L3-04
selection.
Setting 1: General-purpose Stall Prevention
With this setting the drive tries to decelerate within the set deceleration time. When the DC bus voltage exceeds the Stall
Prevention level, the drive pauses deceleration. Deceleration continues as soon as the DC bus voltage drops below that
level. Stall Prevention may be triggered repeatedly to avoid an overvoltage fault. The DC bus voltage level for Stall
Prevention depends on the input voltage setting E1-01.

Drive Input Voltage Stall Prevention Level during Deceleration

400 V Class 754 Vdc

Note: 1. This setting should not be used in combination with a Dynamic Braking Resistor or other dynamic braking options. If Stall
Prevention during deceleration is enabled, it will be triggered before the braking resistor option can operate.
2. This method may lengthen the total deceleration time compared to the set value. If this is not appropriate for the application consider
using a dynamic braking option.

Figure 5.60 illustrates the function of Stall Prevention during deceleration.

Figure 5.60

Output Frequency

Deceleration characteristics
when Stall Prevention was
triggered during deceleration

Time

specified deceleration time

Figure 5.60 Stall Prevention During Deceleration

Parameter Details
Setting 2: Intelligent Stall Prevention
With this setting, the drive adjusts the deceleration rate so that the DC bus voltage is kept at the level set in parameter L3-
17. This way the shortest possible deceleration time is achieved while the motor is protected from stalling. The
deceleration time that has been selected is disregarded, but the achievable deceleration time cannot be smaller than 1/10
of the set deceleration time.
Note: As the deceleration time is not constant, Intelligent Stall Prevention should not be used in applications where stopping accuracy
5
is a concern. Use dynamic braking options instead.
Setting 3: Stall Prevention with dynamic braking option
Enables the Stall Prevention function while using a dynamic braking resistor. Overvoltage problems in the DC bus can
occur if Stall Prevention during deceleration is disabled (L3-04) in OLV and a dynamic braking option is installed. Set
L3-04 to 3 to remedy this situation.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 195
5.8 L: Protection Functions

■ L3-05: Stall Prevention Selection during Run

Stall Prevention during run can prevent a motor from stalling by automatically reducing the speed when a transient
overload occurs while the motor is running at constant speed.
This parameter determines how Stall Prevention works during run.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-05 Stall Prevention Selection During Run 0 to 2 1

Note: 1. This function is available in V/f, and V/f w/PG.

2. When output frequency is 6 Hz or less, Stall Prevention during run is disabled regardless of the setting in L3-05 and L3-06.
Setting 0: Disabled
Drive runs at the set frequency reference. A heavy load may cause the motor to stall and trip the drive with an oC or oL
fault.
Setting 1: Decelerate using C1-02
If the current exceeds the Stall Prevention level set in parameter L3-06, then the drive will decelerate at decel time 1 (C1-
02). Once the current level drops below the value of L3-06 minus 2% for 100 ms, the drive accelerates back to the
frequency reference at the active acceleration time.
Setting 2: Decelerate using C1-04
Same as setting 1 except the drive decelerates at decel time 2 (C1-04).
■ L3-06: Stall Prevention Level during Run
Sets the current level to trigger Stall Prevention during run. Depending on the setting of parameter L3-23, the level is
automatically reduced in the constant power range (speed beyond base speed).
The Stall Prevention level can be adjusted using an analog input.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-06 Stall Prevention Level During Run 30 to 150 <1> <1>

<1> The upper limit and default for this setting is determined by L8-38.

■ L3-23: Automatic Reduction Selection for Stall Prevention during Run

This function reduces the Stall Prevention during run level in the constant power range.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-23 Automatic Reduction Selection for Stall Prevention During Run 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
The level set in L3-06 is used throughout the entire speed range.
Setting 1: Enabled
The Stall Prevention level during run is reduced in the constant power range. The lower limit will be 40% of L3-06.
■ L3-11: Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection
Enables or disables the overvoltage suppression function.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-11 Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
The regenerative torque limit and the output frequency are not adjusted. A regenerative load may trip the drive with an
overvoltage fault. Use this setting if dynamic braking options are installed.
Setting 1: Enabled
When the DC bus voltage rises due to regenerative load, an overvoltage fault is prevented by decreasing the regenerative
torque limit and increasing the output frequency.

196 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions

■ L3-17: Target DC Bus Voltage for Overvoltage Suppression and Stall Prevention
Sets the target DC bus voltage target level used by the overvoltage suppression function (L3-11 = 1), Intelligent Stall
Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2).

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-17 Target DC Bus Voltage for Overvoltage Suppression and Stall Prevention 300 to 800 Vdc 740 Vdc <1>
<1> This value is initialized when E1-01 is changed.

■ L3-27: Stall Prevention Detection Time

Sets a delay time from when the Stall Prevention level is reached and the actual Stall Prevention function is activated.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L3-27 Stall Prevention Detection Time 0 to 5000 ms 50 ms

◆ L4: Speed Detection

These parameters set up the speed agree and speed detection functions which can be assigned to the multi-function
output terminals.
■ L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width
Parameter L4-01 sets the detection level for the digital output functions “Speed agree 1,” “User-set speed agree 1,”
“Frequency detection 1,” and “Frequency detection 2.”
Parameter L4-02 sets the hysteresis level for these functions.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L4-01 Speed Agreement Detection Level 0.0 to 400.0 Hz <1> 0.0 Hz <1>
L4-02 Speed Agreement Detection Width 0.0 to 20.0 Hz Determined by A1-02

<1> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes, the setting units and range are expressed as a percent (0.0 to 100.0%) instead of in Hz.

Refer to H2-01 to H2-03: Terminal M1-M2, P1-PC, and P2-PC Function Selection on page 176, Settings 2, 3, 4, and
5.
■ L4-03, L4-04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-)
Parameter L4-03 sets the detection level for the digital output functions “Speed agree 2,” “User-set speed agree 2,”
“Frequency detection 3,” and “Frequency detection 4.”
Parameter L4-04 sets the hysteresis level for these functions.

Parameter Details
No. Name Setting Range Default
L4-03 Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-) -400.0 to 400.0 Hz <1> 0.0 Hz <1>
L4-04 Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/-) 0.0 to 20.0 Hz Determined by A1-02

<1> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes, the setting units and range are expressed as a percent (–100.0 to 100.0%) instead of in Hz.

Refer to H2-01 to H2-03: Terminal M1-M2, P1-PC, and P2-PC Function Selection on page 176, Settings 13, 14, 15, 5
and 16.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 197
5.8 L: Protection Functions

■ L4-05: Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection

The drive can detect a loss of an analog frequency reference from input A1, A2, or A3. Frequency reference loss is
detected when the frequency reference drops below 10% of the reference before or below 5% of the maximum output
frequency within 400 ms.
Figure 5.61

Analog 100%
frequency
reference 10%

400 ms

Loss of
Reference OFF ON
output
time
common_TMonly
Figure 5.61 Loss of Reference Function
Parameter L4-05 selects the operation when a frequency reference loss is detected.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L4-05 Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Stop
Drive follows the frequency reference (which is no longer present) and simply stops the motor.
Setting 1: Continue operation with reduced frequency reference
The drive will continue operation at the frequency reference value set in parameter L4-06. When the external frequency
reference value is restored, the operation is continued with the frequency reference.
■ L4-06: Frequency Reference at Reference Loss
Sets the frequency reference level the drive runs with when L4-05 = 1 and a reference loss was detected. The value is set
as a percentage of the frequency reference before the loss was detected.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L4-06 Frequency Reference at Reference Loss 0.0 to 100.0% 80.0%

■ L4-07: Speed Agreement Detection Selection

Determines when frequency detection is active using parameters L4-01 through L4-04.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L4-07 Speed Agreement Detection Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: No detection during baseblock

Setting 1: Detection always enabled

◆ L6: Torque Detection

The drive provides two independent torque detection functions that trigger an alarm or fault signal when the load is too
heavy (oL), or suddenly drops (UL). They are set up using the L6-†† parameters. To indicate the underload or overload
condition to an external device, digital outputs should be programmed as shown below.
Note: When overtorque occurs in the application, the drive may stop due to overcurrent (oC) or overload (oL1). To prevent this, an
overload situation should be indicated to the controller before oC or oL1 occur in the drive. Use the torque detection for this
purpose. Use undertorque detection to discover application problems like a torn belt, a pump shutting off, or other similar
trouble.

H2-01, H2-02, H2-03

Description
Setting
B Torque detection 1, N.O. (output closes when overload or underload is detected)
17 Torque detection 1, N.C. (output opens when overload or underload is detected
18 Torque detection 2, N.O. (output close when overload or underload is detected)
19 Torque detection 2, N.C. (output opens when overload or underload is detected)

Figure 5.62 and Figure 5.63 show the function of overtorque and undertorque detection.

198 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions
Figure 5.62

Motor current / torque common_TMonly

10 % hysteresis 10 % hysteresis

L6-02/05

L6-03/06 L6-03/06
Torque detection 1 (NO)
or
Torque detection 2 (NO) ON ON

Figure 5.62 Overtorque Detection Operation

Figure 5.63

Motor current / torque 10 % hysteresis

common_TMonly

L6-02/05

L6-03/06 L6-03/06
Torque detection 1 (NO)
or
Torque detection 2 (NO) ON ON

Figure 5.63 Undertorque Detection Operation

Note: 1. The torque detection function uses a hysteresis of 10% of the drive rated output current and motor rated torque.
2. In V/f and V/f w/PG the level is set as a percentage of the drive rated output current. In OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM and CLV/PM, it is set
as a percentage of the motor rated torque.

■ L6-01, L6-04: Torque Detection Selection 1, 2

The torque detection function is triggered when the current or torque exceeds the levels set in L6-02 and L6-05 for longer
than the time set in L6-03 and L6-06. L6-01 and L6-04 select the conditions for detection and the operation that follows.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L6-01 Torque Detection Selection 1 0 to 8 0
L6-04 Torque Detection Selection 2 0 to 8 0

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: oL3, oL4 at speed agree (alarm)
Overtorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation continues after detection and an oL3/oL4 alarm is triggered.
Setting 2: oL3, oL4 at run (alarm)

Parameter Details
Overtorque detection works as long as the Run command is active. The operation continues after detection and an oL3 or
oL4 alarm is triggered.
Setting 3: oL3, oL4 at speed agree (fault)
Overtorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation is stopped and an oL3 or oL4 fault is triggered. 5
Setting 4: oL3, oL4 at run - (fault)
Overtorque detection works as long as a Run command is active. Operation stops and an oL3 or oL4 fault is triggered.
Setting 5: UL3, UL4 at speed agree (alarm)
Undertorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation continues after detection and an oL3 or oL4 alarm is triggered.
Setting 6: UL3, UL4 at Run - Alarm
Undertorque detection works as long as the Run command is active. The operation continues after detection and an oL3
or oL4 alarm is triggered.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 199
5.8 L: Protection Functions

Setting 7: UL3, UL4 at Speed Agree - Fault

Undertorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation is stopped and an oL3 or oL4 fault is triggered.
Setting 8: UL3, UL4 at run - fault
Undertorque detection works as long as a Run command is active. Operation stops and an oL3 or oL4 fault is triggered.
■ L6-02, L6-05: Torque Detection Level 1, 2
These parameters set the detection levels for the torque detection functions 1 and 2. In V/f control mode, these levels are
set as a percentage of the drive rated output current, while in vector control modes these levels are set as a percentage of
the motor rated torque.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L6-02 Torque Detection Level 1 0 to 300% 150%
L6-05 Torque Detection Level 2 0 to 300% 150%

Note: The torque detection level 1 (L6-02) can also be supplied by an analog input terminal set to H3-†† = 7. Here, the analog value
has priority and the setting in L6-02 is disregarded. Torque detection level 2 (L6-05) cannot be set by an analog input.

■ L6-03, L6-06: Torque Detection Time 1, 2

These parameters determine the time required to trigger an alarm or fault after exceeding the levels in L6-02 and L6-05.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L6-03 Torque Detection Time 1 0.0 to 10.0 s 0.1 s
L6-06 Torque Detection Time 2 0.0 to 10.0 s 0.1 s

◆ L7: Torque Limit

The torque limit function can be used to limit the torque in each of the four quadrants individually and thereby protect the
machinery. It can be used in OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM, and CLV/PM control modes. The limit can be either set by
parameters or by analog inputs. A digital output programmed for “During torque limit” (H2-01, H2-02, H2-03 = 30) can
be switched when the drive is operating at the torque limit.
■ Setting Torque Limits
The torque limits are defined by parameters L7-01 to L7-04 for each of the four operation quadrants. Figure 5.64 shows
which of the limit settings is applied in each quadrant.
If two limit values are defined for the same operation conditions, the drive will use the lower value.
Note: The maximum output torque is ultimately limited by the drive output current (max. 150% of drive rated current). Output torque
will not exceed the limit set for the drive rated current, even if the torque limits are set to higher values.

Example: If parameter L7-01 = 130%, L7-02 to L7-04 = 200%, and a general torque limit of 150% is set by an analog
input (H2-02, H2-06, H2-10 = 15), then the torque limit in quadrant 1 will be 130%, but 150% in all other quadrants.
Figure 5.64

positive torque reference

REV run regenerative FWD run motoring

10: Positive Torque Limit 10: Positive Torque Limit

12: Regenerative Torque Limit 15: Torque Limit
15: Torque Limit Parameter S1-28
Parameter S1-31
quadrant 2 quadrant 1
REV motor rotation FWD motor rotation
quadrant 3 quadrant 4
11: Negative Torque Limit
11: Negative Torque Limit 12: Regenerative Torque Limit
15: Torque Limit 15: Torque Limit
Parameter S1-29 Parameter S1-30
REV run motoring FWD run regenerative

negative torque reference common_TMonly

Figure 5.64 Torque Limit Parameters and Analog Input Settings

200 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions

■ L7-01 to L7-04: Torque Limits

These parameters set the torque limits in each operation mode.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L7-01 Forward Torque Limit 0 to 300% 200%
L7-02 Reverse Torque Limit 0 to 300% 200%
L7-03 Forward Regenerative Torque Limit 0 to 300% 200%
L7-04 Reverse Regenerative Torque Limit 0 to 300% 200%

Note: If the multi-function analog input is programmed for “10: Forward torque limit”, “11: Reverse torque limit”, “12: Regenerative
torque limit”, or “15: General torque limit”, the drive uses the lower value in L7-01 through L7-04, or analog input torque limit.

■ L7-16: Torque Limit Process at Start

Assigns a time filter to allow the torque limit to build at start.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L7-16 Torque Limit Process at Start 0 to 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
Toque limit is created at start without a delay time. Disable L7-16 to maximize response time when the application
requires sudden acceleration or deceleration at start.
Setting 1: Enabled
A time filter is added to allow the torque limit to build at start.

◆ L8: Drive Protection

■ L8-02: Overheat Alarm Level
Sets the overheat alarm (oH) detection level.
The drive will output an alarm when the heatsink temperature exceeds the alarm level set in parameter L8-02. If the
operation when this alarm occurs is set for continued operation (L8-03 = 4) and the temperature reaches the overheat
fault level, the drive will trigger an oH1 fault and stop operation.
When an output terminal is set for the oH pre-alarm (H2-†† = 20), the switch will close when the heatsink temperature
rises above L8-02.

No. Name Setting Range Default

Parameter Details
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level 50 to 150 °C Determined by o2-04

■ L8-03: Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection

Sets the operation when an overheat pre-alarm is detected.
Note: Change settings only when necessary.

No. Name Setting Range Default 5

L8-03 Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection 0 to 4 3

Setting 0: Ramp to stop

If an overheat alarm occurs, the drive decelerates to stop using the deceleration time currently selected. If a digital output
is programmed for “fault” (H2-†† = E), this output will be triggered.
Setting 1: Coast to stop
If heatsink overheat (oH) occurs, the drive switches off the output and the motor coasts to stop. If a digital output is
programmed for “fault” (H2-†† = E), this output will be triggered.
Setting 2: Fast Stop
If an overheat alarm occurs, the drive decelerates to stop using the Fast Stop time (C1-09). If a digital output is
programmed for “fault” (H2-†† = E), this output will be triggered.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 201
5.8 L: Protection Functions

Setting 3: Alarm only

If an overheat alarm occurs, an alarm is output and the drive continues operation.
Setting 4: Operation with reduced speed
If an overheat alarm occurs, the operation is continued but the speed is reduced to the level set in parameter L8-19. If
after 10 s the oH alarm is still present, the speed is reduced once more. The amount of reduction depends on how often
the alarm repeats. If the oH alarm disappears while the drive is operating at a reduced speed, then the drive will switch
back to the previous speed it was reduced to before. Figure 5.65 explains the operation with reduced speed during an oH
alarm. A digital output programmed for 4D is switched when the oH alarm is still active after ten reduction cycles.
Figure 5.65

Output frequency common_TMonly

10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s

fref

oH
Alarm
fref × (L8-19) Reset oH
Alarm Reset oH
oH Alarm
Alarm
fref × (L8-19)2
oH etc. oH
3
Alarm Alarm
fref × (L8-19)
fref × (L8-19)4

time
oH alarm number

Digital ouput (4D)

Figure 5.65 Output Frequency Reduction During Overheat Alarm

■ L8-19: Frequency Reduction Rate during Overheat Pre-Alarm

Specifies how much the output frequency is reduced when L8-03 is set to 4 and an oH alarm is present. Set as a factor of
the maximum output frequency.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-19 Frequency Reduction Rate During Overheat Pre-Alarm 0.1 to 0.9 0.8

■ L8-05: Input Phase Loss Protection Selection

Enables or disables the input phase loss detection.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-05 Input Phase Loss Protection Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
Enables input phase loss detection. As detection is performed by measuring the DC bus ripple, a phase loss fault (PF) can
also be triggered by a power supply voltage imbalance or main circuit capacitor deterioration. Detection is disabled if:
• The drive is decelerating.
• No Run command is active.
• Output current is less than or equal to 30% of the drive rated current.

202 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions

■ L8-07: Output Phase Loss Protection Selection

Enables or disables the output phase loss detection, which is triggered when the output current falls below 5% of the
drive rated current.
Note: 1. Output phase loss detection can mistakenly be triggered if the motor rated current is very small compared to the drive rating. Disable
this parameter in such cases.
2. Output phase loss detection is not possible when the drive is running a PM motor with light load.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-07 Output Phase Loss Protection Selection 0 to 2 0

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Fault when one phase is lost
An output phase loss fault (LF) is triggered when one output phase is lost. The output shuts off and the motor coasts to
stop.
Setting 2: Fault when two phases are lost
An output phase loss fault (LF) is triggered when two output phases are lost. The output shuts off and the motor coasts to
stop.
■ L8-09: Output Ground Fault Detection Selection
Enables or disables the output ground fault detection.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-09 Output Ground Fault Detection Selection 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
Ground faults are not detected.
Setting 1: Enabled
A ground fault (GF) is triggered when high leakage current or a ground short circuit occurs in one or two output phases.
■ L8-10: Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection
Selects the heatsink cooling fan operation.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-10 Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Run with timer

Parameter Details
The fan is switched on when a Run command is active. It is switched off with the delay set in parameter L8-11 after the
Run command has been released. Using this setting extends the fan lifetime.
Setting 1: Run always
The fan runs whenever power is supplied to the drive.
■ L8-11: Heatsink Cooling Fan Off-Delay Time 5
Sets the cooling fan switch off-delay time if parameter L8-10 is set to 0.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-11 Heatsink Cooling Fan Off-Delay Time 0 to 300 s 60 s

■ L8-12: Ambient Temperature Setting

If the temperature where the drive is mounted is above the specified values, the drive rated current must be reduced for
optimal performance life. By setting the ambient temperature to parameter L8-12 and adjusting the installation method
setting in L8-35, the drive rating automatically adapts to safe values.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-12 Ambient Temperature Setting -10 to 50 °C 40 °C

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 203
5.8 L: Protection Functions

■ L8-15: oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speeds

Selects whether the drive overload capability (oL fault detection level) is reduced at low speeds in order to prevent
premature output transistor failures.
Note: Contact Yaskawa for consultation first before disabling this setting.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-15 oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speed 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Protection disabled at low speed

The overload protection level is not reduced. Frequently operating the drive with high output current at low speed can
lead to premature drive faults.
Setting 1: protection enabled at low speed
The overload protection level (oL2 fault detection level) is automatically reduced at speeds below 6 Hz.
■ L8-18: Software Current Limit Selection
The Software Current Limit (CLA) is a drive protection function that prevents main circuit transistor failures caused by
high current. Parameter L8-18 enables or disables this function.
Note: This setting should not be changed unless absolutely necessary. For proper drive protection and operation leave the Software
CLA function enabled.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-18 Software Current Limit Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Software CLA disabled (gain = 0)

The drive may trip on an oC fault if the load is too heavy or the acceleration is too short.
Setting 1: Software CLA enabled
When the soft CLA current level is reached, the drive reduces the output voltage in order to reduce the current. If the
current level drops below the Software CLA level, then normal operation will continue.
■ L8-27: Overcurrent Detection Gain
Adjusts the overcurrent detection level when running in AOLV/PM, or CLV/PM. A setting of 100% is equal to the motor
rated current. When the drive rated current is considerably higher than the motor rated current, use this parameter to
decrease the overcurrent level in order to prevent motor demagnetization by too high current.
Overcurrent detection will use whichever value is the lowest: the overcurrent level for the drive, or the motor rated
current multiplied by L8-27.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-27 Overcurrent Detection Gain 0.0 to 300.0% 300.0%

■ L8-29: Current Unbalance Detection (LF2)

Enables or disables output current imbalance detection when running in AOLV/PM, or CLV/PM. Current unbalance can
heat up a PM motor and lead to demagnetization of the magnets. The current imbalance detection function prevents such
motor damage by monitoring output current and triggering the LF2 fault when current unbalance occurs.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-29 Current Unbalance Detection (LF2) 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
No current unbalance protection is provided to the motor.
Setting 1: Enabled
The LF2 fault is triggered if an output current imbalance is detected. Drive output shuts off and the motor coasts to stop.

204 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.8 L: Protection Functions

■ L8-32 MC FAN Power Supply Failure Selection

Determines drive operation when a FAn alarm occurs.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-32 Current Unbalance Detection current Level 0 to 4 1

Setting 0: Ramp to stop

The drive stops the motor using the deceleration time1 set in parameter C1-02.
Setting 1: Coast to stop
The drive output is switched off and the motor coasts to stop.
Setting 2: Fast stop
The drive stops the motor using the Fast stop time set in parameter C1-09.
Setting 3: Alarm only
The operation is continued and a FAn alarm is displayed on the digital operator.
Setting 4: Operation with reduced speed
The operation is continued but the speed is reduced to the level set in parameter L8-19.
Note: Note: FAn is detected as an error when setting 0 to 2 is selected. It is detected as an alarm when setting 3 or 4 is selected.

■ L8-35: Installation Method Selection

Selects the type of installation for the drive and changes the drive overload (oL2) limits accordingly.
Note: 1. This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized.
2. The value is preset to the appropriate value when the drive is shipped. Change the value only when using Side-by-Side installation or
when mounting a standard drive with the heatsink outside the cabinet.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-35 Installation Method Selection 0, 3 0

Setting 0: IP00 enclosure

For an IP00 enclosure drive installed with at a minimum of 30 mm space to the next drive or a cabinet wall.
Setting 3: Finless drive or external heatsink Installation
For finless drives or a standard drive mounted with the heatsink outside the cabinet or enclosure panel.
■ L8-38: Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection

Parameter Details
Lets the drive reduce the carrier frequency when the output current exceeds a certain level. This temporarily increases the
overload capability (oL2 detection), allowing the drive to run through transient load peaks without tripping.
L8-38 selects the operation of the carrier frequency reduction function.
Note: This function cannot be used in Advanced Open Loop Vector for PM motors.

No. Name Setting Range Default 5

Determined by A1-02,
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection 0 to 2
and o2-04

Setting 0: Disabled
No carrier frequency reduction at high current.
Setting 1: Enabled for output frequencies below 6 Hz
The carrier frequency is reduced at speeds below 6 Hz when the current exceeds 100% of the drive rated current. The
drive returns to its normal carrier frequency when the current falls below 88% or the output frequency exceeds 7 Hz.
Setting 2: Enabled for entire frequency range
The carrier frequency is reduced at the following speeds:
• Below 6 Hz when the current exceeds 100% of the drive rated current.
• Above 7 Hz when the current exceeds 112% of the drive rated current.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 205
5.8 L: Protection Functions

The drive uses the delay time set in parameter L8-40 and a hysteresis of 12% when switching the carrier frequency back
to the set value.
■ L8-40: Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-Delay Time
Sets a hold time before returning to the original carrier frequency setting after the carrier frequency has been temporarily
derated as determined by L8-38. The carrier frequency reduction function is disabled if this value is 0.00 s.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-40 Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-Delay Time 0.00 to 2.00 s Determined by A1-02

■ L8-41: High Current Alarm Selection

Triggers a high current alarm (HCA) when the output current rises too much.

No. Name Setting Range Default

L8-41 High Current Alarm Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
No alarm is detected.
Setting 1: Enabled
An alarm is triggered when the output current exceeds 150% of the drive rated current. A digital output set for an alarm
(H2-†† = 10) will close.

206 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.9 n: Special Adjustments

5.9 n: Special Adjustments

These parameters handle a variety of specialized adjustments and functions, including Hunting Prevention, AFR Control,
resistance between motor lines, and PM motor control functions.

◆ n1: Hunting Prevention

Hunting Prevention keeps the drive from hunting as a result of low inertia and operating with light load. Hunting often
occurs with a high carrier frequency and an output frequency below 30 Hz.
■ n1-01: Hunting Prevention Selection
Enables or disables the Hunting Prevention function.
Note: This function is available only when using V/f Control. Hunting Prevention should be disabled when drive response is more
important than suppressing motor oscillation. This function can also be disabled without any problems in applications with high
inertia loads or relatively heavy loads.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n1-01 Hunting Prevention Selection 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
■ n1-02: Hunting Prevention Gain Setting
Sets the gain for the Hunting Prevention Function.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n1-02 Hunting Prevention Gain Setting 0.00 to 2.50 1.00

Normally, n1-02 does not need to be changed, but adjustment may help under the following conditions:
• If the motor vibrates while lightly loaded and n1-01 = 1, increase the gain by 0.1 until vibration ceases.
• If the motor stalls while n1-01 = 1, decrease the gain by 0.1 until the stalling ceases.
■ n1-03: Hunting Prevention Time Constant
Determines how responsive the Hunting Prevention function is (affects the primary delay time for Hunting Prevention).

No. Name Setting Range Default

n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant 0 to 500 ms Determined by o2-04

Normally, n1-03 does not need to be changed, but adjustment may help under the following conditions:

Parameter Details
• Increase this value for applications with a large load inertia. A higher setting leads to slower response, though, which
can result in oscillation at lower frequencies.
• Lower this setting if oscillation occurs at low speed.
■ n1-05: Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse
5
This parameter is the same as n1-02, except that it is used when rotating in reverse. See the explanation for n1-02.
Note: When set to 0 ms, n1-02 is enabled even when the drive is operating in reverse.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n1-05 Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse 0.00 to 2.50 0.00

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 207
5.9 n: Special Adjustments

◆ n2: Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Tuning

These parameters are used to achieve speed stability when a load is suddenly applied or removed.
Note: Before making changes to the AFR parameters, make sure all motor parameters are set properly or perform Auto-Tuning.

■ n2-01: Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Gain

Sets the internal speed feedback detection control gain in the AFR.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n2-01 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Gain 0.00 to 10.00 1.00

Normally there is no need to adjust n2-01 from the default setting. Make adjustments in the following cases:
• If hunting occurs, increase the setting value in steps of 0.05 while checking the response.
• If response is low, decrease the setting value in steps of 0.05 while checking the response.
■ n2-02, n2-03: Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 1, 2
Parameter n2-02 sets the time constant normally used by AFR.
Parameter n2-03 sets the time constant during Speed Search or regenerative operation.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n2-02 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 1 0 to 2000 ms 50 ms
n2-03 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 2 0 to 2000 ms 750 ms

Note: Parameter n2-02 cannot be set higher than n2-03 or an oPE08 error will result.

These parameters rarely need to be changed. Adjust settings only under the following conditions:
• If hunting occurs, increase n2-02. If response is low, decrease it.
• Increase n2-03 if overvoltage occurs with high inertia loads at the end of acceleration or with sudden load changes.
• If setting n2-02 to a higher value, also increase C4-02 (Torque Compensation Delay Time Constant 1) proportionally.
• If setting n2-02 to a higher value, also increase C4-06 (Torque Compensation Delay Time Constant 2) proportionally.

◆ n5: Feed Forward Control

Enabling Feed Forward can improve the drives responsiveness to speed reference changes in applications where a high
speed control proportional gain setting (ASR gain, C5-01, C5-03) would lead to problems with overshoot, undershoot, or
oscillation. Figure 5.66 gives an example of overshoot reduction by Feed Forward. Parameters related to this function
and the function principle are illustrated in Figure 5.67. Feed Forward can only be used in Closed Loop Vector Control
for induction or PM motors (A1-02 = 4 or 7), or in Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors (A1-02 = 6).
Figure 5.66

1050 1050 Suppresses

overshoot at the
Overshoot end of acceleration
Motor Speed (r/min)

Motor Speed (r/min)

900 900

750 750

0 0
0 0.5 1 0 0.5 1
Time (s) Time (s)
common_TMonly
Conventional Speed Control Feed Forward Control
Figure 5.66 Overshoot Suppression by Feed Forward Control

208 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.9 n: Special Adjustments
Figure 5.67

Feed Forward Output

common_TMonly
U6-26
Feed Forward Torque
Frequency Compensation Value
reference after
Soft Starter Feed Forward
Control
n5-02/03 ASR Delay and
+ + Torque reference
+ ASR P and I
Torque Limits
Frequency - C5-01/02/03/04
C5-06, L7-
Reference
U1-20

Speed U6-25 U1-09

Feedback
ASR Output

Figure 5.67 Feed Forward Control

Note: 1. Feed Forward can only be used in CLV, AOLV/PM control modes.
2. Prior to using Feed Forward, always perform Auto-Tuning or set the correct motor data manually. Also perform ASR Auto-Tuning to
set the speed loop gain (C5-01), or adjust it manually. Fine-tune the other speed control loop parameters (C5-††) if required.
3. If not restricted by the application, use Inertia Auto Tuning (T1-01 = 8) to have the drive automatically optimize Feed Forward
parameters. If Inertia Auto Tuning cannot be performed, parameters related to Feed Forward should be set manually.

■ n5-01: Feed Forward Control Selection

Enables to disables the Feed Forward function.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n5-01 Feed Forward Control Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
■ n5-02: Motor Acceleration Time
Sets the time required to accelerate the motor from a full stop up to the rated speed at the rated torque.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

Determined by E5-01
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time 0.001 to 10.000 s
and o2-04

Calculation
The motor acceleration time can be calculated by,

Where:
2π JMotor nrated • JMotor is the motor inertia in kgm/s2.

Parameter Details
n5-02 =
60 Trated • nrated is the rated speed of the motor in r/min
• Trated is the rated torque of the motor in N⋅m.

or

Where:

n5-02 =
4 π JMotor frated • JMotor is the motor inertia in kgm/s2.
• frated is the rated frequency of the motor in Hz.
5
p Trated
• p is the number of motor poles (not pole pairs!).
• Trated is the rated torque of the motor in N⋅m.

Measuring Acceleration Time

Take the following steps when measuring the motor acceleration time.
1. Decouple motor and load.
2. Make sure Auto-Tuning has been performed or that the correct motor data has been entered manually.
3. Make sure that the speed loop (ASR) has been set up properly.
4. Set the acceleration time to zero.
5. Set the forward torque limit in parameter L7-01 to 100%.
6. Set the frequency reference equal to the motor rated speed.
7. While monitoring the motor speed in U1-05, start the motor in the forward direction and measure the time it takes
to reach the rated speed.
8. Reverse the parameter settings above and set the measured time to parameter n5-02.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 209
5.9 n: Special Adjustments

■ n5-03: Feed Forward Control Gain

Parameter n5-03 sets the inertia ratio of the load connected to the motor.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

n5-03 Feed Forward Control Gain 0.00 or 100.00 1.00

This value can be set automatically by Inertia Auto-Tuning. If Inertia Auto Tuning cannot be performed, determine the
value for parameter n5-03 using the following steps.
1. Setup parameter n5-02 correctly.
2. Couple motor and load.
3. Set the acceleration time C1-01 to 0.
4. Set the torque limits in the L7-†† parameters to a value that will easily be reached during the test (TLim_Test).
5. Set the frequency reference equal to a value in the upper speed range of the machine (fref_Test).
6. While monitoring the motor speed in U1-05, start the motor in the forward direction and measure the time it takes
to reach the rated speed (taccel).
7. Reverse the parameter settings above and calculate the set value for parameter n5-03 using the formula below.
Where:
• taccel is the measured acceleration time in s.
taccel TLim_Test frated
n5-03 = -1 • frated is the rated frequency of the motor in Hz.
n5-02 fref_Test 100 • TLim_Test is torque limit setting during the test.
• fref_Test is the frequency reference during the test in Nxm.

◆ n8: PM Motor Control Tuning

These parameters are available in the vector control modes for permanent magnet motors and can be used to adjust the
control performance.
■ n8-01: Initial Rotor Position Estimation Current (AOLV/PM)
Sets the current used for the initial rotor position estimation. The value is set as a percentage of the motor rated current.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n8-01 Initial Rotor Position Estimation Current 0 to 100% 50%

■ n8-02: Pole Attraction Current (AOLV/PM)

Sets the current applied to pull the rotor into position after the initial rotor position estimations are complete. The value is
set as a percentage of the motor rated current. Increase this setting in order to increase the starting torque.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n8-02 Pole Attraction Current 0 to 150% 80%

■ n8-35: Initial Rotor Position Detection Selection (AOLV/PM, CLV/PM)

Selects how the rotor position is detected at start.
Note: 1. In CLV/PM, the drive performs a magnetic pole search the first time it starts the motor. After that, rotor position is calculated from the
PG encoder signal and saved until the drive is switched off. Parameter n8-35 determines how this initial pole search operates.
2. High Frequency Injection and pulse injection for rotor position detection (n8-35 = 1 or 2) can be used with IPM motors only. When
using a SPM motor, select the pull in method to find the initial position of the rotor (n8-35 = 0).

No. Name Setting Range Default

n8-35 Initial Rotor Position Detection Selection 0 to 2 1

Setting 0: Pull in
Starts the rotor using pull-in current.
Setting 1: High Frequency Injection
High frequency is injected in order to detect the rotor position. Some noise may be generated from the motor at start.
Setting 2: Pulse injection
A pulse signal is injected into the motor in order to detect the rotor position.

210 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.9 n: Special Adjustments

■ n8-57: High Frequency Injection (AOLV/PM)

Detects motor speed by injecting a high frequency into the motor.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n8-57 High Frequency Injection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
Disable n8-57 with SPM motors. The speed control range will be limited to approximately 1:20.
Setting 1: Enabled
Enabling n8-57 with IPM motors allows precise speed detection in a speed control range of approximately 1:100.
Note: 1. Be aware that using this function will generate some audible noise in the motor up to a certain speed.
2. Set E1-09 to 0.0 when using zero speed control.

■ n8-62: Output Voltage Limit

Sets the output voltage limit to prevent voltage saturation. This parameter rarely requires adjustment. Never set this value
higher than the actual input voltage.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n8-62 Output Voltage Limit 0.0 to 460.0 Vac 400 Vac

■ n8-69: Speed Calculation Gain

Sets the proportional gain for PLL control of an extended observer. Normally, there is no need to change the default
value.

No. Name Setting Range Default

n8-69 Speed Calculation Gain 0.00 to 20.00 1.00

■ n8-84: Polarity Judge Current

Sets the current to determine polarity for the initial polarity calculation as a percentage of the motor rated current.
100% = Motor rated current

No. Name Setting Range Default

n8-84 Polarity Judge Current 0 to 150% 100%

Parameter Details

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 211
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings

5.10 o: Operator Related Settings

These parameters are for controlling the various functions, features, and display of the digital operator.

◆ o1: Digital Operator Display Selection

These parameters determine how data appears on the operator display.
■ o1-01: Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection
When the drive is powered up, the monitor selected in parameter o1-02 appears first on the display. If o1-02 is set to 5,
o1-01 can be used to change the content of this monitor.

No. Name Setting Range Default

104 to 813
o1-01 Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection U1-04 (Control Mode) to U6-99 106 (U1-06)
(Optim Monitor 20) <1>
<1> U2-†† and U3-†† parameters cannot be selected.

■ o1-02: User Monitor Selection after Power Up

Selects which monitor parameter is displayed upon power up. This is done by entering the 1†† part of U1-††. Certain
monitors are not available in some control modes. Refer to S: Motor 2 Parameters on page 218 for a list of monitors.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o1-02 User Monitor Selection after Power Up 1 to 5 1

Setting 1: Frequency reference (U1-01)

Setting 2: Motor direction
Setting 3: Output frequency (U1-02)
Setting 4: Output current (U1-03)
Setting 5: User-selected monitor (set by o1-01)
■ o1-03: Digital Operator Display Selection
Sets the units used to display the frequency reference and output frequency. Set o1-03 to 3 for user-set units, then set
parameters o1-10 and o1-11.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o1-03 Digital Operator Display Selection 0 to 3 Determined by A1-02

Setting 0: 0.01 Hz units

Setting 1: 0.01% units (100% = max. output frequency)
Setting 2: r/min units (calculated by the max output frequency and the no. of motor poles)
Setting 3: User-set units (use o1-10, o1-11)
Set the value use for the maximum frequency reference to o1-10. The placement of the decimal point in this number
should be set to o1-11.
For example, to have the maximum output frequency displayed as “100.00”, set the o1-10 = 1000 and o1-11 = 2 (i.e.,
1000 with 2 decimal points).
Note: 1. Parameter o1-03 allows the programmer to change the units used in the following parameters and monitors:
x U1-01: frequency reference
x U1-02: output frequency
x U1-05: motor speed
x U1-16: output frequency after softstarter (accel/decel ramp generator)
x d1-01 and d1-17: frequency references
2. Setting o1-03 to 2 requires that the number of motor poles be entered to E2-04, E4-04, and E5-04.

212 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.10 o: Operator Related Settings

■ o1-04: V/f Pattern Display Unit

Determines the units used for the frequency reference when setting parameters that create the V/f pattern: E1-04, E1-06,
E1-09, E1-11, and E2-04. For motor 2, this includes parameters E3-04, E3-06, E3-07, E3-09, and E3-11.
Enabled only in vector control modes (CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM).

No. Name Setting Range Default

o1-04 V/f Pattern Display Unit 0 or 1 Determined by A1-02

Setting 0: Hertz
Setting 1: r/min
Note: For motor 2, o1-04 can only be set to 0 for Hertz.

■ o1-10: User-Set Display Units Maximum Value

Determines the display value that is equal to the maximum output frequency.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o1-10 User-Set Display Units Maximum Value 1 to 60000 Determined by o1-03

■ o1-11: User-Set Display Units Decimal Display

Determines how many decimal points should be used to set and display the frequency reference.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o1-11 User-Set Display Units Decimal Display 0 to 3 Determined by o1-03

Setting 0: No decimal point

Setting 1: One decimal point
Setting 2: Two decimal points
Setting 3: Three decimal points

◆ o2: Digital Operator Keypad Functions

These parameters determine the functions assigned to the operator keys.
■ o2-01: LO/RE (LOCAL/REMOTE) Key Function Selection
Parameter o2-01 determines whether the LO/RE key on the digital operator will be enabled or not for switching between
LOCAL and REMOTE.

Parameter Details
No. Name Setting Range Default
o2-01 LO/RE Key Function Selection 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
The LO/RE key is disabled.
Setting 1: Enabled
5
The LO/RE switches between LOCAL and REMOTE operation. Switching is possible during stop only. When LOCAL
is selected, the LED indicator on the LO/RE key will light up.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive may start unexpectedly if the Run command is already applied when switching from
LOCAL mode to REMOTE mode when b1-07 = 1, resulting in death or serious injury. Check all mechanical or electrical connections
thoroughly before making any setting changes to o2-01 and b1-07. Table 5.23 lists the setting combinations for o2-01 and b1-07.

Table 5.23 LO/RE Key and b1-07

o2-01 b1-07 Switch from LOCAL to REMOTE Switch from REMOTE to LOCAL
0 Not possible Not possible
0
1 Not possible Not possible
0 Will not run until a new Run command is entered. Run not possible
1 If a Run command is entered, the drive will start running as
1 soon as the LO/RE key is pushed to change from LOCAL to Run not possible
REMOTE.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 213
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings

■ o2-02: STOP Key Function Selection

Determines if the STOP key on the digital operator can still be used to stop drive operation when the drive is being
controlled from a remote source (i.e., not from digital operator).

No. Name Setting Range Default

o2-02 STOP Key Function Selection 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
The STOP key can be used to terminate drive operation, even if the Run command source is not assigned to the digital
operator. If the drive is stopped by pressing the STOP key, the Run command must be cycled to restart the drive.
■ o2-03: User Parameter Default Value
Once drive parameters are set up completely, the values set can be saved as user-set default values using parameter o2-
03. Once this has been done, the “Initialize Parameters” parameter (A1-03) will offer the choice of “1110: User
Initialize”. Choosing A1-03 = “1110: User Initialize” will reset all parameters to the values saved as user-set defaults.
Refer to A1-03: Initialize Parameters on page 107 for details on drive initialization.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o2-03 User Parameter Default Value 0 to 2 0

Setting 0: No change (awaiting command)

Setting 1: Set User Initialize values
The current parameter settings are saved as user-set default for a later User Initialize. Once o2-03 is set to 1 and the
ENTER key is pressed, the values are saved and the display returns to 0.
Setting 2: Clear User Initialize Values
All user-set defaults for “User Initialize” are cleared. Once o2-03 is set to 2 and the ENTER key is pressed, the values are
erased and the display returns to 0.
■ o2-04: Drive Model Selection
This parameter must be set when replacing the control board or the terminal board for any reason. For information on the
drive model selection, see Defaults by Drive Model Selection (o2-04) on page 368.
NOTICE: Drive performance will suffer if the correct drive capacity is not set to o2-04, and protective functions will fail to operate
properly.

No. Name Setting Range Default

Determined by drive
o2-04 Drive Model Selection -
capacity

Note: Change settings only when necessary.

■ o2-05: Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection

Determines if the ENTER key must be pressed after changing the frequency reference using the digital operator while in
the Drive Mode.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o2-05 Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: ENTER key required

Every time the frequency reference is changed using the digital operator, the ENTER key must be pressed for the drive to
accept the change.
Setting 1: ENTER key not required
The output frequency changes immediately when the reference is changed by the up or down arrow keys on the digital
operator. The ENTER key does not need to be pressed. The frequency reference is saved for 5 s after it is changed.

214 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.10 o: Operator Related Settings

■ o2-06: Operation Selection when Digital Operator is Disconnected

Determines if the drive will stop when the digital operator is removed in LOCAL mode or when b1-02 or b1-16 is set to
0. When the operator is reconnected, the display will indicate that it was disconnected.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o2-06 Digital Operator Disconnection Operation 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Continue operation

The operation is continued.
Setting 1: Trigger a fault
The operation is stopped and an “oPr” fault is triggered. The motor coasts to stop.
■ o2-07: Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator
Determines the direction the motor will rotate after the drive is powered up and the Run command is given from the
digital operator.
Note: This parameter is effective only when the Run command is set to be given from the digital operator (b1-02, b1-16 = 0).

No. Name Setting Range Default

o2-07 Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Forward
Setting 1: Reverse

◆ o3: Copy Function

These parameters control the digital operator’s Copy function. The Copy function lets the user store all parameter
settings into the memory of the digital operator, and easily transfer those settings to other drives (requires that the other
drives be the same model, capacity, and have the same control mode setting). See Copy Function Related Displays on
page 268 for a description of errors and displays.
■ o3-01 Copy Function Selection
Setting o3-01 will instruct the drive to Read, Write, or Verify parameters settings.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o3-01 Copy Function Selection 0 to 3 0

0: Copy Select (no function)

1: INV --> OP READ

Parameter Details
All parameters are copied from the drive to the digital operator.
Note: The copy protection for the digital operator is enabled by default. To unlock copy protection, set o3-01 = 1.
2: OP --> INV WRITE
All parameters are copied from the digital operator to the drive.
5
3: OP<-->INV VERIFY
Parameters in the drive are compared with the parameter settings saved on the digital operator to see if they match.
■ o3-02 Copy Allowed Selection
Restricts or allows the use of the Copy function.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o3-02 Copy Allowed Selection 0 or 1 0

0: Disabled
1: Enabled

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 215
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings

◆ o4: Maintenance Monitor Settings

■ o4-01: Cumulative Operation Time Setting
Parameter o4-01 sets the cumulative operation time of the drive. The user can also manually set this parameter to begin
keeping track of operation time from some desired value. Total operation time can be viewed in monitor U4-01.
Note: The value in o4-01 is set in 10 h units. For example, a setting of 30 will set the cumulative operation time counter to 300 h. 300 h
will also be displayed in monitor U4-01.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-01 Cumulative Operation Time Setting 0 to 9999 H 0H

■ o4-02: Cumulative Operation Time Selection

Selects the conditions for how the drive keeps track of its total operation time. This time log can be viewed in U4-01.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-02 Cumulative Operation Time Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Power on time

The drive logs the time it is connected to a power supply, regardless if the motor is running or not.
Setting 1: Run time
The drive logs the time that the output is active. This includes whenever the Run command is active (even if the motor is
not rotating) and when there is voltage output.
■ o4-03: Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting
Sets the value for how long the cooling fan has been operating. This value can be viewed in monitor U4-03. Parameter
o4-03 also sets the base value used for the cooling fan maintenance, which is displayed in U4-04. Be sure to reset this
parameter back to 0 if the cooling fan is replaced.
Note: 1. The value in o4-03 increases after every 10 hours of use. A setting of 30 will set the cooling fan operation time counter to 300 h.
“300” will be displayed in monitor U4-03.
2. The cooling fan may require maintenance at an earlier date in harsher environments.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-03 Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting 0 to 9999 h 0h

■ o4-05: Capacitor Maintenance Setting

Sets value of the maintenance monitor for the DC bus capacitors displayed in U4-05 as a percentage of the total expected
performance life. This value should be reset to 0 when the DC bus capacitors have been replaced.
Note: The actual maintenance time will depend on the environment where the drive is used.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-05 Capacitor Maintenance Setting 0 to 150% 0%

■ o4-07: DC Bus Pre-Charge Relay Maintenance Setting

Sets the value of the softcharge bypass relay maintenance time displayed in U4-06 as a percentage of the total expected
performance life. This value should be reset to 0 when the bypass relay has been replaced.
Note: The actual maintenance time will depend on the environment where the drive is used.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-07 DC Bus Pre-charge Relay Maintenance Setting 0 to 150% 0%

216 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.10 o: Operator Related Settings

■ o4-09: IGBT Maintenance Setting

Sets the value of the IGBT maintenance time displayed in U4-07 as a percentage of the total expected performance life.
This value should be reset to 0 when the IGBTs have been replaced.
Note: The actual maintenance time will depend on the environment where the drive is used.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-09 IGBT Maintenance Setting 0 to 150% 0%

■ o4-11: U2, U3 Initialization

When the drive is initialized, the fault trace and fault history monitors (U2-†† and U3-††) are not reset. Parameter
o4-11 can be used to reset them.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-11 U2, U3 Initialization 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: No action
The drive keeps the record already saved concerning fault trace and fault history.
Setting 1: Reset fault data
Resets the data for the U2-†† and U3-†† monitors. Once o4-11 is set to 1 and the ENTER key is pressed, fault data is
erased and the display returns to 0.
■ o4-12: kWh Monitor Initialization
The kWh monitors U4-10 and U4-11 are not initialized when power is shut off or the drive is initialized. Use o4-12 to
manually reset them.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-12 kWh Monitor Initialization 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: No Action
The kWh data are kept as they are.
Setting 1: Reset kWh Data
Resets the kWh counter. The monitors U4-10 and U4-11 will display “0” after they are initialized. Once o4-12 is set to 1
and the ENTER key is pressed, kWh data is erased and the display returns to 0.
■ o4-13: Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization
The Run command counter displayed in U4-02 is not reset when the power is cycled or the drive is initialized. Use o4-13

Parameter Details
to reset U4-02.

No. Name Setting Range Default

o4-13 Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: No Action 5
The Run command data are kept as they are.
Setting 1: Number of Run Commands Counter
Resets the Run command counter. The monitor U4-02 will show 0. Once o4-13 is set to 1 and the ENTER key is pressed,
the counter value is erased and the display returns to 0.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 217
5.11 S: Motor 2 Parameters

5.11 S: Motor 2 Parameters

S parameters cover motor 2 data settings.

◆ S1: Motor 2 Application

■ S1-01: Motor 1/2 Selection Time
Sets the amount of time in ms that passes after the motor switch command has been entered until the drive actually
switches motors. If this setting is set shorter than the drive's internal processing speed required to switch motors (about
40 ms), then the motor switch time will be the drive's processing speed.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S1-01 Motor 1/2 Selection Time 0 to 1000 msec 100

■ S1-02: Motor2 Action Selection below Minimum Output Frequency (CLV and CLV/PM)
Parameter S1-02 sets the operation when the frequency reference is lower than the minimum output frequency set in
parameter E3-09.
Refer to b1-05: Action Selection below Minimum Output Frequency (CLV and CLV/PM) on page 114 for detail.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

S1-02 Action Selection below Minimum Output Frequency 0 to 3 0

Setting 0: Follow the Frequency Reference

Setting 1: Coast to Stop
Setting 2: Run at the minimum frequency
Setting 3: Zero Speed Control
■ S1-03: Motor2 Droop Control Gain
Sets the amount of speed reduction when the torque reference is 100%. The gain is set as a percentage of the maximum
output frequency. A setting of 0.0% disables the Droop control function.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

S1-03 Motor2 Droop Control Gain 0.0 to 100.0% 0.0%

■ S1-04: Motor2 Droop Control Delay Time

The setting in S1-04 adjusts the responsiveness of Droop control. Reduce the setting if the reaction time is too long, and
increase it if hunting occurs.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

S1-04 Motor2 Droop Control Delay Time 0.03 to 2.00 s 0.05 s

■ S1-05: Motor2 Droop Control Limit Selection

Enables or disables the droop control limit.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

S1-05 Motor2 Droop Control Limit Selection 0, 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled

218 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.11 S: Motor 2 Parameters

■ S1-06: Motor2 Energy Saving Control Selection

Enables or disables the Energy Saving function.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

S1-06 Motor2 Energy Saving Control Selection 0 or 1 Determined by A1-02

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
■ S1-07: Motor2 Zero Servo Gain
Parameter S1-07 adjusts the responsiveness of the Zero Servo position loop. Increase the value if the response is too slow
and the deviation from the zero position rises too high when load is applied. Decrease the value if vibrations occur during
Zero Servo operation.
Note: Before adjusting the Zero Servo gain, make sure the ASR parameters (C5-††) are set up properly and vibration or hunting does
not occur when running with a zero speed reference.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S1-07 Motor2 Zero Servo Gain 0 to 100 5

■ S1-08: Motor2 Zero Servo Completion Width

Sets the output range of the Zero Servo completion signal. Enter the amount of deviation allowable from the desired
position to trigger Zero Servo. An output terminal set for Zero Servo (H2-†† = 33) will be triggered when the motor
reaches the position Zero Servo position plus or minus S1-08.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S1-08 Motor2 Zero Servo Completion Width 0 to 16383 10

■ S1-09: Motor2 Fast Stop Time

Parameter S1-09 will set a special deceleration that is used when certain faults occur or that can be operated by closing a
digital input configured as H1-†† = 15 (N.O. input). The input does not have to be closed continuously, even a
momentary closure will trigger the Fast Stop operation. Unlike standard deceleration, once the Fast Stop operation is
initiated, the drive cannot be restarted until the deceleration is complete, the Fast Stop input is cleared, and the Run
command is cycled.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

S1-09 Motor2 Fast Stop Time 0.0 to 6000.0 s <1> 10.0 s
<1> The setting range for the acceleration and deceleration times is determined by the accel/decel time setting units in C1-10. For example, if the
time is set in units of 0.01 s (C1-10 = 0), the setting range becomes 0.00 to 600.00 s

Parameter Details
NOTICE: Rapid deceleration can trigger an overvoltage fault. When faulted, the drive output shuts off, and the motor coasts. To avoid
this uncontrolled motor state and to ensure that the motor stops quickly and safely, set an appropriate Fast Stop time to S1-09.

■ S1-10: Motor 2 Overload Protection Selection

The drive has an electronic overload protection function that estimates the motor overload level based on output current,
output frequency, thermal motor characteristics, and time. An oL1 fault will be triggered when motor overload is 5
detected and drive output will be shut off.
S1-10 sets the overload protection function characteristics according to the motor being used.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S1-10 Motor 2 Overload Protection Selection 0 to 6 Determined by A1-02

Note: 1. When the motor protection function is enabled (S1-10 ≠ 0), an oL1 alarm can be output through one of the multi-function outputs by
setting H2-01 to 1F. The output will close when the motor overload level reaches 90% of the oL1 detection level.
2. Select a method to protect the motor from overheat by setting S1-10 between 1 and 5 when running a single motor from the drive. An
external thermal relay is not needed.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 219
5.11 S: Motor 2 Parameters

Setting 0: Disabled (motor overload protection is not provided)

This setting should be used if no motor overheat protection is desired or if multiple motors are connected to a single
drive. In this case it is recommended that you install a thermal relay for each motor as shown in Figure 5.68
Figure 5.68

Drive
Power M1
supply MC1 L10

M2
MC2 L20

common_TMonly MC1, MC2: Magnetic contactors

L10, L20: Thermal relays

Figure 5.68 Example of Protection Circuit Design for Multiple Motors

NOTICE: Thermal protection cannot be provided when running multi-motors simultaneously with the same drive, or when using
motors with a current rating that is relatively high when compared with other standard motors (such as a submersible motor). Failure to
comply could result in motor damage. Disable the electronic overload protection of the drive (S1-10 = “0: Disabled”) and protect each
motor with individual motor thermal overloads.

NOTICE: Close MC1 and MC2 before operating the drive. (MC1 and MC2 cannot be switched off during run.)

Setting 1: General-purpose motor (standard self-cooled)

Because the motor is self-cooled, the overload tolerance drops when the motor speed is lowered. The drive appropriately
adjusts the electrothermal trigger point according to the motor overload characteristics, protecting the motor from
overheat throughout the entire speed range.

Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics

A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above

B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below
Motor designed to operate from line power. Continuous operation at less than line power
Motor cooling is most effective when running at frequency with 100% load can trigger motor
rated base frequency (check the motor nameplate or overload protection (oL1). A fault is output and the
specifications). motor will coast to stop.

Setting 2: Drive dedicated motor (speed range for constant torque: 1:10)
Use this setting when operating a drive duty motor that allows constant torque in a speed range of 1:10. The drive will
allow the motor to run with 100% load from 10% up to 100% speed. Running at slower speeds with full load can trigger
an overload fault.

Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics

150
Rated Speed=100% Speed
60 s
A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
Torque (%)

100 C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below

Motor is designed to effectively cool itself even at Continuous operation with 100% load from 6 Hz to
low speeds. 60 Hz.
55
50
Continuous A
B
C

0 110 100120 167 200

Speed (%)

220 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.11 S: Motor 2 Parameters

Setting 3: Vector motor (speed range for constant torque: 1:100)

Use this setting when operating a drive-dedicated motor that allows constant torque in a speed range of 1:100. This motor
type is allowed to run with 100% load from 1% up to 100% speed. Running slower speeds with full load can trigger an
overload fault.

Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics

150
Rated Speed=100% Speed
60 s A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
100 C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below
Torque (%)

90
Motor is designed to effectively cool itself at ultra- Continuous operation with 100% load from 0.6 Hz to
low speeds. 60 Hz.
50 Continuous
A
B
C
0 1 100120 167 200
Speed (%)

Setting 4: PM derated torque motor

This setting is for operating a PM motor. PM motors for derated torque have a self-cooling design, so the overload
tolerance drops as the motor slows. Electronic thermal overload is triggered in accordance with the motor overload
characteristics, providing overheat protection across the entire speed range.

Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics

150
120 60 s
Torque (%)

100 Reaching 100% when operating at below the base

80 Motor is designed to produce 100% torque at base frequency will cause a motor overload fault (oL1).
Continuous speed. Built with effective cooling capabilities. The drive fault output closes and the motor coasts to
50
stop.

0.0 10 33 100
Motor Speed (%)

Setting 5: Constant torque PM motors (constant torque range of 1:500)

Sets protection characteristics needed when driving a PM with constant torque. These motors allow for a speed control
from 0.2% to 100% when operating with 100% load. Slower speeds with 100% load will trigger overload.

Parameter Details
Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics

Instantaneous rating (60 s)

150

125

5
Torque (%)

115
Continuous
100
83
77 Motor is designed to effectively cool itself at ultra- Continuous operation with 100% load from 0.2% to
67
low speeds (about 0.2% of base speed). 100% of base speed.

0 0.2 100 120 130 150

Percent of base speed (%)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 221
5.11 S: Motor 2 Parameters

Setting 6: General-purpose motor (50 Hz)

Because the motor (50 Hz) is self-cooled, the overload tolerance drops when the motor speed is lowered. The drive
appropriately adjusts the electrothermal trigger point according to the motor overload characteristics, protecting the
motor from overheat throughout the entire speed range.

Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics

150 Rated Speed=100% Speed

60 s
A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below
Torque (%)

100
90 Motor designed to operate from line power. Continuous operation at less than line power
Motor cooling is most effective when running at frequency with 100% load can trigger motor
rated base frequency (check the motor nameplate or overload protection (oL1). A fault is output and the
specifications). motor will coast to stop.
50 Continuous
A
B
C
05 33 100 120 167 200
Speed (%)

■ S1-11: Motor 2 Overload Protection Time

Sets the time it takes the drive to detect motor overheat due to overload. This setting rarely requires adjustment, but
should correlate with the motor overload tolerance protection time for performing a hot start.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S1-11 Motor 2 Overload Protection Time 0.1 to 5.0 minutes 1.0 minutes

Defaulted to operate with an allowance of 150% overload operation for one minute in a hot start.
• Figure 5.69 shows an example of the electrothermal protection operation time using a general-purpose motor
operating at 60 Hz with S1-11 set to one minute.
During normal operation, motor overload protection operates in the area between a cold start and a hot start.
• Cold start: Motor protection operation time in response to an overload situation that was suddenly reached when
starting a stationary motor.
• Hot start: Motor protection operation time in response to an overload situation that occurred during sustained
operation at rated current.
Figure 5.69

Operation time (minutes)

common_TMonly
10
7

3
Cold start

0.4
Hot start

0.1
Motor current (%)
0 100 150 200 E2-01 = 100% motor current
Figure 5.69 Motor Protection Operation Time

222 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.11 S: Motor 2 Parameters

■ S1-17: Motor 2 Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration

Stall Prevention during acceleration (S1-17) prevents tripping with overcurrent (oC), motor overload (oL1), or drive
overload (oL2) faults common when accelerating with heavy loads.
S1-17 determines the type of Stall Prevention the drive should used during acceleration.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S1-17 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration 0 to 2 1

Setting 0: Disabled
No Stall Prevention is provided. If the acceleration time is too short, the drive may not be able to get the motor up to
speed fast enough, thus tripping an overload fault.
Setting 1: Enabled
Enables Stall Prevention during acceleration. Operation varies, depending on the control mode.
• V/f Control, V/f Control with PG, and Open Loop Vector Control:
If the output current rises above the Stall Prevention level set in S1-18, then the drive stops accelerating. Acceleration
will not resume until the output current falls 15% below the setting in S1-18.
The Stall Prevention level is automatically reduced in the constant power range. Refer to S1-19: Motor 2 Stall
Prevention Limit during Acceleration on page 224.
Figure 5.70

Output current

Stall Prevention Level

During Acceleration
S1-18

S1-18
-15%

Time
Output frequency

Controls the output frequency

to prevent the motor from stalling
Time

Parameter Details
Figure 5.70 Stall Prevention During Acceleration for Induction Motors
Setting 2: Intelligent Stall Prevention
When S1-18 = 2, the drive will disregard the selected acceleration time and try to accelerate in the minimum time. The
acceleration rate is adjusted so that the current does not exceed the value set in parameter S1-18.
■ S1-18: Motor 2 Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration 5
Sets the output current level at which the Stall Prevention during acceleration is activated.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S1-18 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration 0 to 150% <1> <1>

<1> The upper limit and default value is determined by the carrier frequency derating selection (L8-38 respectively).

• Stalling may occur when the motor is rated at a smaller capacity than the drive and the Stall Prevention default settings
are used. Set S1-17 as appropriate if stalling occurs.
• When operating the motor in the constant power range.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 223
5.11 S: Motor 2 Parameters

■ S1-19: Motor 2 Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration

The Stall Prevention level is automatically reduced when the motor is operated in the constant power range. S1-19 sets
the lower limit for this reduction as a percentage of the drive rated current.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S1-19 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration 0 to 100% 50%
Figure 5.71

Stall Prevention level during Acceleration

S1-18

S1-19

Output frequency
E3-06
Base frequency
Figure 5.71 Stall Prevention Level and Limit During Acceleration

■ S1-20: Motor 2 Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration

Stall Prevention during deceleration can control the deceleration based on the DC bus voltage and prevent an overvoltage
fault caused by high inertia or rapid deceleration.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S1-20 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Selection During Deceleration 0 to 3 <1> 1

<1> Settings 2 through 5 are not available in AOLV/PM and CLV/PM.

Setting 0: Disabled
When this setting is used, the drive decelerates according to the set deceleration time. With high inertia loads or rapid
deceleration, an overvoltage (ov) fault may occur. In this case use dynamic braking options or switch to another S1-20
selection.
Setting 1: General-purpose Stall Prevention
With this setting the drive tries to decelerate within the set deceleration time. When the DC bus voltage exceeds the Stall
Prevention level, the drive pauses deceleration. Deceleration continues as soon as the DC bus voltage drops below that
level. Stall Prevention may be triggered repeatedly to avoid an overvoltage fault. The DC bus voltage level for Stall
Prevention depends on the input voltage setting E1-01.

Drive Input Voltage Stall Prevention Level during Deceleration

400 V Class 754 Vdc

Note: 1. This setting should not be used in combination with a Dynamic Braking Resistor or other dynamic braking options. If Stall
Prevention during deceleration is enabled, it will be triggered before the braking resistor option can operate.
2. This method may lengthen the total deceleration time compared to the set value. If this is not appropriate for the application consider
using a dynamic braking option.

Figure 5.72 illustrates the function of Stall Prevention during deceleration.

Figure 5.72

Output Frequency

Deceleration characteristics
when Stall Prevention was
triggered during deceleration

Time

specified deceleration time

Figure 5.72 Stall Prevention During Deceleration

224 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.11 S: Motor 2 Parameters

Setting 2: Intelligent Stall Prevention

With this setting, the drive adjusts the deceleration rate so that the DC bus voltage is kept at the level set in parameter L3-
17. This way the shortest possible deceleration time is achieved while the motor is protected from stalling. The
deceleration time that has been selected is disregarded, but the achievable deceleration time cannot be smaller than 1/10
of the set deceleration time.
Note: As the deceleration time is not constant, Intelligent Stall Prevention should not be used in applications where stopping accuracy
is a concern. Use dynamic braking options instead.
Setting 3: Stall Prevention with dynamic braking option
Enables the Stall Prevention function while using a dynamic braking resistor. Overvoltage problems in the DC bus can
occur if Stall Prevention during deceleration is disabled (S1-20) in OLV and a dynamic braking option is installed. Set
S1-20 to 3 to remedy this situation.
■ S1-21: Motor 2 Stall Prevention Selection during Run
Stall Prevention during run can prevent a motor from stalling by automatically reducing the speed when a transient
overload occurs while the motor is running at constant speed.
This parameter determines how Stall Prevention works during run.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S1-21 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Selection During Run 0 to 2 1

Note: 1. This function is available in V/f, and V/f w/PG.

2. When output frequency is 6 Hz or less, Stall Prevention during run is disabled regardless of the setting in S1-21 and S1-22.
Setting 0: Disabled
Drive runs at the set frequency reference. A heavy load may cause the motor to stall and trip the drive with an oC or oL
fault.
Setting 1: Decelerate using C1-06
If the current exceeds the Stall Prevention level set in parameter S1-22, then the drive will decelerate at decel time 1 (C1-
06). Once the current level drops below the value of C1-22 minus 2% for 100 ms, the drive accelerates back to the
frequency reference at the active acceleration time.
Setting 2: Decelerate using C1-08
Same as setting 1 except the drive decelerates at decel time 2 (C1-08).
■ S1-22: Motor 2 Stall Prevention Level during Run
Sets the current level to trigger Stall Prevention during run. Depending on the setting of parameter L3-23, the level is
automatically reduced in the constant power range (speed beyond base speed).

Parameter Details
The Stall Prevention level can be adjusted using an analog input.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S1-22 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Level During Run 30 to 150 <1> <1>

<1> The upper limit and default for this setting is determined by L8-38.
5
■ S1-27: Motor 2 Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection
Enables or disables the overvoltage suppression function.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S1-27 Motor 2 Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
The regenerative torque limit and the output frequency are not adjusted. A regenerative load may trip the drive with an
overvoltage fault. Use this setting if dynamic braking options are installed.
Setting 1: Enabled
When the DC bus voltage rises due to regenerative load, an overvoltage fault is prevented by decreasing the regenerative
torque limit and increasing the output frequency.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 225
5.11 S: Motor 2 Parameters

■ S1-28 to S1-31: Motor 2 Torque Limits

These parameters set the torque limits in each operation mode.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S1-28 Motor 2 Forward Torque Limit 0 to 300% 200%
S1-29 Motor 2 Reverse Torque Limit 0 to 300% 200%
S1-30 Motor 2 Forward Regenerative Torque Limit 0 to 300% 200%
S1-31 Motor 2 Reverse Regenerative Torque Limit 0 to 300% 200%

Note: If the multi-function analog input is programmed for “10: Forward torque limit”, “11: Reverse torque limit”, “12: Regenerative
torque limit”, or “15: General torque limit”, the drive uses the lower value in S1-28 through S1-31, or analog input torque limit.

■ S1-35: Motor 2 Torque Limit Process at Start

Selects how the torque limit should behave when starting motor 2.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S1-35 Motor 2 Torque Limit Process at Start 0 to 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
Toque limit is created at start without a delay time. Disable S1-35 to maximize response time when the application
requires sudden acceleration or deceleration at start.
Setting 1: Enabled
A time filter is added to allow the torque limit to build at start.
■ S1-37: Motor 2 Feed Forward Control Selection
Enables to disables the Feed Forward function.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S1-37 Motor 2 Feed Forward Control Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
■ S1-38: Motor 2 Acceleration Time
Sets the time required to accelerate the motor from a full stop up to the rated speed at the rated torque.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

Determined by E5-01
S1-38 Motor 2 Acceleration Time 0.001 to 10.000 s
and o2-04

Calculation
The motor acceleration time can be calculated by,

Where:
2π JMotor nrated • JMotor is the motor inertia in kgm/s2.
n5-02 =
60 Trated • nrated is the rated speed of the motor in r/min
• Trated is the rated torque of the motor in N⋅m.

or

Where:
4 π JMotor frated • JMotor is the motor inertia in kgm/s2.
n5-02 = • frated is the rated frequency of the motor in Hz.
p Trated
• p is the number of motor poles (not pole pairs!).
• Trated is the rated torque of the motor in N⋅m.

Measuring Acceleration Time

Take the following steps when measuring the motor acceleration time.
1. Decouple motor and load.
2. Make sure Auto-Tuning has been performed or that the correct motor data has been entered manually.

226 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.11 S: Motor 2 Parameters

3. Make sure that the speed loop (ASR) has been set up properly.
4. Set the acceleration time to zero.
5. Set the forward torque limit in parameter S1-28 to 100%.
6. Set the frequency reference equal to the motor rated speed.
7. While monitoring the motor speed in U1-05, start the motor in the forward direction and measure the time it takes
to reach the rated speed.
8. Reverse the parameter settings above and set the measured time to parameter S1-38.
■ S1-39: Motor 2 Feed Forward Control Gain
Parameter S1-39 sets the inertia ratio of the load connected to the motor.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

S1-39 Motor 2 Feed Forward Control Gain 0.00 or 100.00 1.00

This value can be set automatically by Inertia Auto-Tuning. If Inertia Auto Tuning cannot be performed, determine the
value for parameter S1-39 using the following steps.
1. Setup parameter S1-38 correctly.
2. Couple motor and load.
3. Set the acceleration time C1-05 to 0.
4. Set the torque limits in the S1-†† parameters to a value that will easily be reached during the test (TLim_Test).
5. Set the frequency reference equal to a value in the upper speed range of the machine (fref_Test).
6. While monitoring the motor speed in U1-05, start the motor in the forward direction and measure the time it takes
to reach the rated speed (taccel).
7. Reverse the parameter settings above and calculate the set value for parameter S1-39 using the formula below.
Where:
• taccel is the measured acceleration time in s.
taccel TLim_Test frated
n5-03 = -1 • frated is the rated frequency of the motor in Hz.
n5-02 fref_Test 100 • TLim_Test is torque limit setting during the test.
• fref_Test is the frequency reference during the test in Nxm.

◆ S2: Motor 2 DC Injection Braking

■ S2-01: Motor 2 DC Injection Braking Start Frequency
Parameter S1-01 is active when “Ramp to stop” is selected as the stopping method (b1-03 = 0).

No. Name Setting Range Default

S2-01 Motor 2 DC Injection Braking Start Frequency 0.0 to 10.0 Hz Determined by E3-01

The function triggered by parameter S2-01 depends on the control mode that has been selected.

Parameter Details
V/f, V/f w/PG and OLV (E3-01 = 0, 1, 2)
For these control modes, parameter S2-01 sets the starting frequency for DC Injection Braking at stop. Once the output
frequency falls below the setting of S2-01, DC Injection Braking is enabled for the time set in parameter S2-04.
Figure 5.73

DC Injection
E3-09 Min. Frequency
Braking
5
S2-01 Zero Speed Level

Output Time
frequency
S2-04
Figure 5.73 DC Injection Braking at Stop for V/f, V/f w/PG and OLV
Note: If S2-01 is set to a smaller value than parameter E3-09 (minimum frequency), then DC Injection Braking will begin as soon as
the frequency falls to the value set to E3-09.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 227
5.11 S: Motor 2 Parameters

AOLV/PM (E3-01 = 6)
For these control modes, parameter S2-01 sets the starting frequency for Short-Circuit Braking at stop. Once the output
frequency falls below the setting of S2-01, Short-Circuit Braking is enabled for the time set in parameter b2-13. If DC
Injection Braking time is enabled at stop, then DC Injection Braking is performed for the time set in S2-04 after Short-
Circuit Braking is complete.
Figure 5.74

Short Circuit DC Injection

E3-09 Min. Frequency Braking Braking
S2-01 Zero Speed Level

Output Time
frequency
b2-13 S2-04
Figure 5.74 Short-Circuit Braking at Stop in and AOLV/PM
Note: If S2-01 is set to a smaller value than parameter E3-09 (minimum frequency), then DC Injection Braking will begin as soon as
the frequency falls to the value set to E3-09.
CLV and CLV/PM (E3-01 = 3, 7)
For these control modes, parameter S2-01 sets the starting frequency for Zero Speed Control (not position lock) at stop.
Once the output frequency falls below the setting of S2-01, Zero Speed Control is enabled for the time set in parameter
S2-04.
Figure 5.75

Zero Speed
E3-09 Min. Frequency Control
S2-01 Zero Speed Level

Output Time
frequency
S2-04
Figure 5.75 Zero Speed Control at Stop in CLV and CLV/PM
Note: If S2-01 is set to lower than the Motor 2 minimum frequency (E3-09), then Zero Speed Control begins at the frequency set to E3-
09.

■ S2-02: Motor 2 DC Injection Braking Current

Sets the DC Injection Braking current as a percentage of the drive rated current. If set larger than 50%, the carrier
frequency is automatically reduced to 1 kHz.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S2-02 Motor 2 DC Injection Braking Current 0 to 100% 50%

The level of DC Injection Braking current affects the strength of the magnetic field attempting to lock the motor shaft.
Increasing the current level will increase the amount of heat generated by the motor windings. This parameter should
only be increased to the level necessary to hold the motor shaft.
■ S2-03: Motor 2 DC Injection Braking Time at Start
Sets the time of DC Injection Braking (Zero Speed Control when in CLV and CLV/PM) at start. Used to stop a coasting
motor before restarting it or to apply braking torque at start. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S2-03 Motor 2 DC Injection Braking Time at Start 0.00 to 10.00 s 0.00 s

Note: Before starting an uncontrolled rotating motor (e.g., a fan motor driven by windmill effect), DC Injection should be used to either
stop the motor or detect its speed before starting it. Otherwise motor stalling and other faults can occur.

■ S2-04: Motor 2 DC Injection Braking Time at Stop

Sets the time of DC Injection Braking (Zero Speed Control when in CLV and CLV/PM) at stop. Used to completely stop
a motor with high inertia load after ramp down. Increase the value if the motor still coasts by inertia after it should have
stopped. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S2-04 Motor 2 DC Injection Braking Time at Stop 0.00 to 10.00 s Determined by A1-02

228 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.11 S: Motor 2 Parameters

■ S2-08: Motor 2 Magnetic Flux Compensation Value

Sets the magnetic flux compensation at start as a percentage of the no-load current value (E4-03). This function allows
better more flux to develop, making it easier to start machines that require high starting torque or motors with a large
rotor time constant.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S2-08 Motor 2 Magnetic Flux Compensation Value 0 to 1000% 0%

When a Run command is issued, the DC current level injected into the motor changes linearly from the level set to S2-08
to E4-03 within the time set to S2-03.
Figure 5.76

Output frequency

S2-08 common_TMonly

E4-03
Magnetizing Current
Reference Time
S2-03
Figure 5.76 Magnetic Flux Compensation
Note that the level of the DC current injected to the motor is limited to 80% of the drive rated current or to the motor
rated current, whichever value is smaller.
Note: 1. If S2-08 is set below 100%, it can take a relatively long time for flux to develop.
2. If S2-08 is set to 0%, the DC current level will be the DC Injection current set to S2-02.
3. As DC Injection can generate a fair amount of noise, S2-08 may need to be adjusted to keep noise levels acceptable.

■ S2-20: Motor 2 Field Forcing Selection

Enables or disables the Field Forcing function.

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

S2-20 Motor 2 Field Forcing Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
■ S2-21: Motor 2 Field Forcing Gain
Sets the gain for the field forcing method (d6-09 = 1 or 2).

Parameter Details
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
S2-21 Motor 2 Field Forcing Gain 0.0 to 50.0 0.0

■ S2-22: Motor 2 Magnetic Field Time Constant Compensation Gain

Sets the time constant compensation gain for the field forcing method (d6-09 = 1 or 2). 5

No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default

S2-22 Motor 2 Magnetic Field Time Constant Compensation Gain 0.1 to 2.0 1.0

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 229
5.11 S: Motor 2 Parameters

■ S2-23: Motor 2 Hunting Prevention Selection

Enables or disables the Hunting Prevention function.
Note: This function is available only when using V/f Control. Hunting Prevention should be disabled when drive response is more
important than suppressing motor oscillation. This function can also be disabled without any problems in applications with high
inertia loads or relatively heavy loads.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S2-23 Motor 2 Hunting Prevention Selection 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
■ S2-24: Motor 2 Hunting Prevention Gain Setting
Sets the gain for the Hunting Prevention Function.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S2-24 Motor 2 Hunting Prevention Gain Setting 0.00 to 2.50 1.00

Normally, S2-24 does not need to be changed, but adjustment may help under the following conditions:
• If the motor vibrates while lightly loaded and S2-23 = 1, increase the gain by 0.1 until vibration ceases.
• If the motor stalls while S2-23 = 1, decrease the gain by 0.1 until the stalling ceases.
■ S2-25: Motor 2 Hunting Prevention Time Constant
Determines how responsive the Hunting Prevention function is (affects the primary delay time for Hunting Prevention).

No. Name Setting Range Default

S2-25 Motor 2 Hunting Prevention Time Constant 0 to 500 ms Determined by o2-04

Normally, S2-25 does not need to be changed, but adjustment may help under the following conditions:
• Increase this value for applications with a large load inertia. A higher setting leads to slower response, though, which
can result in oscillation at lower frequencies.
• Lower this setting if oscillation occurs at low speed.
■ S2-27: Motor 2 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Gain
Sets the internal speed feedback detection control gain in the AFR.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S2-27 Motor 2 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Gain 0.00 to 10.00 1.00

Normally there is no need to adjust S2-28 from the default setting. Make adjustments in the following cases:
• If hunting occurs, increase the setting value in steps of 0.05 while checking the response.
• If response is low, decrease the setting value in steps of 0.05 while checking the response.
■ S2-28, S2-29: Motor 2 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 1, 2
Parameter S2-28 sets the time constant normally used by AFR.
Parameter S2-29 sets the time constant during Speed Search or regenerative operation.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S2-28 Motor 2 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 1 0 to 2000 ms 50 ms
S2-29 Motor 2 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 2 0 to 2000 ms 750 ms

Note: Parameter S2-28 cannot be set higher than S2-29 or an oPE08 error will result.

230 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.11 S: Motor 2 Parameters

These parameters rarely need to be changed. Adjust settings only under the following conditions:
• If hunting occurs, increase S2-28. If response is low, decrease it.
• Increase S2-29 if overvoltage occurs with high inertia loads at the end of acceleration or with sudden load changes.
• If setting S2-28 to a higher value, also increase C4-08 (Motor 2 Torque Compensation Delay Time Constant 1)
proportionally.
• If setting S2-28 to a higher value, also increase C4-12 (Motor 2 Torque Compensation Delay Time Constant 2)
proportionally.

◆ S3: Motor 2 Control (PM)

■ S3-01: Motor 2 Overcurrent Detection Gain
Adjusts the overcurrent detection level when running in AOLV/PM, or CLV/PM. A setting of 100% is equal to the motor
rated current. When the drive rated current is considerably higher than the motor rated current, use this parameter to
decrease the overcurrent level in order to prevent motor demagnetization by too high current.
Overcurrent detection will use whichever value is the lowest: the overcurrent level for the drive, or the motor rated
current multiplied by S3-01.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S3-01 Motor 2 Overcurrent Detection Gain 0.0 to 300.0% 300.0%

■ S3-02: Motor 2 Initial Rotor Position Estimation Current (AOLV/PM)

Sets the current used for the initial rotor position estimation. The value is set as a percentage of the motor rated current.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S3-02 Motor 2 Initial Rotor Position Estimation Current 0 to 100% 50%

■ S3-03: Motor 2 Pole Attraction Current (AOLV/PM)

Sets the current applied to pull the rotor into position after the initial rotor position estimations are complete. The value is
set as a percentage of the motor rated current. Increase this setting in order to increase the starting torque.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S3-03 Motor 2 Pole Attraction Current 0 to 150% 80%

■ S3-20: Motor 2 Initial Rotor Position Detection Selection (AOLV/PM, CLV/PM)

Selects how the rotor position is detected at start.

Parameter Details
Note: 1. In CLV/PM, the drive performs a magnetic pole search the first time it starts the motor. After that, rotor position is calculated from the
PG encoder signal and saved until the drive is switched off. Parameter S3-20 determines how this initial pole search operates.
2. High Frequency Injection and pulse injection for rotor position detection (S3-20 = 1 or 2) can be used with IPM motors only. When
using a SPM motor, select the pull in method to find the initial position of the rotor (S3-20 = 0).

No. Name Setting Range Default

S3-20 Motor 2 Initial Rotor Position Detection Selection 0 to 2 1
5
Setting 0: Pull in
Starts the rotor using pull-in current.
Setting 1: High Frequency Injection
High frequency is injected in order to detect the rotor position. Some noise may be generated from the motor at start.
Setting 2: Pulse injection
A pulse signal is injected into the motor in order to detect the rotor position.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 231
5.11 S: Motor 2 Parameters

■ S3-26: Motor 2 High Frequency Injection (AOLV/PM)

Detects motor speed by injecting a high frequency into the motor.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S3-26 Motor 2 High Frequency Injection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Disabled
Disable S3-26 with SPM motors. The speed control range will be limited to approximately 1:20.
Setting 1: Enabled
Enabling S3-26 with IPM motors allows precise speed detection in a speed control range of approximately 1:100.
Note: 1. Be aware that using this function will generate some audible noise in the motor up to a certain speed.
2. Set E3-09 to 0.0 when using zero speed control.

■ S3-27: Motor 2 Output Voltage Limit

Sets the output voltage limit to prevent voltage saturation. This parameter rarely requires adjustment. Never set this value
higher than the actual input voltage.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S3-27 Motor 2 Output Voltage Limit 0.0 to 460.0 Vac 400 Vac

■ S3-33: Motor 2 Speed Calculation Gain

Sets the proportional gain for PLL control of an extended observer.

No. Name Setting Range Default

S3-33 Motor 2 Speed Calculation Gain 0.00 to 20.00 1.00

■ S3-38: Motor 2 Polarity Judge Current

Sets the current to determine polarity for the initial polarity calculation as a percentage of the motor rated current.
100% = Motor rated current

No. Name Setting Range Default

S3-38 Motor 2 Polarity Judge Current 0 to 150% 100%

◆ S4: Test Mode

■ S4-01: Test Mode Selection

No. Name Setting Range Default

S4-01 Test Mode Selection 0 to 1

0: Normal Operation
1: Simulation Mode
Performs a test via serial communications using the simulation mode.
1. No PWM output, even when a Run command is given (making hardwire baseblock signal HBB unnecessary).
2. Monitor U1-05 which shows the motor speed during run outputs the motor speed after softstart is complete.
3. Monitor U1-09 which shows the torque reference during run outputs the torque reference and torque compensation
from CP-216 communications.
When the source of the torque reference is serial communications (MEMOBUS register 15H: Bit E = 1):
The monitor outputs the torque reference from serial communications plus torque compensation.When the source of
the torque reference is not assigned to serial communications (MEMOBUS register 15H: Bit E = 0):
The monitor outputs the torque compensation value provided from serial communications.
4. Monitor U1-16 which shows the output frequency during run once softstart is complete outputs the frequency
reference from serial communications.

232 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 5.11 S: Motor 2 Parameters

5. When using a control mode with a PG motor encoder, the output frequency after softstart is output as the speed
feedback signal during run.
There is no hardware PG disconnect detection (PGoH) in the simulation mode.

◆ T: Motor Tuning
Auto-Tuning automatically sets and tunes parameters required for optimal motor performance.
Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 86 for details on Auto-Tuning parameters.

Parameter Details

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 233
5.12 U: Monitor Parameters

5.12 U: Monitor Parameters

Monitor parameters let the user view various aspects of drive performance using the digital operator display. Some
monitors can be output from terminals FM and AM by assigning the specific monitor parameter number (U†-††) to
H4-01 and H4-04. Refer to H4-01, H4-04: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM, AM Monitor Selection on
page 185 for details on assigning functions to an analog output.

◆ U1: Operation Status Monitors

Status monitors display drive status data such as output frequency and output current. Refer to U1: Operation Status
Monitors on page 357 for a complete list of U1-†† monitors and descriptions.

◆ U2: Fault Trace

These monitor parameters are used to view the status of various drive aspects when a fault occurs.
This information is helpful for finding out why a fault occurred. Refer to U2: Fault Trace on page 360 for a complete list
of U2-†† monitors and descriptions.
U2-†† monitors are not reset when the drive is initialized. Refer to o4-11: U2, U3 Initialization on page 217 for
instructions on how to reset these monitor values.

◆ U3: Fault History

These parameters display faults that have occurred during operation as well as the drive operation time when those faults
occurred. Refer to U3: Fault History on page 361 for a complete list of U3-†† monitors and descriptions.
U3-†† monitors are not reset when the drive is initialized. Refer to o4-11: U2, U3 Initialization on page 217 for
instructions on how to reset these monitor values.

◆ U4: Maintenance Monitors

Maintenance monitors show:
• Runtime data of the drive and cooling fans, and number of Run commands issued
• Maintenance data and replacement information for various drive components
• kWh data
• Highest peak current that has occurred and output frequency at the time the peak current occurred
• Motor overload status information
• Detailed information about the present Run command and frequency reference source selection
Refer to U4: Maintenance Monitors on page 361 for a complete list of U4-†† monitors and descriptions.

◆ U6: Control Monitors

Control monitors show:
• Reference data for the output voltage and vector control
• Data on PM motor rotor synchronization, forward phase compensation, and flux positioning
• Pulse data from the PG motor encoder
• Pulse data for Zero Servo control
• ASR and Feed Forward control monitors
Refer to Figure 5.21 on page 129 and Figure 5.22 on page 129 for details and an illustration showing where monitors
are located in the ASR block.
• The bias value added to the frequency reference by the Up/Down 2 function (see Setting 75, 76: Up 2, Down 2
command on page 176)
Refer to U6: Control Monitors on page 362 for a complete list of U6-†† monitors and descriptions.

234 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6
Troubleshooting
This chapter provides descriptions of the drive faults, alarms, errors, related displays, and
guidance for troubleshooting. This chapter can also serve as a reference guide for tuning the
drive during a trial run.

6.1 SECTION SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

6.2 MOTOR PERFORMANCE FINE-TUNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
6.3 DRIVE ALARMS, FAULTS, AND ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
6.4 FAULT DETECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
6.5 ALARM DETECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
6.6 OPERATOR PROGRAMMING ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
6.7 AUTO-TUNING FAULT DETECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
6.8 COPY FUNCTION RELATED DISPLAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
6.9 DIAGNOSING AND RESETTING FAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
6.10 TROUBLESHOOTING WITHOUT FAULT DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 235
6.1 Section Safety

6.1 Section Safety

DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may illustrate drives without covers or safety shields to display details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not touch terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the
drive input power is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive
before touching any components.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry, or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming drive input power before applying power.

236 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6.1 Section Safety

WARNING
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.

NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded twisted-pair
wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBPC72060000 when connecting a dynamic braking option to the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for modification of the product made by the user.
Check all the wiring after installing the drive and connecting other devices to ensure that all connections are
correct.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.

Troubleshooting

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 237
6.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning

6.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning

This section offers helpful information for counteracting oscillation, hunting, or other problems that occur while
performing a trial run. Refer to the section below that corresponds to the motor control method used.
Note: This section describes parameters that are commonly edited and may be set incorrectly. Consult Yaskawa for more information
on detailed settings and fine-tuning the drive.

◆ Fine-Tuning V/f Control and V/f Control with PG

Table 6.1 Parameters for Fine-Tuning Performance in V/f and V/f w/PG
Suggested
Problem Parameter No. Corrective Action Default
Setting
• If insufficient motor torque relative to the size of the load causes hunting,
reduce the setting.
• When motor hunting and oscillation occur with a light load, increase the
Motor hunting and oscillation at speeds Hunting Prevention Gain
setting. 1.00 0.10 to 2.00
between 10 and 40 Hz (n1-02)
• Lower this setting if hunting occurs when using a motor with a relatively
low inductance, such as a high-frequency motor or a motor with a larger
frame size.
• If the motor noise is too loud, increase the carrier frequency.
• Motor noise • When motor hunting and oscillation occur at speeds up to 40 Hz, lower
Carrier Frequency Selection
• Motor hunting and oscillation at the carrier frequency. 1 (2 kHz) 1 to max. setting
(C6-02)
speeds up to 40 Hz • The default setting for the carrier frequency depends on the drive
capacity.
Torque Compensation Primary
• Poor torque or speed response • If motor torque and speed response are too slow, decrease the setting.
Delay Time 200 ms <1> 100 to 1000 ms
• Motor hunting and oscillation • If motor hunting and oscillation occur, increase the setting.
(C4-02)
• Poor motor torque at speeds below 10 • If motor torque is insufficient at speeds below 10 Hz, increase the setting.
Torque Compensation Gain
Hz • If motor hunting and oscillation with a relatively light load, decrease the 1.00 0.50 to 1.50
(C4-01)
• Motor hunting and oscillation setting.
Mid Output Voltage A (E1-08)
• Poor motor torque at low speeds • If torque is insufficient at speeds below 10 Hz, increase the setting. E1-08: 30.0 V Default setting
Minimum Output Voltage
• Motor instability at motor start • If motor instability occurs at motor start, decrease the setting. E1-10: 18.0 V ±5 V
(E1-10)
0.0
Slip Compensation Gain After setting the motor-rated current (E2-01), motor-rated slip (E2-02), and
Poor speed precision (V/f control) (no slip 0.5 to 1.5
(C3-01) motor no-load current (E2-03), adjust the slip compensation gain (C3-01).
compensation)
Proportional gain
ASR Proportional Gain 1 (C5-01)
Poor speed precision (V/f control with Adjust the ASR proportional gain 1 (C5-01) and the ASR integral time 1 C5-01: 0.20 = 0.10 to 1.00
ASR Integral Time 1 (C5-02)
PG) (C5-02). C5-02: 0.200 Integral time
<2> <3>
= 0.100 to 2.000
<1> Default setting value is dependent on parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection, and o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<2> ASR in V/f Control with PG only controls the output frequency, and therefore does not allow the high gain settings possible when using Close
Loop Vector control.
<3> Refer to C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR) on page 129 for details on Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR).

◆ Fine-Tuning Open Loop Vector Control

Table 6.2 Parameters for Fine-Tuning Performance in OLV
Suggested
Problem Parameter No. Corrective Action Default
Setting
• Poor motor torque and speed • If motor torque and speed response are too slow, gradually decrease the
response AFR Gain setting by 0.05.
1.00 0.50 to 2.00
• Motor hunting and oscillation at (n2-01) • If motor hunting and oscillation occur, gradually increase the setting by
speeds between 10 and 40 Hz 0.05.
• To improve motor torque speed response, gradually reduce this setting by
• Poor motor torque and speed 10 ms and check the performance.
response AFR Time Constant 1 • If motor hunting and oscillation occur as a result of load inertia, gradually
50 ms 50 to 2000 ms
• Motor hunting and oscillation at (n2-02) increase the setting by 50 ms and check the performance.
speeds between 10 and 40 Hz Note: Ensure that n2-02 ≤ n2-03. When changing n2-02, set C4-02 (Torque
Compensation Primary Delay Time Constant 1) accordingly.
• If overvoltage occur, gradually increase this setting by 50 ms.
• If response is slow, gradually reduce this setting by 10 ms.
AFR Time Constant 2
Note: Ensure that n2-02 ≤ n2-03. When making adjustments to n2-03, 750 ms 750 to 2000 ms
(n2-03)
increase the value of C4-06 (Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 2)
proportionally.
Overvoltage trips when accelerating,
decelerating, or during sudden speed or • If overvoltage trips occur, gradually increase this setting by 10 ms and
load changes. check the performance.
• If response is slow, gradually reduce this setting by 2 ms and check the
Torque Compensation Primary
performance. 150 ms 150 to 750 ms
Delay Time Constant 2 (C4-06)
Note: Ensure that C4-02 ≤ C4-06. When changing C4-06 (Torque
Compensation Primary Delay Time Constant 2), increase the value of n2-03
proportionally.

238 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning

Suggested
Problem Parameter No. Corrective Action Default
Setting
• To improve motor torque speed response, gradually reduce this setting by
2 ms and check the performance.
• Poor motor torque and speed
Torque Compensation Primary • If motor hunting and oscillation occur, gradually increase this setting by
response 20 ms <1> 20 to 100 ms <1>
Delay Time Constant 1 (C4-02) 10 ms.
• Motor hunting and oscillation
Note: Ensure that C4-02 ≤ C4-06. When making adjustments to C4-02,
increase the AFR time constant (n2-02) proportionally.
Slip Compensation Primary • If response is slow, gradually decrease the setting by 10 ms.
Poor speed response and stability 200 ms <2> 100 to 500 ms
Delay Time Constant (C3-02) • If speed is unstable, gradually increase the setting by 10 ms.
• If speed is too slow, gradually increase the setting by 0.1 ms.
Poor speed precision Slip Compensation Gain (C3-01) 1.0 <2> 0.5 to 1.5
• If speed is too fast, gradually decrease the setting by 0.1 ms.
Poor speed precision during Slip Compensation Selection Enable slip compensation during regeneration by setting parameter C3-04
0 1
regenerative operation During Regeneration (C3-04) = 1.
• If there is too much motor noise, the carrier frequency is too low.
• Motor noise • If motor hunting and oscillation occur at low speeds, reduce the carrier
Carrier Frequency Selection
• Motor hunting and oscillation occur frequency. 1 (2 kHz) 0 to max. setting
(C6-02)
at speeds below 10 Hz Note: The default setting for the carrier frequency depends on the drive
capacity (o2-04).
• If motor torque and speed response are too slow, increase the setting. E1-08: 22.0 V
• Poor motor torque at low speeds Mid Output Voltage A (E1-08)
• If the motor exhibits excessive instability at start-up, reduce the setting. <2> Default setting
• Poor speed response Minimum Output Voltage
Note: When working with a relatively light load, increasing this value too E1-10: 4.0 V ±2 V
• Motor instability at start (E1-10)
much can result in overtorque. <2>

<1> Default setting value is dependent on parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection, and o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<2> Default settings change when the Control Method is changed (A1-02) or a different V/f pattern is selected using parameter E1-03.

When using OLV, leave the torque compensation gain (C4-01) at its default setting of 1.00.

◆ Fine-Tuning Closed Loop Vector Control

Table 6.3 Parameters for Fine-Tuning the Performance in CLV

Problem Parameter No. Corrective Action Default Suggested

Setting
ASR Proportional Gain 1 • If motor torque and speed response are too slow, gradually increase the
(C5-01) ASR gain setting by 5.
• Poor torque or speed response
ASR Proportional Gain 2 • If motor hunting and oscillation occur, decrease the setting. 20.00 10.00 to 50.00
• Motor hunting and oscillation
(C5-03) • Parameter C5-03 needs to be adjusted only if C5-05 > 0.
<1> • Perform ASR Auto-Tuning if possible
ASR Integral Time 1 (C5-02) • If motor torque and speed response are too slow, decrease the setting.
• Poor torque or speed response
ASR Integral Time 2 (C5-04) • If motor hunting and oscillation occur, increase the setting. 0.500 s 0.300 to 1.000 s
• Motor hunting and oscillation
<1> • Parameter C5-04 needs to be adjusted only if C5-05 > 0.
Trouble maintaining the ASR
ASR Gain Switching Frequency Have the drive switch between two different ASR proportional gain and 0.0 to max output
proportional gain or the integral time at 0.0 Hz
(C5-07) <1> integral time settings based on the output frequency. frequency
the low or high end of the speed range
• If motor torque and speed response are too slow, gradually decrease the
ASR Primary Delay Time
Motor hunting and oscillation setting by 0.01. 0.004 s 0.004 to 0.020 s
Constant (C5-06) <1>
• If the load is less rigid and subject to oscillation, increase this setting.
• If there is too much motor noise, the carrier frequency is too low.
• Motor noise • If motor hunting and oscillation occur at low speeds, reduce the carrier
Carrier Frequency Selection 2.0 kHz to the max.
• Control motor hunting and oscillation frequency. 1
(C6-02) setting
occur at speeds below 3 Hz. Note: The default setting for the carrier frequency depends on the drive
capacity (o2-04).

<1> Refer to C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR) on page 129 for details on Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR).

Troubleshooting
◆ Fine-Tuning Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM Motors
Table 6.4 Parameters for Fine-Tuning Performance in AOLV/PM
Suggested
Problem Parameter No. Corrective Action Default
Setting
ASR Proportional Gain 1 • If motor torque and speed response are too slow, gradually increase the
• Poor torque or speed response (C5-01) setting by 5.
10.00 5.00 to 30.00 <1>
6
• Motor hunting and oscillation ASR Proportional Gain 2 • If motor hunting and oscillation occur, decrease the setting.
(C5-03) • Parameter C5-03 needs to be adjusted only if C5-05 > 0.
• If motor torque and speed response are too slow, decrease the setting.
• Poor torque or speed response ASR Integral Time 1 (C5-02) 0.300 to
• If motor hunting and oscillation occur, increase the setting. 0.500 s
• Motor hunting and oscillation ASR Integral Time 2 (C5-04) 1.000 s <1>
• Parameter C5-03 needs to be adjusted only if C5-05 > 0
Trouble maintaining the ASR
ASR Gain Switching Frequency Have the drive switch between two different ASR proportional gain and
proportional gain or the integral time at 0.0% 0.0 to Max r/min
(C5-07) integral time settings based on the output frequency.
the low or high end of the speed range
ASR Primary Delay Time 0.016 to
Motor hunting and oscillation If the load is less rigid and subject to oscillation, increase this setting. 0.010 s
Constant (C5-06) 0.035 s <1>
Motor stalling makes normal operation Motor parameters
Check the motor parameter settings. - -
impossible (E1-††, E5-††)
<1> Optimal settings will differ between no-load and loaded operation.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 239
6.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning

◆ Fine-Tuning Closed Loop Vector Control for PM Motors

Table 6.5 Parameters for Fine-Tuning Performance in CLV/PM
Suggested
Problem Parameter No. Corrective Action Default
Setting
ASR Proportional Gain 1 • If motor torque and speed response are too slow, gradually increase the
• Poor torque or speed response (C5-01) setting by 5.
20.00 10.00 to 50.00 <1>
• Motor hunting and oscillation ASR Proportional Gain 2 • If motor hunting and oscillation occur, decrease the setting.
(C5-03) • Perform ASR Gain Auto-Tuning if possible
• Poor torque or speed response ASR Integral Time 1 (C5-02) • If motor torque and speed response are too slow, decrease the setting. 0.300 to
0.500 s
• Motor hunting and oscillation ASR Integral Time 2 (C5-04) • If motor hunting and oscillation occur, increase the setting. 1.000 s <1>
ASR proportional gain or the integral
ASR Gain Switching Frequency Have the drive switch between two different ASR proportional gain and
time at the low or high end of the speed 0.0% 0.0 to Max r/min
(C5-07) integral time settings based on the output frequency.
range
ASR Primary Delay Time 0.004 to
Motor hunting and oscillation If the load is less rigid and subject to oscillation, increase this setting. 0.016 s
Constant (C5-06) 0.020 s <1>
Motor stall makes normal operation Motor parameters
Check the motor parameter settings. - -
impossible (E1-††, E5-††)
<1> Optimal settings will differ between no-load and loaded operation.

◆ Parameters to Minimize Motor Hunting and Oscillation

In addition to the parameters discussed on page 238 through 240, the following parameters indirectly affect motor
hunting and oscillation.
Table 6.6 Parameters that Affect Control Performance in Applications
Name (Parameter No.) Application
Used to balance the load between two motors that drive the same load. Can be used when the control method (A1-02) is set to
Droop Function (b7-01, b7-02)
3 or 7.
Accel/Decel Time (C1-01 through C1-10) Adjusting accel and decel times will affect the torque presented to the motor during acceleration or deceleration.
Jump Frequency (d3-01 through d3-04) Skips over the resonant frequencies of connected machinery.
Analog Filter Time Constant (H3-13) Prevents fluctuation in the analog input signal due to noise.
• Prevents motor speed loss and overvoltage. Used when the load is too heavy and also during sudden acceleration/
deceleration.
Stall Prevention (L3-01 through L3-04, L3-16)
• Adjustment is not normally required because Stall Prevention is enabled as a default. Disable Stall Prevention during
deceleration (L3-04 = “0”) when using a braking resistor.
• Sets the maximum torque for Open Loop Vector Control.
Torque Limits (L7-01 through L7-04) • Ensure that the drive capacity is greater than the motor capacity when increasing this setting. Be careful when reducing this
value because motor speed loss may occur with heavy loads.

240 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors

6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors

◆ Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors
Check the digital operator for information about possible faults if the drive or motor fails to operate. Refer to Using the
Digital Operator on page 71.
If problems occur that are not covered in this manual, contact the nearest Yaskawa representative with the following
information:
• Drive model
• Software version
• Date of purchase
• Description of the problem
Table 6.7 contains descriptions of the various types of alarms, faults, and errors that may occur while operating the drive.
Contact Yaskawa in the event of drive failure.
Table 6.7 Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors
Type Drive Response
When the drive detects a fault:
• The digital operator displays text that indicates the specific fault and the ALARM indicator LED remains lit until the fault is reset.
• The fault interrupts drive output and the motor coasts to a stop.
Faults
• Some faults allow the user to select how the drive should stop when the fault occurs.
• Fault output terminals MA-MC will close, and MB-MC will open.
The drive will remain inoperable until that fault has been cleared. Refer to Fault Reset Methods on page 271.
When the drive detects an alarm or a minor fault:
• The digital operator displays text that indicates the specific alarm or minor fault, and the ALARM indicator LED flashes.
• The drive generally continues running the motor, although some alarms allow the user to select a stopping method when the alarm occurs.
Minor Faults and Alarms
• One of the multi-function contact outputs closes if set to be tripped by a minor fault (H2- †† = 10), but not by an alarm.
• The digital operator displays text indicating a specific alarm and ALARM indicator LED flashes.
To reset the a minor fault or alarm, remove whatever is causing the problem.
When parameter settings conflict with one another or do not match hardware settings (such as with an option card), it results in an operation error. When the
drive detects an operation error:
Operation Errors • The digital operator displays text that indicates the specific error.
• Multi-function contact outputs do not operate.
The drive will not operate the motor until the error has been reset. Correct the settings that caused the operation error to clear the error.
Tuning errors occur while performing Auto-Tuning. When the drive detects a tuning error:
• The digital operator displays text indicating the specific error.
Tuning Errors • Multi-function contact outputs do not operate.
• Motor coasts to stop.
Remove the cause of the error and repeat the Auto-Tuning process.
These are the types of errors that can occur when using the optional digital operator or the USB Copy Unit to copy, read, or verify parameter settings.
• The digital operator displays text indicating the specific error.
Copy Function Errors
• Multi-function contact outputs do not operate.
Pressing any key on the operator will clear the fault. Find out what is causing the problem (such as model incompatibility) and try again.

Troubleshooting

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 241
6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors

◆ Alarm and Error Displays

■ Faults
Table 6.8 gives an overview of possible fault codes. As conditions such as overvoltage can trip both a fault and an alarm,
it is important to distinguish between faults and alarms in order to find the right corrective action.
When the drive detects a fault, the ALM indicator LEDs lights and the fault code appears on the display. The drive fault
contact MA-MB-MC will be triggered. If the ALM LED blinks and the code appearing on the operator screen is flashes,
then an alarm has been detected. See Minor Faults and Alarms on page 243 for a list of alarm codes.
Table 6.8 Fault Displays (1)
Digital Operator Display Name Page Digital Operator Display Name Page

boL Braking Transistor Overload Fault 246 LF Output Phase Loss 250

bUS Option Communication Error 246 LF2 Current Imbalance 250

MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication
CE 246 oC Overcurrent 250
Error

CF Control Fault 246 oFA00 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-A) 250

CoF Current Offset Fault 246 oFA01 Option Card Fault (CN5-A) 251

oFA02 Option Card Fault (CN5-A) 251

,
CPF00, CPF01 Control Circuit Error 246
<1>
to
oFA03 to oFA06 Option Card Error (CN5-A) 251
CPF02 A/D Conversion Error 246

CPF03 Control Board Connection Error 247

,
oFA10, oFA11 Option Card Error (CN5-A) 251
CPF06 EEPROM Memory Data Error 247

, CPF07, to
Terminal Board Connection Error 247 oFA12 to oFA17 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-A) 251
CPF08

, to
CPF20, CPF21 Control Circuit Error 247 oFA30 to oFA43 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-A) 251
<1>

CPF22 Hybrid IC Error 247 oFb00 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-B) 251

CPF23 Control Board Connection Error 247 oFb01 Option Card Fault (CN5-B) 251

CPF24 Drive Unit Signal Fault 247 oFb02 Option Card Fault (CN5-B) 251

,
oFb03, oFb11 Option Card Error (CN5-B) 251
to
CPF26 to CPF34 Control Circuit Error 247
to oFb12 to oFb17 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-B) 251

Excessive Speed Deviation (for Control

dEv 248 oFC00 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-C) 251
Mode with PG)

dv1 Z Pulse Fall Detection 248 oFC01 Option Card Fault (CN5-C) 252

dv2 Z Pulse Noise Fault Detection 248 oFC02 Option Card Fault (CN5-C) 252

dv3 Inversion Detection 248

,
oFC03, oFC11 Option Card Error (CN5-C) 252
dv4 Inversion Prevention Detection 248

EF0 Option Card External Fault 248

to oFC12 to oFC17 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-C) 252
to
EF3 to EF8 External Fault (input terminal S3 to S8) 249

Err EEPROM Write Error 249 oH Heatsink Overheat 252

FAn Internal Fan Fault 249 oH1 Heatsink Overheat 252

GF Ground Fault 249 oL1 Motor Overload 253

242 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors

Table 6.9 Fault Displays (2)

Digital Operator Display Name Page Digital Operator Display Name Page

oL2 Drive Overload 253 STo Pull-Out Detection 255

oL3 Overtorque Detection 1 253 SvE Zero-Servo Fault 255

oL4 Overtorque Detection 2 253 UL3 Undertorque Detection 1 255

oPr Operator Connection Fault 253 UL4 Undertorque Detection 2 255

oS Overspeed (for Control Mode with PG) 254 Uv1 Undervoltage 255

ov Overvoltage 254 Uv2 Control Power Supply Undervoltage 255

PF Input Phase Loss 254 Uv3 Soft Charge Circuit Fault 256

PGo PG Disconnect (for Control Mode with PG) 254 voF Output Voltage Detection Fault 256

PGoH PG Hardware Fault (when using PG-X3) 255 – – – –

<1> Displayed as CPF00 or CPF20 when occurring at drive power up. When one of the faults occurs after successfully starting the drive, the display
will show CPF01or CPF21.

■ Minor Faults and Alarms

Table 6.10 give an overview of possible alarm codes. As conditions such as overvoltage can trip both a fault and alarm, it
is important to distinguish between faults and alarms in order to find the right corrective action.
If an alarm is detected, the ALARM LED will blink and the alarm code display flashes. The majority of alarms will
trigger a digital output programmed for alarm output (H2-†† = 10). If the ALARM LED lights without blinking, this
means that a fault has been detected (not an alarm). Information on fault codes can be found in Faults on page 242.
Table 6.10 Minor Fault and Alarm Displays
Minor Fault Output
Digital Operator Display Name Page
(H2-†† = 10)

bb Drive Baseblock No output 257

boL Braking Transistor Overload Fault YES 257

bUS Option Card Communications Error YES 257

CALL Serial Communication Transmission Error YES 257

CE MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error YES 258

CrST Cannot Reset YES 258

dEv Excessive Speed Deviation (for Control Mode with PG) YES 258

dnE Drive Disabled YES 258

Troubleshooting
EF Run Command Input Error YES 258

EF0 Option Card External Fault YES 258

to EF3 to EF8 External Fault (input terminal S3 to S8) YES 259

Hbb Hardwire Base Block Signal Input YES 259

6
HbbF Hardwire Base Block Signal Input YES 259

HCA Current Alarm YES 259

LT-1 Cooling Fan Maintenance Time No output <1> 259

LT-2 Capacitor Maintenance Time No output <1> 259

LT-3 Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time No output <1> 260

LT-4 IGBT Maintenance Time (50%) No output <1> 260

oH Heatsink Overheat YES 260

oH2 Drive Overheat YES 260

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 243
6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors

Digital Operator Display Name Minor Fault Output Page

(H2-†† = 10)

oL3 Overtorque 1 YES 260

oL4 Overtorque 2 YES 260

oPr Operator Connection Fault YES 253

oS Overspeed (for Control Mode with PG) YES 260

ov Overvoltage YES 261

PASS MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Complete No output 261

PGo PG Disconnect (for Control Mode with PG) YES 261

PGoH PG Hardware Fault (when using PG-X3) YES 261

rUn During Run 2, Motor Switch Command Input YES 261

SE MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Fault YES 261

TrPC IGBT Maintenance Time (90%) YES 261

UL3 Undertorque 1 YES 261

UL4 Undertorque 2 YES 261

Uv Undervoltage YES 262

voF Output Voltage Detection Fault YES 262

<1> Output when H2-†† = 2F.

■ Operation Errors
Table 6.11 Operation Error Displays
Digital Operator Display Name Page Digital Operator Display Name Page

oPE01 Drive Unit Setting Error 263 oPE08 Parameter Selection Error 264

oPE02 Parameter Setting Range Error 263 oPE10 V/f Data Setting Error 264

oPE03 Multi-Function Input Setting Error 263 oPE11 Carrier Frequency Setting Error 264

oPE04 Terminal Board Mismatch Error 263 oPE13 Pulse Train Monitor Selection Error 264

oPE05 Run Command Selection Error 263 oPE15 Torque Control Setting Error 264

oPE06 Control Method Selection Error 264 – – – –

■ Auto-Tuning Errors
Table 6.12 Auto-Tuning Error Displays
Digital Operator Display Name Page Digital Operator Display Name Page

End1 Excessive V/f Setting 265 Er-03 STOP button Input 266

Motor Iron Core Saturation Coefficient

End2 265 Er-09 Acceleration Error 266
Error

End3 Rated Current Setting Alarm 265 Er-10 Motor Direction Error 266

Adjusted Slip Value Fell Below Lower

End4 265 Er-11 Motor Speed Error 267
Limit

End5 Resistance Between Lines Error 265 Er-12 Current Detection Error 267

End6 Leakage Inductance Alarm 265 Er-13 Leakage Inductance Error 267

End7 No-Load Current Alarm 265 Er-19 PM Inductance Error 267

Er-01 Motor Data Error 266 Er-20 Stator Resistance Error 267

Er-02 Alarm 266 Er-21 Z Pulse Correction Error 267

244 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors

■ Errors and Displays When Using the Copy Function

Table 6.13 Copy Errors
Digital Operator Display Name Page
CoPy Writing parameter settings (flashing) 268

CPEr Control mode of the drive does not match 268

CPyE Error writing data 268

CSEr Error occurred in the copy function 268

dFPS Drive models do not match. 268

End Task completed 268

iFEr Communication error 268

ndAT Model, voltage class, capacity, and/or control mode differ 268

rdEr Error reading data 269

rEAd Reading parameter settings (flashing) 269

vAEr Voltage class and/or drive capacity does not match 269

vFyE Parameter settings in the drive and those saved to the copy function are not the same 269

vrFy Comparing parameter settings (flashing) 269

Troubleshooting

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 245
6.4 Fault Detection

6.4 Fault Detection

◆ Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Faults are detected for drive protection, and cause the drive to stop. When a fault occurs, the fault output terminal MA-
MB-MC is triggered. Faults have to be cleared manually after removing the cause to start running the drive again.
Table 6.14 Detailed Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Braking Transistor Overload Fault
boL
The braking transistor has reached its overload level.
Cause Possible Solution
The wrong braking resistor is installed. • Select the optimal braking resistor.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Communication Error
bUS • After establishing initial communication, the connection was lost.
• Only detected when the run command frequency reference is assigned to an option card.
Cause Possible Solution
No signal received from the PLC. • Check for faulty wiring.
• Correct the wiring.
Faulty communications wiring or a short circuit exists. • Check for disconnected cables and short circuits. Repair as needed.
• Check the various options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Take steps to counteract noise in the control circuit, main circuit, and ground wiring.
A communications data error occurred due to noise. • Ensure that other equipment such as switches or relays do not cause noise. Use surge suppressors if necessary.
• Use only recommended cables or other shielded line. Ground the shield on the controller side or on the drive input power side.
• Separate all communication wiring from drive power lines. Install an EMC noise filter to the drive power supply input.
The option card is damaged. • Replace the option card if there are no problems with the wiring and the error continues to occur.
• The connector pins on the option card are not properly lined up with the connector pins on the drive.
The option card is not properly connected to the drive.
• Reinstall the option card.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error
CE
Control data was not received for the CE detection time set to H5-09.
Cause Possible Solution
• Check for faulty wiring.
Faulty communications wiring or a short circuit exists. • Correct the wiring.
• Check for disconnected cables and short circuits. Repair as needed.
• Check the various options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Take steps to counteract noise in the control circuit, main circuit, and ground wiring.
Communication data error occurred due to noise. • Use only recommended cables or other shielded line. Ground the shield on the controller side or on the drive input power side.
• Ensure that other equipment such as switches or relays do not cause noise and use surge suppressors if required.
• Separate all communication wiring from drive power lines. Install an EMC noise filter to the drive power supply input.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Control Fault
CF
A torque limit was reached continuously for three seconds or longer while ramping to stop in Open Loop Vector Control.
Cause Possible Solution
Motor parameters are not set properly. Check the motor parameter settings and repeat Auto-Tuning.
Torque limit is too low. Set the torque limit to the most appropriate setting (L7-01 through L7-04).
• Adjust the deceleration time (C1-02, -04, -06, -08).
Load inertia is too big.
• Set the frequency to the minimum value and interrupt the Run command when the drive finishes decelerating.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name

CoF Current Ofset Fault

Cause Possible Solution

DCCT is damaged Replace DCCT or drive
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
or CPF00 or CPF01
Control Circuit Error
<1> <1>
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
There is a self diagnostic error in control circuit. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Connector on the operator is damaged. • Replace the operator.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
A/D Conversion Error
CPF02
An A/D conversion error or control circuit error occurred.
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
Control circuit is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.

246 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6.4 Fault Detection

Digital Operator Display Fault Name

Control Board Connection Error
CPF03
Connection error between the control board and the drive
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn the power off and check the connection between the control board and the drive.
There is a connection error.
• If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive.
• Check the various options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Take steps to counteract noise in the control circuit, main circuit, and ground wiring.
Drive fails to operate properly due to noise interference. • Use only recommended cables or other shielded line. Ground the shield on the controller side or on the drive input power side.
• Ensure that other equipment such as switches or relays do not cause noise and use surge suppressors if required.
• Separate all communication wiring from drive power lines. Install an EMC noise filter to the drive power supply input.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
EEPROM Memory Data Error
CPF06
There is an error in the data saved to EEPROM.
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn the power off and check the connection between the control board and the drive.
There is an error in EEPROM control circuit. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
The power supply was switched off when parameters
Reinitialize the drive (A1-03).
were being saved to the drive.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name

CPF07
Terminal Board Connection Error
CPF08

Cause Possible Solution

• Turn the power off and reconnect the control circuit terminal board.
There is a fault connection between the terminal board
• If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
and control board.
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name

or <1> CPF20 or CPF21 Control Circuit Error

Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
Hardware is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name

CPF22 Hybrid IC Error

Cause Possible Solution

• Cycle power to the drive. Refer to Diagnosing and Resetting Faults on page 270.
Hybrid IC on the main circuit is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Control Board Connection Error
CPF23
Connection error between the control board and the drive
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn the power off and check the connection between the control board and the drive.
Hardware is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Drive Unit Signal Fault
CPF24

Troubleshooting
The drive capacity cannot be detected correctly (drive capacity is checked when the drive is powered up).
Cause Possible Solution
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your
Hardware is damaged.
nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Control Circuit Error
to CPF26 to CPF34

Cause
CPU error
Possible Solution
6
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your
Hardware is damaged.
nearest sales representative.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 247
6.4 Fault Detection

Digital Operator Display Fault Name

Speed Deviation (for Control Mode with PG)
dEv The deviation between the speed reference and speed feedback is greater than the setting in F1-10 for longer than the time set to
F1-11.
Cause Possible Solution
Load is too heavy. Reduce the load.
Acceleration and deceleration times are set too short. Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
The load is locked up. Check the machine.
Parameters are not set appropriately. Check the settings of parameters F1-10 and F1-11.
• Set H6-02 to the same value as the speed feedback signal frequency when the motor runs at maximum speed.
Incorrect speed feedback scaling if terminal RP is used
• Adjust the speed feedback signal using parameters H6-03 through H6-05.
as speed feedback input in V/f control.
• Make sure the speed feedback signal frequency does not exceed the maximum input frequency of terminal RP.
Motor brake engaged. Ensure the motor brake releases properly.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Z Pulse Fault
dv1
The motor turned one full rotation without the Z pulse being detected.
Cause Possible Solution
PG encoder is not connected, not wired properly, or is • Make sure the PG encoder is properly connected and all shielded lines are properly grounded.
damaged. • If the problem continues after cycling power, then replace either the PG option card or the PG encoder itself.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Z Pulse Noise Fault Detection
dv2
The Z pulse is out of phase by more than 5 degrees.
Cause Possible Solution
Noise interference along the PG cable. Separate the PG cable lines from the source of the noise (very possibly drive output wiring).
PG cable is not wired properly. Rewire the PG encoder and make sure all shielded lines are properly grounded.
PG option card or the PG encoder is damaged. If the problem continues after cycling power, then replace either the PG option card or the PG encoder itself.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Inversion Detection
dv3 The torque reference and acceleration are in opposite directions from one another (one is in reverse and the other is forward)
while at the same time the speed reference and actual motor speed differ by over 30% for the number of pulses set to F1-18.
Cause Possible Solution
Set the value for Δθ to E5-11 as specified on the motor nameplate. Replacing the PG encoder or changing the application so that
The Z pulse offset is not set properly to E5-11.
the motor rotates in reverse instead requires readjustment of the Z pulse offset.
An external force on the load side has caused the motor • Make sure the motor is rotating in the right direction.
to move. • Look for any problems on the load side that might be causing the motor to rotate in the opposite direction.
Noise interference along the PG cable affecting the A or
B pulse.
Rewire the PG encoder and make sure all lines including shielded line are properly connected.
PG encoder is disconnected, not wired properly, or the
PG option card or PG itself is damaged.
Rotational direction for the PG encoder set to F1-05 is
Make sure motor lines for each phase (U, V, W) are connected properly.
the opposite of the order of the motor lines.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Inversion Prevention Detection
Pulses indicate that the motor is rotating in the opposite direction of the speed reference. Set the number of pulses to trigger
dv4 inverse detection to F1-19.
Note: Disable inverse detection in applications where the motor may rotate in the opposite direction of the speed reference.
Setting F1-19 to 0 disables this feature.
Cause Possible Solution
• Set the value for Δθ to E5-11 as specified on the motor nameplate.
The Z pulse offset is not set properly to E5-11. • If the problem continues after cycling power, then replace either the PG option card or the PG encoder itself. Replacing the PG
encoder or changing the application so that the motor rotates in reverse instead requires readjustment of the Z-pulse offset.
Noise interference along the PG cable affecting the A or • Make sure the motor is rotating in the correct direction.
B pulse. • Look for any problems on the load side that might be causing the motor to rotate in the opposite direction.
PG encoder is disconnected, not wired properly, or the • Rewire the PG encoder and make sure all lines including shielded line are properly connected.
PG option card or PG itself is damaged. • If the problem continues after cycling power, then replace either the PG option card or the PG encoder itself.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card External Fault
EF0
An external fault condition is present.
Cause Possible Solution
An external fault was received from the PLC with other
• Remove the cause of the external fault.
than F6-03 = 3 “alarm only” (the drive continued to run
• Remove the external fault input from the PLC.
after external fault).
Problem with the PLC program. Check the PLC program and correct problems.

248 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6.4 Fault Detection

Digital Operator Display Fault Name

External Fault (input terminal S3)
EF3
External fault at multi-function input terminal S3.
External Fault (input terminal S4)
EF4
External fault at multi-function input terminal S4.
External Fault (input terminal S5)
EF5
External fault at multi-function input terminal S5.
External Fault (input terminal S6)
EF6
External fault at multi-function input terminal S6.
External Fault (input terminal S7)
EF7
External fault at multi-function input terminal S7
External Fault (input terminal S8)
EF8
External fault at multi-function input terminal S8
Cause Possible Solution
An external device has tripped an alarm function. Remove the cause of the external fault and reset the fault.
• Ensure the signal lines have been connected properly to the terminals assigned for external fault detection (H1-†† = 20 to 2F).
Wiring is incorrect.
• Reconnect the signal line.
• Check if the any unused terminals are set for H1-†† = 20 to 2F (External Fault).
Incorrect setting of multi-function contact inputs.
• Change the terminal settings.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
EEPROM Write Error
Err
Data cannot be written to the EEPROM.
Cause Possible Solution

• Press the button.

Noise has corrupted data while writing to the EEPROM. • Correct the parameter setting.
• Cycle power to the drive. Refer to Diagnosing and Resetting Faults on page 270.
• Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your
nearest sales representative.
• Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your
Hardware problem.
nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Internal Fan Fault
FAn
Fan or magnetic contactor failed.
Cause Possible Solution
Cycle power to the drive and see if the fault is still present.
Check if the fan is operating or not.
Internal cooling fan has malfunctioned. Verify the cumulative operation time of the fan using monitor U4-03, and the fan maintenance timer in U4-04.
If the cooling fan has passed its expected performance life or is damaged in some way, follow the instructions in this manual to
replace it.
Cycle power to the drive and see if the fault is still present.
Fault detected in the internal cooling fan or magnetic
If the fault still occurs, either replace the control circuit board or the entire unit.
contactor to the power supply.
For instructions on replacing the power board, contact the Yaskawa sales office directly or your nearest Yaskawa representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Ground Fault
GF • A current short to ground exceeded 50% of rated current on the output side of the drive.
• Setting L8-09 to 1 enables ground fault detection.
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the insulation resistance of the motor.
Motor insulation is damaged.
• Replace the motor.
• Check the motor cable.

Troubleshooting
• Remove the short circuit and turn the power back on.
A damaged motor cable is creating a short circuit.
• Check the resistance between the cable and the ground terminal .
• Replace the cable.
• Reduce the carrier frequency.
The leakage current at the drive output is too high.
• Reduce the amount of stray capacitance.
The drive started to run during a current offset fault or • The value set exceeds the allowable setting range while the drive automatically adjusts the current offset (this happens only
while coasting to a stop. when attempting to restart a PM motor that is coasting to stop).
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your
6
Hardware problem.
nearest sales representative.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 249
6.4 Fault Detection

Digital Operator Display Fault Name

Output Phase Loss
LF • Phase loss on the output side of the drive.
• Phase Loss Detection is enabled when L8-07 is set to 1 or 2.
Cause Possible Solution
• Check for wiring errors and ensure the output cable is connected properly.
The output cable is disconnected.
• Correct the wiring.
• Check the resistance between motor lines.
The motor winding is damaged.
• Replace the motor if the winding is damaged.
• Apply the tightening torque specified in this manual to fasten the terminals. Refer to Wire Size and Torque Specifications on
The output terminal is loose.
page 58.
The rated current of the motor being used is less than 5%
Check the drive and motor capacities.
of the drive rated current.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your
An output transistor is damaged.
nearest sales representative.
A single-phase motor is being used. The drive cannot operate a single phase motor.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Output current imbalance (detected when L8-29 = 1)
LF2
One or more of the phases in the output current is lost.
Cause Possible Solution
• Check for faulty wiring or poor connections on the output side of the drive.
Phase loss has occurred on the output side of the drive.
• Correct the wiring.
Apply the tightening torque specified in this manual to fasten the terminals. Refer to Wire Size and Torque Specifications on
Terminal wires on the output side of the drive are loose.
page 58.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your
The output circuit is damaged.
nearest sales representative.
• Measure the line-to-line resistance for each motor phase. Ensure all values are the same.
Motor impedance or motor phases are uneven.
• Replace the motor.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Overcurrent
oC
Drive sensors have detected an output current greater than the specified overcurrent level.
Cause Possible Solution
The motor has been damaged due to overheating or the • Check the insulation resistance.
motor insulation is damaged. • Replace the motor.
• Check the motor cables.
• Remove the short circuit and power the drive back up.
One of the motor cables has shorted out or there is a
grounding problem. • Check the resistance between the motor cables and the ground terminal .
• Replace damaged cables.
• Measure the current flowing into the motor.
• Replace the drive with a larger capacity unit if the current value exceeds the rated current of the drive.
The load is too heavy.
• Determine if there is sudden fluctuation in the current level.
• Reduce the load to avoid sudden changes in the current level or switch to a larger drive.
Calculate the torque needed during acceleration relative to the load inertia and the specified acceleration time. If the right amount
of torque cannot be set, make the following changes:
The acceleration or deceleration times are too short.
• Increase the acceleration time (C1-01, -03, -05, -07)
• Increase the capacity of the drive.
The drive is attempting to operate a specialized motor or • Check the motor capacity.
a motor larger than the maximum size allowed. • Ensure that the rated capacity of the drive is greater than or equal to the capacity rating found on the motor nameplate.
Magnetic contactor (MC) on the output side of the drive
Set up the operation sequence so that the MC is not tripped while the drive is outputting current.
has turned on or off.
• Check the ratios between the voltage and frequency.
V/f setting is not operating as expected. • Set parameter E1-04 through E1-10 appropriately (E3-04 through E3-10 for motor 2).
• Lower the voltage if it is too high relative to the frequency.
• Check the amount of torque compensation.
Excessive torque compensation.
• Reduce the torque compensation gain (C4-01) until there is no speed loss and less current.
• Review the possible solutions provided for handling noise interference.
Drive fails to operate properly due to noise interference.
• Review the section on handling noise interference and check the control circuit lines, main circuit lines, and ground wiring.
• Check if fault occurs simultaneously to overexcitation function operation.
Overexcitation gain is set too high.
• Consider motor flux saturation and reduce the value of n3-13 (Overexcitation Deceleration Gain).
The wrong motor code has been entered for PM Open • Enter the correct motor code to E5-01.
Loop Vector (Yaskawa motors only) or the motor data • If a non-Yaskawa PM motor is used, enter “FFFF” to E5-01. Set the correct motor data to the E5-†† parameters or perform
are wrong. Auto-Tuning.
• Check which motor control method the drive is set to (A1-02).
The motor control method and motor do not match. • For IM motors, set A1-02 = “0”, “1”, “2”, or “3”.
• For PM motors, set A1-02 = “6” or “7”.
The drives rated output current is too small. Use a larger drive.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5-A
oFA00
Option compatibility error
Cause Possible Solution
The option card installed into port CN5-A is
Check if the drive supports the option card that you are attempting to install. Contact Yaskawa for assistance.
incompatible with the drive.
A PG option card is connected to option port CN5-A PG option boards are supported by option ports CN5-B and CN5-C only. Place the PG option card into the correct option port.

250 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6.4 Fault Detection

Digital Operator Display Fault Name

Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-A
oFA01
Option not properly connected
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn the power off and reconnect the option card.
• Check if the option card is properly plugged into the option port. Make sure the card is fixed properly.
The option board connection to port CN5-A is faulty.
• If the option is not a communication option card, try to use the card in another option port. If it works there, replace the drive. If
the error persists (oFb01 or oFC01 occur), replace the option board.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-A
oFA02
Same type of option card already connected
Cause Possible Solution
An option card of the same type is already installed in
Except for PG options, each option card type can only be installed once. Make sure only one type of option card is connected.
option port CN5-B or C.
An input option card is already installed in option port Make sure that a comm. option, a digital input option, or an analog input option is installed. The same type of card cannot be
CN5-B or C. installed twice.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name

to oFA03 to oFA06

, oFA10, oFA11
Option card error occurred at option port CN5-A
to oFA12 to oFA17

to oFA30 to oFA43

Cause Possible Solution

• Cycle power to the drive.
Option card or hardware is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B
oFb00
Option compatibility error
Cause Possible Solution
The option card installed into port CN5-B is
Check if the drive supports the option card that you are attempting to install. Contact Yaskawa for assistance.
incompatible with the drive.
A communication option card has been installed in
Communication option cards are supported by option port CN5-A only. More than one comm. option cannot be installed.
option port CN5-B.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B
oFb01
Option not properly connected
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn the power off and reconnect the option card.
• Check if the option card is properly plugged into the option port. Make sure the card is fixed properly.
The option board connection to port CN5-B is faulty.
• Try to use the card in another option port (in case of a PG option use port CN5-C). If option card still doesn’t work there,
replace the drive. If the error persists (oFA01 or oFC01 occur), replace the option board.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B
oFb02
Same type of option card already connected
Cause Possible Solution
An option card of the same type is already installed in
Except for PG options, each option card type can only be installed once. Make sure only one type of option card is connected.
option port CN5-A.
An input option card is already installed in option port Make sure that a comm. option, a digital input option, or an analog input option is installed. The same type of card cannot be

Troubleshooting
CN5-A. installed twice.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name

to oFb03 to oFb11
Option card error occurred at Option Port CN5-B
to oFb12 to oFb17
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive. 6
Option card or hardware is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5-C
oFC00
Option compatibility error
Cause Possible Solution
The option card installed into port CN5-C is
Check if the drive supports the option card that you are attempting to instal. Contact Yaskawa for assistance.
incompatible with the drive.
A communication option card has been installed in
Communication option cards are supported by option port CN5-A only. More than one comm. option cannot be installed.
option port CN5-C.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 251
6.4 Fault Detection

Digital Operator Display Fault Name

Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-C
oFC01
Option not properly connected
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn the power off and reconnect the option card.
• Check if the option card is properly plugged into the option port. Make sure the card is fixed properly.
The option board connection to port CN5-C is faulty.
• Try to use the card in another option port (in case of a PG option use port CN5-B). If it works there, replace the drive. If the
error persists (oFA01 or oFb01 occur), replace the option board.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-C
oFC02
Same type of option card already connected
Cause Possible Solution
An option card of the same type is already installed in
Except for PG options, each option card type can only be installed once. Make sure only one type of option card is connected.
option port CN5-A or CN5-B.
An input option card is already installed in option port Make sure that a comm. option, a digital input option, or an analog input option is installed. The same type of card cannot be
CN5-A or CN5-B. installed twice.
Three PG option boards are installed. Maximum two PG option boards can be used at the same time. Remove the PG option board installed into option port CN5-A.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name

to oFC03 to oFC11
Option card error occurred at option port CN5-C
to oFC12 to oFC17
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
Option card or hardware is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Heatsink Overheat
oH The temperature of the heatsink exceeded the overheat pre-alarm level set to L8-02. Default value for L8-02 is determined by
drive capacity (o2-04).
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the temperature surrounding the drive. Verify temperature is within drive specifications.
• Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
Surrounding temperature is too high.
• Install a fan or air conditioner to cool the surrounding area.
• Remove anything near the drive that might be producing excessive heat.
• Measure the output current.
Load is too heavy. • Decrease the load.
• Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
• Replace the cooling fan. Refer to Cooling Fan Component Names on page 287.
Internal cooling fan is stopped.
• After replacing the drive, reset the cooling fan maintenance parameter (o4-03 = 0).
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Overheat 1 (Heatsink Overheat)
oH1
The temperature of the heatsink exceeded the drive overheat level. The overheat level is determined by drive capacity (o2-04).
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the temperature surrounding the drive.
• Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
Surrounding temperature is too high.
• Install a fan or air conditioner to cool the surrounding area.
• Remove anything near the drive that might be producing excessive heat.
• Measure the output current.
Load is too heavy. • Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
• Reduce the load.

252 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6.4 Fault Detection

Digital Operator Display Fault Name

Motor Overload
oL1
The electronic motor overload protection tripped.
Cause Possible Solution
Load is too heavy. Reduce the load.
Cycle times are too short during acceleration and
Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
deceleration.
• Reduce the load.
A general purpose motor is driven below the rated speed • Increase the speed.
with too high load. • If the motor is supposed to operate at low speeds, either increase the motor capacity or use a motor specifically designed to
operate in the desired speed range.
Adjust the user-set V/f patterns (E1-04 through E1-10). Parameters E1-08 and E1-10 may need to be reduced. Be careful not to
The output voltage is too high.
lower E1-08 and E1-10 too much because this reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
• Check the motor-rated current.
The wrong motor rated current is set to E2-01.
• Enter the value written on the motor nameplate to parameter E2-01.
• Check the rated frequency indicated on the motor nameplate.
The maximum output frequency is set incorrectly.
• Enter the rated frequency to E1-06 (Base Frequency).
Multiple motors are running off the same drive. Disable the motor protection function (L1-01 = 0) and install a thermal relay to each motor.
• Check the motor characteristics.
The electrical thermal protection characteristics and
• Correct the type of motor protection that has been selected (L1-01).
motor overload characteristics do not match.
• Install an external thermal relay.
The electrical thermal relay is operating at the wrong • Check the current rating listed on the motor nameplate.
level. • Check the value set for the motor rated current (E2-01).
• Overexcitation increases the motor losses and the motor temperature. If applied too long, motor damage can occur. Prevent
excessive overexcitation operation or apply proper cooling to the motor.
Motor overheated by overexcitation operation.
• Reduce the excitation deceleration gain (n3-13).
• Set L3-04 (Stall Prevention during Deceleration) to a value other than 4.
Output current fluctuation due to input phase loss Check the power supply for phase loss.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Drive Overload
oL2
The thermal sensor of the drive triggered overload protection.
Cause Possible Solution
Load is too heavy. Reduce the load.
Acceleration or deceleration times are too short. Increase the settings for the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
• Adjust the preset V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10). This will mainly involve reducing E1-08 and E1-10.
The output voltage is too high.
• Be careful not to lower E1-08 and E1-10 excessively because this reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
Drive capacity is too small. Replace the drive with a larger model.
• Reduce the load when operating at low speeds.
Overload occurred when operating at low speeds. • Replace the drive with a model that is one frame size larger.
• Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
Excessive torque compensation. Reduce the torque compensation gain (C4-01) until there is no speed loss but less current.
Output current fluctuation due to input phase loss Check the power supply for phase loss.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Overtorque Detection 1
oL3
The current has exceeded the value set for torque detection (L6-02) for longer than the allowable time (L6-03).
Cause Possible Solution
Parameter settings are not appropriate for the load. Check the settings of parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
Fault on the machine side (e.g., machine is locked up). Check the status of the load. Remove the cause of the fault.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Overtorque Detection 2
oL4
The current has exceeded the value set for Overtorque Detection 2 (L6-05) for longer than the allowable time (L6-06).

Troubleshooting
Cause Possible Solution
Parameter settings are not appropriate for the load. Check the settings of parameters L6-05 and L6-06.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
External Digital Operator Connection Fault
• The external operator has been disconnected from the drive.
oPr Note: An oPr fault will occur when all of the following conditions are true:
• Output is interrupted when the operator is disconnected (o2-06 = 1).
• The Run command is assigned to the operator (b1-02 = 0 and LOCAL has been selected).
6
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the connection between the operator and the drive.
External operator is not properly connected to the drive. • Replace the cable if damaged.
• Turn off the drive input power and disconnect the operator. Next reconnect the operator and turn the drive input power back on.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 253
6.4 Fault Detection

Digital Operator Display Fault Name

Overspeed (for Control Mode with PG)
oS
The motor speed feedback exceeded the F1-08 setting.
Cause Possible Solution
• Increase the settings for C5-01 (Speed Control Proportional Gain 1) and reduce C5-02 (Speed Control Integral Time 1).
Overshoot is occurring.
• If using a Closed Loop Vector mode, enable Feed Forward and perform Inertia Auto-Tuning.
Incorrect speed feedback scaling if terminal RP is used • Set H6-02 to the value of the speed feedback signal frequency when the motor runs at the maximum speed.
as speed feedback input in V/f control. • Adjust the input signal using parameters H6-03 through H6-05.
Incorrect number of PG pulses has been set. • Check and correct parameter F1-01.
Inappropriate parameter settings. Check the setting for the overspeed detection level and the overspeed detection time (F1-08 and F1-09).
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Overvoltage
ov Voltage in the DC bus has exceeded the overvoltage detection level.
• Approximately 820 V
Cause Possible Solution
• Increase the deceleration time (C1-02, C1-04, C1-06, C1-08).
Deceleration time is too short and regenerative energy is • Install a dynamic braking option.
flowing from the motor into the drive. • Enable stall prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 1).
Stall Prevention is enabled as the default setting.
• Check if sudden drive acceleration triggers an overvoltage alarm.
Fast acceleration time causes the motor to overshoot the
• Increase the acceleration time.
speed reference.
• Enable the Overvoltage Suppression function (L3-11 = 1).
The braking torque was too high, causing regenerative energy to charge the DC bus. Reduce the braking torque, use a dynamic
Excessive braking load.
braking option, or lengthen decel time.
Install a DC reactor.
Surge voltage entering from the drive input power.
Note: Voltage surge can result from a thyristor convertor and phase advancing capacitor using the same input power supply.
Ground fault in the output circuit causing the DC bus • Check the motor wiring for ground faults.
capacitor to overcharge. • Correct grounding shorts and turn the power back on.
• Check the voltage.
Drive input power voltage is too high.
• Lower drive input power voltage within the limits listed in the specifications.
• Check braking transistor wiring for errors.
The braking transistor is wired incorrectly.
• Properly rewire the braking resistor device.
PG cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
PG cable wiring is wrong. Correct the wiring.
Noise interference along the PG encoder wiring. Separate the wiring from the source of the noise (often the output lines from the drive).
• Review the list of possible solutions provided for controlling noise.
Drive fails to operate properly due to noise interference.
• Review the section on handling noise interference and check the control circuit lines, main circuit lines, and ground wiring.
• Adjust the parameters that control hunting.
• Set the gain for Hunting Prevention (n1-02).
Motor hunting occurs.
• Adjust the AFR time constant (n2-02 and n2-03).
• Adjust the speed feedback detection suppression gain for PM motors (n8-45) and the time constant for pull-in current (n8-47).
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Input Phase Loss
PF
Drive input power has an open phase or has a large imbalance of voltage between phases. Detected when L8-05 = 1 (enabled).
Cause Possible Solution
• Check for wiring errors in the main circuit drive input power.
There is phase loss in the drive input power.
• Correct the wiring.
• Ensure the terminals are tightened properly.
There is loose wiring in the drive input power terminals.
• Apply the tightening torque as specified in this manual. Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 52
There is excessive fluctuation in the drive input power • Check the voltage from the drive input power.
voltage. • Review the possible solutions for stabilizing the drive input power.
There is poor balance between voltage phases. • Stabilize drive input power or disable phase loss detection.
• Check the maintenance time for the capacitors (U4-05).
• Replace the capacitor if U4-05 is greater than 90%. For instructions on replacing the capacitor, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
sales representative.
The main circuit capacitors are worn.
Check for anything problems with the drive input power. If drive input power appears normal but the alarm continues to occur,
replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your
nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
PG Disconnect (for any control modes using a PG option card)
PGo
No PG pulses are received for longer than the time set to F1-14.
Cause Possible Solution
PG cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
PG cable wiring is wrong. Correct the wiring.
PG has no power. Check the power line to the PG encoder.
PG encoder brake is clamped shut. Ensure the motor brake releases properly.

254 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6.4 Fault Detection

Digital Operator Display Fault Name

PG Hardware Fault (detected when using a PG-X3 option card)
PGoH
PG cable is not connected properly.
Cause Possible Solution
PG cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Motor Pull Out or Step Out Detection
STo
Motor pull out or step out has occurred. Motor has exceeded its pull-out torque.
Cause Possible Solution
• Enter the correct motor code for the PM being used into E5-01.
The wrong motor code is set (Yaskawa motors only).
• For special-purpose motors, enter the correct data to all E5 parameters according to the test report provided for the motor.
• Increase the load inertia for PM motor (n8-55).
• Increase the pull-in current during accel/decel (n8-51).
Load is too heavy.
• Reduce the load.
• Increase the motor or drive capacity.
Load inertia is too heavy. Increase the load inertia for PM motor (n8-55).
Acceleration and deceleration times are too short. • Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
Speed response is too slow. Increase the load inertia for PM motor (n8-55).
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Zero Servo Fault
SvE
Position deviation during zero servo.
Cause Possible Solution
Torque limit is set too low. Set the torque limit to an appropriate value using parameters L7-01 to L7-04.
Excessive load torque. Reduce the amount of load torque.
Noise interference along PG encoder wiring. Check the PG signal for noise interference.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Undertorque Detection 1
UL3
The current has fallen below the minimum value set for torque detection (L6-02) for longer than the allowable time (L6-03).
Cause Possible Solution
Parameter settings are not appropriate for the load. Check the settings of parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
There is a fault on the machine side. Check the load for any problems.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Undertorque Detection 2
UL4
The current has fallen below the minimum value set for torque detection (L6-05) for longer than the allowable time (L6-06).
Cause Possible Solution
Parameter settings are not appropriate for the load. Check the settings of parameters L6-05 and L6-06.
There is a fault on the machine side. Check the load for any problems.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
DC Bus Undervoltage
Uv1 One of the following conditions occurred while the drive was stopped:
• Voltage in the DC bus fell below the undervoltage detection level.
• Approximately 380 V (350 V when E1-01 is less than 400).
Cause Possible Solution
• The main circuit drive input power is wired incorrectly.
Input power phase loss.
• Correct the wiring.
• Ensure there are no loose terminals.
One of the drive input power wiring terminals is loose. • Apply the tightening torque specified in this manual to fasten the terminals. Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on
page 52
• Check the voltage.

Troubleshooting
There is a problem with the voltage from the drive input
• Correct the voltage to be within the range listed in drive input power specifications.
power.
• If there is no problem with the power supply to the main circuit, check for problems with the main circuit magnetic contactor.
The power has been interrupted. Correct the drive input power.
• Check the maintenance time for the capacitors (U4-05).
The main circuit capacitors are worn. • Replace either the control board or the entire drive if U4-05 exceeds 90%. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
• Cycle power to the drive and see if the fault reoccurs.
• If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, 6
The relay or contactor on the soft-charge bypass circuit contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
is damaged. • Check monitor U4-06 for the performance life of the soft-charge bypass.
• Replace either the control board or the entire drive if U4-06 exceeds 90%. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Control Power Supply Voltage Fault
Uv2
Voltage is too low for the control drive input power.
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive. Check if the fault reoccurs.
Control power supply wiring is damaged.
• If the problem continues, replace the control board, the entire drive, or the control power supply.
• Cycle power to the drive. Check if the fault reoccurs.
Internal circuitry is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 255
6.4 Fault Detection

Digital Operator Display Fault Name

Undervoltage 3 (Soft-Charge Bypass Circuit Fault)
Uv3
The soft-charge bypass circuit has failed.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Output Voltage Detection Fault
voF
Problem detected with the voltage on the output side of the drive.
Cause Possible Solution
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your
Hardware is damaged.
nearest sales representative.
<1> Displayed as CPF00 or CPF20 when occurring at drive power up. When one of the faults occurs after successfully starting the drive, the
display will show CPF01 orCPF21.

256 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6.5 Alarm Detection

6.5 Alarm Detection

◆ Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Alarms are drive protection functions that do not necessarily cause the drive to stop. Once the cause of an alarm is
removed, the drive will return to the same status is was before the alarm occurred.
When an alarm has been triggered, the ALARM light on the digital operator display blinks and the alarm code display
flashes. If a multi-function output is set for an alarm (H2-†† = 10), that output terminal will be triggered.
Note: If a multi-function output is set to close when an alarm occurs (H2-†† = 10), it will also close when maintenance periods are
reached, triggering alarms LT-1 through LT-4 (triggered only if H2-†† = 2F).
Table 6.15 Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Baseblock
bb
Drive output interrupted as indicated by an external baseblock signal.
Cause Possible Solutions
External baseblock signal was entered via one of the
Check external sequence and baseblock signal input timing.
multi-function input terminals (S3 to S8).
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Braking Transistor Overload Fault
boL
The braking transistor in the drive has been overloaded.
Cause Possible Solutions
The proper braking resistor has not been installed. Select the optimal braking resistor.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Option Communication Error
bUS • After initial communication was established, the connection was lost.
• Assign a Run command frequency reference to the option card.
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check for faulty wiring.
Connection is broken or master controller stopped
• Correct the wiring.
communicating.
• Check for disconnected cables and short circuits. Repair as needed.
Option card is damaged. If there are no problems with the wiring and the fault continues to occur, replace the option card.
The option card is not properly connected to the • The connector pins on the option card are not properly lined up with the connector pins on the drive.
drive. • Reinstall the option card.
• Check options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Take steps to counteract noise in the control circuit wiring, main circuit lines and ground wiring.
• Try to reduce noise on the controller side.
A data error occurred due to noise.
• Use surge absorbers on magnetic contactors or other equipment causing the disturbance.
• Use recommended cables or some other type of shielded line. Ground the shield to the controller side or on the input power side.
• All wiring for comm. devices should be separated from drive input power lines. Install an EMC noise filter to the drive input power.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Serial Communication Transmission Error
CALL
Communication has not yet been established.
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check for wiring errors.
Communications wiring is faulty, there is a short
• Correct the wiring.
circuit, or something is not connected properly.
• Check for disconnected cables and short circuits. Repair as needed.

Troubleshooting
Programming error on the master side. Check communications at start-up and correct programming errors.
• Perform a self-diagnostics check.
Communications circuitry is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact
Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
A termination resistor must be installed at both ends of a communication line. Slave drives must have the internal termination resistor
Termination resistor setting is incorrect.
switch set correctly. Place DIP switch S2 to the ON position.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 257
6.5 Alarm Detection

Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name

MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error
CE
Control data was not received correctly for two seconds.
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Take steps to counteract noise in the control circuit wiring, main circuit lines, and ground wiring.
• Reduce noise on the controller side.
A data error occurred due to noise.
• Use surge absorbers for the magnetic contactors or other components that may be causing the disturbance.
• Use only recommended shielded line. Ground the shield on the controller side or on the drive input power side.
• Separate all wiring for comm. devices from drive input power lines. Install an EMC noise filter to the drive input power supply.
• Check the H5 parameter settings as well as the protocol setting in the controller.
Communication protocol is incompatible.
• Ensure settings are compatible.
The CE detection time (H5-09) is set shorter than the • Check the PLC.
time required for a communication cycle to take • Change the software settings in the PLC.
place. • Set a longer CE detection time (H5-09).
Incompatible PLC software settings or there is a • Check the PLC.
hardware problem. • Remove the cause of the error on the controller side.
• Check the connector to make sure the cable has a signal.
Communications cable is disconnected or damaged.
• Replace the communications cable.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name

CrST Cannot Reset

Cause Possible Solutions

A fault reset command was entered while the Run • Ensure that a Run command cannot be entered from the external terminals or option card during fault reset.
command was still present. • Turn off the Run command.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Speed Deviation (when using a PG option card)
dEv
The deviation between the speed reference and speed feedback is greater than the setting in F1-10 for longer than the time in F1-11.
Cause Possible Solutions
Load is too heavy Reduce the load.
Acceleration and deceleration times are set too short. Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
The load is locked up. Check the machine.
Parameter settings are inappropriate. Check the settings of parameters F1-10 and F1-11.
• Set H6-02 to value of the speed feedback signal frequency when the motor runs at the maximum speed.
Incorrect speed feedback scaling if terminal RP is
• Adjust the speed feedback signal using parameters H6-03 through H6-05.
used as speed feedback input in V/f Control.
• Make sure the speed feedback signal frequency does not exceed he maximum input frequency of terminal RP.
The motor brake engaged. Ensure the brake releases properly.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name

dnE Drive Disabled

Cause Possible Solutions

“Drive Enable” is set to a multi-function contact
input (H1-†† = 6A) and that signal was switched Check the operation sequence.
off.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Forward/Reverse Run Command Input Error
EF
Both forward run and reverse run closed simultaneously for over 0.5 s.
Cause Possible Solutions
Check the forward and reverse command sequence and correct the problem.
Sequence error
Note: When minor fault EF detected, motor ramps to stop.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Option Card External Fault
EF0
An external fault condition is present.
Cause Possible Solutions
An external fault was received from the PLC with
• Remove the cause of the external fault.
F6-03 = 3 (causing the drive to continue running
• Remove the external fault input from the PLC.
when an external fault occurs).
There is a problem with the PLC program. Check the PLC program and correct problems.

258 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6.5 Alarm Detection

Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name

External fault (input terminal S3)
EF3
External fault at multi-function input terminal S3.
External fault (input terminal S4)
EF4
External fault at multi-function input terminal S4.
External fault (input terminal S5)
EF5
External fault at multi-function input terminal S5.
External fault (input terminal S6)
EF6
External fault at multi-function input terminal S6.
External fault (input terminal S7)
EF7
External fault at multi-function input terminal S7.
External fault (input terminal S8)
EF8
External fault at multi-function input terminal S8.
Cause Possible Solutions
An external device has tripped an alarm function. Remove the cause of the external fault and reset the multi-function input value.
• Ensure the signal lines have been connected properly to the terminals assigned for external fault detection (H1-†† = 20 to 2F).
Wiring is incorrect.
• Reconnect the signal line.
• Check if the unused terminals have been set for H1-†† = 20 to 2F (External Fault).
Multi-function contact inputs are set incorrectly.
• Change the terminal settings.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Hardwire Base Block Signal Input
Hbb
Both Hardwire Base Block Input channels are open.
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check signal status at the input terminals H1 and H2.
Both Hardwire Base Block Inputs H1 and H2 are
• Check the Sink/Source Selection for the digital inputs.
open.
• If the Hardwire Base Block function is not utilized, check if the terminals H1-HC, and H2-HC are linked.
Internally, both Hardwire Base Block channels are Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
broken. sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Hardwire Base Block Signal Input
HbbF
One Hardwire Base Block channel is open while the other one is closed
Cause Possible Solutions
The signals to the Hardwire Base Block(HBB) Check signal status at the input terminals H1 and H2. If the Hardwire Base Block function is not utilized, the terminals H1-HC, and
inputs are wrong or the wiring is incorrect. H2-HC must be linked.
One of the Hardwire Base Block(HBB) channels is Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
faulty sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Current Alarm
HCA
Drive current exceeded overcurrent warning level (150% of the rated current).
Cause Possible Solutions
Load is too heavy. Either reduce the load for applications with repetitive operation (repetitive stops and starts, etc.), or replace the drive.
• Calculate the torque required during acceleration and for the inertia moment.
• If the torque level is not right for the load, take the following steps:
Acceleration and deceleration times are too short.
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
• Increase the capacity of the drive.
A special-purpose motor is being used, or the drive is
• Check the motor capacity.
attempting to run a motor greater than the maximum
• Use a motor appropriate for the drive. Ensure the motor is within the allowable capacity range.
allowable capacity.
The current level increased due to Speed Search
The alarm will appear only briefly. There is no need to take action to prevent the alarm from occurring in such instances.
while attempting to perform a fault restart.

Troubleshooting
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Cooling Fan Maintenance Time
LT-1 The cooling fan has reached its expected maintenance period and may need to be replaced.
Note: An alarm output (H2-†† = 10) will only be triggered if H2-†† = 2F.
Cause Possible Solutions
The cooling fan has reached 90% of its expected
Replace the cooling fan and reset the Maintenance Monitor by setting o4-03 to 0.
performance life.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
6
Capacitor Maintenance Time
LT-2 The main circuit and control circuit capacitors are nearing the end of their expected performance life.
Note: An alarm output (H2-†† = 10) will only be triggered if H2-†† = 2F.
Cause Possible Solutions
The main circuit and control circuit capacitors have Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
reached 90% of their expected performance life. sales representative.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 259
6.5 Alarm Detection

Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name

Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time
LT-3 The DC bus soft charge relay is nearing the end of its expected performance life.
Note: An alarm output (H2-†† = 10) will only be triggered if H2-†† = 2F.
Cause Possible Solutions
The DC bus soft charge relay has reached 90% of Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
their expected performance life. sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
IGBT Maintenance Time (50%)
LT-4 IGBTs have reached 50% of their expected performance life.
Note: An alarm output (H2-†† = 10) will only be triggered if H2-†† = 2F.
Cause Possible Solutions
IGBTs have reached 50% of their expected
Check the load, carrier frequency, and output frequency.
performance life.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Heatsink Overheat
oH The temperature of the heatsink exceeded the overheat pre-alarm level set to L8-02 (90-100°C). Default value for L8-02 is
determined by drive capacity (o2-04).
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check the surrounding temperature.
• Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
Surrounding temperature is too high
• Install a fan or air conditioner to cool surrounding area.
• Remove anything near drive that may cause extra heat.
• Replace the cooling fan. Refer to Cooling Fan Component Names on page 287.
Internal cooling fan has stopped.
• After replacing the drive, reset the cooling fan maintenance parameter to (o4-03 = “0”).
• Provide proper installation space around the drive as indicated in the manual. Refer to Installation Orientation and Spacing on
page 36.
Airflow around the drive is restricted. • Allow for the specified space and ensure that there is sufficient circulation around the control panel.
• Check for dust or foreign materials clogging cooling fan.
• Clear debris caught in the fan that restricts air circulation.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Drive Overheat Warning
oH2
“Drive Overheat Warning” was input to a multi-function input terminal, S3 through S8 (H1-††= B)
Cause Possible Solutions
An external device triggered an overheat warning in • Search for the device that tripped the overheat warning.
the drive. • Solving the problem will clear the warning.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Overtorque 1
oL3
Drive output current (or torque in OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM) was greater than L6-02 for longer than the time set in L6-03.
Cause Possible Solutions
Inappropriate parameter settings. Check parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
There is a fault on the machine side (e.g., the • Check the status of the machine.
machine is locked up). • Remove the cause of the fault.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Overtorque 2
oL4
Drive output current (or torque in OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM) was greater than L6-05 for longer than the time set in L6-06.
Cause Possible Solutions
Parameter settings are not appropriate. Check parameters L6-05 and L6-06.
There is a fault on the machine side (e.g., the • Check the status of the machine being used.
machine is locked up). • Remove the cause of the fault.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Overspeed (for Control Mode with PG)
oS
The motor speed feedback exceeded the F1-08 setting.
Cause Possible Solutions
• Increase the settings for C5-01 (Speed Control Proportional Gain 1) and reduce C5-02 (Speed Control Integral Time 1).
Overshoot is occurring.
• If using a Closed Loop Vector mode enable Feed Forward Control and perform Inertia Auto-Tuning.
Incorrect speed feedback scaling if terminal RP is • Set H6-02 to value of the speed feedback signal frequency when the motor runs at the maximum speed.
used as speed feedback input in V/f control • Adjust the input signal using parameters H6-03 through H6-05.
Incorrect PG pulse number has been set • Check and correct parameter F1-01.
Inappropriate parameter settings. Check the setting for the overspeed detection level and the overspeed detection time (F1-08 and F1-09).

260 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6.5 Alarm Detection

Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name

DC Bus Overvoltage
ov The DC bus voltage exceeded the trip point.
Approximately 820 V
Cause Possible Solutions
• Install a DC reactor or an AC reactor.
Surge voltage present in the drive input power. • Voltage surge can result from a thyristor convertor and a phase advancing capacitor operating on the same drive input power
system.
The motor is short-circuited.
• Check the motor power cable, relay terminals and motor terminal box for short circuits.
Ground current has over-charged the main circuit • Correct grounding shorts and turn the power back on.
capacitors via the drive input power.
• Review possible solutions for handling noise interference.
Noise interference causes the drive to operate • Review section on handling noise interference and check control circuit lines, main circuit lines and ground wiring.
incorrectly. • If the magnetic contactor is identified as a source of noise, install a surge protector to the MC coil.
Set number of fault restarts (L5-01) to a value other than 0.
PG cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
PG cable wiring is wrong. Correct the wiring.
Noise interference along PG encoder wiring. Separate PG wiring from the source of the noise (often output wiring from the drive).
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name

PASS MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. Test Mode Complete

Cause Possible Solutions

MEMOBUS/Modbus test has finished normally. This verifies that the test was successful.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
PG Disconnect (for Control Mode with PG)
PGo
Detected when no PG pulses are received for a time longer than setting in F1-14.
Cause Possible Solutions
PG cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
PG cable wiring is wrong. Correct the wiring.
PG encoder does not have enough power. Make sure the correct power supply is properly connected to the PG encoder.
Brake is holding the PG. Ensure the brake releases properly
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
PG Hardware Fault (detected when using a PG-X3 option card)
PGoH
PG cable has become disconnected.
Cause Possible Solutions
PG cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Motor Switch during Run
rUn
A command to switch motors was entered during run.
Cause Possible Solutions
A motor switch command was entered during run. Change the operation pattern so that the motor switch command is entered while the drive is stopped.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Test Mode Error
SE
Note: This alarm will not trigger a multi-function output terminal that is set for alarm output (H2-†† = 10).
Cause Possible Solutions
A digital input set to 67H (MEMOBUS/Modbus
Stop the drive and run the test again.
test) was closed while the drive was running.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
IGBT Maintenance Time (90%)

Troubleshooting
TrPC
IGBTs have reached 90% of their expected performance life.
Cause Possible Solutions
IGBTs have reached 90% of their expected
Replace the drive.
performance life.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Undertorque Detection 1
UL3
Drive output current (or torque in OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM) less than L6-02 for longer than L6-03 time. 6
Cause Possible Solutions
Inappropriate parameter settings. Check parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
Load has dropped or decreased significantly. Check for broken parts in the transmission system.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Undertorque Detection 2
UL4
Drive output current (or torque in OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM) less than L6-05 for longer than L6-06 time.
Cause Possible Solutions
Inappropriate parameter settings. Check parameters L6-05 and L6-06.
The load has dropped or decreased significantly. Check for broken parts in the transmission system.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 261
6.5 Alarm Detection

Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name

Undervoltage
One of the following conditions was true when the drive was stopped and a Run command was entered:
Uv • DC bus voltage dropped below the level specified.
• Contactor to suppress inrush current in the drive was opened.
• Low voltage in the control drive input power.
Cause Possible Solutions
Phase loss in the drive input power. Check for wiring errors in the main circuit drive input power. Correct the wiring.
• Ensure the terminals have been properly tightened.
Loose wiring in the drive input power terminals.
• Apply the tightening torque to the terminals as specified. Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 52
There is a problem with the drive input power • Check the voltage.
voltage. • Lower the voltage of the drive input power so that it is within the limits listed in the specifications.
• Check the maintenance time for the capacitors (U4-05).
Drive internal circuitry is worn. • Replace either the control board or the entire drive if U4-05 exceeds 90%. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact
Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
The drive input power transformer is too small and • Check for an alarm when the magnetic contactor, line breaker, and leakage breaker are closed.
voltage drops when the power is switched on. • Check the capacity of the drive input power transformer.
Air inside the drive is too hot. • Check the temperature inside the drive.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
The CHARGE light is broken or disconnected.
sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Output Voltage Detection Fault
voF
There is a problem with the output voltage.
Cause Possible Solutions
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
Hardware is damaged.
sales representative.

262 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6.6 Operator Programming Errors

6.6 Operator Programming Errors

◆ oPE Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
An Operator Programming Error (oPE) occurs when a contradictory parameter is set or an individual parameter is set to
an inappropriate value.
The drive will not operate until the parameter or parameters causing the problem are set correctly. An oPE, however, does
not trigger an alarm or fault output. If an oPE occurs, investigate the cause and Refer to oPE Codes, Causes, and
Possible Solutions on page 263 for the appropriate action. When an oPE appears on the operator display, press the
ENTER button to view U1-18 and see the parameter that is causing the oPE error (U1-18).
Table 6.16 oPE Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Drive Capacity Setting Fault
oPE01
Drive capacity and the value set to o2-04 do not match.
Cause Possible Solutions
The drive model selection (o2-04) and the actual capacity of the drive are not the same. Correct the value set to o2-04.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Parameter Range Setting Error
oPE02
Use U1-18 to find parameters set outside the range.
Cause Possible Solutions
Parameters were set outside the possible setting range. Set parameters to the proper values.
Note: When multiple errors occur at the same time, other errors are given precedence over oPE02.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Multi-Function Input Selection Error
oPE03
A contradictory setting is assigned to multi-function contact inputs H1-03 to H1-08.
Cause Possible Solutions
• The same function is assigned to two multi-function inputs. • Ensure all multi-function inputs are assigned to different functions.
• Excludes “Not used” and “External Fault.” • Re-enter the multi-function settings to ensure this does not occur.
The Up command was set but the Down command was not, or vice versa (settings 10 vs. 11).
The Up 2 command was set but the Down 2 command was not, or vice versa (settings 75 vs. Correctly set functions that need to be enabled in combination with other functions.
76).
• Run/Stop command for a 2-wire sequence was set (H1-†† = 42), but Forward/Reverse
Correctly set functions that need to be enabled in combination with other functions.
command (H1-†† = 43) was not.
• Check if contradictory settings have been assigned to the multi-function input terminals at
Two of the following functions are set at the same time:
the same time.
• Up 2/Down 2 Command (75 vs. 76)
• Correct setting errors.
Settings for N.C. and N.O. input for the following functions were selected at the same time:
• FWD Run Command (or REV) and FWD/REV Run Command (2-wire) (40, 41 vs. 42, 43) Check for contradictory settings assigned to the multi-function input terminals at the same
• External DB Command and Drive Enable (60 vs. 6A) time. Correct setting errors.
• Motor Switch Command and Up 2/Down 2 Command (16 vs. 75, 76)
One of the following settings was entered while H1-†† = 2 (External Reference 1/2):
• b1-15 = 4 (Pulse Train Input) but the pulse train input selection is not set for the frequency
reference (H6-01 > 0) Correct the settings for the multi-function input terminal parameters.
• b1-15 or b1-16 set to 3 but no option card is connected
H2-†† = 38 (Drive Enabled) but H1-†† is not set to 6A (Drive Enable).
Digital Operator Display Error Name

Troubleshooting
oPE04 Initialization required.

Cause Possible Solutions

The drive, control board, or terminal board has been replaced and the parameter settings To load the parameter settings to the drive that are stored in the terminal board, set A1-03 to
between the control board and the terminal board no longer match. 5550. Initialize parameters after drive replacement by setting A1-03 to 1110 or 2220.
Digital Operator Display Error Name

oPE05 Run Command/Frequency Reference Source Selection Error 6

Cause Possible Solutions
Frequency reference is assigned to an option card (b1-01 = 3) but an input option card is not
connected to the drive.
Reconnect the input option card to the drive.
The Run command is assigned to an option card (b1-02 = 3) but an input option card is not
connected to the drive.
Frequency reference is assigned to the pulse train input (b1-01 = 4), but terminal RP is not set
Set H6-01 to “0”.
for frequency reference input (H6-01 > 0)
Although the digital card input is set for BCD special for a 5 digit input (F3-01 = 6), the data
Set the input data for 16 bit (F3-03 = 2).
length is set for 8 bit or 12 bit (F3-03 = 0, 1).
The following values have been set while an AI-A3 option card is installed:
• The source of frequency reference setting is assigned to an option card (b1-01 = 3). Make sure parameters are set properly.
• The action for the analog card is set for separate terminal input (F2-01 = 0).

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 263
6.6 Operator Programming Errors

Digital Operator Display Error Name

Control Method Selection Error
oPE06
Correct the setting for the control method.
Cause Possible Solutions
A control mode has been selected that requires a PG option card to be installed, but no PG • Connect a PG option card.
encoder is installed (A1-02 = 1, 3, or 7). • Correct the value set to A1-02.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Parameter Selection Error
oPE08
A function has been set that cannot be used in the motor control method selected.
Cause Possible Solutions
Attempted to use a function that is not valid for the selected control mode. Check the motor control method and the functions available.
In Open Loop Vector Control, n2-02 is greater than n2-03 Correct parameter settings so that n2-02 is less than n2-03.
In Open Loop Vector Control, C4-02 is greater than C4-06 Correct parameter settings so that C4-02 is less than C4-06.
b1-14 (Phase Order Selection) is set to 1 (Switch phase order) when in using a PG option card. Correct the parameter settings.
In AOLV/PM High Frequency Injection is disabled (n8-57 = 0) and the minimum frequency
Correct the parameter settings.
(E1-09) is set lower than 1/20 of the base frequency setting.
Note: Use U1-18 to find which parameters are set outside the specified setting range. Other errors are given precedence over oPE08 when multiple errors occur at the same time.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
V/f Data Setting Error
The following setting errors have occurred where:
oPE10 • E1-04 is greater than or equal to E1-06, E1-06 is greater than or equal to E1-07, E1-07 is
greater than or equal to E1-09, or E1-09 is greater than or equal to E1-11.
• E3-04 is greater than or equal to E3-06, E3-06 is greater than or equal to E3-07, E3-07 is
greater than or equal to E3-09, or E3-09 is greater than or equal to E3-11.
Cause Possible Solutions
Correct the settings for E1-04, E1-06, E1-07, E1-09, and E1-11 (for motor 2, correct E3-04,
—
E3-06, E3-07, E3-09, and E3-11).
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Carrier Frequency Setting Error
oPE11
Correct the setting for the carrier frequency.
Cause Possible Solutions
The following simultaneous contradictory settings: C6-05 is greater than 6 and C6-04 is
greater than C6-03 (carrier frequency lower limit is greater than the upper limit). If C6-05 is
less than or equal to 6, the drive operates at C6-03. Correct the parameter settings.
Upper and lower limits between C6-02 and C6-05 contradict each other.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Pulse Monitor Selection Error
oPE13
Incorrect setting of monitor selection for pulse train (H6-06).
Cause Possible Solutions
Scaling for the pulse train monitor is set to 0 (H6-07 = 0) while H6-06 is not set to 101, 102,
Change scaling for the pulse train monitor or set H6-06 to 101, 102, 105, or 116.
105, or 116.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Torque Control Setting Error
oPE15
Parameters settings that are not allowed in combination with Torque Control have been set.
Cause Possible Solutions
Torque Control in enabled (d5-01 = 1) while the Speed/Torque Control switch function is
assigned to a digital input (H1-†† = 71).
Either Torque Control is enabled by d5-01 = 1, the or Speed/Torque Control switch is assigned
to a digital input H1-†† = 71, while at the same time: Correct the parameter settings.
• Feed Forward is enabled (n5-01 = 1), or
• Droop Control is enabled (b7-01 ≠ 0), or
• Intelligent Stall Prevention or Intelligent Stall Prevention 2 is enabled (L3-04 = 2 or 5), or

264 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection

6.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection

Auto-Tuning faults are shown below. When the following faults are detected, the fault is displayed on the digital operator
and the motor coasts to a stop. Auto-Tuning faults do not trigger an multi-function terminal set for fault or alarm output.
An End† error indicates that although Auto-Tuning has completely successful, there is some discrepancy in the
calculations the drive made. If an End† error occurs, check for what might be causing the error using the table below,
and perform Auto-Tuning again once the problem has been taken care of. If there appears to be no problem despite the
End† error being displayed, go ahead and start the application.

◆ Auto-Tuning Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions

Table 6.17 Auto-Tuning Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display Error Name

End1 Excessive V/f Setting (detected only during Rotational Auto-Tuning, and displayed after Auto-Tuning is complete)

Cause Possible Solutions

The torque reference exceeded 20% during • Before Auto-Tuning the drive, verify the information written on the motor nameplate and enter that data to T1-03 through T1-05.
Auto-Tuning. • Enter proper information to parameters T1-03 to T1-05 and repeat Auto-Tuning.
The results from Auto-Tuning the no-load current • If possible, disconnect the motor from the load and perform Auto-Tuning. If the load cannot be uncoupled, simply use the Auto-
exceeded 80%. Tuning results as they are.
Digital Operator Display Error Name

End2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient (detected only during Rotational Auto-Tuning and displayed after Auto-Tuning is complete)

Cause Possible Solutions

Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was • Make sure the data entered to the T1 parameters match the information written on the motor nameplate.
incorrect. • Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
Results from Auto-Tuning are outside the parameter
• Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
setting range, assigning the iron-core saturation
• Disconnect the motor from machine and perform Rotational Auto-Tuning.
coefficient (E2-07, E2-08) a temporary value.
Digital Operator Display Error Name

End3 Rated Current Setting Alarm (displayed after Auto-Tuning is complete)

Cause Possible Solutions

The correct current rating printed on the nameplate • Check the setting of parameter T1-04.
was not entered into T1-04. • Check the motor data and repeat Auto-Tuning.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
End4 Adjusted Slip Calculation Error
Cause Possible Solutions
The slip that was calculated is outside the allowable • Make sure the data entered for Auto-Tuning is correct.
range. • Execute Rotational Auto-Tuning instead. If not possible, try Stationary Auto-Tuning 2.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
End5 Resistance Tuning Error
Cause Possible Solutions
The resistance value that was calculated is outside • Double check the data that was entered for the Auto-Tuning process.
the allowable range. • Check the motor and motor cable connection for faults.
Digital Operator Display Error Name

Troubleshooting
End6 Leakage Inductance Alarm
Cause Possible Solutions
The leakage inductance value that was calculated is
Double check the data that was entered for the Auto-Tuning process.
outside the allowable range.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
End7 No-Load Current Alarm
Cause Possible Solutions
6
The entered no-load current value was outside the
Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
allowable range.
Auto-Tuning results were less than 5% of the motor
Double check the data that was entered for the Auto-Tuning process.
rated current.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 265
6.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection

Digital Operator Display Error Name

Er-01 Motor Data Error

Cause Possible Solutions

Motor data or data entered during Auto-Tuning was • Check that the motor data entered to T1 parameters matches motor nameplate input before Auto-Tuning.
incorrect. • Start Auto-Tuning over again and enter the correct information.
Motor output power and motor-rated current settings • Check the drive and motor capacities.
(T1-02 and T1-04) do not match. • Correct the settings of parameters T1-02 and T1-04.
Motor rated current and detected no-load current are • Check the motor rated current and no-load current.
not consistent with another. • Correct the settings of parameters T1-04 and E2-03.
Base frequency and motor rated speed (T1-05 and • Set T1-05 and T1-07 to the correct value.
T1-07) do not match. • Check if the correct pole number was entered to T1-06.
Digital Operator Display Error Name

Er-02 Minor Fault

Cause Possible Solutions

An alarm was triggered during Auto-Tuning. Exit the Auto-Tuning menu, check the alarm code, remove the alarm cause, and repeat Auto-Tuning.
Digital Operator Display Error Name

Er-03 STOP Button Input

Cause Possible Solutions

Auto-Tuning canceled by pressing STOP button. Auto-Tuning did not complete properly and will have to be performed again.
Digital Operator Display Error Name

Er-04 Line-to-Line Resistance Error

Cause Possible Solutions

Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was • Make sure the data entered to the T1 parameters match the information written on the motor nameplate.
incorrect. • Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
Results from Auto-Tuning are outside the parameter
setting range or the tuning process took too long. Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
Motor cable or cable connection faulty.
Digital Operator Display Error Name

Er-05 No-Load Current Error

Cause Possible Solutions

Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was • Make sure the data entered to the T1 parameters match the information written on the motor nameplate.
incorrect. • Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
Results from Auto-Tuning are outside the parameter • Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
setting range or the tuning process took too long. • Perform Rotational Auto-Tuning.
• Disconnect the motor from machine and restart Auto-Tuning. If motor and load cannot be uncoupled make sure the load is lower
The load during Rotational Auto-tuning was too
than 30%.
high.
• If a mechanical brake is installed, make sure it is fully lifted during tuning.
Digital Operator Display Error Name

Er-08 Rated Slip Error

Cause Possible Solutions

Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was • Make sure the data entered to the T1 parameters match the information written on the motor nameplate.
incorrect. • Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
Drive-calculated values outside parameter setting • Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
range or the tuning process took too long. • Perform Rotational Auto-Tuning.
• Disconnect the motor from machine and restart Auto-Tuning. If motor and load cannot be uncoupled make sure the load is lower
The load during rotational Auto-tuning was too high. than 30%.
• If a mechanical brake is installed, make sure it is fully lifted during tuning.
Digital Operator Display Error Name

Er-09 Acceleration Error

Cause Possible Solutions

The motor did not accelerate for the specified • Increase the acceleration time (C1-01).
acceleration time. • Check if it is possible to disconnect the machine from the motor.
Torque limit when motoring is too low (L7-01 and • Check the settings of parameters L7-01 and L7-02.
L7-02). • Increase the setting.
• Disconnect the motor from machine and restart Auto-Tuning. If motor and load cannot be uncoupled make sure the load is lower
The load during Rotational Auto-Tuning was too
than 30%.
high.
• If a mechanical brake is installed, make sure it is fully lifted during tuning.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-10 Motor Direction Error
Cause Possible Solutions
The encoder signal lines are not properly connected
Check and correct wiring to the PG encoder.
to the drive.
Check the motor speed monitor U1-05 while turning the motor manually in forward direction. If the sign displayed is negative,
Motor and PG direction are opposite.
change the setting of parameter F1-05.
The load pulled the motor in the opposite direction
of the speed reference and the torque exceeded Uncouple the motor from the load and repeat Auto-Tuning.
100%.

266 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection

Digital Operator Display Error Name

Er-11 Motor Speed Fault

Cause Possible Solutions

• Increase the acceleration time (C1-01).
Torque reference is too high.
• Disconnect the machine from the motor, if possible.
Digital Operator Display Error Name

Er-12 Current Detection Error

Cause Possible Solutions

One of the motor phases is missing:
Check motor wiring and correct any problems.
(U/T1, V/T2, W/T3).
Current exceeded the current rating of the drive. • Check the motor wiring for a short between motor lines.
• If a magnetic contactor is used between motors, make sure it is closed.
The current is too low. • Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
sales representative.
Attempted Auto-Tuning without motor connected to
Connect the motor and perform Auto-Tuning.
the drive.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
Current detection signal error.
sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-13 Leakage Inductance Error
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check all wiring and correct any mistakes.
Drive was unable to complete tuning for leakage
• Double check the motor rated current value that was entered to T1-04 for Auto-Tuning.
inductance within 300 seconds.
• Check the motor rated current value written on the motor nameplate and enter the correct value.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-18 Induction Voltage Error
Cause Possible Solutions
The induced voltage constant exceeds the allowable
Double check the data that was entered to the T2-†† parameters, and perform Auto-Tuning again.
setting range.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-19 PM Inductance Error
Cause Possible Solutions
The induced voltage constant inductance values set
Double check the data that was entered to the T2-†† parameters, and perform Auto-Tuning again.
to E5-09 exceed the allowable range.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-20 Stator Resistance Error
Cause Possible Solutions
Stator resistance tuning attempted to set a value to
Double check the data that was entered to the T2-†† parameters, and perform Auto-Tuning again.
E5-06 that is outside the allowable setting range.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-21 Z Pulse Correction Error
Cause Possible Solutions
Motor was coasting when Auto-Tuning was
Make sure the motor has stopped completely. Repeat Auto-Tuning.
performed.
Either the motor or the PG encoder on the motor is
Check the wiring for the motor and the PG encoder. Repeat Auto-Tuning.
not properly wired.
The direction for the PG encoder is set incorrectly, or

Troubleshooting
the number of pulses set for the PG encoder is Check the direction and number of pulses set for the PG encoder. Repeat Auto-Tuning.
wrong.
PG encoder is damaged. Check the signal output from the PG encoder attached to the motor. Replace the PG if damaged.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 267
6.8 Copy Function Related Displays

6.8 Copy Function Related Displays

◆ Tasks, Errors, and Troubleshooting
The table below lists the messages and errors that may appear when using the Copy function.
When executing the tasks offered by the Copy function, the operator will indicate the task being performed. When an
error occurs, a code appears on the operator to indicate the error. Note that errors related to the Copy function do not
trigger a multi-function output terminal that has been set up to close when a fault or alarm occurs. To clear an error,
simply press any key on the operator and the error display will disappear.
Table 6.18 lists the corrective action that can be taken when an error occurs.
Note: 1. Whenever using the copy function, the drive should be fully stopped.
2. The drive will not accept a Run command while the Copy function is being executed.
3. Parameters can only be saved to a drive when the voltage class, capacity, control mode, and software version match.
Table 6.18 Copy Function Task and Error Displays
Digital Operator Display Task
CoPy Writing Parameter Settings (flashing)
Cause Possible Solutions
Parameters are being written to the drive. Not an error.
Digital Operator Display Task
CPEr Control Mode Mismatch
Cause Possible Solutions
Control mode of the parameters to be loaded onto the drive Check the control mode for the parameters that are to be loaded onto the drive and the control mode set to the drive
and the control mode already set to the drive don’t match. those parameters will be written to. Set the same control mode using parameter A1-02 and try again.
Digital Operator Display Task
CPyE Error Writing Data
Cause Possible Solutions
Failed writing parameters. Try writing parameters again.
Digital Operator Display Task
CSEr Copy Unit Error
Cause Possible Solutions
Hardware fault Replace the operator or the USB Copy Unit.
Digital Operator Display Task
dFPS Drive Model Mismatch
Cause Possible Solutions
The drive from which the parameter were copied and the
Check the model number of the drive that the parameters were copied from and the model of the drive you are
drive you are attempting to write to are not the same model.
attempting to write those parameters to.
• The drive the parameters were copied from is a different
Make sure the drive from which the parameter are copied and the drive to be written to have the same model numbers
model drive.
and software versions.
• The drive you attempting to write to is a different model.
Digital Operator Display Task
End Task Complete
Cause Possible Solutions
Finished reading, writing, or verifying parameters. Not an error.
Digital Operator Display Task
iFEr Communication Error
Cause Possible Solutions
A communication error occurred between the drive and the
Check the cable connection.
operator or the USB copy unit.
A non-compatible cable is being used to connect the USB
Use the cable originally packaged with the USB Copy Unit.
Copy Unit and the drive.
Digital Operator Display Task
ndAT Model, Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch
Cause Possible Solutions
The drive the parameters were copied from and the drive
you are attempting to write to have different electrical
Make sure model numbers and specifications are the same for both drives.
specifications, a different capacity, is set to a different
control mode, or is a different model number.
The device being used to write the parameters is blank and
Making sure all connections are correct, and copy the parameter settings onto the USB Copy Unit or the operator.
does not have any parameters saved on it.

268 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6.8 Copy Function Related Displays

Digital Operator Display Task

rdEr Error Reading Data
Cause Possible Solutions
Failed while attempting to read parameter settings from the Press and hold the READ key on the USB Copy Unit for at least one second to have the unit read parameters from the
drive. drive.
Digital Operator Display Task
rEAd Reading Parameter Settings (flashing)
Cause Possible Solutions
Displayed while the parameter settings are being read onto
Not an error.
the USB Copy Unit.
Digital Operator Display Task
vAEr Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch
Cause Possible Solutions
The drive the parameters were copied from and the drive
you performing the Verify mode on have different electrical Make sure electrical specifications and capacities are the same for both drives.
specifications or are a different capacity.
Digital Operator Display Task
vFyE Parameter settings in the drive and those saved to the copy function are not the same
Cause Possible Solutions
Indicates that parameter settings that have been Read and To have parameters be the same, either write the parameters save on the USB Copy Unit or LCD digital operator onto
loaded onto the Copy Unit or Digital Operator are different. the drive, or Read the parameter settings on the drive onto the USB Copy Unit.
Digital Operator Display Task
vrFy Comparing Parameter Settings (flashing)
Cause Possible Solutions
The Verify mode has confirmed that parameters settings on
the drive and parameters read to the copy device are Not an error.
identical.

Troubleshooting

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 269
6.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults

6.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults

When a fault occurs and the drive stops, follow the instructions below to remove whatever conditions triggered the fault,
then restart the drive.

◆ Fault Occurs Simultaneously with Power Loss

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Ensure there are no short circuits between the main circuit terminals (R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3) or
between the ground and main circuit terminals before restarting the drive. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death and
will cause damage to equipment.

1. Turn on the drive input power.

2. Use monitor parameters U2-†† to display data on the operating status of the drive just before the fault
occurred.
3. Remove the cause of the fault and reset.
Note: 1. To find out what faults were triggered, check the fault history in U2-02. Information on drive status when the fault occurred such as
the frequency, current, and voltage can be found in U2-03 through U2-20. Refer to Viewing Fault Trace Data After Fault on
page 270 for information on how to view fault data.
2. When the fault continues to be displayed after cycling power, remove the cause of the fault and reset.

◆ If the Drive Still has Power After a Fault Occurs

1. Look at the digital operator for information on the fault that occurred.
2. Refer to Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions on page 246
3. Reset the fault. Refer to Fault Reset Methods on page 271.

◆ Viewing Fault Trace Data After Fault

Step Display/Result

- MODE - DRV Rdy

FREF (OPR)
U1-01= 0.00Hz
1. Turn on the drive input power. The first screen displays.
U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV

- MODE - DRV Rdy

Monitor Menu
U1-01= 0.00Hz
2. Press or until the monitor screen is displayed. U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV

-MONITR- DRV Rdy

Monitor
U1 -01= 0.00Hz
3. Press to display the parameter setting screen. U1-02= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U1-03= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV

- MONITR - DRV Rdy

Last Fault
U2-02= oC
4. Press and to scroll to monitor U2-02. The fault code shown in U2-02 is the fault that occurred last. U2-03= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U2-04= 0.00Hz LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV

- MONITR - DRV Rdy

Frequency Ref
U2-03= 0.00Hz
U2-04= 0.00Hz LSEQ
U2-05= 0.00A LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV
Press to view drive status information when fault occurred.
7.
Parameters U2-03 through U2-20 help determine the cause of a fault.
Parameters to be monitored differ depending on the control mode. - MONITR - DRV Rdy
Heatsink Temp
U2-20= XX °C
U2-01= ----- LSEQ
U2-02= ----- LREF
JOG FWD FWD/REV

270 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults

◆ Fault Reset Methods

When a fault occurs, the cause of the fault must be removed and the drive must be restarted. The table below lists the
different ways to restart the drive.

After the Fault Occurs Procedure

DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-180 ALARM

- MODE - DRV
oC
Fix the cause of the fault, restart the drive, and Overcurrent

reset the fault Press on the digital operator. FWD RESET

F1 F2
RESET
LO
ESC
RE

RESET ENTER

RUN STOP

Drive
Close then open the fault signal digital input via terminal S4. Fault Reset Switch
Resetting via Fault Reset Digital Input S4 S4 Fault Reset Digital Input
S4 is set for “Fault Reset” as default (H1-04 = 14).
SC Digital Input Common

2 ON
If the above methods do not reset the fault, turn off the drive main power supply. Reapply power after the digital
operator display is out.

1 OFF

Note: If the Run command is present, the drive will disregard any attempts to reset the fault. The Run command must first be removed
before a fault situation can be cleared.

Troubleshooting

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 271
6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

This section describes troubleshooting problems that do not trip an alarm or fault.
The following symptoms indicate that the drive is not set correctly for proper performance with the motor. Refer to
Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 238 for guidance on troubleshooting.
• Motor hunting and oscillation
• Poor motor torque
• Poor speed precision
• Poor motor torque and speed response
• Motor noise

◆ Common Problems
Common Problems Page
Cannot Change Parameter Settings 272
Motor Does Not Rotate 273
Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing RUN Button or after Entering
Motor Rotates in the Opposite Direction from the Run Command 273
External Run Command
Motor Rotates in One Direction Only 274
Motor is Too Hot 274
Drive Does Not Allow Selection of Rotational Auto-Tuning 274
oPE02 Error Occurs When Lowering the Motor Rated Current Setting 274
Motor Stalls During Acceleration or With Large Loads 274
Drive Frequency Reference Differs from the Controller Frequency Reference Command 275
Excessive Motor Oscillation and Erratic Rotation 275
Deceleration Takes Longer Than Expected with Dynamic Braking Enabled 275
Load Falls When Brake is Applied (Hoist-Type Applications) 275
Noise From Drive or Output Lines When the Drive is Powered On 275
Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) Trips During Run 275
Unexpected Noise from Connected Machinery 276
Connected Machinery Vibrates When Motor Rotates
Oscillation or Hunting 276
Insufficient Starting Torque 276
Motor Rotates After the Drive Output is Shut Off (Motor Rotates During DC Injection Braking) 276
Output Frequency is not as High as Frequency Reference 276
Buzzing Sound from Motor at 2 kHz 276
Unstable Motor Speed when Using PM or IPM 276
Motor Does Not Restart after Power Loss 277

◆ Cannot Change Parameter Settings

Cause Possible Solutions
• Stop the drive and switch over to the Programming Mode.
The drive is running the motor (i.e., the Run command is present).
• Most parameters cannot be edited during run.
The Access Level is set to restrict access to parameter settings. • Set the Access Level to allow parameters to be edited (A1-01 = 2).
• See what mode the operator is currently set for.
The operator is not in the Parameter Setup Mode (the screen will
• Parameters cannot be edited when in the Setup Mode (“STUP”). Switch modes so that “PAr” appears on the screen.
display “PAr”).
Refer to The Drive and Programming Modes on page 75.
A multi-function contact input terminal is set to allow or restrict • When the terminal is open, parameters cannot be edited.
parameter editing (H1-03 through H1-08 = 1B). • Turn on the multi-function contact input set to 1B.
• If the password entered to A1-04 does not match the password saved to A1-05, then drive settings cannot be
changed.
• Reset the password.
The wrong password was entered. If you cannot remember the password:

• Scroll to A1-04. Press the STOP button and press at the same time. Parameter A1-05 will appear.
• Set a new password to parameter A1-05.
• Check the drive input power voltage by looking at the DC bus voltage (U1-07).
Undervoltage was detected.
• Check all main circuit wiring.

272 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

◆ Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing RUN Button or after Entering
External Run Command
■ Motor Does Not Rotate

Cause Possible Solutions

• Check if the DRV light on the digital operator is lit.
The drive is not in the Drive Mode.
• Enter the Drive Mode to begin operating the motor. Refer to The Drive and Programming Modes on page 75.
Stop the drive and check if the correct frequency reference source is selected. If the operator keypad shall be the source, the LO/RE button
LED must be on. If the source is REMOTE, it must be off.
Take the following steps to solve the problem:
The button was pushed.
• Push the button.
• If o2-01 is set to 0, then the LO/RE button will be disabled.
• When Auto-Tuning completes, the drive is switched back to the Programming Mode. The Run command will not be accepted unless the
Auto-Tuning has just completed. drive is in the Drive Mode.
• Use the digital operator to enter the Drive Mode. Refer to The Drive and Programming Modes on page 75.
A Fast Stop was executed and has not yet
Reset the Fast Stop command.
been reset.
Check parameter b1-02 (Run Command Selection).
Set b1-02 so that it corresponds with the correct Run command source.
Settings are incorrect for the source that 0: Digital operator
provides the Run command. 1: Control circuit terminal (default setting)
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option card
• Check the wiring for the control terminal.
There is faulty wiring in the control circuit
• Correct wiring mistakes.
terminals.
• Check the input terminal status monitor (U1-10).
Check parameter b1-01 (Frequency Reference Selection 1).
Set b1-01 to the correct source of the frequency reference.
The drive has been set to accept the 0: Digital operator
frequency reference from the incorrect 1: Control circuit terminal (default setting)
source. 2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option card
4: Pulse train input (RP)
The terminal set to accept the main speed
reference is set to the incorrect voltage and/ If terminal A2 is used, check DIP switch S1 parameter H3-08. Refer to Terminal A2 Analog Input Signal Selection on page 64.
or current.
Selection for the sink/source mode and the
Check jumper S3. Refer to Sinking/Sourcing Mode Switch for Digital Inputs on page 60.
internal/external power supply is incorrect.
• Check the frequency reference monitor (U1-01).
Frequency reference is too low.
• Increase the frequency by changing the maximum output frequency (E1-09).
Multi-function analog input is set up to
• Check the multi-function analog input settings.
accept gain for the frequency reference, but
• Check if the analog input value has been set properly. (U1-13)
no voltage (current) has been provided.

• When the STOP button is pressed, the drive will decelerate to stop.
The STOP button was pressed when
• Switch off the Run command and then re-enter a new Run command.
the drive was started from a REMOTE
source. • The STOP button can be disabled when o2-02 is set to 0.

Motor starting torque is too low. Refer to Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 238
Frequency reference value is too low or the
Enter a value that is above the minimum output frequency determined by E1-09.
drive does not accept the value entered.

■ Motor Rotates in the Opposite Direction from the Run Command Troubleshooting

Cause Possible Solutions

• Check the motor wiring.
• Switch two motor cables (U, V, and W) to reverse motor direction.
Phase wiring between the drive and motor is incorrect.
• Connect drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 in the right order to match motor terminals U, V, and W.
• Change the setting of parameter b1-14. 6
Typically, forward is designated as being counterclockwise when looking from the motor shaft (see figure below).

The forward direction for the motor is setup incorrectly.

2
1. Forward Rotating Motor (looking down the motor shaft)
2. Motor Shaft

Note: Check the motor specifications for the forward and reverse directions. The motor specifications will vary depending on the
manufacturer of the motor.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 273
6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

■ Motor Rotates in One Direction Only

Cause Possible Solutions

• Check parameter b1-04.
The drive prohibits reverse rotation.
• Set the drive to allow the motor to rotate in reverse (b1-04 = 0).

◆ Motor is Too Hot

Cause Possible Solutions
If the load is too heavy for the motor, the motor will overheat as it exceeds its rated torque value for an extended
period of time.
Keep in mind that the motor also has a short-term overload rating in addition to the possible solutions provided below:
The load is too heavy. • Reduce the load.
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times.
• Check the values set for the motor protection (L1-01, L1-02) as well as the motor rated current (E2-01).
• Increase motor capacity.
• Check the ambient temperature.
The air around the motor is too hot.
• Cool the area until it is within the specified temperature range.
• Perform Auto-Tuning.
The drive is operating in a vector control mode but Auto-Tuning has
• Calculate the motor value and reset the motor parameters.
not yet been performed.
• Change the motor control method to V/f Control (A1-02 = 0).
When the motor cable is long, high voltage surges occur between the motor coils and drive switching.
Normally, surges can reach up to three times the drive input power supply voltage (1200 V).
• Use a motor with a voltage tolerance higher than the max voltage surge.
Insufficient voltage insulation between motor phases.
• Use a motor designed to work specifically with a drive.
• Install an AC reactor on the output side of the drive. The carrier frequency should be set to 2 kHz when installing
an AC reactor.
The motor fan has stopped or is clogged. Check the motor fan.

◆ Drive Does Not Allow Selection the Desired Auto-Tuning Mode

Cause Possible Solutions
The desired Auto-Tuning mode is not available for the selected • Check if the desired tuning mode is available for the selected control mode. Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 86.
control mode. • Change the motor control method by setting A1-02.

◆ oPE02 Error Occurs When Lowering the Motor Rated Current Setting
Cause Possible Solutions
• The user is trying to set the motor rated current in E2-01 to a value lower than the no-load current set in E2-03.
Motor rated current and the motor no-load current setting in the • Make sure that value set in E2-01 is higher than E2-03.
drive are incorrect. • If it is necessary to set E2-01 lower than E2-03, first lower the value set to E2-03, then change the setting in E2-01
as needed.

◆ Motor Stalls during Acceleration or Acceleration Time is Too Long

Cause Possible Solutions

Torque limit has been reached or current suppression keeps the drive Take the following steps to resolve the problem:
from accelerating. • Reduce the load.
• Increase motor capacity.
Note: Although the drive has a Stall Prevention function and a Torque Compensation Limit function, accelerating too
Load is too heavy. quickly or trying to drive an excessively large load can exceed the capabilities of the motor.

Torque limit is not set properly. Check the torque limit setting.
• Check the maximum output frequency (E1-04).
• Increase E1-04 if it is set too low.
Frequency reference is too low. Check U1-01 for proper frequency reference.
Check if a frequency reference signal switch has been set to one of the multi-function input terminals.
Check for low gain level set to terminals A1 (H3-03).
• Reduce the load so that the output current remains within the motor rated current.
• In extruder and mixer applications, the load will sometimes increase as the temperature drops.
Load is too heavy.
• Increase the acceleration time.
• Check if the mechanical brake is fully releasing as it should.
Acceleration time has been set too long. Check if the acceleration time parameters have been set too long (C1-01, C1-03, C1-05, C1-07).
• Set the correct V/f pattern so that it matches the characteristics of the motor being used.
Motor characteristics and drive parameter settings are incompatible
• Check the V/f pattern set to E1-03.
with one another.
• Execute Rotational Auto-Tuning.
• Perform Auto-Tuning.
Although the drive is operating in Open Loop Vector motor control
• Calculate motor data and reset motor parameters.
method, Auto-Tuning has not been performed.
• Switch to V/f Control (A1-02 = 0).
Incorrect frequency reference setting. • Check the multi-function analog input settings. Multi-function analog input terminal A2.
• Check the Stall Prevention level during acceleration (L3-02).
The Stall Prevention level during acceleration and deceleration set
• If L3-02 is set too low, acceleration may be taking too long.
too low.
• Increase L3-02.

274 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

Cause Possible Solutions

• Check the Stall Prevention level during run (L3-06).
The Stall Prevention level during run has been set too low. • If L3-06 is set too low, speed will drop as the drive outputs torque.
• Increase the setting value.
• The motor cable may be long enough (over 50 m) to require Auto-Tuning for line-to-line resistance.
Drive reached the limitations of the V/f motor control method. • Be aware that V/f Control is comparatively limited when it comes to producing torque at low speeds.
• Consider switching to Open Loop Vector Control.

◆ Drive Frequency Reference Differs from the Controller Frequency Reference

Command
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check the gain and bias settings for the analog inputs that are used to set the frequency reference. Check parameters
The analog input gain and bias for the frequency reference input H3-03 and H3-04 for input A1, check parameters H3-11 and H3-12 for input A2, and check parameters H3-07 and
are set to incorrect values. H3-08 for input A3.
• Set these parameters to the appropriate values.
A frequency bias signal is being entered via analog input terminal
• Check the input level set for terminal A1 (U1-13).
A1.

◆ Excessive Motor Oscillation and Erratic Rotation

Cause Possible Solutions
Poor balance between motor phases. Check drive input power voltage to ensure that it provides stable power.
• Enable Hunting Prevention (n1-01 = 1).
Hunting prevention function is disabled.
• Increase the AFR gain (n2-01) or the AFR time constant (n2-02).

◆ Deceleration Takes Longer Than Expected with Dynamic Braking Enabled

Cause Possible Solutions
• Check the Stall Prevention level during deceleration (L3-04).
L3-04 is set incorrectly.
• If a dynamic braking option has been installed, disable Stall Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 0).
The deceleration time is set too long. Set deceleration to more appropriate time (C1-02, C1-04, C1-06, C1-08).
• Assuming parameter settings are normal and that no overvoltage occurs when there is insufficient torque, it is likely
Insufficient motor torque. that the demand on the motor has exceeded the motor capacity.
• Use a larger motor.
• Check the settings for the torque limit (L7-01 through L7-04).
• If the torque limit is enabled, deceleration might take longer than expected because the drive cannot output more
Reaching the torque limit.
torque than the limit setting. Ensure the torque limit is set to a high enough value.
• Increase the torque limit setting.
Load exceeded the internal torque limit determined by the drive
Switch to a larger capacity drive.
rated current.

◆ Load Falls When Brake is Applied (Hoist-Type Applications)

Cause Possible Solutions
Insufficient DC Injection Braking. Increase the amount of DC Injection Braking (b2-02).

◆ Noise From Drive or Output Lines When the Drive is Powered On

Troubleshooting
Cause Possible Solutions
• Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
• Install a noise filter on the input side of drive input power.
• Install a noise filter on the output side of the drive.
Relay switching in the drive generates
• Place the wiring inside a metal conduit to shield it from switching noise.
excessive noise.
•
•
Ground the drive and motor properly.
Separate the main circuit wiring and the control lines. 6
• Make sure wires and the motor have been properly grounded.

◆ Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) Trips During Run

Cause Possible Solutions
• Increase the ELCB sensitivity or use ELCB with a higher threshold.
• Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
Excessive leakage current trips ELCB.
• Reduce the length of the cable used between the drive and the motor.
• Install a noise filter or reactor on the output side of the drive. Set the carrier frequency to 2 kHz when connecting a reactor.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 275
6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

◆ Connected Machinery Vibrates When Motor Rotates

■ Unexpected Noise from Connected Machinery

Cause Possible Solutions

The carrier frequency is at the resonant frequency of the connected
Adjust the carrier frequency using parameters C6-02 through C6-05.
machinery.
• Adjust the parameters used for the Jump frequency function (d3-01 through d3-04) to skip the problem-causing
The drive output frequency is the same as the resonant frequency
bandwidth.
of the connected machinery.
• Place the motor on a rubber pad to reduce vibration.

■ Oscillation or Hunting

Cause Possible Solutions

Perform Auto-Tuning.
Insufficient tuning.
Refer to Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 238.
• Ensure that noise is not affecting the signal lines.
The frequency reference is assigned to an external source and the • Separate main circuit wiring and control circuit wiring.
signal is noisy. • Use twisted-pair cables or shielded wiring for the control circuit.
• Increase the analog input time filter constant (H3-13).
• Perform Auto-Tuning.
The cable between the drive and motor is too long.
• Reduce the length of the cable.

◆ Insufficient Starting Torque

Cause Possible Solutions
Auto-Tuning has not yet been performed (required for vector
Perform Auto-Tuning. Refer to Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 238.
control modes).
The control mode was changed after performing Auto-Tuning. Perform Auto-Tuning again.
Only Stationary Auto-Tuning was performed. Perform Rotational Auto-Tuning.

◆ Motor Rotates After the Drive Output is Shut Off (Motor Rotates During DC Injection
Braking)
Cause Possible Solutions
• Adjust the DC Injection braking settings.
DC Injection Braking is set too low and the drive cannot decelerate
• Increase the current level for DC Injection Braking (b2-02).
properly.
• Increase the DC Injection Braking time at stop (b2-04).
The stopping method is set so that the drive coasts to stop. Set b1-03 (Stopping Method Selection) to 0 or 2.

◆ Output Frequency is not as High as Frequency Reference

Cause Possible Solutions
• Adjust the parameters used for the Jump frequency function (d3-01, d3-02, d3-03).
Frequency reference is set within the range of the Jump frequency.
• Enabling the Jump frequency prevents the drive from outputting the frequencies specified in the Jump range.
• Set the maximum output frequency and the upper limit for the frequency reference to more appropriate values (E1-
Upper limit for the frequency reference has been exceeded. 04, d2-01).
• The following calculation yields the upper value for the output frequency = E1-04 x d2-01 / 100
• Reduce the load.
Large load triggered Stall Prevention function during acceleration.
• Adjust the Stall Prevention level during acceleration (L3-02).

◆ Buzzing Sound from Motor at 2 kHz

Cause Possible Solutions
• If the output current rises too high at low speeds, the carrier frequency is automatically reduced and causes a whining
or buzzing sound.
Exceeded 110% of the rated output current of the drive while
• If the sound is coming from the motor, disable carrier frequency derating (L8-38 = 0).
operating at low speeds.
• Disabling the automatic carrier frequency derating increases the chances of an overload fault (oL2). Switch to a larger
capacity motor if oL2 faults occur too frequently.

◆ Unstable Motor Speed when Using PM

Cause Possible Solutions
The motor code for the PM motor (E5-01 or T2-02) is set
Refer to Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 238 for details.
incorrectly (Yaskawa motors only).
Drive is attempting to operate the motor beyond the speed control
Check the speed control range and adjust the speed accordingly.
range listed in the specifications.
Motor hunting occurs. Refer to Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 238 for details.

276 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

Cause Possible Solutions

• Enter the correct motor code for the PM motor being used into E5-01 or E6-01.
Too much current is flowing through the drive. • For special-purpose motors, enter the correct data to all E5/E6 parameters according to the test report provided for the
motor.

◆ Motor Does Not Restart after Power Loss

Cause Possible Solutions
• Check the sequence and wiring that has been set up to enter the Run command.
The Run command was not issued again when power was restored.
• A relay should be set up to make sure the Run command remains enabled throughout any power loss.
The relay that is supposed to maintain the Run command has been
Check wiring and circuitry for the relay intended to keep the Run command enabled.
switched off.

Troubleshooting

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 277
6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display

278 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 7
Periodic Inspection & Maintenance
This chapter describes the periodic inspection and maintenance of the drive to ensure that it
receives the proper care to maintain overall performance.

7.1 SECTION SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

7.2 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
7.3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
7.4 COOLING FAN AND CIRCULATION FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
7.5 DRIVE REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 279
7.1 Section Safety

7.1 Section Safety

DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power
supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent
electric shock, wait for at least the time specified on the warning label once all indicators are OFF, and then measure
the DC bus voltage level to confirm it has reached a safe level.
Never connect or disconnect wiring, remove connectors or option cards, or replace the cooling fan, and air filter
while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power
supply is turned off.

WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection, and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment, and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Do not touch any terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the
power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive
before touching any components.

280 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 7.1 Section Safety

WARNING
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.

NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Follow cooling fan replacement instructions. The cooling fan cannot operate properly when it is installed
incorrectly and could seriously damage the drive.
Follow the instructions in this manual to replace the cooling fan, making sure that the label is on top before inserting
the cooling fan into the drive. To ensure maximum useful product life, replace both cooling fans when performing
maintenance.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded, twisted-pair
wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
Periodic Inspection &
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Maintenance

Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting any other 7
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Comply with proper wiring practices.
The motor may run in reverse if the phase order is backward.
Connect motor input terminals U, V and W to drive output terminals U/T1,V/T2, and W/T3. The phase order for the
drive and motor should match.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 281
7.1 Section Safety

NOTICE
Frequently switching the drive power supply to stop and start the motor can damage the drive.
To get the full performance life out of the electrolytic capacitors and circuit relays, refrain from switching the drive
power supply off and on more than once every 30 minutes. Frequent use can damage the drive. Use the drive to stop
and start the motor.
Do not operate damaged equipment.
Failure to comply could result in further damage to the equipment.
Do not connect or operate any equipment with visible damage or missing parts.

282 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 7.2 Inspection

7.2 Inspection
Power electronics have limited life and may exhibit changes in characteristics or performance deterioration after years of
use under normal conditions. To help avoid such problems, it is important to perform preventive maintenance and
periodic inspection on the drive.
Drives contain a variety of power electronics such as power transistors, semiconductors, capacitors, resistors, fans, and
relays. The electronics in the drive serve a critical role in maintaining proper motor control.
Follow the inspection lists provided in this chapter as a part of a regular maintenance program.
Note: The drive will require more frequent inspection if it is placed in harsh environments, such as:
• High ambient temperatures
• Frequent starting and stopping
• Fluctuations in the AC supply or load
• Excessive vibrations or shock loading
• Dust, metal dust, salt, sulfuric acid, chlorine atmospheres
• Poor storage conditions.
Perform the first equipment inspection one to two years after installation.

◆ Recommended Daily Inspection

Table 7.1 outlines the recommended daily inspection for Yaskawa drives. Check the following items on a daily basis to
avoid premature deterioration in performance or product failure. Copy this checklist and mark the “Checked” column
after each inspection.
Table 7.1 General Recommended Daily Inspection Checklist
Inspection Category Inspection Points Corrective Action Checked
• Check the load coupling.
Motor Inspect for abnormal oscillation or noise coming from the motor. • Measure motor vibration.
• Tighten all loose components.
• Check for excessive load.
Inspect for abnormal heat generated from the drive or motor and • Loose connections
visible discoloration. • Check for dirty heatsink or motor.
Cooling • Ambient temperature
• Check for clogged or dirty fan.
Inspect drive cooling fan and circulation fan operation.
• Check fan operation drive parameter.
Verify the drive environment complies with the specifications listed • Eliminate the source of contaminants or correct poor
Environment
in Installation Environment on page 36. environment.
The drive output current should not be higher than the motor or drive • Check for excessive load.
Load
rating for an extended period of time. • Check the motor parameter settings of the drive.
• Correct the voltage or power supply to within nameplate
Power Supply Voltage Check main power supply and control voltages. specifications.
• Verify all main circuit phases.

Periodic Inspection &

Maintenance

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 283
7.2 Inspection

◆ Recommended Periodic Inspection

Table 7.2 outlines the recommended periodic inspections for Yaskawa drive installations. Although periodic inspections
should generally be performed once a year; the drive may require more frequent inspection in harsh environments or with
rigorous use. Operating and environmental conditions, along with experience in each application, will determine the
actual inspection frequency for each installation. Periodic inspection will help to avoid premature deterioration in
performance or product failure. Copy this checklist and mark the “Checked” column after each inspection.
■ Periodic Inspection
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not inspect, connect, or disconnect any wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can
result in serious personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains
charged even after the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive
before touching any components.

Table 7.2 Periodic Inspection Checklist

Inspection Area Inspection Points Corrective Action Checked
Main Circuit Periodic Inspection
• Inspect equipment for discoloration from overheating or • Replace damaged components as required.
deterioration. • The drive has few serviceable parts and may require complete
• Inspect for damaged or deformed parts. drive replacement.
General • Inspect enclosure door seal if used.
• Inspect for dirt, foreign particles, or dust collection on • Use dry air to clear away foreign matter. Use a pressure of
components. 39.2 × 104 to 58.8 × 104 Pa (4 - 6 kgxcm2).
• Replace components if cleaning is not possible.
• Inspect wiring and connections for discoloration, damage, or heat
Conductors and Wiring stress. • Repair or replace damaged wiring.
• Inspect wire insulation and shielding for wear.
• Tighten loose screws and replace damaged screws or
Terminals • Inspect terminals for stripped, damaged, or loose connections.
terminals.
• Inspect contactors and relays for excessive noise during operation. • Check coil voltage for over or under voltage conditions.
Relays and Contactors • Inspect coils for signs of overheating such as melted or cracked • Replace damaged removable relays contactors or circuit
insulation. board.
• Minor discoloration may be acceptable.
Braking Resistors • Inspect for discoloration of heat stress on or around resistors.
• If discoloration exists check for loose connections.
• Inspect for leaking, discoloration, or cracks.
• The drive has few serviceable parts and may require complete
Electrolytic Capacitor • Check if the cap has come off, for any swelling, or if the sides
drive replacement.
have burst open.
Diode, IGBT (Power • Use dry air to clear away foreign matter. Use a pressure of
• Inspect for dust or other foreign material collected on the surface.
Transistor) 39.2 × 104 to 58.8 × 104 Pa (4 - 6 kgxcm2).
Motor Periodic Inspection
• Stop the motor and contact qualified maintenance personnel
Operation Check • Check for increased vibration or abnormal noise.
as required.
Control Circuit Periodic Inspection
• Tighten loose screws and replace damaged screws or
• Inspect terminals for stripped, damaged, or loose connections. terminals.
General
• Make sure all terminals have been properly tightened. • If terminals are integral to a circuit board, then board or drive
replacement may be required.
• Fix any loose connections.
• If an antistatic cloth or vacuum plunger can't be used, replace
the board.
• Check for any odor, discoloration, and rust. Make sure
• Do not use any solvents to clean the board.
Circuit Boards connections are properly fastened and that no dust or oil mist has
• Use dry air to clear away foreign matter. Use a pressure of
accumulated on the surface of the board.
39.2 × 104 to 58.8 × 104 Pa (4 - 6 kgxcm2).
• The drive has few serviceable parts and may require complete
drive replacement.
Cooling System Periodic Inspection
Cooling Fan, • Replace as required.
• Check for abnormal oscillation or unusual noise.
Circulation Fan Refer to Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan on page 287 for
• Check for damaged or missing fan blades.
Control Board Cooling Fan information on cleaning or replacing the fan.
• Use dry air to clear away foreign matter.
Heatsink • Inspect for dust or other foreign material collected on the surface.
Use a pressure of 39.2 × 104 to 58.8 × 104 Pa (4 - 6 kgxcm2).
• Inspect air intake and exhaust openings. They must be free from • Visually inspect the area.
Air Duct
obstruction and properly installed. • Clear obstructions and clean air duct as required.
Display Periodic Inspection
• Make sure data appears on the operator properly. • Contact your Yaskawa representative if there is any trouble
Digital Operator • Inspect for dust or other foreign material that may have collected with the display or keypad.
on surrounding components. • Clean the digital operator.

284 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 7.3 Periodic Maintenance

7.3 Periodic Maintenance

The drive has Maintenance Monitors that keep track of component wear. This feature provides advance maintenance
warning and eliminates the need to shut down the entire system for unexpected problems. The drive allows the user to
check predicted maintenance periods for the components listed below.
For replacement parts, contact the distributor where the drive was purchased or contact Yaskawa directly.
• Cooling Fan, Circulation Fan, Control Board Cooling Fan
• Electrolytic Capacitors
• Inrush Prevention Circuit
• IGBTs

◆ Replacement Parts
Table 7.3 contains the estimated performance life of components that require replacement during the life of the drive.
Only use Yaskawa replacement parts for the appropriate drive model and revision.
Table 7.3 Estimated Performance Life
Component Estimated Performance Life
Cooling Fan, Circulation Fan, Control Board Cooling Fan 10 years
Electrolytic Capacitors 10 years <1>
<1> The drive has few serviceable parts and may require complete drive replacement.

NOTICE: Estimated performance life based on specific usage conditions. These conditions are provided for the purpose of replacing
parts to maintain performance. Some parts may require more frequent replacement due to poor environments or rigorous use. Usage
conditions for estimated performance life:
• Ambient temperature: Yearly average of 40°C
• Load factor: 80% maximum
• Operation time: 24 hours a day

■ Performance Life Monitors Maintenance Monitors

The drive calculates the maintenance period for components that may require replacement during the life of the drive. A
percentage of the maintenance period is displayed on the digital operator by viewing the appropriate monitor parameter.
When the maintenance period reaches 100%, there is increased risk that the drive may malfunction. Yaskawa
recommends checking the maintenance period regularly to ensure maximum performance life.
Refer to Recommended Periodic Inspection on page 284 for more details.
Table 7.4 Performance Life Monitors Used for Component Replacement
Parameter Component Contents
Displays the accumulated operation time of the fan, from 0 to 99999 hours. This value is automatically reset to 0 once it
U4-03 Cooling Fan, Circulation Fan, reaches 99999.
Control Board Cooling Fan
U4-04 Displays the accumulated fan operation time as a percentage of the specified maintenance period.
U4-05 DC Bus Capacitors Displays the accumulated time the capacitors are used as a percentage of the specified maintenance period.
U4-06 Inrush (pre-charge) Relay Displays the number of times the drive is powered up as a percentage of the performance life of the inrush circuit. Periodic Inspection &
U4-07 IGBT Displays the percentage of the maintenance period reached by the IGBTs. Maintenance

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 285
7.3 Periodic Maintenance

■ Alarm Outputs for Maintenance Monitors

An output can be set up to inform the user when a specific components has neared its expected performance life.
When one of multi-function digital output terminals has been assigned the maintenance monitor function (H2-†† = 2F),
the terminal will close when the cooling fan, DC bus capacitors, or DC bus pre-charge relay reach 90% of the expected
performance life, or the IGBTs have reached 50% of their expect performance life. Additionally the digital operator will
display an alarm like shown in Table 7.5 to indicate the specific components that may need maintenance.
Table 7.5 Maintenance Alarms
Alarm Display Function Corrective Action

<1> LT-1 The cooling fans have reached 90% of their designated life time. Replace the cooling fan.
The DC bus capacitors have reached 90% of their designated life
<1> LT-2 Replace the drive.
time.
The DC bus charge circuit has reached 90% of its designated life
<1> LT-3 Replace the drive.
time.

<1> LT-4 The IGBT’s have reached 50% of their designated life time. Check the load, carrier frequency, and output frequency.

<2> TrPC The IGBT’s have reached 90% of their designated life time. Replace the drive.

<1> This alarm message will be output only if the Maintenance Monitor function is assigned to one of the digital outputs (H2-†† = 2F). The alarm
will also trigger a digital output that is programmed for alarm indication (H2-†† = 10).
<2> This alarm message will always be output, even if the Maintenance Monitor function is not assigned to any of the digital outputs (H2-†† =
2F). The alarm will also trigger a digital output that is programmed for alarm indication (H2-†† = 10).

■ Related Drive Parameters

Parameters o4-03, o4-05, o4-07, and o4-09 can be used to reset a Maintenance Monitor back to zero after a specific
component has been replaced. Refer to Parameter Table on page 320 for details on parameter settings.
NOTICE: If these parameters are not reset after the corresponding parts have been replaced, the Maintenance Monitor function will
continue to count down the performance life from the value that was reached with the old part. If the Maintenance Monitor is not reset,
the drive will not have the correct value of the performance life for the new component.

286 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

NOTICE: Follow cooling fan replacement instructions. The cooling fan cannot operate properly when installed incorrectly and could
seriously damage the drive. To ensure maximum useful product life, replace all cooling fans when performing maintenance.

Contact your Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office to order replacement cooling fans as required.
For drives with multiple cooling fans, replace all the fans when performing maintenance to ensure maximum product
performance life.

◆ Number of Fan
Model Cooling Fan Circulation Fan Control Board Cooling Fan
CIMR-AY
4A0515 3 2 2
4A0675 3 2 2

◆ Cooling Fan Component Names

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after
the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching
any components.

CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Shut off the
power to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and ensure the heatsink has cooled
down.
Figure 7.1

B
E

Figure 7.2
Figure 7.3

A – Cooling Fan D – Circulation Fan

B – Circuit Board Cooling Fan E – Fan Unit Case
C – Circuit Board Cooling Fan
Periodic Inspection &
Unit Case
Figure 7.1 Cooling Fan Component Names Maintenance

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 287
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

◆ Cooling Fan Replacement

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after
the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching
any components.

CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink and a fan unit. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.
Shut off the power to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and ensure the heatsink and
the fan unit have cooled down.

NOTICE: Prevent Equipment Damage. Follow cooling fan and circulation fan replacement instructions. Improper fan replacement
could result in damage to equipment. When installing the replacement fan into the drive, make sure the fan is facing upwards. To
ensure maximum useful product life, replace all fans when performing maintenance.

■ Removing and Disassembling the Cooling Fan Unit

1. Remove the terminal cover and front cover 1 and 2.
Refer to Removing the Terminal Cover on page 49 for detail.

CAUTION! Crush Hazard. Do not completely remove the cover screws, just loosen them. If the cover screws are removed completely,
the terminal cover may fall off causing an injury. Take special care when removing/reattaching the terminal covers for larger drives.

2. Remove the connectors for the cooling fan relay and the circuit board cooling fan.
Figure 7.4

YEC_TMonly
C

E F G F E

A – Fan Unit E – Hook

B – Fan Relay Connector F – Circuit Board Cooling Fan Connector
C – Circuit Board Cooling Fan G – Circuit Board Cooling Fan Cable
D – Circuit Board Cooling Fan Case
Figure 7.2 Component Names

288 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

3. Loosen the screw A (2) and the screw B (9), then slide the panel that the screws held into place to the right.
Note: The fan unit can be removed simply by loosening these screws.
Figure 7.5

Screw B

Slide Panel

Screw A
Screw A Screw B

YEC_TMonly

Figure 7.3 Removing the Fan Unit

4. Remove the slide panel and fan unit along with the cooling fan unit for the circuit boards from the drive.
Note: The fan unit can be removed simply by loosening these screws.
Figure 7.6

YEC_TMonl
y

Figure 7.4 Removing the Fan Units

■ Replacing the Cooling Fans

1. Replace the cooling fans.
Note: Make sure the fan cable does not get pinched between parts when reassembling the fan unit.
Figure 7.7

YEC_TMonly
A

Periodic Inspection &

Maintenance

A – Cooling Fan C – Cooling Fan Connector

B – Fan Unit Case
Figure 7.5 Fan Unit Disassembly

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 289
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

2. Place the cooling fan connectors and guide the lead wires so that they are held in place by the cable hooks.
Figure 7.8

Cooling Fan B1
Cooling Fan B2 Cooling Fan B3
YEC_TMonly
Relay Connector Relay Connector Relay Connector

Figure 7.6 Cooling Fan Wiring

3. Turn the fan unit over and replace the circulation fans.
Figure 7.9

YEC_TMonly

A – Circulation Fan C – Fan Unit Case

B – Cooling Fan Connector
Figure 7.7 Fan Unit Disassembly
4. Turn over the cooling fan unit. Guide the lead wires so that they are held in place by the cable hooks and place
the circulation fan connectors between the fan and fan unit.
Figure 7.10

YEC_TMonly

Circulation Fan B5 Circulation Fan B4

Figure 7.8 Cooling Fan Wiring

290 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan

5. Replace the cooling fans

Figure 7.11

A YEC_TMonly

B C

A – Circuit Board Cooling Fan C – Relay Connector

B – Circuit Board Cooling Fan
Case
Figure 7.9 Fan Unit Disassembly
6. Position the protective tube so that the fan connector sits in the center of the protective tube. (Only for circuit
board cooling fans)

Protective tube
YEC_TMon
ly

7. Guide lead wires through the hooks provided so that the wires are held in place.
Figure 7.12

Circuit board cooling fan Circuit board cooling fan YEC_TM

Relay connector Hook Relay connector
only

Figure 7.10 Cooling Fan Wiring

8. Double check the relay connector to ensure that it is properly connected.
■ Installing the Cooling Fan Unit
1. Reverse the procedure described above to reinstall the cooling fan unit.
Figure 7.13

YEC_TMonly
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance

7
Figure 7.11 Installing the Cooling Fan Units
2. Reattach the covers and digital operator.
3. Turn the power supply back on and reset the cooling fan operation time for the Maintenance Monitor by setting
o4-03 to 0.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 291
7.5 Drive Replacement

7.5 Drive Replacement

◆ Serviceable Parts
The drive contains some serviceable parts. The following parts can be replaced over the life span of the drive:
• Terminal board I/O PCBs
• Cooling fan(s)
• Front cover
Replace the drive if the main power circuitry is damaged. Contact your local Yaskawa representative before replacing
parts if the drive is still under warranty. Yaskawa reserves the right to replace or repair the drive according to Yaskawa
warranty policy.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after
the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching
any components.

◆ Terminal Board
The drive has a modular I/O terminal block that facilitates quick drive replacement. The terminal board contains on-
board memory that stores all drive parameter settings and allows the parameters to be saved and transferred to the
replacement drive. To transfer the terminal board, disconnect the terminal board from the damaged drive then reconnect
it to the replacement drive. Once transferred, there is no need to manually reprogram the replacement drive.
Note: If the damaged drive and the new replacement drive are have different capacities, the data stored in the terminal board cannot be
transferred to the new drive and an oPE01 error will appear on the display. The terminal board can still be used, but parameter
setting from the old drive cannot be transferred. The replacement drive must be initialized and manually programmed.
Figure 7.14

YEC_TMo
nly
A

B
- +1 +3

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

A – Removable terminal board B – Terminal board locking screws

Figure 7.12 Terminal Board

292 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 7.5 Drive Replacement

◆ Replacing the Drive

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after
the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching
any components.

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive. Failure to comply could result in
serious injury. Installation, maintenance, inspection and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.

NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit
boards. Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.

The following procedure explains how to replace a drive. This section provides instructions for drive replacement only.
To install option boards or other types of options, then refer to the specific manuals for those options.
NOTICE: When transferring a braking transistor, braking resistor, or other type of option from a damaged drive to a new replacement
drive, make sure they are working properly before reconnecting them to the new drive. Replace broken options to prevent immediate
break down of the replacement drive.

■ Removing the Drive

1. Remove the terminal cover.
2. Loosen the screws holding the terminal board in place. Take out the screw securing the bottom cover and
remove the bottom cover from the drive.
Figure 7.15

Figure 7.13 Drive Replacement: Removing the Terminal Board

3. Slide the terminal board as illustrated by the arrows, and remove it from the drive along with the bottom cover.
Figure 7.16

Figure 7.14 Drive Replacement:

Removable Terminal Board Disconnected from the Drive
4. Replace the drive and wire the main circuit.
■ Installing the Drive Periodic Inspection &

1. Once the main circuit has been wired, connect the terminal block to the drive. Use the installation screw to fasten
Maintenance

the terminal block into place.

2. Reconnect all options to the new drive in the same way they were installed in the old drive. Connect option
boards to the same option ports in the new drive that were used in the old drive.
3. Put the terminal cover back into its original place.
4. When the power to the drive is first switched on, all parameter settings are transferred from the terminal board 7
into the drive memory. Should an oPE04 error occur, load the parameter settings that have been saved on the
terminal board onto the new drive by setting parameter A1-03 to 5550. Reset timers used for the Maintenance
Monitor function by setting parameters o4-01 through o4-12 back to 0, and parameter o4-13 to 1.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 293
7.5 Drive Replacement

294 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 8
Peripheral Devices & Options
This chapter explains the installation of peripheral devices and options available for the drive.

8.1 SECTION SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

8.2 DRIVE OPTIONS AND PERIPHERAL DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
8.3 CONNECTING PERIPHERAL DEVICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
8.4 OPTION CARD INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
8.5 INSTALLING PERIPHERAL DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 295
8.1 Section Safety

8.1 Section Safety

DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for
at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components.

WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.

NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.

296 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 8.2 Drive Options and Peripheral Devices

8.2 Drive Options and Peripheral Devices

The following table of peripheral devices lists the names of the various accessories and options available for Yaskawa
drives. Contact Yaskawa or your Yaskawa agent to order these peripheral devices.
• Peripheral Device Selection: Refer to the Yaskawa catalog for selection and part numbers.
• Peripheral Device Installation: Refer to the corresponding option manual for installation instructions.
Table 8.1 Available Peripheral Devices
Option Model Number Description
Power Options
Protects the drive when operating from a large power supply
and improves the power factor by suppressing harmonic
AC Reactor UZBA Series
distortion. Highly recommended for power supplies that exceed
600 kVA.

For use with systems that require dynamic braking with up to

Braking Resistor ERF-150WJ Series
3% ED. If higher ED is required, use a Braking Resistor Unit.

For use with systems that require dynamic braking with up to

Braking Resistor with Fuse DF120-B579 Series
3% ED. If higher ED is required, increase the capacity.

For use with systems requiring dynamic braking with up to

Braking Resistor Unit LKEB Series
10% ED.

Braking Unit CDBR Series External braking transistor

Circuit breaker for short circuit or over load protection

Note: Yaskawa recommends installing an MCCB to the power
Molded Case Circuit Breaker NF Series supply side to protect drive wiring and prevent other damage in
the event of component failure. Install an MCCB if permitted
by the power system.
Provides protection against potentially harmful leakage current.
Note: Yaskawa recommends installing a LECB to the power
Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker
NV, EG, or SG Series supply side to protect drive wiring and prevent other damage in
(ELCB)
the event of component failure. An MCCB can also be used if
permitted by the power system.
Ensures that power to drive is completely shut off when
necessary, preventing potential damage to the braking resistor
and other internal circuitry.
Install an MCCB when using a braking resistor to prevent the
Magnetic Contactor (Input) SC Series
braking resistor from overheating.
To protect internal components from sudden high levels of
input current, the MC should be wired so that it opens when a
fault output terminal is triggered.

Suppresses surge voltage caused by magnetic contactor

Surge Protector RFN3AL-504KD
switching.

Zero Phase Reactor F6045GB, F11080GB Reduces electromagnetic noise.

Fuse CR6L Series, FWH Series Protects the drive in case of short circuit.
Peripheral Devices &

Reduces electromagnetic noise flowing back from the drive

Input Noise Filter LNFB, LNFD, FN Series
into power supply.
Options

Output Noise Filter LF-310 Series Reduces electromagnetic noise generated by the drive output.

— Isolator DGP††† Isolates the drive control I/Os for improved noise resistance.
8
Momentary Power Loss Recovery
— P0020 Ensures drive operation during momentary power loss up to 2 s
Unit

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 297
8.2 Drive Options and Peripheral Devices

Option Model Number Description

Reference Setting / Monitor Options
External meter for displaying the output frequency or current
— Frequency Meter / Ammeter DCF-6A
using an analog signal from the drive
Frequency Meter Potentiometer (20 External potentiometer for adjusting the frequency meter
— RH000850
kΩ) scaling
External meter for displaying the output voltage using an
— Output Voltage Meter SDF-12NH
analog signal from the drive
Frequency Setting Potentiometer (2 External potentiometer for setting the frequency reference by
— RH000739
kΩ) an analog input
Control Dial for Frequency Setting
— CM-3S Control dial for frequency setting potentiometer
Potentiometer
— Meter Plate NPJT41561-1 Plate with scale for frequency setting potentiometer
Interface Options
Extension cable (1 m or 3 m) to connect the digital operator for
Remote Operator Cable WV001/WV003 remote operation
RJ-45, 8 pin straight through, UTP CAT5e cable
Allows the user to copy and verify parameter settings between
USB Copy Unit JVOP-181 drives. Can also be used as an adapter to connect the drive to
YASKAWA
USB Copy Unit

ERR
COM

JVOP-181
LOCK

the USB port on a PC.

py rify ad
Co Ve Re

Attachment
Installation kit for mounting the drive with the heatsink outside
— Attachment for External Heatsink EZZ020786
of the panel (Side-by-Side mounting possible)
Parts to make the drive conform to NEMA Type 1 enclosure
— NEMA 1 Kit EZZ020787
requirements

For installing the digital operator keypad on the outside of an

Installation Support Set A EZZ020642A enclosure panel that houses the drive. Uses screws to secure the
operator.

For installing the digital operator keypad on the outside of an

enclosure panel that houses the drive.
Installation Support Set B EZZ020642B
Uses nuts to secure the operator for installations where screws
are not practical.

Others

Provides power to the control circuit and option boards in the

event of power loss. Allows the user to still monitor drive
24 V Power Supply PS-A10H
settings and fault information even if the main circuit has no
power.

Communication Options

For speed feedback input by connecting a motor encoder

Input: 3 track (can be used with one or two tracks), for HTL
Complementary PG PG-B3 encoder connection, 50 kHz max
Output: 3 track, open collector
Encoder power supply: 12 V, max current 200 mA

For speed feedback input by connecting a motor encoder

Input: 3 track (can be used with one or two tracks), line driver,
Line Driver PG PG-X3 300 kHz max
Output: 3 track, line driver
Encoder power supply: 5 V or 12 V, max current 200 mA

Allows high precision, high resolution analog reference input

Input channels: 3
Analog Input AI-A3
Voltage input: -10 to 10 Vdc (20 kΩ), 13 bit signed
Current input: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA (250 kΩ), 12 bit

Provides extra multi-function analog output terminals.

Analog Monitor AO-A3 Output channels: 2
Output voltage: -10 to 10 V, 11 bit (signed)

Used to set the frequency reference by digital inputs

Input channels: 18 (including SET signal and SIGN signal)
Digital Input DI-A3 Input signal type: BCD 16 bit (4 digit), 12 bit (3 digit), 8 bit (2
digit)
Input signal: 24 Vdc, 8 mA

298 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 8.2 Drive Options and Peripheral Devices

Option Model Number Description

Provides extra insulated multi-function digital outputs.

Digital Output DO-A3 Photocoupler relays: 6 (48 V, up to 50 mA)
Contact relays: 2 (250 Vac/up to 1 A, 30 Vdc/up to 1 A)

Peripheral Devices &

Options

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 299
8.3 Connecting Peripheral Devices

8.3 Connecting Peripheral Devices

Figure 8.1 illustrates how to configure the drive and motor to operate with various peripheral devices.
• For more detailed instructions on how to install each device shown below, refer to the specific manual for that device.
Figure 8.1

LED Operator/LCD Operator

Power

YASKAWA
USB Copy Unit

ERR
Supply

COM

JVOP-181
LOCK
py rify ad
Co Ve Re

USB Copy unit

Line
Breaker
(MCCB)
or Surge
Leakage Absorber
Breaker Drive
+3 −

Magnetic
Contactor
(MC)

AC Reactor
Momentary
Power Loss Braking Unit
Recovery Unit
Zero-phase
Reactor
Fuse
Ground

Input Side R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

Noise Filter 24 V control
power supply
unit
Output Side
Noise Filter
Motor
YEC_
TMon
Magnetic Zero-phase
Contactor Reactor
ly
(switches to
line power)
Ground

Figure 8.1 Connecting Peripheral Devices

Note: Note that if the drive is set to trigger a fault output whenever the fault restart function is activated (L5-02 = 1), then a sequence to
interrupt power when a fault occurs will result in shutting off the power to the drive as the drive attempts to restart itself. The
default setting for L5-02 is 0 (fault output active during restart attempt).

300 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 8.4 Option Card Installation

8.4 Option Card Installation

This section provides instructions on installing the option cards listed in Table 8.1.

◆ Installing Option Cards

Table 8.2 below lists the number of option cards that can be connected to the drive and the drive ports for connecting
those option cards.
Table 8.2 Option Card Installation
Option Card Port/Connector Number of Cards Possible
AI-A3, DI-A3 <1> CN5-A 1
PG-B3, PG-X3 CN5-B, C 2 <2>
DO-A3, AO-A3 CN5-A, B, C 1

<1> If installed to CN5-B or CN5-C, AI-A3 and DI-A3 cannot be used to set the frequency reference, but the input status can still be viewed
using U1-21, U1-22, U1-23 (for AI-A3), and U1-17 (for DI-A3).
<2> If only one PG option card is connected to the drive, use the CN5-C connector. If two PG option cards are connected, use both CN5-B
and CN5-C.

◆ Installation Procedure
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive. Failure to comply could result in
death or serious injury. Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar
with installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives and Option Cards.

NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the option card, drive, and
circuit boards. Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to circuitry.

NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque. Failure to comply may cause the
application to operate incorrectly or damage the drive.

Use the procedure described below when installing option cards to the drive.
1. Shut off power to the drive, wait the appropriate amount of time for voltage to dissipate, then remove the
operator and front cover. Refer to Digital Operator and Front Cover on page 50
2. Insert the CN5 connector on the option card into the matching CN5 connector on the drive, then fasten it into
place using one of the screws included with the option card.
3. Connect one of the lead lines using one of the screws to the ground terminal.
Some option cards come with several different lead lines for connecting the card to the drive. Select the lead line
with the most appropriate length.
Note: There are only two screw holes on the drive for ground terminals. If three option cards are connected, two of the lead lines will
need to share the same ground terminal.
Figure 8.2

Peripheral Devices &

common_
Options

TMonly

8
Figure 8.2 Connecting the Ground Terminal

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 301
8.4 Option Card Installation

4. Wire the option card to the terminal block on the option card.
For wiring instructions, refer to the manual delivered with the option card.
Figure 8.3

YEC_TMonly

A – Space for wiring

Figure 8.3 Wiring Space
5. Place the front cover and digital operator back onto the drive.
Note: 1. Leave enough space when wiring so that the front cover can be easily reattached. Make sure no wires get caught between the front
cover and the drive.
2. Any exposed wiring will void the wall-mount enclosure rating.

302 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

This section describes the proper steps and precautions to take when installing or connecting various peripheral devices
to the drive.
NOTICE: Use a class 2 power supply (UL standard) when connecting to the control terminals. Improper application of peripheral
devices could result in drive performance degradation due to improper power supply.

◆ Dynamic Braking Options

Dynamic braking (DB) helps bring the motor to a smooth and rapid stop when working with high inertia loads. As the
drive lowers the frequency of a motor moving a high inertia load, regeneration occurs. This can cause an overvoltage
situation when the regenerative energy flows back into the DC bus capacitors. A braking resistor prevents these
overvoltage faults.
NOTICE: Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking
circuit. Carefully review the braking resistor instruction manual when connecting a braking resistor option to the drive.

Note: 1. The braking circuit must be sized properly in order to dissipate the power required to decelerate the load in the desired time. Ensure
that the braking circuit can dissipate the energy for the set deceleration time prior to running the drive.
2. Disable the drive's internal braking transistor protection by setting L8-55 = 0 when using braking resistor options.

NOTICE: Connect braking resistors to the drive as shown in the I/O wiring examples. Improperly wiring braking circuits could result in
damage to the drive or equipment.

■ Installing a Braking Unit: CDBR Type

To install a CDBR type braking unit, connect the drive’s +3 terminal to the positive terminal on the braking unit. Next
wire the negative terminals on the drive and braking unit together.
Connect the braking resistor to the CDBRs terminals +0 and -0.
Wire the thermal overload relay contact of the CDBR and the braking resistor in series, and connect this signal to a drive
digital input. Use this input to trigger a fault in the drive in case a CDBR or braking resistor overload occurs.
Figure 8.4

Braking Unit Braking Resistor Unit

(CDBR type) (LKEB type)

+3 + +0 P 1

Thermal Overload
Drive Protector Trip Contact

− − −0 B 2

3 4

YEC_
Thermal Relay TMonly
Trip Contact
Peripheral Devices &

Figure 8.4 Connecting a Braking Unit (CDBR type) and Braking Resistor Unit (LKEB type)
Options

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 303
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

■ Using Braking Units in Parallel

When multiple braking units are used, they must be installed with a master-slave configuration with a single braking unit
acting as the master. Figure 8.5 illustrates how to wire braking units in parallel.
Wire the thermal overload contacts relays of all CDBRs and all braking resistors in series, then connect this signal to a
drive digital input. This input can be used to trigger a fault in the drive in case of overload in any of the CDBRs or
braking resistors.
Figure 8.5

Braking Resistor Braking Resistor Braking Resistor

Overheat Contact Overheat Contact Overheat Contact
(Thermal Relay Trip Contact) (Thermal Relay Trip Contact) (Thermal Relay Trip Contact)

+3 −
1 2 Braking 1 2 Braking 1 2 Braking
Resistor Resistor Resistor
P B Unit P B Unit P B Unit

− + +0 −0 − + +0 −0 − + +0 −0
MASTER MASTER
Level Detector

MASTER
Drive

SLAVE
+15 SLAVE SLAVE
1 5 1 5 1 5
6 2 6 2 6
2

Braking Unit 1 Braking Unit 2 Braking Unit 3

3 4 3 4 3 4 YEC_
TMonly
Cooling Fin Overheat Contact Cooling Fin Overheat Contact Cooling Fin Overheat Contact
(Thermoswitch Contact) (Thermoswitch Contact) (Thermoswitch Contact)

Figure 8.5 Connecting Braking Units in Parallel

◆ Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) and Earth Leakage Circuit
Breaker (ELCB)
Install a MCCB or ELCB for line protection between the power supply and the main circuit power supply input terminals
R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3. This protects the main circuit and devices wired to the main circuit while also providing overload
protection.
Consider the following when selecting and installing an MCCB or ELCB:
• The capacity of the MCCB or ELCB should be 1.5 to 2 times the rated output current of the drive. Use an MCCB or
ELCB to keep the drive from faulting out instead of using overheat protection (150% for one minute at the rated output
current).
• If several drives are connected to one MCCB or ELCB that is shared with other equipment, use a sequence that shuts
the power OFF when errors are output by using magnetic contactor (MC) as shown in the following figure.
Figure 8.6

A MCCB MC
R/L1
S/L2
T/L3 YEC_
MC
MB TMonly
SA
MC

MC

A – Power supply B – Drive

Figure 8.6 Power Supply Interrupt Wiring (Example)

WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Disconnect the MCCB (or ELCB) and MC before wiring terminals. Failure to comply may result in
serious injury or death.

304 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

■ Installing a Leakage Breaker

Drive outputs generate high-frequency leakage current as a result of high-speed switching. Install an Earth Leakage
Circuit Breaker (ELCB) on the input side of the drive to switch off potentially harmful leakage current.
Because each drive generates about 100 mA of leakage current across a 1 m cable and another 5 mA for each additional
meter, each drive should have a leakage breaker with a sensitivity amperage of at least 30 mA per drive. This will
eliminate harmonic leakage current and suppress any potentially harmful frequencies.
Leakage current can cause unprotected components to operate incorrectly. If this is a problem, lower the carrier
frequency, replace the components in question with parts protected against harmonic current, or increase the sensitivity
amperage of the leakage breaker to at least 200 mA per drive.
Factors in determining leakage current:
• Size of the AC drive
• AC drive carrier frequency
• Motor cable type and length
• EMI/RFI filter
In order to safely protect the drive system, select a breaker that senses all types of current (AC and DC) and high
frequency currents.

◆ Installing a Magnetic Contactor at the Power Supply Side

Install a magnetic contactor to the drive input for the purposes explained below.
■ Disconnecting the Power Supply
The drive should be shut off with a magnetic contactor (MC) when a fault occurs in any external equipment such as
braking resistors.
NOTICE: Do not connect electromagnetic switches or magnetic contactors to the output motor circuits without proper sequencing.
Improper sequencing of output motor circuits could result in damage to the drive.

NOTICE: Install a MC on the input side of the drive when the drive should not automatically restart after power loss. To get the full
performance life out of the electrolytic capacitors and circuit relays, refrain from switching the drive power supply off and on more than
once every 30 minutes. Frequent use can damage the drive. Use the drive to stop and start the motor.

NOTICE: Use a magnetic contactor (MC) to ensure that power to the drive can be completely shut off when necessary. The MC should
be wired so that it opens when a fault output terminal is triggered.

Note: 1. To keep the drive from restarting automatically when power is restored after momentary power loss, install a magnetic contactor to
the drive input.
2. To have the drive continue operating through momentary power loss, set up a delay for the magnetic contactor so that it does not open
prematurely.

■ Protecting the Braking Resistor or Braking Resistor Unit

Use an MC on the input side of the drive to protect a braking resistor or braking resistor unit from overheat or fire.
WARNING! Fire Hazard. When using a braking unit, use a thermal relay on the braking resistors and configure a fault contact output
Peripheral Devices &

for the braking resistor unit to disconnect drive main power via an input contactor. Inadequate braking circuit protection could result in
death or serious injury by fire from overheating resistors.

◆ Connecting an AC Reactor
Options

The drive has a built-in DC reactor.

AC and DC reactors suppress surges in current and improve the power factor on the input side of the drive.
8
Use a DC reactor or AC reactor or both:
• To suppress harmonic current or improve the power factor of the power supply.
• When using a phase advancing capacitor switch.
• With a large capacity power supply transformer (over 600 kVA).
Note: Use an AC or DC reactor when also connecting a thyristor converter (such as a DC drive) to the same power supply system,
regardless of the conditions of the power supply.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 305
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

■ Connecting an AC Reactor
Figure 8.7

C D
A B
U X R/L1
V
W
Y
Z
S/L2
T/L3
Common_
TMonly

A – Power supply C – AC reactor

B – MCCB D – Drive
Figure 8.7 Connecting an AC Reactor

◆ Connecting a Surge Absorber

A surge absorber suppresses surge voltage generated from switching an inductive load near the drive. Inductive loads
include magnetic contactors, relays, valves, solenoids, and brakes. Always use a surge absorber or diode when operating
with an inductive load.
Note: Never connect a surge absorber to the drive output.

◆ Connecting a Noise Filter

■ Input-Side Noise Filter
Drive outputs generate noise as a result of high-speed switching. This noise flows from inside the drive back to the power
supply, possibly affecting other equipment. Installing a noise filter to the input side of the drive can reduce the amount of
noise flowing back into the power supply. This also prevents noise from entering the drive from the power supply.
• Use a noise filter specifically designed for AC drives.
• Install the noise filter as close as possible to the drive.
Figure 8.8

B C
MCCB
A R U R/L1

S/L2
S V
T/L3
T W

MCCB
YEC_
TMon
ly
D

A – Power supply C – Drive

B – Input-side noise filter D – Other control device
(model LNFD-††)
Figure 8.8 Input-Side Noise Filter

306 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

■ Output-Side Noise Filter

A noise filter on the output side of the drive reduces inductive noise and radiated noise. Figure 8.9 illustrates an example
of output-side noise filter wiring.
NOTICE: Do not connect phase-advancing capacitors or LC/RC noise filters to the output circuits. Improper application of noise filters
could result in damage to the drive.
Figure 8.9

B C
A MCCB D
R/L1 U/T1
S/L2 V/T2
1
2
4
5
YEC_
M
T/L3 W/T3 3 6 TMon
ly

A – Power supply C – Output-side noise filter

B – Drive D – Motor
Figure 8.9 Output-Side Noise Filter
• Radiated Noise: Electromagnetic waves radiated from the drive and cables create noise throughout the radio
bandwidth that can affect surrounding devices.
• Induced Noise: Noise generated by electromagnetic induction can affect the signal line and may cause the controller to
malfunction.
Preventing Induced Noise
Use a noise filter on the output side or use shielded cables. Lay the cables at least 30 cm away from the signal line to
prevent induced noise.
Figure 8.10

B
C
A MCCB D
R/L1 U/T1
S/L2 V/T2 M
T/L3 W/T3

E YEC_
TMon
G
ly
F

A – Power supply E – Separate at least 30 cm

B – Drive F – Controller
C – Shielded motor cable G – Signal line
D – Motor
Figure 8.10 Preventing Induced Noise
Peripheral Devices &
Options

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 307
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

Reducing Radiated and Radio Frequency Noise

The drive, input lines, and output lines generate radio frequency noise. Use noise filters on input and output sides and
install the drive in a metal enclosure panel to reduce radio frequency noise.
Note: The cable running between the drive and motor should be as short as possible.
Figure 8.11

A
C D E
B MCCB F G
R/L1 U/T1
S/L2 V/T2 M
YEC_
T/L3 W/T3
TMon
ly

A – Metal enclosure E – Noise filter

B – Power supply F – Shielded motor cable
C – Noise filter G – Motor
D – Drive
Figure 8.11 Reducing Radio Frequency Noise

◆ Fuse/Fuse Holder
Yaskawa recommends installing a fuse to the input side of the drive to prevent damage to the drive if a short circuit
occurs.
Select the appropriate fuse from the table below.
Table 8.3 Input Fuses
Fuse Type Fuse Holder Fuse Type
Model
Manufacturer: Fuji Electric Manufacturer: Bussmann
CIMR-AY
Model Fuse Ampere Rating Model Quantity Model Fuse Ampere Rating
4A0515 CS5F-800 800 – – FWH-1000A 1000
4A0675 CS5F-1000 1000 – – FWH-1200A 1200

◆ Attachment for External Heatsink (IP00/NEMA type 1 Enclosure)

An external heatsink can be attached that projects outside the enclosure. Steps should be taken to ensure that there is
enough air circulation around the heatsink.
Contact your Yaskawa sales representative or Yaskawa directly.

◆ EMC Filter Installation

This drive is tested according to European standards IEC61800-5-1 and complies with the EMC guidelines. Refer to
EMC Filter Installation on page 405 for details about EMC filter selection and installation.

◆ Installing a Motor Thermal Overload (oL) Relay on the Drive Output

Motor thermal overload relays protect the motor by disconnecting power lines to the motor due to a motor overload
condition.
Install a motor thermal overload relay between the drive and motor:
• When operating multiple motors on a single AC drive.
• When using a power line bypass to operate the motor directly from the power line.
It is not necessary to install a motor thermal overload relay when operating a single motor from a single AC drive. The
AC drive has UL recognized electronic motor overload protection built into the drive software.
Note: 1. Disable the motor protection function (L1-01 = 0) when using an external motor thermal overload relay.
2. The relay should shut off main power on the input side of the main circuit when triggered.

308 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

■ General Precautions when Using Thermal Overload Relays

The following application precautions should be considered when using motor thermal overload relays on the output of
AC drives in order to prevent nuisance trips or overheat of the motor at low speeds:
1. Low speed motor operation
2. Use of multiple motors on a single AC drive
3. Motor cable length
4. Nuisance tripping resulting from high AC drive carrier frequency
Low Speed Operation and Motor Thermal oL Relays
Generally, thermal relays are applied on general-purpose motors. When general-purpose motors are driven by AC drives,
the motor current is approximately 5% to 10% greater than if driven by a commercial power supply. In addition, the
cooling capacity of a motor with a shaft-driven fan decreases when operating at low speeds. Even if the load current is
within the motor rated value, motor overheating may occur. A thermal relay cannot effectively protect the motor due to
the reduction of cooling at low speeds. For this reason, apply the UL recognized electronic thermal overload protection
function built into the drive whenever possible.
UL recognized electronic thermal overload function of the drive: Speed-dependent heat characteristics are simulated
using data from standard motors and force-ventilated motors. The motor is protected from overload using this function.
Using a Single Drive to Operate Multiple Motors
Turn off the electronic thermal overload function. Please refer to the appropriate product instruction manual to determine
which parameter disables this function.
Note: The UL recognized electronic thermal overload function cannot be applied when operating multiple motors with a single drive.
Long Motor Cables
When a high carrier frequency and long motor cables are used, nuisance tripping of the thermal relay may occur due to
increased leakage current. To avoid this, reduce the carrier frequency or increase the tripping level of the thermal
overload relay.
Nuisance Tripping Due to a High AC Drive Carrier Frequency
Current waveforms generated by high carrier frequency PWM drives tend to increase the temperature in overload relays.
It may be necessary to increase the trip level setting when encountering nuisance triggering of the relay.
WARNING! Fire Hazard. Confirm an actual motor overload condition is not present prior to increasing the thermal oL trip setting.
Check local electrical codes before making adjustments to motor thermal overload settings.

Peripheral Devices &

Options

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 309
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices

310 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 Appendix: A

Specifications

A.1 POWER RATINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

A.2 DRIVE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
A.3 DRIVE WATT LOSS DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
A.4 DRIVE DERATING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 311
A.1 Power Ratings

A.1 Power Ratings

Table A.1 Power Ratings

Item Specification
CIMR-AY 0515 0675
Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity (kW) <1> 220 315
Input Current (A) <2> 410 584
Rated VoltageRated Frequency Three-phase 380 to 480 Vac 50/60 Hz/510 to 680 Vdc <3>
Input Allowable Voltage Fluctuation -15 to 10%
Allowable Frequency Fluctuation ±5%
Input Power (kVA) 375 508
Rated Output Capacity (kVA) <4> 343 <5> 461 <5>
Rated Output Current (A) 450 <5> 605 <5>
150% of rated output current for 60 s
Overload Tolerance
Output (Derating may be required for applications that start and stop frequently)
Carrier Frequency 1 to 5 kHz <6>
Maximum Output Voltage (V) Three-phase 380 to 480 V (proportional to input voltage)
Maximum Output Frequency (Hz) 400 Hz <6>

<1> The motor capacity (kW) refers to a Yaskawa 4-pole motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or greater than
the motor rated current.
<2> Assumes operation at the rated output current. Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring
conditions, and power supply impedance.
<3> DC is not available for UL/CE standards.
<4> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 440 V.
<5> Carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz. Current derating is required in order to raise the carrier frequency.
<6> User-adujustable

312 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 A.2 Drive Specifications

A.2 Drive Specifications

Note: 1. Perform rotational Auto-Tuning to obtain the performance specifications given below.
2. For optimum performance life of the drive, install the drive in an environment that meets the required specifications.

Item Specification
The following control methods can be set using drive parameters:
• V/f Control (V/f)
• V/f Control with PG (V/f w/PG)
Control Method • Open Loop Vector Control (OLV)
• Closed Loop Vector Control (CLV)
• Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM (AOLV/PM)
• Closed Loop Vector Control for PM (CLV/PM)
Frequency Control Range 0.01 to 400 Hz
Frequency Accuracy Digital input: within ±0.01% of the max output frequency (-10 to +40°C)
(Temperature Fluctuation) Analog input: within ±0.1% of the max output frequency (25°C ±10°C)
Digital inputs: 0.01 Hz
Frequency Setting Resolution
Analog inputs: 1/2048 of the maximum output frequency setting (11 bit plus sign)
Output Frequency Resolution 0.001 Hz
Frequency Setting Signal -10 to 10 V, 0 to 10 V, 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA, Pulse Train Input
V/f, V/f w/PG: 150% at 3 Hz
Starting Torque OLV: 200% at 0.3 Hz <1>
CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM: 200% at 0 r/min <1>
Control
V/f, V/f w/PG: 1:40
Characteristics
OLV: 1:200
Speed Control Range
CLV, CLV/PM: 1:1500
AOLV/PM: 1:100
Speed Control Accuracy OLV: ±0.2% (25°C ±10°C), CLV: ±0.02% (25°C ±10°C) <2>
OLV, AOLV/PM: 10 Hz
Speed Response
CLV, CLV/PM: 50 Hz
Torque Limit Parameters setting allow separate limits in four quadrants (available in OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM)
Accel/Decel Time 0.0 to 6000.0 s (4 selectable combinations of independent acceleration and deceleration settings)
Approx. 20% (approx. 125% when using braking resistor) <3>
Braking Torque c Short-time decel torque <4>: over 20% for 2.2 kW and above motors <5>
d Continuous regenerative torque: approx. 20% <5> (approx. 125% with dynamic braking resistor option <3>: 10% ED, 10s)
V/f Characteristics User-selected programs and V/f preset patterns possible
Torque Control, Droop Control, Speed/torque Control Switching, Zero Servo Function, Overtorque/Undertorque Detection,
Torque Limit, Accel/decel Switch, Auto-tuning (rotational, stationary tuning), Cooling Fan on/off Switch, Slip Compensation,
Main Control Functions Torque Compensation, Frequency Jump, Upper/lower Limits for Frequency Reference, DC Injection Braking at Start and Stop,
MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. (RS-422/485 max, 115.2 kbps), Removable Terminal Block with Parameter Backup Function,
Motor 2 selection (IM/PM, PM/PM), etc.
Motor Protection Electronic thermal overload relay
Momentary Overcurrent Protection Drive stops when output current exceeds 200% of rating
Overload Protection Drive stops after 60 s at 150% of rated output current <6>
Overvoltage Protection Stops when DC bus voltage exceeds approx. 820 V
Protection Undervoltage Protection Stops when DC bus voltage falls below approx. 380 V
Functions Heatsink Overheat Protection Thermistor
Braking Resistor Overheat Protection Overheat input signal for braking resistor (Optional ERF-type, 3% ED)
Stall Prevention Stall Prevention is available during acceleration, deceleration, and during run.
Ground Protection Electronic circuit protection <7>
DC Bus Charge LED Remains lit until DC bus voltage falls below 50 V
Area of Use Indoors
Ambient Temperature -10 to 50°C
Humidity 95 RH% or less (no condensation)
Environment Storage Temperature -20 to 60°C (short-term temperature during transportation)
Altitude Up to 1000 meters <8>
10 to 20 Hz: 9.8 m/s2
Vibration / Shock
20 to 55 Hz: 2.0 m/s2
Two Hardwire Base Block(HBB) inputs and 1 EDM output according to EN61800-5-1, EN954-1/ISO13849 Cat. 3, IEC/
Safety Standard EN61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class 1
Specifications

Note: Time from input open to drive output stop is less than 1 ms
Protection Design IP00 enclosure
<1> Select control modes in accordance with the drive capacity.
<2> The accuracy of these values depends on motor characteristics, ambient conditions, and drive settings. Specifications may vary with different
motors and with changing motor temperature. Contact Yaskawa for consultation.
<3> Ensure that Stall Prevention is disabled during deceleration (L3-04 = 0), when using a regenerative converter, a regenerative unit, a braking
resistor or the Braking Resistor Unit. The default setting for the Stall Prevention function will interfere with the braking resistor. A
<4> Instantaneous average deceleration torque refers to the torque required to decelerate the motor (uncoupled from the load) from the rated motor
speed down to zero in the shortest time.
<5> Actual specifications may vary according to motor characteristics.
<6> Overload protection may be triggered when operating with 150% of the rated output current if the output frequency is less than 6 Hz.
<7> Ground protection cannot be provided when the impedance of the ground fault path is too low, or when the drive is powered up while a ground
fault is present at the output.
<8> Up to 3000 m with output current and voltage derating. Refer to Altitude Derating on page 316 for detail.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 313
A.3 Drive Watt Loss Data

A.3 Drive Watt Loss Data

Table A.2 Watt Loss 400 V Class Three-Phase Models
Model Number
Rated Amps (A) Heatsink Loss (W) Interior Unit Loss (W) Total Loss (W)
CIMR-AY
4A0515 450 <1> 3972 1386 5358
4A0675 605 <1> 4191 1685 5875

<1> These values assume the carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz.

314 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 A.4 Drive Derating Data

A.4 Drive Derating Data

The drive can be operated at above the rated temperature, altitude, and default carrier frequency by derating the drive
capacity.

◆ Carrier Frequency Derating

As the carrier frequency of the drive is increased above the factory default setting, the drive’s rated output current must
be derated according to Figure A.1.
Figure A.1

4A0515, 4A0675 y
Rated Duty

83% of Rated Duty

0 2 kHz 5 kHz
Figure A.1 Carrier Frequency Derating

◆ Temperature Derating
To ensure the maximum performance life, the drives output current must be derated like shown in Figure A.2 when the
drive is installed in areas with high ambient temperature. In order to ensure reliable drive overload protection, the
parameters L8-35 must also be set according to the installation conditions.
■ Parameter Settings

No. Name Description Range Def.

Ambient Temperature Adjust the drive overload (oL2) protection level when the drive is installed in an environment
L8-12 -10 to 50 40 °C
Setting that exceeds its ambient temperature rating.
Installation Method 0: IP00 Enclosure
L8-35 0 or 3 0
Selection 3: Finless Drive or External Heatsink Installation

IP00 Enclosure
Drive operation between -10°C and 50°C allows 100% continuous current without derating.
External Heatsink Installation, Finless Drive
Drive operation between -10°C and 40°C allows 100% continuous current without derating. Operation between 40°C
and 50°C requires output current derating.
Figure A.2

L8-35=0: IP00 Enclosure

Drive Rating
(%)
L8-35=3: External Heatsink lnstallation or
100 Finless Drive with C3 filter

85
Specifications

YEC
TMonly
0 L8-12 A
-10 30 40 50 Ambient temp: °C

Figure A.2 Ambient Temperature and Installation Method Derating

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 315
A.4 Drive Derating Data

◆ Altitude Derating
The drive standard ratings are valid for an installation altitude up to 1000 m. If the altitude exceeds 1000 m both the drive
rated voltage and the rated output current must be derated for 1% per 100 m. The maximum altitude is 3000 m.

316 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 Appendix: B

Parameter List
This appendix contains a full listing of all parameters and settings available in the drive.

B.1 UNDERSTANDING THE PARAMETER TABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

B.2 PARAMETER GROUPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
B.3 PARAMETER TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
B.4 CONTROL MODE DEPENDENT PARAMETER DEFAULT VALUES . . . . . . . . . . 364
B.5 V/F PATTERN DEFAULT VALUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
B.6 DEFAULTS BY DRIVE MODEL SELECTION (O2-04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
B.7 PARAMETERS THAT CHANGE WITH THE MOTOR CODE SELECTION . . . . . . 369

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 317
B.1 Understanding the Parameter Table

B.1 Understanding the Parameter Table

◆ Control Modes, Symbols, and Terms
The table below lists terms and symbols used in this section to indicate which parameters are available in which control
modes.
Note: For detailed instructions on each control mode, Refer to Control Mode Selection on page 27.
Table B.1 Symbols and Icons Used in the Parameter Table
Symbol Description

All Modes Indicates the parameter is accessible in all control modes.

V/f Parameter is available when operating the drive with V/f Control.

V/f w/PG Parameter is available when operating the drive with V/f with PG Control.

OLV Parameter is available when operating the drive with Open Loop Vector.

CLV Parameter is available when operating the drive with Closed Loop Vector.

AOLV/PM Parameter is available when operating the drive with Advanced Open Loop Vector for PM motors.

CLV/PM Parameter is available when operating the drive with Closed Loop Vector for PM motors.

Indicates this parameter can be changed during run.

Motor 2 Refers to a second motor when the drive is operating two motors. Switch between these motors using the multi-function input terminals.

Note: If a parameter is not available in a certain control mode, the symbol for that control mode is grayed out.

318 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.2 Parameter Groups

B.2 Parameter Groups

Parameter Group Name Page Parameter Group Name Page
A1 Initialization Parameters 320 H3 Multi-Function Analog Inputs 342
b1 Operation Mode Selection 320 H4 Multi-Function Analog Outputs 343
b2 DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking 321 H5 MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication 343
b7 Droop Control 322 H6 Pulse Train Input/Output 344
b8 Energy Saving 322 L1 Motor Protection 345
b9 Zero Servo 322 L3 Stall Prevention 345
C1 Acceleration and Deceleration Times 323 L4 Speed Detection 346
C3 Slip Compensation 323 L6 Torque Detection 347
C4 Torque Compensation 324 L7 Torque Limit 347
C5 Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR) 325 L8 Drive Protection 347
C6 Carrier Frequency 326 n1 Hunting Prevention 349
C8 Torque Observer 327 n2 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Tuning 349
d1 Frequency Reference 328 n5 Feed Forward Control 349
d2 Frequency Upper/Lower Limits 328 n8 PM Motor Control Tuning 350
d3 Jump Frequency 328 o1 Digital Operator Display Selection 350
d5 Torque Control 328 o2 Digital Operator Keypad Functions 351
d6 Field Forcing 329 o3 Copy Function 351
E1 V/f Pattern for Motor 1 329 o4 Maintenance Monitor Settings 351
E2 Motor 1 Parameters 330 S1 Motor 2 Application 352
E3 V/f Pattern for Motor 2 331 S2 Motor 2 DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking 354
E4 Motor 2 Parameters 331 S3 Motor 2 (PM) Control Tuning 354
E5 PM Motor Settings 332 S4 Test Mode 355
E6 Motor 2 (PM) Parameters 333 T0 Motor Selection (IM/PM) 355
F1 PG Speed Control Card (PG-B3/PG-X3) 334 T1 Induction Motor Auto-Tuning 355
F2 Analog Input Card (AI-A3) 336 T2 PM Motor Auto-Tuning 356
F3 Digital Input Card (DI-A3) 337 U1 Operation Status Monitors 357
F4 Analog Monitor Card (AO-A3) 337 U2 Fault Trace 360
F5 Digital Output Card (DO-A3) 338 U3 Fault History 361
F6 Communication Option Card 338 U4 Maintenance Monitors 361
H1 Multi-Function Digital Inputs 339 U6 Operation Status Monitors 362
H2 Multi-Function Digital Outputs 341

Parameter List

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 319
B.3 Parameter Table

B.3 Parameter Table

◆ A: Initialization Parameters
The A parameter group creates the operating environment for the drive. This includes the parameter Access Level, Motor
Control Method, Password, User Parameters and more.
■ A1: Initialization Parameters
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
A1-00
common_
(100H) All Modes TMonly Default: 1
Language Selection Min: 0 106
0: English
Max: 1
1: Japanese
<3>
common_
A1-01 All Modes TMonly Default: 2
(101H)
Access Level Selection 0: View and set A1-01 and A1-04. U†-†† parameters can also be viewed. Min: 0 106
1: User Parameters (access to a set of parameters selected by the user, A2-01 to A2-32) Max: 2
2: Advanced Access (access to view and set all parameters)
common_
All Modes TMonly

0: V/f Control
A1-02 Default: 2
1: V/f Control with PG
(102H) Control Method Selection Min: 0 106
2: Open Loop Vector Control
<3> Max: 7
3: Closed Loop Vector Control
6: Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM
7: Closed Loop Vector Control for PM
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
A1-03 0: No initialization
Initialize Parameters Min: 0 107
(103H) 1110: User Initialize (parameter values must be stored using parameter o2-03)
Max: 5550
2220: 2-wire initialization
5550: oPE04 error reset
A1-04
Password common_
Default: 0000
(104H) All Modes TMonly
Min: 0000 107
A1-05 When the value set into A1-04 does not match the value set into A1-05, parameters A1-01
Password Setting Max: 9999
(105H) through A1-03 and A2-01 through A2-32 cannot be changed.

<3> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.

◆ b: Application
Application parameters configure the source of the Run command, DC Injection Braking, timer functions, Energy
Savings, and a variety of other application-related settings.
■ b1: Operation Mode Selection

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly

0: Digital operator Default: 1

b1-01
Frequency Reference Selection 1 1: Analog input terminals Min: 0 110
(180H)
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications Max: 4
3: Option PCB
4: Pulse input (terminal RP)
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 1
b1-02 0: Digital operator
Run Command Selection 1 Min: 0 111
(181H) 1: Digital input terminals
Max: 3
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option PCB
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
b1-03 0: Ramp to stop
Stopping Method Selection Min: 0 112
(182H) 1: Coast to stop
Max: 3 <11>
2: DC Injection Braking to stop
3: Coast with timer
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
b1-04
Reverse Operation Selection Min: 0 114
(183H) 0: Reverse enabled.
Max: 1
1: Reverse disabled.

320 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 0
b1-05 Action Selection below Minimum
0: Operates according to frequency reference (E1-09 is disabled). Min: 0 114
(184H) Output Frequency
1: Output shuts off (coast to stop if less than E1-09). Max: 3
2: Operates according to E1-09 (frequency reference set to E1-09).
3: Zero speed (frequency reference becomes zero when less than E1-09).
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 1
b1-06
Digital Input Reading 0: Input status is read once and processed immediately (for quick response) Min: 0 115
(185H)
1: Input is read twice and processed only if the status is the same in both readings (robust Max: 1
against noisy signals)
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
b1-07
LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection Min: 0 116
(186H) 0: An external Run command has to be cycled at the new source to be activated.
Max: 1
1: An external Run command at new source is accepted immediately.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
b1-08 Run Command Selection while in
0: Run command not accepted while in the Programming Mode. Min: 0 116
(187H) Programming Mode
1: Run command accepted while in the Programming Mode. Max: 2
2: Prohibit entering Programming Mode during run.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

Default: 0
b1-14 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
TMonly
Phase Order Selection Min: 0 117
(1C3H)
0: Standard Max: 1
1: Switch phase order (reverses the direction of the motor)
common_
All Modes TMonly

Enabled when an input terminal set for “External reference” (H1-†† = 2) closes.
Default: 0
b1-15 0: Digital operator
Frequency Reference Selection 2 Min: 0 117
(1C4H) 1: Terminals (analog input terminals)
Max: 4
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option card
4: Pulse train input
common_
All Modes TMonly

Enabled when a terminal set for “External reference” (H1-†† = 2) closes. Default: 0
b1-16
Run Command Selection 2 0: Digital operator Min: 0 117
(1C5H)
1: Digital input terminals Max: 3
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option card
common_
All Modes Default: 0
TMonly
b1-17
Run Command at Power Up Min: 0 117
(1C6H) 0: Disregarded. A new Run command needs to be issued after power up.
Max: 1
1: Allowed. Motor will start immediately after power up if a Run command is already enabled.
<11> Setting 2 and 3 are not available when using CLV.

■ b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: <10>
b2-01 DC Injection Braking Start
Min: 0.0 Hz 117
(189H) Frequency Sets the frequency at which DC Injection Braking starts when “Ramp to stop” (b1-03 = 0) is
Max: 10.0 Hz
selected.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 50%

b2-02 TMonly
DC Injection Braking Current AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 118
(18AH)
Max: 100%
Sets the DC Injection Braking current as a percentage of the drive rated current.
common_
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV TMonly
Default: 0.00 s
b2-03 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
DC Injection Braking Time at Start Min: 0.00 s 119
(18BH)
Sets the time of DC Injection Braking (Zero Speed Control when in CLV and CLV/PM) time at Max: 10.00 s
start. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.
common_
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV TMonly Default: <10>
b2-04
DC Injection Braking Time at Stop AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 s 119
(18CH)
Max: 10.00 s
Sets the time of DC Injection Braking (Zero Speed Control when in CLV and CLV/PM) at stop.
Parameter List

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 0%

b2-08 Magnetic Flux Compensation TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 119
(190H) Value
Max: 1000%
Sets the magnetic flux compensation as a percentage of the no-load current value (E2-03).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 0.00 s

b2-12
Short Circuit Brake Time at Start TMonly Min: 0.00 s 119
(1BAH) AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Sets the time for Short Circuit Braking operation at start. <7>
Max: 25.50 s B

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 321
B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0.50 s

common_
b2-13
Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop AOLV/PM CLV/PM TMonly Min: 0.00 s 120
(1BBH)
Max: 25.50 s
Sets the Short Circuit Braking operation time at stop. <7>

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV

common_
Default: 100.0%
b2-18 AOLV/PM CLV/PM TMonly
Short Circuit Braking Current Min: 0.0% 120
(177H)
Determines the current level for Short Circuit Braking. Set as a percentage of the motor rated Max: 200.0%
current.
<7> A coasting motor may require a braking resistor circuit to bring the motor to a stop in the required time.
<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

■ b7: Droop Control

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

b7-01 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0.0%
(1CAH) AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Droop Control Gain Min: 0.0% 120
Sets the speed reduction gain applied at a torque reference of 100%. Set as a percentage of Max: 100.0%
motor base speed.
b7-02 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
common_ Default: 0.05 s
(1CBH)
Droop Control Delay Time. AOLV/PM CLV/PM TMonly Min: 0.03 s 121
Max: 2.00 s
Used to adjust the responsiveness of Droop Control.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
common_
Default: 1
b7-03 AOLV/PM CLV/PM TMonly
Droop Control Limit Selection Min: 0 121
(17EH)
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled

■ b8: Energy Saving

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_
TMonly Default: <10>
b8-01 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Energy Saving Control Selection Min: 0 121
(1CCH)
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled

■ b9: Zero Servo

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 5

b9-01
Zero Servo Gain AOLV/PM CLV/PM
TMonly Min: 0 122
(1DAH)
Max: 100
Sets the position loop gain for the Zero Servo function.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV

common_
Default: 10
b9-02 AOLV/PM CLV/PM TMonly
Zero Servo Completion Width Min: 0 122
(1DBH)
Sets the range to trigger an output terminal set for “Zero Servo Complete” during Zero Servo Max: 16383
operation.

322 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

◆ C: Tuning
C parameters are used to adjust the acceleration and deceleration times, slip compensation, torque compensation, and
carrier frequency selections.
■ C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Times

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

C1-01
common_
(200H) All Modes TMonly
Acceleration Time 1 123
Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency.

C1-02
common_
(201H) All Modes TMonly
Deceleration Time 1 123
Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0.

C1-03 common_
TMonlycommon_
(202H) All Modes TMonly
Acceleration Time 2 123
Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency.

C1-04
common_
(203H) All Modes TMonly
Deceleration Time 2 123
Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0.

C1-05 Default: 10.0 s

common_
(204H) Acceleration Time 3 (Motor 2 All Modes Min: 0.0 s
TMonly 123
Accel Time 1) Max: 6000.0 s <12>
Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency.

C1-06
common_
(205H) Deceleration Time 3 (Motor 2 All Modes TMonly 123
Decel Time 1)
Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0.

C1-07
common_
(206H) Acceleration Time 4 (Motor 2 All Modes TMonly 123
Accel Time 2)
Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency.

C1-08
common_
(207H) Deceleration Time 4 (Motor 2 All Modes TMonly 123
Decel Time 2)
Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0.

common_
C1-09 All Modes TMonly
Fast Stop Time 123
(208H)
Sets the time for the Fast Stop function.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1
C1-10
Accel/Decel Time Setting Units Min: 0 124
(209H) 0: 0.01 s (0.00 to 600.00 s)
Max: 1
1: 0.1 s (0.0 to 6000.0 s)
<12> Setting range value is dependent on parameter C1-10, Accel/Decel Time Setting Units. When C1-10 = 0 (units of 0.01 seconds), the setting
range becomes 0.00 to 600.00 seconds.

■ C3: Slip Compensation

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

C3-01 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <10>
(20FH) TMonly
Slip Compensation Gain AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 124
Max: 2.5
Sets the gain for the motor slip compensation function used for motor 1.
C3-02 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <10>
(210H) Slip Compensation Primary Delay TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 124
Time
Max: 10000 ms
Adjusts the slip compensation function delay time used for motor 1.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 200%
C3-03 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Slip Compensation Limit Min: 0% 125
(211H)
Sets an upper limit for the slip compensation function as a percentage of motor rated slip for Max: 250%
motor 1 (E2-02).
Parameter List

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0
C3-04 Slip Compensation Selection AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Min: 0 125
(212H) during Regeneration 0: Disabled. Max: 2
1: Enabled above 6 Hz.
2: Enabled whenever slip compensation is possible.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

B
TMonly Default: 0
C3-05 Output Voltage Limit Operation
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 125
(213H) Selection
0: Disabled. Max: 1
1: Enabled. Automatically decreases motor flux when output voltage saturation is reached.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 323
B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

C3-21 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <15>
(33EH) TMonly
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 126
Max: 2.5
Sets the slip compensation gain used for motor 2.
C3-22 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <15>
(241H) Motor 2 Slip Compensation TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 126
Primary Delay Time
Max: 10000 ms
Sets the slip compensation delay time used for motor 2.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 200%
C3-23 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Limit Min: 0% 126
(242H)
Sets the upper limit for the slip compensation function for motor 2. Set as a percentage of the Max: 250%
motor rated slip (E4-02).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0
C3-24 Motor 2 Slip Compensation AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Min: 0 126
(243H) Selection During Regeneration 0: Disabled. Max: 2
1: Enabled above 6 Hz.
2: Enabled whenever slip compensation is possible.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0
C3-26 Motor 2 Output Voltage Limit AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 126
(1100H) Operation Selection
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled
<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
<15> Default setting is determined by the control mode for motor 2 (E3-01).

■ C4: Torque Compensation

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

C4-01 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

Default: <10>
(215H) AOLV/PM CLV/PM
TMonly
Torque Compensation Gain Min: 0.00 127
Sets the gain for the automatic torque (voltage) boost function and helps to produce better Max: 2.50
starting torque. Used for motor 1.
C4-02 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <16>
(216H) Torque Compensation Primary TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 127
Delay Time 1
Max: 60000 ms
Sets the torque compensation filter time.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 0.0%

C4-03 Torque Compensation at Forward TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0% 127
(217H) Start
Max: 200.0%
Sets torque compensation at forward start as a percentage of motor torque.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 0.0%

C4-04 Torque Compensation at Reverse TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: -200.0% 128
(218H) Start
Max: 0.0%
Sets torque compensation at reverse start as a percentage of motor torque.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 10 ms
C4-05 Torque Compensation Time AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 128
(219H) Constant
Sets the time constant for torque compensation at forward start and reverse start (C4-03 and C4- Max: 200 ms
04).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 150 ms

C4-06 Torque Compensation Primary TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 128
(21AH) Delay Time 2
Max: 10000 ms
Sets the torque compensation time 2.
C4-07 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 1.00
(341H) Motor 2 Torque Compensation TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 128
Gain
Max: 2.50
Sets the torque compensation gain used for motor 2.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <16>

C4-08 Motor 2 Torque Compensation TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 128
(1110H) Primary Delay Time 1
Max: 60000 ms
Sets the torque compensation filter time.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 0.0%

C4-09 Motor 2 Torque Compensation at TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0% 128
(1111H) Forward Start
Max: 200.0%
Sets torque compensation at forward start as a percentage of motor torque.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 0.0%

C4-10 Motor 2 Torque Compensation at TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: -200.0% 128
(1112H) Reverse Start
Max: 0.0%
Sets torque compensation at reverse start as a percentage of motor torque.

324 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 10 ms
C4-11 Motor 2 Torque Compensation AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 129
(1113H) Time Constant
Sets the time constant for torque compensation at forward start and reverse start (C4-03 and C4- Max: 200 ms
04).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 150 ms

C4-12 Motor 2 Torque Compensation TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 129
(1114H) Primary Delay Time 2
Max: 10000 ms
Sets the torque compensation time 2.
<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
<16> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02) and the drive model (o2-04).

■ C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR)

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

C5-01 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <10>
(21BH) TMonly
ASR Proportional Gain 1 AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 131
Max: 300.00 <17>
Sets the proportional gain of the speed control loop (ASR).
C5-02 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <10>
(21CH) TMonly
ASR Integral Time 1 AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.000 s 131
Max: 10.000 s
Sets the integral time of the speed control loop (ASR).
C5-03 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <10>
(21DH) TMonly
ASR Proportional Gain 2 AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 131
Max: 300.00 <17>
Sets the speed control gain 2 of the speed control loop (ASR).
C5-04 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <10>
(21EH) TMonly
ASR Integral Time 2 AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.000 s 131
Max: 10.000 s
Sets the integral time 2 of the speed control loop (ASR).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 5.0%
C5-05 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
ASR Limit Min: 0.0% 132
(21FH)
Sets the upper limit for the speed control loop (ASR) as a percentage of the maximum output Max: 20.0%
frequency (E1-04).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <10>

C5-06 TMonly
ASR Primary Delay Time Constant AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.000 s 132
(220H)
Max: 0.500 s
Sets the filter time constant for the time from the speed loop to the torque command output.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <10>

C5-07 TMonly
ASR Gain Switching Frequency AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 Hz 133
(221H)
Max: 400.0 Hz
Sets the frequency for switching between proportional gain 1, 2 and integral time 1, 2.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 400%

C5-08 TMonly
ASR Integral Limit AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 133
(222H)
Max: 400%
Sets the ASR integral upper limit as a percentage of rated load torque.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0
C5-12 Integral Operation during Accel/ AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 133
(386H) Decel
0: Disabled. Integral functions are enabled only during constant speed. Max: 1
1: Enabled. Integral functions are always enabled, during accel/decel and during constant speed.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <9> <14>

C5-17 TMonly
Motor Inertia AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0001 kgm2 133
(276H)
Max: 600.00 kgm2
Sets the motor inertia. This value is automatically set during ASR or Inertia Auto-Tuning.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1.0
C5-18 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Load Inertia Ratio Min: 0.0 133
(277H)
Sets the ratio between the motor and load inertia. This value is automatically set during ASR or Max: 6000.0
Inertia Auto-Tuning.
Parameter List

C5-21 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <15>

(356H) TMonly
Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 1 AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 133
Max: 300.00 <17>
Sets the proportional gain of the speed control loop (ASR) for motor 2.
C5-22 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <15>
(357H) TMonly
Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 1 AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.000 s 133

Sets the integral time of the speed control loop (ASR) for motor 2.
Max: 10.000 s B
C5-23 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <15>
(358H) TMonly
Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 2 AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 133
Max: 300.00 <17>
Sets the speed control gain 2 of the speed control loop (ASR) for motor 2.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 325
B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

C5-24 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <15>
(359H) TMonly
Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 2 AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.000 s 133
Max: 10.000 s
Sets the integral time 2 of the speed control loop (ASR) for motor 2.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 5.0%
C5-25 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 2 ASR Limit Min: 0.0% 133
(35AH)
Sets the upper limit for the speed control loop (ASR) for motor 2 as a percentage of the Max: 20.0%
maximum output frequency (E3-04).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: <15>
C5-26 Motor 2 ASR Primary Delay Time AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.000 s 134
(35BH) Constant
Sets the filter time constant for the time from the speed loop to the torque command output used Max: 0.500 s
for motor 2.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0.0 Hz
C5-27 Motor 2 ASR Gain Switching AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 Hz 134
(35CH) Frequency
Sets the frequency for motor 2 used to switch between proportional gain 1 and 2, and between Max: 400.0 Hz
the integral time 1 and 2.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 400%

C5-28 TMonly
Motor 2 ASR Integral Limit AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 134
(35DH)
Max: 400%
Sets the ASR integral upper limit for motor 2 as a percentage of rated load torque.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0
C5-32 Integral Operation during Accel/ AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Min: 0 134
(361H) Decel for Motor 2 0: Disabled. Integral functions for motor 2 are enabled only during constant speed. Max: 1
1: Enabled. Integral functions are always enabled for motor 2, during accel/decel and during
constant speed.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: <9>
C5-37 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 2 Inertia Min: 0.0001 kgm2 134
(278H)
Sets the inertia of motor 2 alone without the load. This value is automatically set during ASR or Max: 600.00 kgm
2

Inertia Auto-Tuning.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1.0
C5-38 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 2 Load Inertia Ratio Min: 0.0 134
(279H)
Sets the ratio between the motor 2 and machine inertia. This value is automatically set during Max: 6000.0
ASR or Inertia Auto-Tuning.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: -
C5-41 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Integral Reset Function Selection Min: 0 135
(26FH) Resets the integral value for the ASR function. Max: 1
0: Integral discharge (value decreases to 0 by the integral time constant)
1: Reset the integral value
<9> Default setting is dependent on the control mode (A1-02) and the drive model (o2-04).
<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02/E3-01).
<14> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to E5-01/E6-01.
<15> Default setting is determined by the control mode for motor 2 (E3-01).
<17> The setting range is 1.00 to 300.0 in CLV and AOLV/PM.

■ C6: Carrier Frequency

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: <4>
C6-02
Carrier Frequency Selection 1: 2.0 kHz Min: 1 135
(224H)
2: 5.0 kHz Max: F
F: User defined (determined by C6-03 through C6-05)
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: <13>
C6-03
Carrier Frequency Upper Limit C6-04 and C6-05 are available only in V/f and V/f w/PG control modes. Min: 1.0 kHz 135
(225H)
Determines the upper and lower limits for the carrier frequency. Max: 15.0 kHz
In OLV, C6-03 determines the upper limit of the carrier frequency.
Carrier Frequency
Default: <13>
C6-04
Carrier Frequency Lower Limit Min: 1.0 kHz 135
(226H) C6-03
Max: 15.0 kHz
C6-04 Output Frequency
× (C6-05) × K
Output Default: <13>
C6-05 Carrier Frequency Proportional
E1-04 Frequency Min: 0 135
(227H) Gain
Max Output Max: 99
Frequency

326 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0
C6-09 Carrier Frequency during AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 136
(22BH) Rotational Auto-Tuning
0: Carrier Frequency = 5 kHz Max: 1
1: Setting value for C6-03
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: <4>
C6-25 Motor 2 Carrier Frequency
1: 2.0 kHz Min: 1 136
(1120H) Selection
2: 5.0 kHz Max: F
F: User defined (determined by C6-26 through C6-28)
common_ Default: <13>
C6-26 Motor 2 Carrier Frequency Upper All Modes TMonly Min: 1.0 kHz 137
(1121H) Limit
C6-27 and C6-28 are available only in V/f and V/f w/PG control modes. Max: 15.0 kHz
Determines the upper and lower limits for the carrier frequency. Default: <13>
C6-27 Motor 2 Carrier Frequency Lower In OLV, C6-26 determines the upper limit of the carrier frequency. Min: 1.0 kHz 137
(1122H) Limit
Carrier Frequency Max: 15.0 kHz

C6-26

C6-27 Output Frequency Default: <13>

C6-28 Motor 2 Carrier Frequency
× (C6-28) × K Min: 0 137
(1123H) Proportional Gain
Output Max: 99
E1-04 Frequency
Max Output
Frequency

<4> Default setting is dependent on the control mode (A1-02) and the drive model (o2-04).
<13> Default setting value is dependent on the carrier frequency selection (C6-02).

■ C8: Torque Observer

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_TMonly

Default: 0
C8-01 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Torque Observer Selection Min: 0 137
(1130H) Enables the torque observer. Max: 1
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV

common_TMonly
Default: 0
C8-02 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Torque Observer Input Selection Min: 0 137
(1131H) Selects whether or not to use the torque observer. Max: 1
0: Torque compensation (torque observer is disabled)
1: Torque observer

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0.000

C8-04 common_TMonly
Mechanical Time Constant Min: 0.000 s 138
(1133H) AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Max: 5.000 s
Sets the motor mechanical time constant.
C8-05 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
common_TMonly Default: 0.100
(1134H)
Torque Observer Gain Min: 0.000 138
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Max: 2.000
Sets the proportional gain for the torque observer.
C8-06 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
common_TMonly Default: 0.020
(1135H)
Torque Observer Integral Time Min: 0.000 s 138
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Max: 0.500 s
Sets the integral time for the torque observer.
C8-07 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0.002
(1136H) common_TMonly
Torque Observer Filter Time 1 Min: 0.000 s 138
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Max: 1.000 s
Sets the output secondary filter time constant 1 for the torque observer.
C8-09 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0.227
(1138H) common_TMonly
Torque Observer Filter Time 2 AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.000 s 138
Max: 5.000 s
Sets the output secondary filter time constant 2 for the torque observer.
C8-10 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0.000
(1139H) Torque Observer Feed Forward common_TMonly
Parameter List

Min: 0.000 s 138

Time AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Max: 0.050 s
Sets the advance compensation time for the torque observer.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0.000

C8-14 Acceleration Torque Monitor Filter common_TMonly
Min: 0.000 s 138
(113DH) Time AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Max: 0.500 s
Sets the filter time constant for the torque observer's acceleration torque monitor.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV

B
common_TMonly Default: 0.10
C8-15 Torque Observer Integral Hold
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 % 138
(113EH) Frequency
Sets the frequency at which to hold the integral value of the load disturbance observer. The Max: 100.00 %
drive holds the integral value at frequencies below the value set here.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 327
B.3 Parameter Table

◆ d: References
Reference parameters are used to set the various frequency reference values during operation.
■ d1: Frequency Reference

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

d1-01 Default: 0.00 Hz
common_
(280H) All Modes TMonly Min: 0.00 Hz
Frequency Reference 1 139
Max: 400.00 Hz
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
<20> <26>
d1-17 Default: 6.00 Hz
common_
(292H) All Modes TMonly Min: 0.00 Hz
Jog Frequency Reference 139
Max: 400.00 Hz
Sets the jog frequency reference. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
<20> <26>

<20> Range upper limit is determined by the maximum output frequency (E1-04) and the upper limit of the frequency reference (d2-01).
<26> The setting range is 0.0 to 66.0 in AOLV/PM.

■ d2: Frequency Upper/Lower Limits

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_ Default: 100.0%
d2-01 All Modes TMonly
Frequency Reference Upper Limit Min: 0.0% 139
(289H)
Sets the frequency reference upper limit as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Max: 110.0%
common_ Default: 0.0%
d2-02 All Modes TMonly
Frequency Reference Lower Limit Min: 0.0% 140
(28AH)
Sets the frequency reference lower limit as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Max: 110.0%
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0.0%
d2-03 Master Speed Reference Lower
Min: 0.0 140
(293H) Limit Sets the lower limit for frequency references from analog inputs as a percentage of the
Max: 110.0%
maximum output frequency.

■ d3: Jump Frequency

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

d3-01 common_
Jump Frequency 1 All Modes 140
(294H) TMonly

d3-02 Eliminates problems with resonant vibration of the motor/machine by avoiding continuous Default: <10>
Jump Frequency 2 operation in predefined frequency ranges. The drive accelerates and decelerates the motor Min: 0.0 Hz 140
(295H)
through the prohibited frequency ranges. Max: 400.0 Hz
d3-03 Setting 0.0 disables this function.
Jump Frequency 3 140
(296H) Parameters must be set so that d3-01 ≥ d3-02 ≥ d3-03.
common_ Default: <10>
d3-04 All Modes TMonly
Jump Frequency Width Min: 0.0 Hz 140
(297H)
Sets the dead-band width around each selected prohibited frequency reference point. Max: 20.0 Hz
<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02/E3-01).

■ d5: Torque Control

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly
Default: 0
d5-01 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Torque Control Selection Min: 0 144
(29AH) 0: Speed Control Max: 1
1: Torque Control
Set to 0 when using a digital input to switch between Speed and Torque Control (H1-†† = 71).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0 ms
d5-02 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Torque Reference Delay Time Min: 0 ms 144
(29BH)
Sets a delay time for the torque reference signal. Used to suppress effects by noisy or fluctuating Max: 1000 ms
torque reference signals.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1
d5-03 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Speed Limit Selection Min: 1 144
(29CH)
1: Limit set by the frequency reference in b1-01. Max: 2
2: Limit set by d5-04.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0%
d5-04 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Speed Limit Min: -120% 144
(29DH) Sets the speed limit during Torque Control as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Max: 120%
Enabled when d5-03 = 2. A negative setting set a limit in the opposite direction of the Run
command.

328 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 10%
d5-05 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Speed Limit Bias Min: 0% 145
(29EH)
Sets the speed limit bias as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Max: 120%
The bias is applied to the specified speed limit and can adjust the margin for the speed limit.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0 ms
d5-06 Speed/Torque Control Switchover AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 145
(29FH) Time
Sets the delay time for switching between Speed and Torque Control using an input terminal Max: 1000 ms
(H1-†† = 71). Reference values are held during this switch delay time.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1
d5-08 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Unidirectional Speed Limit Bias Min: 0 145
(2B5H)
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled

■ d6: Field Forcing

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0
d6-03 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Field Forcing Selection Min: 0 145
(2A2H)
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 0

d6-04 TMonly
Field Forcing Gain AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 145
(2A3H)
Max: 2
Sets the gain when d6-09 = 1 or 2.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 400%
d6-06 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Field Forcing Limit Min: 100% 145
(2A5H)
Sets the upper limit of the excitation current command during magnetic field forcing. A setting Max: 400%
of 100% is equal to motor no-load current. Disabled only during DC Injection Braking.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

Default: 1.0
TMonly
d6-08 Field Forcing Time Constant AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.1 146
(1140H) Compensation Gain
Sets the time constant compensation gain when using Field Forcing with the G7 method (d6-09 Max: 2.0
= 0) or the H5 method (d6-09 = 1).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 0
d6-09
Field Forcing Method Select between three Field Forcing methods. Min: 0 146
(1141H)
0: G7 method Max: 2
1: H5 method
2: YS1000 method

◆ E: Motor Parameters
■ E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 400 V
E1-01 This parameter must be set to the power supply voltage.
Input Voltage Setting Min: 310 V 148
(300H) WARNING! Drive input voltage (not motor voltage) must be set in E1-01 for the protective
Max: 510 V
features of the drive to function properly. Failure to do so may result in equipment damage and/
or death or personal injury.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
0: 50 Hz, Constant torque 1
1: 60 Hz, Constant torque 2
2: 60 Hz, Constant torque 3 (50 Hz base)
3: 72 Hz, Constant torque 4 (60 Hz base)
Parameter List

4: 50 Hz, Variable torque 1

5: 50 Hz, Variable torque 2 Default: F <3>
E1-03
V/f Pattern Selection 6: 60 Hz, Variable torque 3 Min: 0 148
(302H)
7: 60 Hz, Variable torque 4 Max: F <30>
8: 50 Hz, High starting torque 1
9: 50 Hz, High starting torque 2
A: 60 Hz, High starting torque 3
B: 60 Hz, High starting torque 4
C: 90 Hz (60 Hz base)
B
D: 120 Hz (60 Hz base)
E: 180 Hz (60 Hz base)
F: Custom V/f, E1-04 through E1-13 settings define the V/f pattern

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 329
B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

Default: <4> <14>
E1-04
Maximum Output Frequency Min: 40.0 Hz 150
(303H)
Max: 400.0 Hz
common_ Default: <4> <14>
E1-05 All Modes TMonly
Maximum Voltage Min: 0.00 V 150
(304H)
These parameters are only applicable when E1-03 is set to F. Max: 510.0 V
To set linear V/f characteristics, set the same values for E1-07 and E1-09. In this case, the
Default: <4> <14>
E1-06 setting for E1-08 will be disregarded. Ensure that the four frequencies are set according to these
Base Frequency Min: 0.0 150
(305H) rules:
Max: E1-04
E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ Ε1−11 ≤ E1-04
Note that if E1-11 = 0, then both E1-11 and E1-12 are disabled, and the above conditions do not Default: <4>
E1-07
Middle Output Frequency apply. Min: 0.0 150
(306H)
Max: E1-04
Output Voltage (V)
Default: <4>
E1-08 E1-05
Middle Output Frequency Voltage Min: 0.0 V 150
(307H) E1-12
Max: 510.0 V
E1-13 Default: <4> <14>
E1-09
Minimum Output Frequency Min: 0.0 150
(308H)
Max: E1-04 <26>
E1-08 Default: <4>
E1-10 Minimum Output Frequency
Min: 0.0 V 150
(309H) Voltage
E1-10 Max: 510.0 V
E1-11 Default: 0.0 Hz
E1-09 E1-07 E1-06 E1-11 E1-04
(30AH) Middle Output Frequency 2 Min: 0.0 Hz 150
Frequency (Hz)
<21> Max: E1-04 <26>
Note: Some parameters may not be available depending on the control mode.
E1-12 • E1-07, E1-08 and E-10 are available only in the following control modes: V/f Control, V/f Default: 0.0 V
Middle Output Frequency Voltage
(30BH) with PG, Open Loop Vector. Min: 0.0 V 150
2
<21> • E1-11, E1-12 and E-13 are available only in the following control modes: V/f Control, V/f Max: 510.0 V
with PG, Open Loop Vector, Closed Loop Vector. Default: 0.0 V
E1-13 <27>
Base Voltage 150
(30CH) Min: 0.0 V
Max: 510.0 V
<3> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<4> Default setting is dependent on the control mode (A1-02) and the drive model (o2-04).
<14> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to E5-01/E6-01.
<21> Parameter ignored when E1-11 (Motor 1 Mid Output Frequency 2) and E1-12 (Motor 1 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 2) are set to 0.0.
<26> The setting range is 0.0 to 66.0 in AOLV/PM.
<27> When Auto-Tuning is performed, E1-13 and E1-05 will be set to the same value.
<30> The setting value is F in OLV.

■ E2: Motor 1 Parameters

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

Default: <9>
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Min: 10% of drive rated
E2-01 TMonly
Motor Rated Current AOLV/PM CLV/PM current 151
(30EH)
Max: 200% of drive
Sets the motor nameplate full load current in Amps. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning. rated current

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <9>

E2-02 TMonly
Motor Rated Slip AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 Hz 151
(30FH)
Max: 20.00 Hz
Sets the motor rated slip. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <9>

E2-03 TMonly
Motor No-Load Current AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 A 151
(310H)
Max: E2-01
Sets the no-load current for the motor. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 4

E2-04 TMonly
Number of Motor Poles AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 2 151
(311H)
Max: 48
Sets the number of motor poles. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <9>

E2-05
Motor Line-to-Line Resistance AOLV/PM CLV/PM
TMonly Min: 0.000 Ω 152
(312H)
Max: 65.000 Ω
Sets the phase-to-phase motor resistance. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: <9>
E2-06 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor Leakage Inductance Min: 0.0% 152
(313H)
Sets the voltage drop due to motor leakage inductance as a percentage of motor rated voltage. Max: 40.0%
Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0.50
E2-07 Motor Iron-Core Saturation AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: E2-07 152
(314H) Coefficient 1
Sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 50% of magnetic flux. Automatically set during Max: 0.50
Auto-Tuning.

330 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0.75
E2-08 Motor Iron-Core Saturation AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: E2-07 152
(315H) Coefficient 2
Sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 75% of magnetic flux. Automatically set during Max: 0.75
Auto-Tuning.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 0.0%

E2-09 TMonly
Motor Mechanical Loss AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0% 152
(316H)
Max: 10.0%
Sets the motor mechanical loss as a percentage of motor rated power (kW).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <9>

E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Torque TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 W 152
(317H) Compensation
Max: 65535 W
Sets the motor iron loss.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: <9>
E2-11 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor Rated Power Min: 0.00 kW 153
(318H)
Sets the motor rated power in kilowatts (1 HP = 0.746 kW). Automatically set during Max: 650.00 kW
Auto-Tuning.
<9> Default setting value is dependent on the drive model (o2-04).

■ E3: V/f Pattern for Motor 2

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly
0: V/f Control
1: V/f Control with PG Default: 0
E3-01
Motor 2 Control Mode Selection 2: Open Loop Vector Control Min: 0 154
(319H)
3: Closed Loop Vector Control Max: 7
6: Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM
7: Closed Loop Vector Control with PG
Default: <25>
E3-04 Motor 2 Maximum Output
Min: 40.0 Hz 154
(31AH) Frequency
Max: 400.0 Hz
Default: 400
E3-05
Motor 2 Maximum Voltage Min: 0.0 V 154
(31BH) All Modes
common_
TMonly Max: 510.0 V
Default: <25>
E3-06
Motor 2 Base Frequency Min: 0.0 Hz 154
(31CH) These parameters are only applicable when E1-03 is set to F.
Max: E3-04
To set linear V/f characteristics, set the same values for E3-07 and E3-09. In this case, the
setting for E3-08 will be disregarded. Ensure that the four frequencies are set according to these Default: <25>
E3-07
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency rules or an oPE10 fault will occur: Min: 0.0 Hz 154
(31DH)
E3-09 ≤ E3-07 < E3-06 ≤ Ε3−11 ≤ E3-04 Max: E3-04
Default: <25>
E3-08 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Output Voltage (V)
Min: 0.0 V 154
(31EH) Voltage E3-05
E3-12 Max: 510.0 V
Default: <25>
E3-09 Motor 2 Minimum Output E3-13 Min: 0.0 Hz 154
(31FH) Frequency
Max: E3-04
Default: <25>
E3-10 Motor 2 Minimum Output E3-08 Min: 0.0 V 154
(320H) Frequency Voltage
Max: 510.0 V
E3-10 Default: 0.0 <24>
E3-11
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency 2 Min: 0.0 Hz 154
(345H) E3-09 E3-07 E3-06 E3-11 E3-04
Max: E3-04 <26>
Frequency (Hz)
E3-12 Default: 0.0 V
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Note: E3-07 and E3-08 are only available in the following control modes: V/f, V/f w/PG and
(346H) Min: 0.0 V 154
Voltage 2 OLV.
<24> Max: 510.0 V
Default: 0.0 V
E3-13 <27>
Motor 2 Base Voltage 154
(347H) Min: 0.0 V
Max: 510.0 V

<24> Parameter ignored when E3-11 (Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency 2) and E3-12 (Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 2) are set to 0.
<25> Default setting depends on the control mode for motor 2 set in parameter E3-01. The value shown here is for V/f Control.
<26> The setting range is 0.0 to 66.0 in AOLV/PM.
<27> When Auto-Tuning is performed, E1-13 and E1-05 will be set to the same value.
Parameter List

■ E4: Motor 2 Parameters

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

Default: <9>
E4-01
Motor 2 Rated Current
V/f
AOLV/PM
V/f w/PG
CLV/PM
OLV CLV common_
TMonly
Min: 10% of drive rated
current 155 B
(321H)
Max: 200% of drive
Sets the full load current for motor 2. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning. rated current

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 331
B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <9>

E4-02 TMonly
Motor 2 Rated Slip AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 Hz 155
(322H)
Max: 20.00 Hz
Sets the rated slip for motor 2. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <9>

E4-03 TMonly
Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 A 155
(323H)
Max: E4-01
Sets the no-load current for motor 2. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 4

E4-04 TMonly
Motor 2 Motor Poles AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 2 155
(324H)
Max: 48
Sets the number of poles of motor 2. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <9>

E4-05
Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance AOLV/PM CLV/PM
TMonly Min: 0.000 Ω 156
(325H)
Max: 65.000 Ω
Sets the phase-to-phase resistance for motor 2. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: <9>
E4-06 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 2 Leakage Inductance Min: 0.0% 156
(326H)
Sets the voltage drop for motor 2 due to motor leakage inductance as a percentage of rated Max: 40.0%
voltage. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0.50
E4-07 Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 156
(343H) Saturation Coefficient 1
Set to the motor iron saturation coefficient at 50% of magnetic flux for motor 2. Automatically Max: 0.50
set during Auto-Tuning.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0.75
E4-08 Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: E4-07 156
(344H) Saturation Coefficient 2
Set to the motor iron saturation coefficient at 75% of magnetic flux for motor 2. This value is Max: 0.75
automatically set during Auto-Tuning.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 0.0%

E4-09 TMonly
Motor 2 Mechanical Loss AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0% 156
(33FH)
Max: 10.0%
Sets the motor mechanical loss for motor 2 as a percentage of motor rated power (kW).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <9>

E4-10 TMonly
Motor 2 Iron Loss AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 W 156
(340H)
Max: 65535 W
Sets the motor iron loss.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <9>

E4-11 TMonly
Motor 2 Rated Power AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 kW 156
(327H)
Max: 650.00 kW
Sets the motor rated capacity in kW. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
<9> Default setting value is dependent on the drive model (o2-04).

■ E5: PM Motor Settings

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

E5-01 TMonly Default: <4> <23>
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
(329H) Motor Code Selection Min: 0000 157
<3> Enter the Yaskawa motor code for the PM motor being used. Various motor parameters are Max: FFFF <28>
automatically set based on the value of this parameter. Setting that were changed manually will
be overwritten by the defaults of the selected motor code.

E5-02 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <14>

(32AH) Motor Rated Power TMonly Min: 0.10 kW 157
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
<3> Max: 650.00 kW
Sets the rated capacity of the motor.
Default: <14>
E5-03 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Min: 10% of drive rated
(32BH) Motor Rated Current TMonly current 157
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
<3> Max: 200% of drive
Sets the motor rated current. rated current

E5-04 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <14>

(32CH) Number of Motor Poles TMonly Min: 2 158
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
<3> Max: 48
Sets the number of motor poles.

E5-05 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <14>

(32DH) Motor Stator Resistance AOLV/PM CLV/PM
TMonly Min: 0.000 Ω 158
<3> Max: 65.000 Ω
Set the resistance for each motor phase.

332 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

E5-06 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <14>

(32EH) Motor d-Axis Inductance TMonly Min: 0.00 mH 158
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
<3> Max: 300.00 mH
Sets the d-axis inductance for the PM motor.

E5-07 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <14>

(32FH) Motor q-Axis Inductance TMonly Min: 0.00 mH 158
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
<3> Max: 600.00 mH
Sets the q-axis inductance for the PM motor.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: <14>
E5-09 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor Induction Voltage Constant Min: 0.0 mV/(rad/s)
(331H) Set the induced phase peak voltage in units of 0.1 mV (rad/s) [electrical angle]. Set this 158
1 Max:
<3> parameter when using a Yaskawa SSR1 Series PM motor with derated torque, or a Yaskawa 2000.0 mV/(rad/s)
SST4 Series motor with constant torque.
When setting this parameter, E5-24 should be set to 0.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0.0 deg
E5-11 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Encoder Z-pulse Offset Min: -180 deg 158
(333H)
Sets the offset between the rotor magnetic axis and the Z pulse of an incremental encoder. Set Max: 180 deg
during Z Pulse Offset Tuning.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: <14>
E5-24 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor Induction Voltage Constant Min: 0.0 mV/(r/min)
(353H) 158
2 Set the induced phase-to-phase rms voltage in units of 0.1 mV/(r/min) [mechanical angle]. Set Max: 2000.0 mV/(r/
<3>
this parameter when using a Yaskawa SMRA Series SPM motor. min)
When setting this parameter, E5-09 should be set to 0.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0

E5-25 common_TMonly
d-Axis Polarity Selection Min: 0 159
(35EH) AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Max: 1
Sets the polarity level (SD) that determines the motor poles at start.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV

common_TMonly Default: 1.00
E5-26
Energy Saving Control (Ki) AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 159
(1148H)
Enter the value for Ki as specified on the motor nameplate. For motors with motor code of E5- Max: 2.00
01 = 2††† , this value is set automatically by the drive and cannot be changed.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV

common_TMonly Default: 1.00
E5-27
Energy Saving Control (Kt) AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 159
(1149H)
Enter the value for Kt as specified on the motor nameplate. For motors with motor code of E5- Max: 2.00
01 = 2†††, this value is set automatically by the drive and cannot be changed.
<3> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<4> Default setting is dependent on the control mode (A1-02) and the drive model (o2-04).
<14> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to E5-01.
<23> If using a Yaskawa SMRA Series SPM Motor, the default setting is 1800 r/min.
<28> Selection may vary depending on the motor code entered to E5-01.

■ E6: PM Motor 2 Settings

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

E6-01 TMonly Default: <4> <23>
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
(329H) Motor 2 Motor Code Selection Min: 0000 159
<3> Enter the Yaskawa motor code for the PM motor being used. Various motor parameters are Max: FFFF <28>
automatically set based on the value of this parameter. Setting that were changed manually will
be overwritten by the defaults of the selected motor code.

E6-02 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <14>

(32AH) Motor 2 Rated Power TMonly Min: 0.10 kW 159
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
<3> Max: 650.00 kW
Sets the rated capacity of the motor.
Default: <14>
E6-03 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Min: 10% of drive rated
(32BH) Motor 2 Rated Current TMonly current 159
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
<3> Max: 200% of drive
Sets the motor rated current. rated current
Parameter List

E6-04 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <14>

(32CH) Motor 2 Number of Motor Poles TMonly Min: 2 160
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
<3> Max: 48
Sets the number of motor poles.

E6-05 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <14>

(32DH) Motor 2 Stator Resistance AOLV/PM CLV/PM
TMonly Min: 0.000 Ω 160
<3>
Set the resistance for each motor phase.
Max: 65.000 Ω B
E6-06 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <14>
(32EH) Motor 2 d-Axis Inductance TMonly Min: 0.00 mH 160
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
<3> Max: 300.00 mH
Sets the d-axis inductance for the PM motor.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 333
B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

E6-07 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <14>

(32FH) Motor 2 q-Axis Inductance TMonly Min: 0.00 mH 160
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
<3> Max: 600.00 mH
Sets the q-axis inductance for the PM motor.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: <14>
E6-09 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 2 Induction Voltage Min: 0.0 mV/(rad/s)
(331H) Set the induced phase peak voltage in units of 0.1 mV (rad/s) [electrical angle]. Set this 160
Constant 1 Max:
<3> parameter when using a Yaskawa SSR1 Series PM motor with derated torque, or a Yaskawa 2000.0 mV/(rad/s)
SST4 Series motor with constant torque.
When setting this parameter, E5-24 should be set to 0.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0.0 deg
E6-11 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 2 Encoder Z-pulse Offset Min: -180 deg 160
(333H)
Sets the offset between the rotor magnetic axis and the Z pulse of an incremental encoder. Set Max: 180 deg
during Z Pulse Offset Tuning.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: <14>
E6-24 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 2 Induction Voltage Min: 0.0 mV/(r/min)
(353H) 160
Constant 2 Set the induced phase-to-phase rms voltage in units of 0.1 mV/(r/min) [mechanical angle]. Set Max: 6500.00 mV/(r/
<3>
this parameter when using a Yaskawa SMRA Series SPM motor. min)
When setting this parameter, E5-09 should be set to 0.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0

E6-25 common_TMonly
Motor 2 d-Axis Polarity Selection Min: 0 161
(1168H) AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Max: 1
Sets the polarity level (SD) that determines the motor poles at start.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV

common_TMonly Default: 1.00
E6-26 Motor 2 Energy Saving Control AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 161
(1169H) (Ki)
Enter the value for Ki as specified on the motor nameplate. For motors with motor code of E6- Max: 2.00
01 = 2†††, this value is set automatically by the drive and cannot be changed.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV

common_TMonly Default: 1.00
E6-27 Motor 2 Energy Saving Control
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 161
(116AH) (Kt)
Enter the value for Kt as specified on the motor nameplate. For motors with motor code of E6- Max: 2.00
01 = 2†††, this value is set automatically by the drive and cannot be changed.
<3> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<4> Default setting is dependent on the control mode (A1-02) and the drive model (o2-04).
<14> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to E5-01.
<23> If using a Yaskawa SMRA Series SPM Motor, the default setting is 1800 r/min.
<28> Selection may vary depending on the motor code entered to E5-01.

◆ F: Options
F parameters are used to program the drive for PG feedback from the motor and to function with option cards.
■ F1: PG Speed Control Card (PG-B3 / PG-X3)
Parameters F1-01, F1-05, F1-06, F1-12, F1-13, and F1-18 through F1-21 are used to set up a PG option card plugged into
option connector CN5-C of the drive. They include “PG 1” in the parameter name.
Parameters F1-21 through F1-37 are used to set up a PG option card plugged into option connector CN5-B of the drive.
They include “PG 2” in the parameter name.
Other parameters in the F1 group are used to set operation for PG options plugged into connector CN5-C and CN5-B.

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: <10>
F1-01 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
PG 1 Pulses Per Revolution Min: 0 ppr 162
(380H)
Sets the number of PG (pulse generator or encoder) pulses. Max: 60000 ppr
Sets the number of pulses per motor revolution.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-02. Default: 1
F1-02 Operation Selection at PG Open 1: Coast to stop. Min: 0 162
(381H) Circuit (PGo) 2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09. Max: 4
3: Alarm only.
4: No alarm display.
Note: Due to potential damage to motor and machinery, the "Alarm only" and "No alarm
display" setting should be used only under special circumstances.

334 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 1
F1-03 Operation Selection at Overspeed
0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-02. Min: 0 162
(382H) (oS)
1: Coast to stop. Max: 3
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 3
F1-04
Operation Selection at Deviation 0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-02. Min: 0 163
(383H)
1: Coast to stop. Max: 3
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: <10>
F1-05 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
PG 1 Rotation Selection Min: 0 163
(384H)
0: Pulse A leads Max: 1
1: Pulse B leads

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1
F1-06 PG 1 Division Rate for PG Pulse AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Min: 1 163
(385H) Monitor Sets the division ratio for the pulse monitor used of the PG option card installed to connector Max: 132
CN5-C. By setting “xyz”, the division ratio becomes = [(1 + x) / yz]. If only using the A pulse
for one track input, then the input ratio will be 1:1, regardless of what F1-06 is set to.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 115%

F1-08 TMonly
Overspeed Detection Level AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 162
(387H)
Max: 120%
Sets the overspeed detection level as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <10>

F1-09 TMonly
Overspeed Detection Delay Time AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 s 162
(388H)
Max: 2.0 s
Sets the time in seconds for an overspeed situation to trigger a fault (oS).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 10%

F1-10 Excessive Speed Deviation TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 163
(389H) Detection Level
Max: 50%
Sets the speed deviation detection level as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 0.5 s

F1-11 Excessive Speed Deviation TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 s 163
(38AH) Detection Delay Time
Max: 10.0 s
Sets the time in seconds for a speed deviation situation to trigger a fault (dEv).
Default: 0
F1-12
PG 1 Gear Teeth 1 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Min: 0 163
(38BH)
TMonly Max: 1000
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Default: 0
F1-13 Sets the gear ratio between the motor shaft and the encoder (PG).
PG 1 Gear Teeth 2 Min: 0 163
(38CH) A gear ratio of 1 will be used if either of these parameters is set to 0. Max: 1000

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 2.0 s

F1-14 TMonly
PG Open-Circuit Detection Time AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 s 162
(38DH)
Max: 10.0 s
Sets the time required to trigger a PG Open fault (PGo).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 10
F1-18 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
dv3 Detection Selection Min: 0 164
(3ADH)
0: Disabled Max: 10
1: Enabled

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 128
F1-19 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
dv4 Detection Selection Min: 0 164
(3AEH)
0: Disabled Max: 5000
n: Number of pulses that the A and B pulse are reversed that triggers dv4 detection.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1
F1-20 PG Option Card Disconnect AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 164
(3B4H) Detection 1
0: Disabled Max: 1
Parameter List

1: Enabled

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0
F1-21 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
PG 1 Signal Selection Min: 0 164
(3BCH)
0: A pulse detection Max: 1
1: AB pulse detection

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

B
TMonly Default: 1
F1-30 PG Card Option Port for Motor 2 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Min: 0 164
(3AAH) Selection Sets the port for the PG option card used by motor 2. Max: 1
0: CN5-C
1: CN5-B

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 335
B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 600 ppr

F1-31 TMonly
PG 2 Pulses Per Revolution AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ppr 162
(3B0H)
Max: 60000 ppr
Sets the number of pulses for a PG option card connected to port CN5-B.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0
F1-32 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
PG 2 Rotation Selection Min: 0 163
(3B1H)
0: Pulse A leads Max: 1
1: Pulse B leads
Default: 0
F1-33
PG 2 Gear Teeth 1 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Min: 0 163
(3B2H) TMonly Max: 1000
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Default: 0
F1-34 Sets the gear ratio between the motor shaft and the encoder (PG).
PG 2 Gear Teeth 2 Min: 0 163
(3B3H) A gear ratio of 1 will be used if either of these parameters is set to 0. Max: 1000

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1
F1-35 PG 2 Division Rate for Pulse AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 1 163
(3BEH) Monitor
Sets the division ratio for the pulse monitor used of the PG option card 2 installed to connector Max: 132
CN5-B. By setting “xyz”, the division ratio becomes = [(1 + x) / yz].

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1
F1-36 PG Option Card Disconnect AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 164
(3B5H) Detection 2
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0
F1-37 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
PG 2 Signal Selection Min: 0 164
(3BDH)
0: A pulse detection Max: 1
1: AB pulse detection

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <10>

F1-39 Motor 2 Overspeed Detection TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 s 165
(1170H) Delay Time
Max: 2.0 s
Sets the time in seconds for an overspeed situation to trigger a fault (oS).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 10%

F1-40 Motor 2 Excessive Speed TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 165
(1171H) Deviation Detection Level
Max: 50%
Sets the speed deviation detection level as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 0.5 s

F1-41 Motor 2 Excessive Speed TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 s 165
(1172H) Deviation Detection Delay Time
Max: 10.0 s
Sets the time in seconds for a speed deviation situation to trigger a fault (dEv).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 2.0 s

F1-42 Motor 2 PG Open-Circuit TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 s 164
(1173H) Detection Time
Max: 10.0 s
Sets the time required to trigger a PG Open fault (PGo).
<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

■ F2: Analog Input Card (AI-A3)

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
F2-01 Analog Input Option Card
0: Option card input terminals V1, V2, and V3 replace drive input terminals A1, A2, and A3. Min: 0 165
(38FH) Operation Selection
1: Input signals to terminals V1, V2, and V3 are added together to create the frequency Max: 1
reference.
F2-02
common_ Default: 100.0%
(368H) All Modes TMonly
Analog Input Option Card Gain Min: -999.9% 165
Sets the gain for the input signal to the analog card. Max: 999.9%

F2-03
common_ Default: 0.0%
(369H) All Modes TMonly
Analog Input Option Card Bias Min: -999.9% 165
Sets the bias for the input signal to the analog card. Max: 999.9%

336 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

■ F3: Digital Input Card (DI-A3)

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly

0: BCD, 1% units
1: BCD, 0.1% units
2: BCD, 0.01% units
Default: 0
F3-01 Digital Input Option Card Input 3: BCD, 1 Hz units
Min: 0 166
(390H) Selection 4: BCD, 0.1 Hz units
Max: 7
5: BCD, 0.01 Hz units
6: BCD customized setting (5 digit), 0.02 Hz units
7: Binary input
When the digital operator units are set to be displayed in Hertz or user-set units (o1-03 = 2 or 3),
the units for F3-01 are determined by parameter o1-03.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 2
F3-03 Digital Input Option DI-A3 Data
0: 8 bit Min: 0 166
(3B9H) Length Selection
1: 12 bit Max: 2
2: 16 bit

■ F4: Analog Monitor Card (AO-A3)

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 102
F4-01
Terminal V1 Monitor Selection Min: 000 166
(391H) Sets the monitor signal for output from terminal V1. Set this parameter to the last three digits of
Max: 999
the desired U†-†† monitor. Some U parameters are available only in certain control modes.
F4-02
common_ Default: 100.0%
(392H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal V1 Monitor Gain Min: -999.9% 166
Sets the gain for voltage output via terminal V1. Max: 999.9%

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 103
F4-03
Terminal V2 Monitor Selection Min: 000 166
(393H) Sets the monitor signal for output from terminal V2. Set this parameter to the last three digits of
Max: 999
the desired U†-†† monitor. Some U parameters are available only in certain control modes.
F4-04
common_ Default: 50.0%
(394H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal V2 Monitor Gain Min: -999.9% 166
Sets the gain for voltage output via terminal V2. Max: 999.9%

F4-05
common_ Default: 0.0%
(395H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal V1 Monitor Bias Min: -999.9% 166
Sets the amount of bias added to the voltage output via terminal V1. Max: 999.9%

F4-06
common_ Default: 0.0%
(396H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal V2 Monitor Bias Min: -999.9% 166
Sets the amount of bias added to the voltage output via terminal V2. Max: 999.9%

Default: 0
F4-07
Terminal V1 Signal Level common_ Min: 0 167
(397H) All Modes TMonly Max: 1
0: 0 to 10 V Default: 0
F4-08 1: -10 to 10 V
Terminal V2 Signal Level Min: 0 167
(398H)
Max: 1

Parameter List

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 337
B.3 Parameter Table

■ F5: Digital Output Card (DO-A3)

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

Default: 0
F5-01
Terminal P1-PC Output Selection Min: 0 167
(399H)
Max: 192
Default: 1
F5-02
Terminal P2-PC Output Selection Min: 0 167
(39AH)
Max: 192
Default: 2
F5-03
Terminal P3-PC Output Selection Min: 0 167
(39BH)
Max: 192
Default: 4
F5-04
Terminal P4-PC Output Selection common_ Min: 0 167
(39CH) All Modes TMonly Max: 192
Sets the function for contact output terminals M1-M2, M3-M4, and photocoupler output Default: 6
F5-05 terminals P1 through P6.
Terminal P5-PC Output Selection Min: 0 167
(39DH)
Max: 192
Default: 37
F5-06
Terminal P6-PC Output Selection Min: 0 167
(39EH)
Max: 192
Default: F
F5-07
Terminal M1-M2 Output Selection Min: 0 167
(39FH)
Max: 192
Default: F
F5-08
Terminal M3-M4 Output Selection Min: 0 167
(3A0H)
Max: 192
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
F5-09
DO-A3 Output Mode Selection 0: Output terminals are each assigned separate output functions. Min: 0 167
(3A1H)
1: Binary code output Max: 2
2: Use output terminal functions selected by parameters F5-01 through F5-08.

■ F6: Communication Option Card

For more details on a specific option card, refer to the instruction manual for the option card.

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 1
F6-01 Communications Error Operation 0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-02.
Min: 0 168
(3A2H) Selection 1: Coast to stop.
Max: 3
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
F6-02 External Fault from Comm. Option
Min: 0 168
(3A3H) Detection Selection 0: Always detected
Max: 1
1: Detection during run only
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 1
F6-03 External Fault from Comm. Option 0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-02.
Min: 0 168
(3A4H) Operation Selection 1: Coast to stop.
Max: 3
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0
F6-06 Torque Reference/Torque Limit AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 168
(3A7H) Selection from Comm. Option
0: Disabled.Torque reference/limit from option board disabled. Max: 1
1: Enabled. Torque reference/limit from option board enabled.
common_
Multi-Step Speed Enable/Disable All Modes TMonly Default: 0
F6-07
Selection when NefRef/ComRef is Min: 0 168
(3A8H) 0: Multi-step reference disabled (same as F7)
Selected Max: 1
1: Multi-step reference enabled (same as V7)
common_
All Modes TMonly
F6-08 Default: 0
0: Communication-related parameters (F6-††) are not reset when the drive is initialized using
(36AH) Reset Communication Parameters Min: 0 169
A1-03.
<3> Max: 1
1: Reset all communication-related parameters (F6-††) when the drive is initialized using
A1-03.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV

common_TMonly Default: 0
F6-81 ASR Proportional Gain Selection
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 –
(3C0H) (C5-01/Controller)
0: Use C5 parameter settings Max: 1
1: Refer to an upper controller for the gain level

All Modes common_TMonly Default: 0

F6-82
Motor Switch Selection Min: 0 –
(367H) 0: Upper controller cannot issue motor switch command
Max: 1
1: Upper controller motor switch enabled

338 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_TMonly Default: 0

F6-83
Internal/External Flux Reference AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 –
(366H)
0: Flux reference issued internally Max: 1
1: Refer to an external upper controller for flux reference

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV

common_TMonly Default: 0
F6-84 Speed Limit Bias Source Selection AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 –
(365H) (d5-05/Controller)
0: Speed limit bias set by d5-05. Max: 1
1: Refer to an external upper controller for the speed limit bias.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_TMonly Default: 0

F6-85
Regen Side Torque Limit Selection AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 –
(363H)
0: Limit set by L7 parameters. Max: 1
1: Refer to an upper controller for limit.

common_TMonly Default: F0
F6-90 All Modes
CP-216IF Trace Sampling Rate Min: 0 –
(35FH)
Sets the sampling rate used for CP-216IF. Max: 60000

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_TMonly Default: -

F6-91
Motoring-Side Torque Limit AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 –
(117AH)
0: Limit set by L7 parameters. Max: 1
1: Refer to an upper controller for the toque limit.

common_TMonly Default: 32H

F6-92 Control Response 3 Monitor All Modes Min: 0 –
(117BH) Selection
Sets the MEMOBUS register for control response 3. Max: FFFFH

common_TMonly Default: 7CDH

F6-93 Control Response 4 Monitor All Modes Min: F0 –
(117CH) Selection
Sets the MEMOBUS register for control response 4. Max: FFFFH

common_TMonly Default: 50H

F6-94 Control Response 15 Monitor All Modes Min: 0 –
(117DH) Selection
Sets the MEMOBUS register for control response 15. Max: FFFFH

common_TMonly Default: 7E5H

F6-95 Control Response 16 Monitor All Modes Min: 0 –
(117EH) Selection
Sets the MEMOBUS register for control response 16. Max: FFFFH

<3> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.

◆ H: Multi-Function Terminals
H parameters assign functions to the multi-function input and output terminals.
■ H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

H1-01 Multi-Function Digital Input
40 170
(438H) Terminal S1 Function Selection All Modes
H1-02 Multi-Function Digital Input The settings for Terminal S1 and S2 can not be changed. 41 170
(439H) Terminal S2 Function Selection
Default: 0F
H1-03 Multi-Function Digital Input
Min: 0 170
(400H) Terminal S3 Function Selection
Max: 9F
Default:0F
H1-04 Multi-Function Digital Input
Min: 0 170
(401H) Terminal S4 Function Selection
Max: 9F
Default: 0F
H1-05 Multi-Function Digital Input All Modes Min: 0 170
(402H) Terminal S5 Function Selection
Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs. Max: 9F
Refer to H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections on page 340 for a description of setting Default: 0F
H1-06 Multi-Function Digital Input values. Min: 0 170
(403H) Terminal S6 Function Selection Note: Unused terminals should be set to F. Max: 9F
Default: 0F
H1-07 Multi-Function Digital Input
Min: 0 170
(404H) Terminal S7 Function Selection
Max: 9F
Default: 0F
Parameter List

H1-08 Multi-Function Digital Input

Min: 0 170
(405H) Terminal S8 Function Selection
Max: 9F

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 339
B.3 Parameter Table

H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections

H1-††
Function Description Page
Setting
common_
All Modes TMonly
2 External Reference 1/2 Selection 170
Open: Run command and frequency reference source 1 (determined by b1-01 and b1-02)
Closed: Run command and frequency reference source 2 (determined by b1-15 and b1-16)
common_
All Modes TMonly
8 Baseblock Command (N.O.) 170
Closed: No drive output
common_
All Modes TMonly
9 Baseblock Command (N.C.) 170
Open: No drive output
common_
All Modes TMonly
F Through Mode 171
Select this setting when using the terminal in a pass-through mode. The terminal does not trigger a drive function
but can be used as digital input for the controller the drive is connected to.
common_
All Modes TMonly
14 Fault Reset 171
Closed: Resets faults if the cause is cleared and the Run command is removed.
common_
All Modes TMonly
15 Fast Stop (N.O.) 171
Closed: Decelerates at the Fast Stop time set to C1-09.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly
16 Motor 2 Selection OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 172
Open: Motor 1 (E1-††, E2-††)
Closed: Motor 2 (E3-††, E4-††)
common_
All Modes TMonly

20: N.O., Always detected, ramp to stop

21: N.C., Always detected, ramp to stop
22: N.O., During run, ramp to stop
23: N.C., During run, ramp to stop
24: N.O., Always detected, coast to stop
25: N.C., Always detected, coast to stop
26: N.O., During run, coast to stop
20 to 2F External Fault 174
27: N.C., During run, coast to stop
28: N.O., Always detected, Fast Stop
29: N.C., Always detected, Fast Stop
2A: N.O., During run, Fast Stop
2B: N.C., During run, Fast Stop
2C: N.O., Always detected, alarm only (continue running)
2D: N.C., Always detected, alarm only (continue running)
2E: N.O., During run, alarm only (continue running)
2F: N.C., During run, alarm only (continue running)
common_
All Modes TMonly
Forward Run Command (2-wire
40 Open: Stop 174
Sequence)
Closed: Forward run
Note: Cannot be set together with settings 42 or 43.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Reverse Run Command (2-wire
41 Open: Stop 174
Sequence)
Closed: Reverse run
Note: Cannot be set together with settings 42 or 43.
common_
All Modes TMonly

42 Run Command (2-wire Sequence 2) Open: Stop 174

Closed: Run
Note: Cannot be set together with settings 40 or 41.
common_
All Modes TMonly

FWD/REV Command (2-wire Sequence Open: Forward

43 174
2) Closed: Reverse
Note: Determines motor direction, but does not issue a Run command. Cannot be set together with settings 40 or
41.
common_
All Modes TMonly
60 DC Injection Braking Command 175
Closed: Triggers DC Injection Braking.
common_
All Modes TMonly
67 Communications Test Mode 175
Tests the MEMOBUS/Modbus RS-485/422 interface. Displays “PASS” if the test completes successfully.
common_
All Modes TMonly
6A Drive Enable 175
Open: Drive disabled. If this input is opened during run, then the drive will stop as specified by b1-03.
Closed: Ready for operation.
common_
All Modes TMonly
71 Speed/Torque Control Switch 175
Open: Speed Control
Closed: Torque Control

340 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections

H1-††
Function Description Page
Setting
common_
All Modes TMonly
72 Zero Servo 175
Closed: Zero Servo enabled
common_
75 Up 2 Command All Modes TMonly
176
Used to control the bias added to the frequency reference by the Up/Down 2 function. The Up 2 and Down 2
76 Down 2 Command 176
commands must always be used in conjunction with one another.
common_
All Modes TMonly
77 ASR Gain Switch Open: ASR proportional gain 1 (C5-01) 176
Closed: ASR proportional gain 2 (C5-03)
common_
All Modes
External Torque Reference Polarity TMonly
78 Open: Forward torque reference 176
Inversion
Closed: Reverse polarity

■ H2: Multi-Function Digital Outputs

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

Default: OF
H2-01 Terminal M1-M2 function
Min: 0 176
(40BH) selection (relay)
Max: 192
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: OF
H2-02 Terminal P1-PC function selection
Min: 0 176
(40CH) (photocoupler) Refer to H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings on page 341 for a description of setting
Max: 192
values.
Default: OF
H2-03 Terminal P2-PC function selection
Min: 0 176
(40DH) (photocoupler)
Max: 192
common_
All Modes TMonly

Outputs a 200 ms pulse signal when the watt-hour counter increases by the units selected.
Default: 0
H2-06 0: 0.1 kWh units
Watt Hour Output Unit Selection Min: 0 181
(437H) 1: 1 kWh units
Max: 4
2: 10 kWh units
3: 100 kWh units
4: 1000 kWh units

H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings

H2-††
Setting Function Description Page

common_
All Modes TMonly
0 During Run 177
Closed: A Run command is active or voltage is output.
common_
All Modes TMonly
1 Zero Speed 177
Open: Output frequency is above the minimum output frequency set in E1-09.
Closed: Output frequency is below the minimum output frequency set in E1-09.
common_
All Modes TMonly
2 Speed Agree 1 178
Closed: Output frequency equals the speed reference (plus or minus the hysteresis set to L4-02).
common_
All Modes TMonly
3 User-set Speed Agree 1 178
Closed: Output frequency and speed reference equal L4-01 (plus or minus the hysteresis set to L4-02).
common_
All Modes TMonly
6 Drive Ready 178
Closed: Power up is complete and the drive is ready to accept a Run command.
common_
All Modes TMonly
7 DC bus Undervoltage 179
Closed: DC bus voltage is below the Uv trip level.
common_
All Modes TMonly
8 During Baseblock (N.O.) 179
Closed: Drive has entered the baseblock state (no output voltage).
common_
All Modes TMonly
E Fault 179
Closed: Fault occurred.
Parameter List

common_
All Modes TMonly
F Through Mode 179
Set this value when using the terminal in the pass-through mode.
common_
All Modes TMonly
11 Fault Reset Command Active 179
Closed: A command has been entered to clear a fault via the input terminals or from the serial network.
common_
1A During Reverse
All Modes
Closed: Drive is running in the reverse direction.
TMonly 179 B
common_
All Modes TMonly
22 Mechanical Weakening Detection 179
Closed: Mechanical weakening detected.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 341
B.3 Parameter Table

H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings

H2-††
Function Description Page
Setting
common_
All Modes TMonly
2F Maintenance Period 179
Closed: Cooling fan, electrolytic capacitors, IGBTs, or the soft charge bypass relay may require maintenance.
common_
All Modes
30 During Torque Limit TMonly 180
Closed: When the torque limit has been reached.
common_
All Modes TMonly
31 During Speed Limit 180
Closed: Speed limit has been reached.
common_
During Speed Limit in Torque All Modes TMonly
32 180
Control Closed: Speed limit has been reached while using Torque Control.
common_
All Modes TMonly
33 Zero Servo Complete 180
Closed: Zero Servo operation has finished.
common_
All Modes TMonly
37 During Frequency Output 180
Open: Either the drive has stopped or baseblock, DC Injection Braking, or Initial Excitation is being performed.
Closed: Drive is running the motor (not in a baseblock state and DC Injection is not being performed).
common_
All Modes TMonly
38 Drive Enabled 180
Closed: Multi-function input set for “Drive enable” is closed (H1-†† = 6A)
common_
All Modes TMonly
39 Watt Hour Pulse Output 180
Output units are determined by H2-06. Outputs a pulse every 200 ms to indicate the kWh count.
common_
All Modes TMonly
3C LOCAL/REMOTE Status 180
Open: REMOTE
Closed: LOCAL
common_
All Modes TMonly
3D During Speed Search 180
Closed: Speed Search is being executed.
common_
All Modes TMonly
4B During Short-Circuit Braking 181
Closed: Short Circuit Braking is active.
common_
All Modes TMonly
4C During Fast Stop 181
Closed: A Fast Stop command has been entered from the operator or input terminals.
common_
All Modes TMonly
4D oH Pre-alarm Time Limit 181
Closed: oH pre-alarm time limit has passed.
common_
All Modes TMonly
60 Internal Cooling Fan Alarm 181
Closed: Internal cooling fan alarm
common_
All Modes TMonly
61 Rotor Position Detection Complete 181
Closed: Drive has successfully detected the rotor position of the PM motor.
common_
All Modes TMonly
100 to 161 Function 0 to 61 with Inverse Output 181
Inverts the output switching of the multi-function output functions.
Set the last two digits of 1†† to reverse the output signal of that specific function.

■ H3: Multi-Function Analog Inputs

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H3-01 Terminal A1 Signal Level
Min: 0 182
(410H) Selection 0: 0 to 10 V
Max: 1
1: –10 to 10 V
H3-03
common_ Default: 100.0%
(411H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal A1 Gain Setting Min: -999.9% 182
Sets the level of the input value when 10 V is input at terminal A1. Max: 999.9%

H3-04
common_ Default: 0.0%
(412H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal A1 Bias Setting Min: -999.9% 182
Sets the level of the input value when 0 V is input at terminal A1. Max: 999.9%

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H3-05 Terminal A3 Signal Level
Min: 0 183
(413H) Selection 0: 0 to 10 V
Max: 1
1: –10 to 10 V
H3-07
common_ Default: 100.0%
(415H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal A3 Gain Setting Min: -999.9% 183
Sets the level of the input value when 10 V is input at terminal A3. Max: 999.9%

H3-08
common_ Default: 0.0%
(416H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal A3 Bias Setting Min: -999.9% 183
Sets the level of the input value when 0 V is input at terminal A3. Max: 999.9%

342 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly

0: 0 to 10 V Default: 2
H3-09 Terminal A2 Signal Level
1: –10 to 10 V Min: 0 183
(417H) Selection
2: 4 to 20 mA Max: 3
3: 0 to 20 mA
Note: Use DIP switch S1 to set input terminal A2 for a current or a voltage input signal.
H3-11
common_ Default: 100.0%
(419H) All Modes TMonly
Terminal A2 Gain Setting Min: -999.9% 184
Sets the level of the input value when 10 V (20 mA) is input at terminal A2. Max: 999.9%

H3-12
common_ Default: 0.0%
(41AH) All Modes TMonly
Terminal A2 Bias Setting Min: -999.9% 184
Sets the level of the input value when 0 V (0 or 4 mA) is input at terminal A2. Max: 999.9%

common_ Default: 0.03 s

H3-13 All Modes TMonly
Analog Input Filter Time Constant Min: 0.00 s 184
(41BH)
Sets a primary delay filter time constant for terminals A1, A2, and A3. Used for noise filtering. Max: 2.00 s
YEC_ Default: 0
H3-16 All Modes TMonly
Terminal A1 Offset Min: -500 184
(2F0H)
Adds an offset when the analog signal to terminal A1 is at 0 V. Max: 500
YEC_ Default: 0
H3-17 All Modes TMonly
Terminal A2 Offset Min: -500 184
(2F1H)
Adds an offset when the analog signal to terminal A2 is at 0 V. Max: 500
YEC_ Default: 0
H3-18 All Modes TMonly
Terminal A3 Offset Min: -500 184
(2F2H)
Adds an offset when the analog signal to terminal A3 is at 0 V. Max: 500

■ H4: Multi-Function Analog Outputs

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 105
H4-01 Multi-Function Analog Output
Selects the data to be output through multi-function analog output terminal FM. Min: 000 185
(41DH) Terminal FM Monitor Selection
Set the desired monitor parameter to the digits available in U†-††. For example, enter “103” Max: 999
for U1-03.
H4-02
common_ Default: 100.0%
(41EH) Multi-Function Analog Output All Modes TMonly Min: -999.9% 185
Terminal FM Gain
Sets the signal level at terminal FM that is equal to 100% of the selected monitor value. Max: 999.9%

H4-03
common_ Default: 0.0%
(41FH) Multi-Function Analog Output All Modes TMonly Min: -999.9% 185
Terminal FM Bias
Sets the bias value added to the terminal FM output signal. Max: 999.9%

common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 103
H4-04 Multi-Function Analog Output
Selects the data to be output through multi-function analog output terminal AM. Min: 000 185
(420H) Terminal AM Monitor Selection
Set the desired monitor parameter to the digits available in U†-††. For example, enter “103” Max: 999
for U1-03.
H4-05
common_ Default: 100.0%
(421H) Multi-Function Analog Output All Modes TMonly Min: -999.9% 185
Terminal AM Gain
Sets the signal level at terminal AM that is equal to 100% of the selected monitor value. Max: 999.9%

H4-06
common_ Default: 0.0%
(422H) Multi-Function Analog Output All Modes TMonly Min: -999.9% 185
Terminal AM Bias
Sets the bias value added to the terminal AM output signal. Max: 999.9%

common_
Multi-Function Analog Output All Modes TMonly Default: 1
H4-07
Terminal FM Signal Level Min: 0 186
(423H) 0: 0 to 10 V
Selection Max: 1
1: –10 to 10 V
common_
Multi-Function Analog Output All Modes TMonly Default: 1
H4-08
Terminal AM Signal Level Min: 0 186
(424H) 0: 0 to 10 V
Selection Max: 1
1: –10 to 10 V

■ H5: MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication

Parameter List

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
H5-01 All Modes Default: 1F
TMonly
(425H) Drive Slave Address Min: 0 376
Selects drive station slave number (address) for MEMOBUS/Modbus terminals R+, R-, S+, S-.
<32> Max: FFH
Cycle power for the setting to take effect.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 343
B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly

0: 1200 bps
1: 2400 bps
2: 4800 bps
Default: 3
H5-02 3: 9600 bps
Communication Speed Selection Min: 0 376
(426H) 4: 19200 bps
Max: 8
5: 38400 bps
6: 57600 bps
7: 76800 bps
8: 115200 bps
Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
H5-03 0: No parity
Communication Parity Selection Min: 0 376
(427H) 1: Even parity
Max: 2
2: Odd parity
Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
H5-04 Stopping Method After 0: Ramp to stop
Min: 0 376
(428H) Communication Error (CE) 1: Coast to stop
Max: 3
2: Fast Stop
3: Alarm only
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H5-05 Communication Fault Detection
Min: 0 377
(429H) Selection 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled. If communication is lost for more than two seconds, a CE fault will occur.
common_ Default: 5 ms
H5-06 All Modes TMonly
Drive Transmit Wait Time Min: 5 ms 377
(42AH)
Set the wait time between receiving and sending data. Max: 65 ms
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1
H5-07
RTS Control Selection Min: 0 377
(42BH) 0: Disabled. RTS is always on.
Max: 1
1: Enabled. RTS turns on only when sending.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 2.0 s
H5-09
CE Detection Time Min: 0.0 s 377
(435H) Sets the time required to detect a communications error. Adjustment may be needed when
Max: 10.0 s
networking several drives.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H5-10 Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/
Min: 0 377
(436H) Modbus Register 0025H 0: 0.1 V units
Max: 1
1: 1 V units
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1
H5-11 Communications ENTER Function
Min: 0 378
(43CH) Selection 0: Drive requires an Enter command before accepting any changes to parameter settings.
Max: 1
1: Parameter changes are activated immediately without the Enter command.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H5-12
Run Command Method Selection Min: 0 378
(43DH) 0: FWD/Stop, REV/Stop
Max: 1
1: Run/Stop, FWD/REV
<32> If this parameter is set to 0, the drive will be unable to respond to MEMOBUS/Modbus commands.

■ H6: Pulse Train Input/Output

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
H6-01 Pulse Train Input Terminal RP
Min: 0 186
(42CH) Function Selection 0: Frequency reference
Max: 3
3: V/f Control with Simple PG feedback (possible only when using motor 1 in V/f Control)
H6-02
common_ Default: 1440 Hz
(42DH) All Modes TMonly
Pulse Train Input Scaling Min: 1000 Hz 187
Sets the terminal RP input signal frequency that is equal to 100% of the value selected in H6-01. Max: 32000 Hz

H6-03 common_
All Modes Default: 100.0%
(42EH) TMonly
Pulse Train Input Gain Min: 0.0% 187
Sets the level of the value selected in H6-01 when a frequency with the value set in H6-02 is
Max: 1000.0%
input.
H6-04
common_ Default: 0.0%
(42FH) All Modes TMonly
Pulse Train Input Bias Min: -100.0% 188
Sets the level of the value selected in H6-01 when 0 Hz is input. Max: 100.0%

H6-05
common_ Default: 0.10 s
(430H) All Modes TMonly
Pulse Train Input Filter Time Min: 0.00 s 188
Sets the pulse train input filter time constant. Max: 2.00 s

H6-06 common_
All Modes Default: 102
(431H) TMonly
Pulse Train Monitor Selection Min: 000 188
Select the pulse train monitor output function (value of the †-†† part of U†-††).
Max: 809
Example: To select U5-01, set “501”.

344 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

H6-07 common_
All Modes Default: 1440 Hz
(432H) TMonly
Pulse Train Monitor Scaling Min: 0 Hz 188
Sets the terminal MP output signal frequency when the monitor value is 100%. To have the
Max: 32000 Hz
pulse train monitor output equal the output frequency, set H6-06 to 2 and H6-07 to 0.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0.5 Hz
H6-08 Pulse Train Input Minimum
Min: 0.1 Hz 188
(43FH) Frequency Sets the minimum frequency for the pulse train input to be detected. Enabled when H6-01 = 0,
Max: 1000.0 Hz
1, or 2.

◆ L: Protection Function
L parameters provide protection to the drive and motor, such as: Stall Prevention, frequency detection, fault restarts,
overtorque detection, torque limits, and other types of hardware protection.
■ L1: Motor Protection

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly

0: Disabled
1: General purpose motor (standard fan cooled)
2: Drive dedicated motor with a speed range of 1:10 Default: <10>
L1-01 Motor Overload Protection
3: Vector motor with a speed range of 1:100 Min: 0 189
(480H) Selection
4: PM motor with variable torque Max: 6
5: PM motor with constant torque control
6: General purpose motor (50 Hz)
The drive may not be able to provide protection when multiple motors are used, even if
overload is enabled in L1-01. Set L1-01 to 0 and install separate thermal relay to each motor.
common_ Default: 1.0 min
L1-02 All Modes TMonly
Motor Overload Protection Time Min: 0.1 min 191
(481H)
Sets the motor thermal overload protection (oL1) time. Max: 5.0 min

All Modes common_TMonly Default: 0

L1-15 Motor 1 Thermistor Selection
Min: 0 192
(440H) (NTC) 0: Disable
Max: 1
1: Enable

common_TMonly Default: 120

L1-16 All Modes
Motor 1 Overheat Temperature Min: 50 192
(441H)
Sets the temperature that will trigger an overheat fault (oH5) for motor 1. Max: 200

All Modes common_TMonly Default: 0

L1-17 Motor 2 Thermistor Selection
Min: 0 192
(442H) (NTC) 0: Disable
Max: 1
1: Enable

common_TMonly Default: 120

L1-18 All Modes
Motor 2 Overheat Temperature Min: 50 192
(443H)
Sets the temperature that will trigger an overheat fault (oH5) for motor 2. Max: 200

All Modes common_TMonly

Determines drive operation when a thermistor disconnect fault occurs (THo). Default: 3
L1-19 Operation at Thermistor
0: Ramp to stop Min: 0 192
(444H) Disconnect (THo) (NTC)
1: Coast to stop Max: 3
2: Fast stop
3: Alarm only

All Modes common_TMonly

Default: 1
L1-20 Operation at Motor Overheat Determines drive operation when a motor overheat fault occurs (oH5).
Min: 0 193
(445H) (oH5) 0: Ramp to stop
Max: 3
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast stop3: Alarm only
<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02/E3-01).

■ L3: Stall Prevention

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1
L3-01 Stall Prevention Selection during AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Parameter List

Min: 0 193
(48FH) Acceleration 0: Disabled. Max: 2
1: General purpose. Acceleration is paused as long as the current is above the L3-02 setting.
2: Intelligent. Accelerate in the shortest possible time without exceeding the L3-02 level.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <35>

L3-02 Stall Prevention Level during TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 194
(490H) Acceleration
Max: 150% <35>
Used when L3-01 = 1 or 2. 100% is equal to the drive rated current. B

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 345
B.3 Parameter Table

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 50%
L3-03 Stall Prevention Limit during AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 194
(491H) Acceleration
Sets Stall Prevention lower limit during acceleration when operating in the constant power Max: 100%
range. Set as a percentage of the drive’s rated current.
common_
All Modes TMonly

0: Disabled. Deceleration at the active deceleration rate. An ov fault may occur.

1: General purpose. Deceleration is paused when the DC bus voltage exceeds the Stall
Default: 1
L3-04 Stall Prevention Selection during Prevention level.
Min: 0 195
(492H) Deceleration 2: Intelligent. Decelerate as fast as possible while avoiding ov faults.
Max: 5 <34>
3: Stall Prevention with braking resistor. Stall Prevention during deceleration is enabled in
coordination with dynamic braking.
4: Overexcitation Deceleration. Decelerates while increasing the motor flux.
5: Overexcitation Deceleration 2. Adjust the deceleration rate according to the DC bus voltage.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1
L3-05 Stall Prevention Selection during AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Min: 0 196
(493H) Run 0: Disabled. Drive runs at a set frequency. A heavy load may cause speed loss. Max: 2
1: Decel time 1. Uses the deceleration time set to C1-02 while Stall Prevention is performed.
2: Decel time 2. Uses the deceleration time set to C1-04 while Stall Prevention is performed.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <35>

L3-06 TMonly
Stall Prevention Level during Run AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 30% 196
(494H)
Max: 150% <35>
Enabled when L3-05 is set to 1 or 2. 100% is equal to the drive rated current.
common_
Target DC Bus Voltage for All Modes TMonly Default: 740 Vdc <33>
L3-17
Overvoltage Suppression and Stall Min: 300 Vdc 197
(462H) Sets the desired value for the DC bus voltage during overvoltage suppression and Stall
Prevention Max: 800 Vdc <33>
Prevention during deceleration.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0
L3-23 Automatic Reduction Selection for AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Min: 0 196
(4FDH) Stall Prevention during Run 0: Sets the Stall Prevention level set in L3-06 that is used throughout the entire frequency range. Max: 1
1: Automatic Stall Prevention level reduction in the constant output range. The lower limit
value is 40% of L3-06.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 50 ms

L3-27 TMonly
Stall Prevention Detection Time AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 197
(456H)
Max: 5000 ms
Sets the time the current must exceed the Stall Prevention level to activate Stall Prevention.
<8> Parameter value is changed if E2-11 is manually changed or changed by Auto-Tuning.
<9> Default setting is determined by the drive model (o2-04).
<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02/E3-01).
<14> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to parameter E5-01 or E6-01.
<33> Default setting value is dependent on the setting for the input voltage (E1-01).
<34> Setting range is dependent on the control mode (A1-02). When using CLV, OLV/PM, or AOLV/PM, the setting range is 0 to 2 s.
<35> The upper limit of the setting range is determined by the carrier frequency reduction selection (L8-38).

■ L4: Speed Detection

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

Default: <10>
L4-01
Speed Agreement Detection Level common_ Min: 0.0 Hz 197
(499H) All Modes TMonly Max: 400.0 Hz
L4-01 sets the frequency detection level for digital output functions H2-†† = 2, 3, 4, 5. Default: <10>
L4-02
Speed Agreement Detection Width L4-02 sets the hysteresis or allowable margin for speed detection. Min: 0.0 Hz 197
(49AH)
Max: 20.0 Hz

Default: 0.0 Hz
L4-03 Speed Agreement Detection Level
Min: -400.0 Hz 197
(49BH) (+/-) common_
All Modes TMonly
Max: 400.0 Hz
L4-03 sets the frequency detection level for digital output functions H2-†† = 13, 14, 15, 16.
Default: <10>
L4-04 Speed Agreement Detection Width L4-04 sets the hysteresis or allowable margin for speed detection.
Min: 0.0 Hz 197
(49CH) (+/-)
Max: 20.0 Hz

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
L4-05 Frequency Reference Loss
Min: 0 198
(49DH) Detection Selection 0: Stop. Drive stops when the frequency reference is lost.
Max: 1
1: Run. Drive runs at a reduced speed when the frequency reference is lost.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 80%
L4-06 Frequency Reference at Reference
Min: 0.0% 198
(4C2H) Loss Sets the percentage of the frequency reference that the drive should run with when the
Max: 100.0%
frequency reference is lost.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
L4-07 Speed Agreement Detection
0: No detection during baseblock. Min: 0 198
(470H) Selection
1: Detection always enabled. Max: 1

<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02/E3-01).

346 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

■ L6: Torque Detection

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly
0: Disabled
1: oL3 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection
2: oL3 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection Default: 0
L6-01
Torque Detection Selection 1 3: oL3 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL3 fault Min: 0 199
(4A1H)
4: oL3 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL3 fault Max: 8
5: UL3 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection
6: UL3 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection
7: UL3 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL3 fault
8: UL3 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL3 fault
common_ Default: 150%
L6-02 All Modes TMonly
Torque Detection Level 1 Min: 0% 200
(4A2H)
Sets the overtorque and undertorque detection level. Max: 300%
common_ Default: 0.1 s
L6-03 All Modes TMonly
Torque Detection Time 1 Min: 0.0 s 200
(4A3H)
Sets the time an overtorque or undertorque condition must exist to trigger torque detection 1. Max: 10.0 s
common_
All Modes TMonly

0: Disabled
1: oL4 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection
2: oL4 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection Default: 0
L6-04
Torque Detection Selection 2 3: oL4 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL4 fault Min: 0 199
(4A4H)
4: oL4 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL4 fault Max: 8
5: UL4 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection
6: UL4 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection
7: UL4 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL4 fault
8: UL4 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL4 fault
common_ Default: 150%
L6-05 All Modes TMonly
Torque Detection Level 2 Min: 0% 200
(4A5H) Sets the overtorque and undertorque detection level. Max: 300%
common_ Default: 0.1 s
L6-06 All Modes TMonly
Torque Detection Time 2 Min: 0.0 s 200
(4A6H)
Sets the time an overtorque or undertorque condition must exist to trigger torque detection 2. Max: 10.0 s

■ L7: Torque Limit

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 200%

L7-01
Forward Torque Limit TMonly Min: 0% 201
(4A7H) AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Max: 300%
Sets the torque limit value as a percentage of the motor rated torque. Four individual quadrants
can be set.
Default: 200%
L7-02
Reverse Torque Limit Output Torque Min: 0% 201
(4A8H)
Positive Torque Max: 300%
L7-01
L7-04 Motor Default: 200%
L7-03 Forward Regenerative Torque
Regeneration r/min Min: 0% 201
(4A9H) Limit
REV FWD Max: 300%
Regeneration
L7-03 Default: 200%
L7-04 Reverse Regenerative Torque L7-02 Min: 0% 201
(4AAH) Limit Negative Torque Max: 300%

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV

common_TMonly Default: 1
L7-16
Torque Limit Process at Start AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 201
(44DH)
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled

■ L8: Drive Protection

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_ Default: <9>
L8-02 All Modes TMonly
Overheat Alarm Level Min: 50°C 201
(4AEH)
Parameter List

An overheat alarm will occur if the heatsink temperature exceeds the level set in L8-02. Max: 130°C
common_
All Modes TMonly

0: Ramp to stop. A fault is triggered. Default: 3

L8-03 Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation
1: Coast to stop. A fault is triggered. Min: 0 201
(4AFH) Selection
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09. A fault is triggered. Max: 4
3: Continue operation. An alarm is triggered.
4: Continue operation at reduced speed as set in L8-19.
B

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 347
B.3 Parameter Table

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
L8-05 Input Phase Loss Protection Selects the detection of input current phase loss, power supply voltage imbalance, or main
Min: 0 202
(4B1H) Selection circuit electrolytic capacitor deterioration.
Max: 1
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
L8-07 Output Phase Loss Protection
0: Disabled Min: 0 203
(4B3H) Selection
1: Enabled (triggered by a single phase loss) Max: 2
2: Enabled (triggered when two phases are lost)
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1
L8-09 Output Ground Fault Detection
Min: 0 203
(4B5H) Selection 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
L8-10 Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation
Min: 0 203
(4B6H) Selection 0: During run only. Fan operates only during run and for L8-11 seconds after stop.
Max: 1
1: Fan always on. Cooling fan operates whenever the drive is powered up.
Default: 60 s
common_
L8-11 Heatsink Cooling Fan Off Delay All Modes TMonlyMin: 0 s 203
(4B7H) Time
Sets a delay time to shut off the cooling fan after the Run command is removed when L8-10 = 0. Max: 300 s
common_ Default: 40°C
L8-12 All Modes TMonly
Ambient Temperature Setting Min: -10°C 203
(4B8H)
Enter the ambient temperature. This value adjusts the oL2 detection level. Max: 50°C
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1
L8-15 oL2 Characteristics Selection at
Min: 0 204
(4BBH) Low Speeds 0: No oL2 level reduction below 6 Hz.
Max: 1
1: oL2 level is reduced linearly below 6 Hz. It is halved at 0 Hz.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0
L8-18 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Software Current Limit Selection Min: 0 204
(4BEH)
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled
common_ Default: 0.8
L8-19 Frequency Reduction Rate during All Modes TMonly Min: 0.1 202
(4BFH) Overheat Pre-Alarm
Specifies the frequency reference reduction gain at overheat pre-alarm when L8-03 = 4. Max: 0.9

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 300.0%
L8-27 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Overcurrent Detection Gain Min: 0.0% 204
(4DDH)
Sets the gain for overcurrent detection as a percentage of the motor rated current. Overcurrent is Max: 300.0%
detected using the drive’s overcurrent level or the value set to L8-27, whichever is lower.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1
L8-29 Current Unbalance Detection AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 204
(4DFH) (LF2)
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled
YEC_
All Modes TMonly

Determines the action the drive should take when a fault occurs with the internal cooling fan.
Default: 1
L8-32 Current Unbalance Detection 0: Ramp to stop
Min.: 0 205
(4E2H) current Level 1: Coast to stop
Max.: 4
2: Fast Stop (decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09)
3: Alarm only ("FAn " will flash)
4: Continue operation at reduced speed as set in L8-19.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0 <3>
L8-35
Installation Method Selection Min: 0 205
(4ECH) 0: IP00 enclosure drive
Max: 3
3: Finless model drive or external heatsink installation

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: <16>
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Min: 0 205
(4EFH) Selection 0: Disabled Max: 2
1: Enabled below 6 Hz
2: Enabled for the entire speed range

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: <10>
L8-40 Carrier Frequency Reduction AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 s 206
(4F1H) Off-Delay Time
Sets the time that the drive continues running with reduced carrier frequency after the carrier Max: 2.00 s
reduction condition is gone. Setting 0.00 s disables the carrier frequency reduction time.
common_ Default: 0
L8-41 All Modes TMonly
High Current Alarm Selection Min: 0 206
(4F2H) 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled. An alarm is triggered at output currents above 150% of the drives rated current.
<3> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<9> Default setting is determined by the drive model (o2-04).
<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02/E3-01).
<16> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02/E3-01) and the drive model (o2-04).

348 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

◆ n: Special Adjustment
The n parameters are used to adjust more advanced performance characteristics such as Hunting Prevention, speed
feedback detection, and Online Tuning for motor line-to-line resistance.
■ n1: Hunting Prevention

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1
n1-01 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Hunting Prevention Selection Min: 0 207
(580H)
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1.00
n1-02 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Hunting Prevention Gain Setting Min: 0.00 207
(581H)
If the motor vibrates while lightly loaded, increase the gain by 0.1 until vibration ceases. If the Max: 2.50
motor stalls, decrease the gain by 0.1 until the stalling ceases.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <6>

n1-03 TMonly
Hunting Prevention Time Constant AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 207
(582H)
Max: 500 ms
Sets the time constant used for Hunting Prevention.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0.00
n1-05 Hunting Prevention Gain while in AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 207
(530H) Reverse
Sets the gain used for Hunting Prevention. If set to 0, the gain set to n1-02 is used for operation Max: 2.50
in reverse.
<6> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).

■ n2: Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Tuning

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1.00
n2-01 Speed Feedback Detection Control AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Min: 0.00 208
(584H) (AFR) Gain Sets the internal speed feedback detection control gain in the automatic frequency regulator Max: 10.00
(AFR).
If hunting occurs, increase the set value. If response is low, decrease the set value.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 50 ms

n2-02 Speed Feedback Detection Control TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 208
(585H) (AFR) Time Constant 1
Max: 2000 ms
Sets the time constant used for speed feedback detection control (AFR).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 750 ms

n2-03 Speed Feedback Detection Control TMonly Min: 0 ms 208
(586H) (AFR) Time Constant 2 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Max: 2000 ms
Sets the AFR time constant to be used during Speed Search and during regen.

■ n5: Feed Forward Control

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0
n5-01 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Feed Forward Control Selection Min: 0 209
(5B0H)
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <9> <14>

n5-02 TMonly
Motor Acceleration Time AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.001 s 209
(5B1H)
Max: 10.000 s
Sets the time required to accelerate the motor at the rated torque from stop to rated speed.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1.00
n5-03 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Feed Forward Control Gain Min: 0.00 210
(5B2H)
Max: 100.00
Parameter List

Sets the ratio between motor and load inertia. Lower this setting if overshoot occurs at the end
of acceleration.
<9> Default setting value is dependent on the drive model (o2-04).
<14> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to E5-01/E6-01.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 349
B.3 Parameter Table

■ n8: PM Motor Control Tuning

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 50%
n8-01 Initial Rotor Position Estimation AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 210
(540H) Current
Sets the current used for initial rotor position estimation as a percentage of the motor rated Max: 100%
current (E5-03). If the motor nameplate lists an “Si” value, that value should be entered here.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 80%
n8-02 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Pole Attraction Current Min: 0% 210
(541H)
Sets the current during initial polar attraction as a percentage of the motor rated current. Enter a Max: 150%
high value when attempting to increase starting torque.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1
n8-35 Initial Rotor Position Detection AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Min: 0 210
(562H) Selection 0: Pull-in Max: 2
1: High frequency injection
2: Pulse injection

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0
n8-57 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
High Frequency Injection Min: 0 211
(574H)
0: Disabled. Disable when using an SPM motor. Max: 1
1: Enabled. Use this setting to enhance the speed control range when using an IPM motor.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 400.0 V
n8-62 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Output Voltage Limit Min: 0.0 V 211
(57DH)
Prevents output voltage saturation. Should be set just below the voltage provided by the input Max: 460.0 V
power supply.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV

common_TMonly Default: 1.00
n8-69
Speed Calculation Gain AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 211
(65DH)
Sets the proportional gain for PLL control of an extended observer. Max: 20.00
Normally, there is no need to change the default value.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV

common_TMonly Default: 100%
n8-84
Polarity Judge Current AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 211
(2D3H)
Sets the current to determine polarity for the initial polarity calculation as a percentage of the Max: 150%
motor rated current.
<14> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to E5-01.

◆ o: Operator Related Settings

The o parameters are used to set up the digital operator displays.
■ o1: Digital Operator Display Selection

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

o1-01 common_ Default: 106 (Monitor
(500H) All Modes TMonly
Drive Mode Unit Monitor U1-06)
212
Selection Selects the content of the last monitor that is shown when scrolling through Drive Mode Min: 104
display. Enter the last three digits of the monitor parameter number to be displayed: U†-††. Max: 809
common_
All Modes TMonly
o1-02
1: Frequency reference (U1-01) Default: 1
(501H) User Monitor Selection after
2: Direction Min: 1 212
Power Up
3: Output frequency (U1-02) Max: 5
4: Output current (U1-03)
5: User-selected monitor (set by o1-01)
common_
All Modes TMonly

Sets the units the drive should use to display the frequency reference and motor speed monitors. Default: <10>
o1-03
Digital Operator Display Selection 0: 0.01 Hz Min: 0 212
(502H)
1: 0.01% (100% = E1-04) Max: 3
2: r/min (calculated using the number of motor poles setting in E2-04, E4-04, or E5-04)
3: User-selected units (set by o1-10 and o1-11)
Default: <36>
o1-10 User-Set Display Units Maximum common_
All Modes Min: 1 213
(520H) Value TMonly
Max: 60000
These settings define the display values when o1-03 is set to 3.
o1-10 sets the display value that is equal to the maximum output frequency. Default: <36>
o1-11 User-Set Display Units Decimal
o1-11 sets the position of the decimal position. Min: 0 213
(521H) Display
Max: 3
<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02/E3-01).
<36> Default setting value is determined by the digital operator display selection (o1-03).

350 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

■ o2: Digital Operator Keypad Functions

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 1
o2-01
LO/RE Key Function Selection Min: 0 213
(505H) 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled. LO/RE key switches between LOCAL and REMOTE operation.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
o2-02
STOP Key Function Selection Min: 0 214
(506H) 0: Disabled. STOP key is disabled in REMOTE operation.
Max: 1
1: Enabled. STOP key is always enabled.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
o2-03
User Parameter Default Value 0: No change. Min: 0 214
(507H)
1: Set defaults. Saves parameter settings as default values for a User Initialization. Max: 2
2: Clear all. Clears the default settings that have been saved for a User Initialization.
Default: Determined by
common_
o2-04 All Modes TMonly drive capacity
Drive Model Selection 214
(508H) Min: –
Enter the drive model. Setting required only if installing a new control board.
Max: –
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
o2-05 Frequency Reference Setting
0: ENTER key must be pressed to enter a frequency reference. Min: 0 214
(509H) Method Selection
1: ENTER key is not required. The frequency reference can be adjusted using the up and down Max: 1
arrow keys only.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
o2-06 Operation Selection when Digital
Min: 0 215
(50AH) Operator is Disconnected 0: The drive continues operating if the digital operator is disconnected.
Max: 1
1: A fault is triggered (oPr) and the motor coasts to stop.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
o2-07 Motor Direction at Power Up when
0: Forward Min: 0 215
(527H) Using Operator
1: Reverse Max: 1
This parameter requires that drive operation be assigned to the digital operator.
o2-09
Reserved – – –
(50DH)

■ o3: Copy Function

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 0
o3-01 0: No action
Copy Function Selection Min: 0 215
(515H) 1: Read parameters from the drive, saving them onto the digital operator.
Max: 3
2: Copy parameters from the digital operator, writing them to the drive.
3: Verify parameter settings on the drive to check if they match the data saved on the operator.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
o3-02
Copy Allowed Selection Min: 0 215
(516H) 0: Read operation prohibited
Max: 1
1: Read operation allowed

■ o4: Maintenance Monitor Settings

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_ Default: 0 h
o4-01 Cumulative Operation Time All Modes TMonly Min: 0 h 216
(50BH) Setting
Sets the value for the cumulative operation time of the drive in units of 10 h. Max: 9999 h
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
o4-02 Cumulative Operation Time
Min: 0 216
(50CH) Selection 0: Logs power-on time
Max: 1
1: Logs operation time when the drive output is active (output operation time).
common_ Default: 0 h
o4-03 Cooling Fan Operation Time All Modes TMonly Min: 0 h 216
(50EH) Setting
Sets the value of the fan operation time monitor U4-03 in units of 10 h. Max: 9999 h
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0%
o4-05
Capacitor Maintenance Setting Min: 0% 216
(51DH) Sets the value of the Maintenance Monitor for the capacitors. See U4-05 to check when the
Max: 150%
capacitors may need to be replaced.
common_
Parameter List

All Modes TMonly Default: 0%

o4-07 DC Bus Pre-Charge Relay
Sets the value of the Maintenance Monitor for the soft charge bypass relay. See U4-06 to check Min: 0%
216
(523H) Maintenance Setting
Max: 150%
when the bypass relay may need to be replaced.
common_
All Modes Default: 0%
TMonly
o4-09
IGBT Maintenance Setting Min: 0% 217
(525H) Sets the value of the Maintenance Monitor for the IGBTs. See U4-07 to check when the IGBTs
Max: 150%
may need to be replaced.

All Modes
common_
Default: 0
B
o4-11 TMonly
U2, U3 Initialization Min: 0 217
(510H) 0: U2-†† and U3-†† monitor data is not reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).
Max: 1
1: U2-†† and U3-†† monitor data is reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 351
B.3 Parameter Table

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
o4-12
kWh Monitor Initialization Min: 0 217
(512H) 0: U4-10 and U4-11 monitor data is not reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).
Max: 1
1: U4-10 and U4-11 monitor data is reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
o4-13 Number of Run Commands
Min: 0 217
(528H) Counter Initialization 0: Number of Run commands counter is not reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).
Max: 1
1: Number of Run commands counter is reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).

◆ S: Motor 2 Parameter
■ S1: PM Motor Auto-Tuning

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 100 ms
S1-01
Motor 1/2 Selection Time Min: 0 ms 218
(680H) Sets the amount of time in ms that passes after the motor switch command has been entered Max: 1000 ms
until the drive actually switches motors.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 0
S1-02 Motor 2 Action Selection below
0: Operates according to frequency reference (E3-09 is disabled). Min: 0 218
(681H) Minimum Output Frequency
1: Output shuts off (coast to stop if less than E3-09). Max: 3
2: Operates according to E3-09 (frequency reference set to E3-09).
3: Zero speed (frequency reference becomes zero when less than E3-09).

S1-03 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0.0%
(682H) AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 2 Droop Control Gain Min: 0.0% 218
Sets the speed reduction gain applied at a torque reference of 100%. Set as a percentage of Max: 100.0%
motor base speed.
S1-04 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
common_ Default: 0.05 s
(683H) Motor 2 Droop Control Delay
AOLV/PM CLV/PM TMonly Min: 0.03 s 218
Time.
Max: 2.00 s
Used to adjust the responsiveness of Droop Control.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV

YEC_
Default: 1
S1-05 Motor 2 Droop Control Limit AOLV/PM CLV/PM TMonly
Min: 0 218
(685H) Selection
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
YEC_
Default: <10>
S1-06 Motor 2 Energy Saving Control AOLV/PM CLV/PM TMonly
Min: 0 219
(685H) Selection
0: Disable Max: 1
1: Enable

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 5

S1-07
Motor 2 Zero Servo Gain AOLV/PM CLV/PM
TMonly Min: 0 219
(686H)
Max: 100
Sets the position loop gain for the Zero Servo function.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV

common_
Default: 10
S1-08 Motor 2 Zero Servo Completion AOLV/PM CLV/PM TMonly
Min: 0 219
(687H) Width
Sets the range to trigger an output terminal set for “Zero Servo Complete” during Zero Servo Max: 16383
operation.
common_ Default: 10.0 s
S1-09 All Modes TMonly
Motor 2 Fast Stop Time Min: 0.0 s 219
(689H)
Sets the time for the Fast Stop function. Max: 6000.0 s <12>
common_
All Modes TMonly

0: Disabled
1: General purpose motor (standard fan cooled)
2: Drive dedicated motor with a speed range of 1:10 Default: <10>
S1-10 Motor 2 Overload Protection
3: Vector motor with a speed range of 1:100 Min: 0 219
(689H) Selection
4: PM motor with variable torque Max: 6
5: PM motor with constant torque control
6: General purpose motor (50 Hz)
The drive may not be able to provide protection when multiple motors are used, even if
overload is enabled in L1-01. Set L1-01 to 0 and install separate thermal relay to each motor.
common_ Default: 1.0 min
S1-11 All Modes TMonly
Motor 2 Overload Protection Time Min: 0.1 min 222
(68AH)
Sets the motor thermal overload protection (oL1) time. Max: 5.0 min

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1
S1-17 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Selection AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Min: 0 223
(690H) during Acceleration 0: Disabled. Max: 2
1: General purpose. Acceleration is paused as long as the current is above the L3-02 setting.
2: Intelligent. Accelerate in the shortest possible time without exceeding the L3-02 level.

352 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <35>

S1-18 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Level TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 223
(691H) during Acceleration
Max: 150% <35>
Used when L3-01 = 1 or 2. 100% is equal to the drive rated current.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 50%
S1-19 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Limit AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 224
(692H) during Acceleration
Sets Stall Prevention lower limit during acceleration when operating in the constant power Max: 100%
range. Set as a percentage of the drive’s rated current.
common_
All Modes TMonly

0: Disabled. Deceleration at the active deceleration rate. An ov fault may occur.

1: General purpose. Deceleration is paused when the DC bus voltage exceeds the Stall
Default: 1
S1-20 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Selection Prevention level.
Min: 0 224
(693H) during Deceleration 2: Intelligent. Decelerate as fast as possible while avoiding ov faults.
Max: 5 <34>
3: Stall Prevention with braking resistor. Stall Prevention during deceleration is enabled in
coordination with dynamic braking.
4: Overexcitation Deceleration. Decelerates while increasing the motor flux.
5: Overexcitation Deceleration 2. Adjust the deceleration rate according to the DC bus voltage.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1
S1-21 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Selection AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Min: 0 225
(694H) during Run 0: Disabled. Drive runs at a set frequency. A heavy load may cause speed loss. Max: 2
1: Decel time 1. Uses the deceleration time set to C1-06 while Stall Prevention is performed.
2: Decel time 2. Uses the deceleration time set to C1-08 while Stall Prevention is performed.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <35>

S1-22 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Level TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 30% 225
(695H) during Run
Max: 150% <35>
Enabled when L3-05 is set to 1 or 2. 100% is equal to the drive rated current.
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
S1-27 Motor 2 Overvoltage Suppression
Min: 0 225
(69AH) Function Selection 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 200%

S1-28
Motor 2 Forward Torque Limit TMonly Min: 0% 226
(69BH) AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Max: 300%
Sets the torque limit value as a percentage of the motor rated torque. Four individual quadrants
can be set.
Default: 200%
S1-29
Motor 2 Reverse Torque Limit Output Torque Min: 0% 226
(69CH)
Positive Torque Max: 300%
S1-28
S1-31 Motor Default: 200%
S1-30 Motor 2 Forward Regenerative
Regeneration r/min Min: 0% 226
(69DH) Torque Limit
REV FWD Max: 300%
Regeneration
S1-30 Default: 200%
S1-31 Motor 2 Reverse Regenerative S1-29 Min: 0% 226
(69EH) Torque Limit Negative Torque Max: 300%

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV

common_TMonly Default: 1
S1-35 Motor 2 Torque Limit Process at AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 226
(6A2H) Start
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_TMonly

Default: 0
S1-37 Motor 2 Feed Forward Control AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Min: 0 226
(6A4H) Selection Enables to disables the Feed Forward function. Max: 1
0: Disabled
1: Enabled

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_TMonly Default: o2-04,

S1-38 E5-01
Motor 2 Acceleration Time AOLV/PM CLV/PM 226
(6A5H) Min: 0.001 s
Sets the time required to accelerate the motor from a full stop up to the rated speed at the rated Max: 10.000 s
torque.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 1.00

common_TMonly
Parameter List

S1-39 Motor 2 Feed Forward Control

Min: 0.00 227
(6A6H) Gain AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Max: 100.00
Parameter S1-39 sets the inertia ratio of the load connected to the motor.
<8> Parameter value is changed if E2-11 is manually changed or changed by Auto-Tuning.
<9> Default setting is determined by the drive model (o2-04).
<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02/E3-01).
<12> Setting range value is dependent on parameter C1-10, Accel/Decel Time Setting Units. When C1-10 = 0 (units of 0.01 seconds), the setting
range becomes 0.00 to 600.00 seconds. B
<14> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to parameter E5-01 or E6-01.
<33> Default setting value is dependent on the setting for the input voltage (E1-01).
<34> Setting range is dependent on the control mode (A1-02). When using CLV, or AOLV/PM, the setting range is 0 to 2 s.
<35> The upper limit of the setting range is determined by the carrier frequency reduction selection (L8-38).

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 353
B.3 Parameter Table

■ S2: Motor 2 DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking

No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

common_
All Modes TMonly Default: <10>
S2-01 Motor 2 DC Injection Braking
Min: 0.0 Hz 227
(6A8H) Start Frequency Sets the frequency at which DC Injection Braking starts when “Ramp to stop” (b1-03 = 0) is
Max: 10.0 Hz
selected.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 50%

S2-02 Motor 2 DC Injection Braking TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 228
(6A9H) Current
Max: 100%
Sets the DC Injection Braking current as a percentage of the drive rated current.
common_
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV TMonly
Default: 0.00 s
S2-03 Motor 2 DC Injection Braking AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 s 228
(6AAH) Time at Start
Sets the time of DC Injection Braking (Zero Speed Control when in CLV and CLV/PM) time at Max: 10.00 s
start. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.
common_
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV TMonly Default: <10>
S2-04 Motor 2 DC Injection Braking
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 s 228
(6ABH) Time at Stop
Max: 10.00 s
Sets the time of DC Injection Braking (Zero Speed Control when in CLV and CLV/PM) at stop.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 0%

S2-08 Motor 2 Magnetic Flux TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 229
(6AFH) Compensation Value
Max: 1000%
Sets the magnetic flux compensation as a percentage of the no-load current value (E4-03).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0
S2-20 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 2 Field Forcing Selection Min: 0 229
(6BBH)
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1
S2-23 Motor 2 Hunting Prevention AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 230
(6BEH) Selection
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1.00
S2-24 Motor 2 Hunting Prevention Gain AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 230
(6BFH) Setting
If the motor vibrates while lightly loaded, increase the gain by 0.1 until vibration ceases. If the Max: 2.50
motor stalls, decrease the gain by 0.1 until the stalling ceases.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <6>

S2-25 Motor 2 Hunting Prevention Time TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 230
(6COH) Constant
Max: 500 ms
Sets the time constant used for Hunting Prevention.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1.00
S2-27 Motor 2 Speed Feedback Detection AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Min: 0.00 230
(6C2H) Control (AFR) Gain Sets the internal speed feedback detection control gain in the automatic frequency regulator Max: 10.00
(AFR).
If hunting occurs, increase the set value. If response is low, decrease the set value.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 50 ms

S2-28 Motor 2 Speed Feedback Detection TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 230
(6C3H) Control (AFR) Time Constant 1
Max: 2000 ms
Sets the time constant used for speed feedback detection control (AFR).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 750 ms

S2-29 Motor 2 Speed Feedback Detection
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
TMonly Min: 0 ms 230
(6C4H) Control (AFR) Time Constant 2
Max: 2000 ms
Sets the AFR time constant to be used during Speed Search and during regen.

<6> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).

<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).

■ S3: PM Motor Control Tuning (PM)

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

Default: 300.0%
S3-01 Motor 2 Overcurrent Detection AOLV/PM CLV/PM
TMonly
Min: 0.0% 231
(6C6H) Gain
Sets the gain for overcurrent detection as a percentage of the motor rated current. Overcurrent is Max: 300.0%
detected using the drive’s overcurrent level or the value set to S3-01, whichever is lower.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 50%
S3-02 Motor 2 Initial Rotor Position AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 231
(6C7H) Estimation Current
Sets the current used for initial rotor position estimation as a percentage of the motor rated Max: 100%
current (E6-03). If the motor nameplate lists an “Si” value, that value should be entered here.

354 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 80%
S3-03 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 2 Pole Attraction Current Min: 0% 231
(6C8H)
Sets the current during initial polar attraction as a percentage of the motor rated current. Enter a Max: 150%
high value when attempting to increase starting torque.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1
S3-20 Motor 2 Initial Rotor Position AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Min: 0 231
(6D9H) Detection Selection 0: Pull-in Max: 2
1: High frequency injection
2: Pulse injection

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 0
S3-26 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 2 High Frequency Injection Min: 0 232
(6DFH)
0: Disabled. Disable when using an SPM motor. Max: 1
1: Enabled. Use this setting to enhance the speed control range when using an IPM motor.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 400.0 V
S3-27 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 2 Output Voltage Limit Min: 0.0 V 232
(6E0H)
Prevents output voltage saturation. Should be set just below the voltage provided by the input Max: 460.0 V
power supply.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 1.00

S3-33 TMonly
Motor 2 Speed Calculation Gain AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 232
(6E6H)
Max: 20.00
Sets the proportional gain for PLL control of an extended observer.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 100%
S3-38 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 2 Polarity Judge Current Min: 0% 232
(6EBH)
Sets the current to determine polarity for the initial polarity calculation as a percentage of the Max: 150%
motor rated current.
<14> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to E6-01.

■ S4: Test Mode

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

All Modes common_TMonly Default: 0

S4-01
Test Mode Selection Min: 0 232
(6FFH) 0: Normal Operation
Max: 1
1: Simulation Mode

◆ T: Motor Tuning
Enter data into the following parameters to tune the motor and drive for optimal performance
■ T0: Motor Selection

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

All Modes common_TMonly Default: 1

T0-01
IM/PM Selection Min: 1 91
(1181H) Select the motor type (IM/IPM) for Auto-Tuning when using both types of the motors.
Max: 2
1: IM Motor2: PM Motor

■ T1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1
T1-00 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 1 / Motor 2 Selection Min: 1 91
(700H)
1: Motor 1 (sets E1-††, E2-††) Max: 2
2: Motor 2 (sets E3-††, E4-††)

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

Parameter List

TMonly
T1-01 AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 0
(701H) Auto-Tuning Mode Selection 0: Rotational Auto-Tuning Min: 0 92
<37> 1: Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 Max: 4
2: Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance
4: Stationary Auto-Tuning 2

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

T1-02
Motor Rated Power AOLV/PM CLV/PM
TMonly Default: <6>
Min: 0.00 kW 92 B
(702H)
Sets the motor rated power as specified on the motor nameplate. Max: 650.00 kW
Note: Use the following formula to convert horsepower into kilowatts: kW = HP x 0.746.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 355
B.3 Parameter Table

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 400.0 V

T1-03 TMonly
Motor Rated Voltage AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 V 92
(703H)
Max: 510.0 V
Sets the motor rated voltage as specified on the motor nameplate.
Default: <6>
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Min: 10% of drive rated
T1-04 TMonly
Motor Rated Current AOLV/PM CLV/PM current 92
(704H)
Max: 200% of drive
Sets the motor rated current as specified on the motor nameplate. rated current

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 60.0 Hz

T1-05 TMonly
Motor Base Frequency AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 Hz 92
(705H)
Max: 400.0 Hz
Sets the rated frequency of the motor as specified on the motor nameplate.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 4

T1-06 TMonly
Number of Motor Poles AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 2 92
(706H)
Max: 48
Sets the number of motor poles as specified on the motor nameplate.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 1750 r/min

T1-07 TMonly
Motor Base Speed AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 r/min 93
(707H)
Max: 24000 r/min
Sets the rated speed of the motor as specified on the motor nameplate.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 600

T1-08 PG Number of Pulses Per TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ppr 93
(708H) Revolution
Max: 60000 ppr
Set the number of pulses per revolution for the PG being used (pulse generator or encoder).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: –
T1-09 Motor No-Load Current
Sets the no-load current for the motor. Min: 0 A 93
(709H) (Stationary Auto-Tuning)
After setting the motor capacity to T1-02 and the motor rated current to T1-04, this parameter Max: T1-04
will automatically display the no-load current for a standard 4 pole Yaskawa motor. Enter the
no-load current as indicated on the motor test report.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: –
T1-10 Motor Rated Slip
Sets the motor rated slip. Min: 0.00 Hz 93
(70AH) (Stationary Auto-Tuning)
After setting the motor capacity to T1-02, this parameter will automatically display the motor Max: 20.00 Hz
slip for a standard 4 pole Yaskawa motor. Enter the motor slip as indicated on the motor test
report.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 14 W <38>
T1-11 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor Iron Loss Min: 0 W 93
(70BH) Sets the iron loss for determining the Energy Saving coefficient. Max: 65535 W
The value is set to E2-10 (motor iron loss) set when the power is cycled. If T1-02 is changed, a
default value appropriate for the motor capacity that was entered will appear.
<6> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
<37> The availability of certain Auto-Tuning methods depends on the control mode selected for the drive.
<38> Default setting value differs depending on the motor code value and motor parameter settings.

■ T2: PM Motor Auto-Tuning

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1
T2-00 PM Motor Selection 1/2 AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 1 93
1: Motor 1 Max: 2
2: Motor 2

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 0
T2-01 PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode
0: PM Motor Parameter Settings Min: 0 94
(750H) Selection
1: PM Stationary Auto-Tuning Max: 3
2: PM Stationary Auto-Tuning for Stator Resistance
3: Z Pulse Offset Tuning

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: <16>
T2-02
PM Motor Code Selection Enter the motor code when using a Yaskawa PM motor. Once the motor code is entered, the Min: 0000 94
(751H)
drive automatically sets parameters T2-03 through T2-14. When using a motor that is not Max: FFFF
supported motor code or a non-Yaskawa motor, set FFFF here and then adjust the other T2
parameters according the motor nameplate or the motor test report.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1
T2-03 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
PM Motor Type Min: 0 94
(752H)
0: IPM motor Max: 1
1: SPM motor. Parameter T2-17 will not be displayed with this setting.

356 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: <6>
T2-04 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
PM Motor Rated Power Min: 0.00 kW 94
(730H)
Sets the motor rated power. Max: 650.00 kW
Note: Use the following formula to convert horsepower into kilowatts: kW = HP x 0.746.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 400.0 V

T2-05 TMonly
PM Motor Rated Voltage AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 V 94
(732H)
Max: 510.0 V
Enter the motor rated voltage as indicated on the motor nameplate.
Default: <6>
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Min: 10% of drive rated
T2-06 TMonly
PM Motor Rated Current AOLV/PM CLV/PM current 94
(733H)
Max: 200% of drive
Enter the motor rated current as indicated on the motor nameplate. rated current

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 6

T2-08 TMonly
Number of PM Motor Poles AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 2 94
(734H)
Max: 48
Enter the number of motor poles for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 1750 r/min

T2-09 TMonly
PM Motor Base Speed AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 r/min 95
(731H)
Max: 24000 r/min
Enter the base speed for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <39>

T2-10
PM Motor Stator Resistance AOLV/PM CLV/PM
TMonly Min: 0.000 Ω 95
(754H)
Max: 65.000 Ω
Enter the rotor resistance for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <39>

T2-11 TMonly
PM Motor d-Axis Inductance AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 mH 95
(735H)
Max: 600.00 mH
Enter the d-axis inductance for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <39>

T2-12 TMonly
PM Motor q-Axis Inductance AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 mH 95
(736H)
Max: 600.00 mH
Enter the q-axis inductance for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 1
T2-13 Induced Voltage Constant Unit AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 95
(755H) Selection
0: mV/(r/min). E5-09 will automatically be set to 0.0, and E5-24 will be used. Max: 1
1: mV/(rad/sec). E5-24 will automatically be set to 0.0, and E5-09 will be used

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: <39>

T2-14 PM Motor Induced Voltage TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.1 95
(737H) Constant
Max: 2000.0
Enter the induced voltage coefficient for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly Default: 30%
T2-15 Pull-In Current Level for PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 95
(756H) Motor Tuning
Sets the amount of pull-in current to use for Auto-Tuning as a percentage of the motor rated Max: 120%
current. Increase this setting for high inertia loads.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 1024 ppr

T2-16 PG Number of Pulses Per TMonly
AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 1 ppr 95
(738H) Revolution for PM Motor Tuning
Max: 15000 ppr
Sets the number of pulses per revolution for the PG being used (pulse generator or encoder).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ Default: 0.0 deg

T2-17 TMonly
Encoder Z-Pulse Offset AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: -180.0 deg 96
(757H)
Max: 180.0 deg
Sets the offset between encoder offset and the rotor magnetic axis.
<6> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
<10> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02/E3-01).
<16> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02/E3-01) and the drive model (o2-04).
<39> Default setting is determined by the drive capacity and the motor code selected in T2-02.

◆ U: Monitors
Parameter List

Monitor parameters allow the user to view drive status, fault information, and other data concerning drive operation.
■ U1: Operation Status Monitors

Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page

common_
Level
B
U1-01 All Modes TMonly
Frequency Reference 10 V: Max frequency 0.01 Hz –
(40H)
Monitors the frequency reference. Display units are determined by o1-03.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 357
B.3 Parameter Table

No. (Addr.) Name Description Analog Output Unit Page

Level
common_
U1-02 All Modes TMonly
Output Frequency 10 V: Max frequency 0.01 Hz –
(41H)
Displays the output frequency. Display units are determined by o1-03.
common_
U1-03 All Modes TMonly 10 V: Drive rated 0.1 A
Output Current –
(42H) current <50>
Displays the output current.
common_
All Modes TMonly
0: V/f Control
U1-04 1: V/f Control with PG No signal output
Control Method – –
(43H) 2: Open Loop Vector Control available
3: Closed Loop Vector Control
6: Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM
7: Closed Loop Vector Control for PM

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

U1-05 TMonly
Motor Speed AOLV/PM CLV/PM 10 V: Max Frequency 0.01 Hz –
(44H)
Displays the motor speed feedback. Display units are determined by o1-03.
common_
U1-06 All Modes TMonly
Output Voltage Reference 10 V: 400 Vrms 0.1 Vac –
(45H)
Displays the output voltage.
common_
U1-07 All Modes TMonly
DC Bus Voltage 10 V: 800 V 1 Vdc –
(46H)
Displays the DC bus voltage.
common_
U1-08 All Modes TMonly 10 V: Drive rated
Output Power 0.1 kW –
(47H) power (kW)
Displays the output power (this value is calculated internally).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

U1-09 TMonly 10 V: Motor rated
Torque Reference AOLV/PM CLV/PM 0.1% –
(48H) torque
Monitors the internal torque reference.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Displays the input terminal status.

U1 - 10= 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 Digital input 1
(terminal S1 enabled)
1 Digital input 2
(terminal S2 enabled)
1 Digital input 3
U1-10 (terminal S3 enabled) No signal output
(49H)
Input Terminal Status YEC_c 1 Digital input 4 available
– –

ommon (terminal S4 enabled)

1 Digital input 5
(terminal S5 enabled)
1 Digital input 6
(terminal S6 enabled)
1 Digital input 7
(terminal S7 enabled)
1 Digital input 8
(terminal S8 enabled)

common_
All Modes TMonly
Displays the output terminal status.

U1 - 11= 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 Multi-Function
Digital Output
(terminal M1-M2)
U1-11 No signal output
(4AH)
Output Terminal Status 1 Multi-Function
Digital Output available
– –
YEC_c (terminal M3-M4)

ommon 1Multi-Function
Digital Output
(terminal M5-M6)
Not Used
1Fault Relay Output
(terminal MA-MC closed
MA-MC open)

358 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
common_
All Modes TMonly
Verifies the drive operation status.

U1 - 12= 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 During run
1 During zero-speed
U1-12
Drive Status YEC_c 1 During REV No signal output
– –
(4BH) available
ommon 1 During fault reset
signal input
1 During speed agree
1 Drive ready
1 During alarm
detection
1 During fault detection
common_
U1-13 All Modes TMonly
Terminal A1 Input Level 10 V: 100% 0.1% –
(4EH) Displays the signal level to analog input terminal A1.
common_
U1-14 All Modes TMonly
Terminal A2 Input Level 10 V: 100% 0.1% –
(4FH)
Displays the signal level to analog input terminal A2.
common_
U1-15 All Modes TMonly
Terminal A3 Input Level 10 V: 100% 0.1% –
(50H)
Displays the signal level to analog input terminal A3.
common_
U1-16 Output Frequency after Soft All Modes TMonly 10 V: Max frequency 0.01 Hz –
(53H) Starter
Displays output frequency with ramp time. Units determined by o1-03.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U1-17 No signal output
DI-A3 Input Status Displays the reference value input from the DI-A3 option card. – –
(58H) available
Display will appear in hexadecimal as determined by the digital card input selection in F3-01.
3FFFF: Set (1 bit) + sign (1 bit) + 16 bit
common_
U1-18 All Modes TMonly No signal output
oPE Fault Parameter – –
(61H) available
Displays the parameter number that caused the oPE†† or Err (EEPROM write error) error.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Displays the contents of a MEMOBUS/Modbus error.

U1 - 19= 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 CRC Error
U1-19 MEMOBUS/Modbus Error 1 Data Length Error No signal output
– –
(66H) Code YEC_c 0 Not Used available

ommon 1 Parity Error

1 Overrun Error
1 Framing Error
1 Timed Out
0 Not Used
common_
U1-21 AI-A3 Terminal V1 Input All Modes TMonly 10 V: 100% 0.1% –
(77H) Voltage Monitor
Displays the input voltage to terminal V1 on analog input card AI-A3.
common_
U1-22 AI-A3 Terminal V2 Input All Modes TMonly 10 V: 100% 0.1% –
(72AH) Voltage Monitor
Displays the input voltage to terminal V2 on analog input card AI-A3.
common_
U1-23 AI-A3 Terminal V3 Input All Modes TMonly 10 V: 100% 0.1% –
(72BH) Voltage Monitor
Displays the input voltage to terminal V3 on analog input card AI-A3.
common_
U1-24 All Modes TMonly
Input Pulse Monitor Determined by H6-02 1 Hz –
(7DH) Displays the frequency to pulse train input terminal RP.
common_
U1-25 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Software Number (Flash) – –
(4DH) available
FLASH ID
Parameter List

common_
U1-26 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Software No. (ROM) – –
(5BH) ROM ID available

<50> When reading the value of this monitor via MEMOBUS/Modbus a value of 8192 is equal to 100% of the drive rated output current.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 359
B.3 Parameter Table

■ U2: Fault Trace

Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
common_
U2-01 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Current Fault – –
(80H) available
Displays the current fault.
common_
U2-02 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Previous Fault – –
(81H) available
Displays the previous fault.
common_
U2-03 Frequency Reference at All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.01 Hz –
(82H) Previous Fault available
Displays the frequency reference at the previous fault.
common_
U2-04 Output Frequency at Previous All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.01 Hz –
(83H) Fault available
Displays the output frequency at the previous fault.
common_
U2-05 Output Current at Previous All Modes TMonly No signal output 0.1 A
–
(84H) Fault available <50>
Displays the output current at the previous fault.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

U2-06 TMonly No signal output
Motor Speed at Previous Fault AOLV/PM CLV/PM 0.01 Hz –
(85H) available
Displays the motor speed at the previous fault.
common_
U2-07 Output Voltage at Previous All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.1 Vac –
(86H) Fault available
Displays the output voltage at the previous fault.
common_
U2-08 DC Bus Voltage at Previous All Modes TMonly No signal output
1 Vdc –
(87H) Fault available
Displays the DC bus voltage at the previous fault.
common_
U2-09 Output Power at Previous All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.1 kW –
(88H) Fault available
Displays the output power at the previous fault.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

U2-10 Torque Reference at Previous TMonly No signal output
AOLV/PM CLV/PM 0.1% –
(89H) Fault available
Displays the torque reference at the previous fault.
common_
U2-11 Input Terminal Status at All Modes TMonly No signal output
– –
(8AH) Previous Fault available
Displays the input terminal status at the previous fault. Displayed as in U1-10.
common_
U2-12 Output Terminal Status at All Modes TMonly No signal output
– –
(8BH) Previous Fault available
Displays the output status at the previous fault. Displays the same status displayed in U1-11.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U2-13 Drive Operation Status at No signal output
– –
(8CH) Previous Fault Displays the operation status of the drive at the previous fault. Displays the same status available
displayed in U1-12.
common_
U2-14 Cumulative Operation Time at All Modes TMonly No signal output
1h –
(8DH) Previous Fault available
Displays the cumulative operation time at the previous fault.
common_
U2-15 Soft Starter Speed Reference at All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.01 Hz –
(7E0H) Previous Fault available
Displays the speed reference for the soft starter at the previous fault.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

U2-16 Motor q-Axis Current at TMonly No signal output
AOLV/PM CLV/PM 0.10% –
(7E1H) Previous Fault available
Displays the q-axis current for the motor at the previous fault.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

U2-17 Motor d-Axis Current at TMonly No signal output
AOLV/PM CLV/PM 0.10% –
(7E2H) Previous Fault available
Displays the d-axis current for the motor at the previous fault.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

U2-19 Rotor Deviation at Previous TMonly No signal output
AOLV/PM CLV/PM 0.1 deg –
(7ECH) Fault available
Displays the degree of rotor deviation when the most recent fault occurred (same status will
appear as shown in U6-10).
common_
U2-20 Heatsink Temperature at All Modes TMonly No signal output
1°C –
(8EH) Previous Fault Displays the temperature of the heatsink when the most recent fault occurred. available

common_
U2-27 Motor Temperature at Previous All Modes TMonly No signal output
1°C –
(7FAH) Fault available
Displays the temperature of the motor when the most recent fault occurred.

<50> When reading the value of this monitor via MEMOBUS/Modbus a value of 8192 is equal to 100% of the drive rated output current.

360 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

■ U3: Fault History

Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
U3-01 to
U3-04 common_
All Modes TMonly No signal output
(90H to 93H First to 4th Most Recent Fault – –
available
(800H to Displays the first to the fourth most recent faults.
803H))
common_
All Modes TMonly
U3-05 to
U3-10 Displays the fifth to the tenth most recent faults. No signal output
5th to 10th Most Recent Fault – –
(804H to After ten faults have occurred in the drive, data for the oldest fault is deleted. The most recent available
809H) fault appears in U3-01, with the next most recent fault appearing in U3-02. The data is moved to
the next monitor parameter every time a fault occurs.
U3-11 to
U3-14 common_
Cumulative Operation Time at All Modes TMonly No signal output
(94H to 97H 1h –
1st to 4th Most Recent Fault available
(80AH to Displays the cumulative operation time when the first to the fourth most recent faults occurred.
80DH))
U3-15 to
common_
U3-20 Cumulative Operation Time at All Modes TMonly No signal output
1h –
(80EH to 5th to 10th Most Recent Fault available
Displays the cumulative operation time when the fifth to the tenth most recent faults occurred.
813H)

■ U4: Maintenance Monitors

Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Level Unit Page

common_
All Modes TMonly

U4-01 Displays the cumulative operation time of the drive. The value for the cumulative operation No signal output
Cumulative Operation Time 1h –
(4CH) time counter can be reset in parameter o4-01. Use parameter o4-02 to determine if the operation available
time should start as soon as the power is switched on or only while the Run command is present.
The maximum number displayed is 99999, after which the value is reset to 0.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-02 No signal output
Number of Run Commands 1 Time –
(75H) Displays the number of times the Run command is entered. Reset the number of Run commands available
using parameter o4-13. This value will reset to 0 and start counting again after reaching 65535.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-03 Displays the cumulative operation time of the cooling fan. The default value for the fan No signal output
Cooling Fan Operation Time 1h –
(67H) operation time is reset in parameter o4-03. This value will reset to 0 and start counting again
available
after reaching 99999.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-04 No signal output
Cooling Fan Maintenance Displays main cooling fan usage time in as a percentage of its expected performance life. 1% –
(7EH) available
Parameter o4-03 can be used to reset this monitor.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-05 No signal output
Capacitor Maintenance 1% –
(7CH) Displays main circuit capacitor usage time in as a percentage of their expected performance life. available
Parameter o4-05 can be used to reset this monitor.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-06 Soft Charge Bypass Relay No signal output
1% –
(7D6H) Maintenance Displays the soft charge bypass relay maintenance time as a percentage of its estimated available
performance life. Parameter o4-07 can be used to reset this monitor.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-07 No signal output
IGBT Maintenance 1% –
(7D7H) Displays IGBT usage time as a percentage of the expected performance life. Parameter o4-09 available
can be used to reset this monitor.
common_
U4-08 All Modes TMonly
Heatsink Temperature 10 V: 100°C 1°C –
(68H)
Displays the heatsink temperature.
common_
U4-09 All Modes TMonly No signal output
LED Check – –
(5EH) available
Lights all segments of the LED to verify that the display is working properly.

common_
U4-10 All Modes TMonly No signal output
kWh, Lower 4 Digits 1 kWh –
(5CH) available
Monitors the drive output power. The value is shown as a 9 digit number displayed across two
monitor parameters, U4-10 and U4-11.
Parameter List

Example:
12345678.9 kWh is displayed as:
U4-11 No signal output
kWh, Upper 5 Digits U4-10: 678.9 kWh 1 MWh –
(5DH) available
U4-11: 12345 MWh

common_
U4-13 All Modes TMonly No signal output 0.01 A
Peak Hold Current –
(7CFH) available <50>
Displays the highest current value that occurred during run.
common_
B
U4-14 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Peak Hold Output Frequency 0.01 Hz –
(7D0H) available
Displays the output frequency when the current value shown in U4-13 occurred.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 361
B.3 Parameter Table

No. (Addr.) Name Description Analog Output Unit Page

Level
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-16 Motor Overload Estimate
10 V: 100% 0.1% –
(7D8H) (oL1) Shows the value of the motor overload detection accumulator. 100% is equal to the oL1
detection level.
common_
All Modes TMonly
Displays the source for the frequency reference as XY-nn.
X: indicates which reference is used:
1 = Reference 1 (b1-01)
U4-18 Frequency Reference Source 2 = Reference 2 (b1-15) No signal output
– –
(7DAH) Selection Y-nn: indicates the reference source available
0-01 = Digital operator
1-01 = Analog (terminal A1)
3-01 = MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
4-01 = Communication option card
5-01 = Pulse input
common_
U4-19 Frequency Reference from All Modes TMonly No signal output
0.01% –
(7DBH) MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. available
Displays the frequency reference provided by MEMOBUS/Modbus (decimal).
common_
U4-20 All Modes TMonly No signal output
Option Frequency Reference – –
(7DCH) available
Displays the frequency reference input by an option card (decimal).
common_
All Modes TMonly
Displays the source for the Run command as XY-nn.
X: Indicates which Run source is used:
1 = Reference 1 (b1-02)
2 = Reference 2 (b1-16)
Y: Input power supply data
0 = Digital operator
1 = External terminals
3 = MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
U4-21 Run Command Source 4 = Communication option card No signal output
– –
(7DDH) Selection nn: Run command limit status data available
00: No limit status.
01: Run command was left on when stopped in the PRG mode
02: Run command was left on when switching from LOCAL to REMOTE operation
03: Waiting for soft charge bypass contactor after power up (Uv or Uv1 flashes after 10 s)
04: Waiting for “Run command prohibited” time period to end
05: Fast Stop (digital input, digital operator)
06: b1-17 (Run command given at power-up)
07: During baseblock while coast to stop with timer
08: Frequency reference is below minimal reference during baseblock
09: Waiting for Enter command
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-22 MEMOBUS/Modbus No signal output
– –
(7DEH) Communications Reference Displays the drive control data set by MEMOBUS/Modbus communications register no. 0001H available
as a four-digit hexadecimal number.
common_
U4-23 Communication Option Card All Modes TMonly No signal output
– –
(7DFH) Reference available
Displays drive control data set by an option card as a four-digit hexadecimal number.
common_
All Modes TMonly
U4-32
Motor Temperature 200°C 1°C –
(7FBH) Displayes the motor temperature.
Set H3-†† to 17.
<50> When reading the value of this monitor via MEMOBUS/Modbus a value of 8192 is equal to 100% of the drive rated output current.

■ U6: Control Monitors

Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
common_10 V: Motor
U6-01 All Modes TMonly
Motor Secondary Current (Iq) secondary rated 0.1% –
(51H)
Displays the value of the motor secondary current (Iq). Motor rated secondary current is 100%. current

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

TMonly 10 V: Motor
U6-02 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor Excitation Current (Id) secondary rated 0.1% –
(52H)
Displays the value calculated for the motor excitation current (Id). Motor rated secondary current
current is 100%.
U6-03
ASR Input 10 V: Max frequency
(54H) V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_
TMonly 0.01% –
AOLV/PM CLV/PM 10 V: Motor
U6-04
ASR Output secondary rated
(55H) Displays the input and output values when using ASR control. current

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

U6-05 TMonly
Output Voltage Reference (Vq) AOLV/PM CLV/PM 10 V: 400 Vrms 0.1 Vac –
(59H)
Output voltage reference (Vq) for the q-axis.

362 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.3 Parameter Table

Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

U6-06 TMonly
Output Voltage Reference (Vd) AOLV/PM CLV/PM 10 V: 400 Vrms 0.1 Vac –
(5AH)
Output voltage reference (Vd) for the d-axis.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

U6-07 TMonly
q-Axis ACR Output AOLV/PM CLV/PM 10 V: 400 Vrms 0.1% –
(5FH)
Displays the output value for current control relative to motor secondary current (q-axis).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

U6-08 TMonly
d-Axis ACR Output AOLV/PM CLV/PM 10 V: 400 Vrms 0.1% –
(60H)
Displays the output value for current control relative to motor secondary current (d-axis).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

U6-09 Advance Phase Compensation TMonly 10 V: 180 deg
0.1 deg
(7C0H) (Δ θ) AOLV/PM CLV/PM –10 V: –180 deg
Displays the degree of forward phase correction after calculating the deviation of Δθcmp.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

U6-10 TMonly 10 V: 180 deg
Control Axis Deviation (Δθ) AOLV/PM CLV/PM 0.1 deg
(7C1H) –10 V: –180 deg
Displays the amount of deviation between the actual d-axis / q-axis and the γ-axis / δ-axis used
for motor control.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

U6-13 Flux Position Detection TMonly 10 V: 180 deg
AOLV/PM CLV/PM 0.1 deg
(7CAH) (sensor) –10 V: –180 deg
Monitors the value of the flux position detection (sensor).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

U6-14 Flux Position Estimation TMonly 10 V: 180 deg
AOLV/PM CLV/PM 0.1 deg
(7CBH) (observer) –10 V: –180 deg
Monitors the value of the flux position estimation.
common_
U6-18 All Modes TMonly
Speed Detection PG1 Counter 10 V: 65536 1 pulse
(7CDH)
Monitors the number of pulses for speed detection (PG1).
common_
U6-19 All Modes TMonly
Speed Detection PG2 Counter 10 V: 65536 1 pulse
(7E5H)
Monitors the number of pulses for speed detection (PG2).
common_
U6-21 All Modes TMonly
Offset Frequency – 0.1% –
(7D5H)
Displays the frequency added to the main frequency reference.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_

U6-22 TMonly 10 V: No. of pulses
Zero Servo Pulse Movement AOLV/PM CLV/PM 1 –
(62H) per revolution
Displays how far the rotor has moved from its last position in PG pulses (multiplied by 4).

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ 10 V: Motor

U6-25 TMonly
Feedback Control Output AOLV/PM CLV/PM secondary rated 0.01% –
(6BH)
current
Output monitor for the ASR speed loop.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV common_ 10 V: Motor

U6-26 TMonly
Feed Forward Control Output AOLV/PM CLV/PM secondary rated 0.01% –
(6CH)
current
Output monitor for Feed Forward control.

V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV

common_TMonly
U6-30 AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Magnetic Field Reference 10 V: 100% 0.01 –
(7AH)
10 V: 100% (0 to ±10 V)
10 V: 100%
U6-80
(7B0H) Option Monitors
Displays values for option monitors 1 through 20. – – –
to U6-99 1 to 20
(7F9H)
Parameter List

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 363
B.4 Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values

B.4 Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values

The tables below list parameters that depend on the control mode selection (A1-02 for motor 1, E3-01 for motor 2).
These parameters are initialized to the shown values if the control mode is changed.

◆ A1-02 (Motor 1 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters

Table B.2 A1-02 (Motor 1 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters and Default Values
Control Modes (A1-02)
No. Name Setting Range Resolution
V/f (0) V/f w/PG (1) OLV (2) CLV (3)
b2-01 DC Injection Braking Start Frequency 0.0 to 10.0 0.1 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz
b2-04 DC Injection Braking Time at Stop 0.00 to 10.00 0.01 s 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
b8-01 Energy Saving Control Selection 0 to 1 – 0 0 0 0
C3-01 Slip Compensation Gain 0.0 to 2.5 0.1 0.0 – 1.0 1.0
C3-02 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time 0 to 10000 1 ms 2000 – 200 –
C4-01 Torque Compensation Gain 0.00 to 2.50 0.01 1.00 1.00 1.00 –
C4-02 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 0 to 10000 1 ms 1000 1000 20 –
C5-01 ASR Proportional Gain 1 0.00 to 300.00 0.01 – 0.20 – 20.00
C5-02 ASR Integral Time 1 0.000 to 10.000 0.001 s – 0.200 – 0.500
C5-03 ASR Proportional Gain 2 0.00 to 300.00 0.01 – 0.02 – 20.00
C5-04 ASR Integral Time 2 0.000 to 10.000 0.001 s – 0.050 – 0.500
C5-06 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant 0.000 to 0.500 0.001 s – – – 0.004
C5-07 ASR Gain Switching Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 <55> 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection 1 to F – 1 1 1 1
d3-01 Jump Frequency 1 0.0 to 400.0 <55> 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
d3-02 Jump Frequency 2 0.0 to 400.0 <55> 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
d3-03 Jump Frequency 3 0.0 to 400.0 <55> 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
d3-04 Jump Frequency Width 0.0 to 20.0 <56> 0.1 1.0 Hz 1.0 Hz 1.0 Hz 1.0 Hz
d5-02 Torque Reference Delay Time 0 to 1000 1 ms – – – 0
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency 40.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0
E1-05 Maximum Voltage 0.0 to 510.0 0.1 V 400.0 400.0 400.0 400.0
E1-06 Base Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0
E1-07 Middle Output Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz 3.0 3.0 3.0 –
E1-08 Middle Output Frequency Voltage 0.0 to 510.0 0.1 V 30.0 30.0 22.0 –
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz 1.5 1.5 0.5 0.0
E1-10 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage 0.0 to 510.0 0.1 V 18.0 18.0 4.0 –
F1-01 PG 1 Pulses Per Revolution 0 to 60000 1 ppr 600 600 600 600
F1-05 PG 1 Rotation Selection 0 to 1 – 0 0 0 0
F1-09 Overspeed Detection Delay Time 0.0 to 2.0 0.1 s – 1.0 – 0.0
L1-01 Motor Overload Protection Selection 0 to 4 – 1 1 1 1
L4-01 Speed Agreement Detection Level 0.0 to 400.0 <55> 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
L4-02 Speed Agreement Detection Width 0.0 to 20.0 0.1 2.0 Hz 2.0 Hz 2.0 Hz 2.0 Hz
L4-03 Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-) -400.0 to 400.0 <57> 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
L4-04 Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/–) 0.0 to 20.0 0.1 2.0 Hz 2.0 Hz 2.0 Hz 2.0 Hz
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection 0 to 2 1 <9> <9> <9> <9>
L8-40 Carrier Frequency Reduction Off Delay Time 0.00 to 2.00 0.01 s 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
o1-03 Digital Operator Display Selection 0 to 3 1 0 0 0 0
<9> Default setting is determined by the drive model (o2-04).
<55> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes, the setting units and range are expressed as a percent (0.0 to 100.0%) instead of in Hz.
<56> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes, the setting units and range are expressed as a percent (0.0 to 40.0%) instead of in Hz.
<57> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes, the setting units and range are expressed as a percent (-100.0 to 100.0%) instead of in Hz.

364 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.4 Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values

Table B.3 A1-02 (Motor 1 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters and Default Values
Control Modes (A1-02)
No. Name Setting Range Resolution
AOLV/PM (6) CLV/PM (7)
b2-01 DC Injection Braking Start Frequency 0.0 to 10.0 0.1 1.0% <41> 0.5% <41>
b2-04 DC Injection Braking Time at Stop 0.00 to 10.00 0.01 s – –
b8-01 Energy Saving Control Selection 0 to 1 – 1 1
C3-01 Slip Compensation Gain 0.0 to 2.5 0.1 – –
C3-02 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time 0 to 10000 1 ms – –
C4-01 Torque Compensation Gain 0.00 to 2.50 0.01 – –
C4-02 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 0 to 10000 1 ms – –
C5-01 ASR Proportional Gain 1 0.00 to 300.00 0.01 10.00 20.00
C5-02 ASR Integral Time 1 0.000 to 10.000 0.001 s 0.500 0.500
C5-03 ASR Proportional Gain 2 0.00 to 300.00 0.01 10.00 20.00
C5-04 ASR Integral Time 2 0.000 to 10.000 0.001 s 0.500 0.500
C5-06 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant 0.000 to 0.500 0.001 s 0.016 0.016
C5-07 ASR Gain Switching Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 <55> 0.1 0.0% 0.0%
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection 1 to F – 2 2
d3-01 Jump Frequency 1 0.0 to 400.0 <55> 0.1 0.0% 0.0%
d3-02 Jump Frequency 2 0.0 to 400.0 <55> 0.1 0.0% 0.0%
d3-03 Jump Frequency 3 0.0 to 400.0 <55> 0.1 0.0% 0.0%
d3-04 Jump Frequency Width 0.0 to 20.0 <56> 0.1 1.0% 1.0%
d5-02 Torque Reference Delay Time 0 to 1000 1 ms – 0
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency 40.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz <14> <14>
E1-05 Maximum Voltage 0.0 to 377.1 0.1 V <14> <14>
E1-06 Base Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz <14> <14>
E1-07 Middle Output Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz – –
E1-08 Middle Output Frequency Voltage 0.0 to 377.1 0.1 V – –
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz <14> 0.0
E1-10 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage 0.0 to 377.1 0.1 V – –
F1-01 PG 1 Pulses Per Revolution 0 to 60000 1 ppr 1024 1024
F1-05 PG 1 Rotation Selection 0 to 1 – 1 1
F1-09 Overspeed Detection Delay Time 0.0 to 2.0 0.1 s 0.0 0.0
L1-01 Motor Overload Protection Selection 0 to 6 – 4 5
L4-01 Speed Agreement Detection Level 0.0 to 400.0 <55> 0.1 0.0% 0.0%
L4-02 Speed Agreement Detection Width 0.0 to 20.0 0.1 4.0% <41> 4.0% <41>
L4-03 Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-) -400.0 to 400.0 <57> 0.1 0.0% 0.0%
L4-04 Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/–) 0.0 to 20.0 0.1 4.0% <41> 4.0% <41>
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection 0 to 2 1 0 0
L8-40 Carrier Frequency Reduction Off Delay Time 0.00 to 2.00 0.01s 0.00 0.00
o1-03 Digital Operator Display Selection 0 to 3 1 1 1
<14> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to parameter E5-01 or E6-01.
<41> This default value is a calculated as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
<55> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes, the setting units and range are expressed as a percent (0.0 to 100.0%) instead of in Hz.
<56> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes, the setting units and range are expressed as a percent (0.0 to 40.0%) instead of in Hz.
<57> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes, the setting units and range are expressed as a percent (-100.0 to 100.0%) instead of in Hz.

◆ E3-01 (Motor 2 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters

Table B.4 E3-01 (Motor 2 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters and Default Values
Control Modes (E3-01)
No. Name Setting Range Resolution
V/f (0) V/f w/PG (1) OLV (2) CLV (3)
C3-21 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain 0.0 to 2.5 0.1 0.0 – 1.0 1.0
C3-22 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time 0 to 10000 1 ms 2000 – 200 –
C5-21 Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 1 0.00 to 300.00 0.01 – 0.20 – 20.00
C5-22 Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 1 0.000 to 10.000 0.001 s – 0.200 – 0.500
C5-23 Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 2 0.00 to 300.00 0.01 – 0.02 – 20.00
Parameter List

C5-24 Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 2 0.000 to 10.000 0.001 s – 0.050 – 0.500
C5-26 Motor 2 Carrier Frequency Selection 0.000 to 0.500 0.001 – – – 0.004
E3-04 Motor 2 Maximum Output Frequency 40.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0
E3-05 Motor 2 Maximum Output Voltage 0.0 to 510.0 0.1 V 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
E3-06 Motor 2 Base Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0
E3-07
E3-08
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage
0.0 to 400.0
0.0 to 510.0
0.1 Hz
0.1 V
3.0
30.0
3.0
30.0
3.0
22.0
0.0
0.0
B
E3-09 Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz 1.5 1.5 0.5 0.0
E3-10 Motor 2 Minimum Output Voltage 0.0 to 510.0 0.1 V 18.0 18.0 4.0 0.0

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 365
B.4 Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values

Control Modes (E3-01)

No. Name Setting Range Resolution
AOLV/PM CLV/PM
C3-21 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain 0.0 to 2.5 0.1 – –
C3-22 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time 0 to 10000 1 ms – –
C5-21 Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 1 0.00 to 300.00 0.01 10.00 20.00
C5-22 Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 1 0.000 to 10.000 0.001 s 0.500 0.500
C5-23 Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 2 0.00 to 300.00 0.01 10.00 20.00
C5-24 Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 2 0.000 to 10.000 0.001 s 0.500 0.500
C5-26 Motor 2 Carrier Frequency Selection 0.000 to 0.500 0.001 0.016 0.004
E3-04 Motor 2 Maximum Output Frequency 40.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz Determined by E6-01 Determined by E6-01
E3-05 Motor 2 Maximum Output Voltage 0.0 to 510.0 0.1 V Determined by E6-01 Determined by E6-01
E3-06 Motor 2 Base Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz Determined by E6-01 Determined by E6-01
E3-07 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz – –
E3-08 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 0.0 to 510.0 0.1 V – –
E3-09 Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz Determined by E6-01 0.0
E3-10 Motor 2 Minimum Output Voltage 0.0 to 510.0 0.1 V – –

366 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.5 V/f Pattern Default Values

B.5 V/f Pattern Default Values

The tables below show the V/f pattern settings default values depending on the control mode (A1-02) and the V/f pattern
selection (E1-03 in V/f Control).

Table B.5 E1-03 V/f Pattern Settings for Drive Capacity

No. Units V/f OLV/PM
F OLV CLV AOLV/PM
E1-03 - 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E CLV/PM
<42>
E1-04 Hz 50.0 60.0 60.0 72.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 90.0 120.0 180.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 <14>
E1-05 V 400.0 400.0 400.0 400.0 400.0 400.0 400.0 400.0 400.0 400.0 400.0 400.0 400.0 400.0 400.0 400.0 400.0 400.0 <14>
E1-06 Hz 50.0 60.0 50.0 60.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 60.0 <14>
E1-07 Hz 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 25.0 25.0 30.0 30.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 0.0 –
E1-08 V 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 70.0 100.0 70.0 100.0 30.0 40.0 30.0 40.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 22.0 0.0 –
E1-09 Hz 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 0.5 0.0 <14>
E1-10 V 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 10.0 12.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 18.0 14.0 22.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 4.0 0.0 –
<14> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to parameter E5-01.
<42> Default settings for E1-04 through E1-10 (E2-04 through E2-10 for motor 2).

Parameter List

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 367
B.6 Defaults by Drive Model Selection (o2-04)

B.6 Defaults by Drive Model Selection (o2-04)

The following tables show parameters and default settings that change with the drive model selection (o2-04). Parameter
numbers shown in parenthesis are valid for motor 2.
Table B.6 Drives Default Settings by Drive Capacity
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Model CIMR-AY – 4A0515 4A0675
o2-04 Drive Model Selection Hex. AC AE
E2-11 (E4-11) Motor rated Output kW 220 315
C5-17 (C5-37) Motor Inertia kgm2 4.10 11.00
C6-02 (C6-25) Carrier Frequency Selection – 1 1
E2-01 (E4-01) Motor Rated Current A 370 500
E2-02 (E4-02) Motor Rated Slip Hz 1.3 1.25
E2-03 (E4-03) Motor No-Load Current A 96 130
E2-05 (E4-05) Motor Line to Line Resistance Ω 0.02 0.014
E2-06 (E4-06) Motor Leakage Inductance % 20 20
E2-10 (E4-10) Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation W 3700 4700
E5-01 (E6-01) Motor Code Selection Hex. FFFF FFFF
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level °C 140 140
L8-35 Installation Method Selection – 0 0
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection – 2 2
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant ms 100 100

368 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 B.7 Parameters that Change with the Motor Code Selection

B.7 Parameters that Change with the Motor Code Selection

The following tables show parameters and default settings that change with the motor code selection E5-01/E6-01, when
Open Loop Vector for PM motors is used.

◆ YASKAWA SSR1 Series IPM Motor (For Derated Torque)

No. Name Unit Default Settings
Series SSR1 SST4
Motor Code Selection − 124A 224A 224C 224D 224E 234A 234C 234D
Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
E5-01
Rated Power kW 160 160 200 220 300 160 200 250
Rated Speed r/min 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1450 1450 1450
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 160 160.00 200.00 250.00 300.00 160.00 200.00 250.00
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 267.7 269.8 346.9 421.9 520.8 268.8 331.3 422.9
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles – 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance (r1) Ω 0.008 0.008 0.005 0.004 0.002 0.007 0.006 0.003
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance (Ld) mH 0.97 0.96 0.65 0.67 0.40 0.92 0.84 0.61
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance (Lq) mH 1.28 1.26 0.88 0.74 0.52 1.30 1.25 0.89
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (Ke) mVs/rad 601.2 603.9 556.8 593.1 495.4 661.7 687.1 655.9
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (Ke) mV/(r/min) 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 380 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 3.6 3.6 3.6
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 1.61 1.60 1.95 2.82 3.70 1.95 2.82 3.70
L3-24 Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations s 0.338 0.336 0.327 0.379 0.414 0.281 0.325 0.341
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.338 0.336 0.327 0.379 0.414 0.281 0.325 0.341

Parameter List

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 369
B.7 Parameters that Change with the Motor Code Selection

370 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 Appendix: C

MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications

C.1 MEMOBUS/MODBUS CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372

C.2 COMMUNICATION SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
C.3 CONNECTING TO A NETWORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
C.4 MEMOBUS/MODBUS SETUP PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
C.5 DRIVE OPERATIONS BY MEMOBUS/MODBUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
C.6 COMMUNICATIONS TIMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
C.7 MESSAGE FORMAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
C.8 MESSAGE EXAMPLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
C.9 MEMOBUS/MODBUS DATA TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
C.10 ENTER COMMAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
C.11 COMMUNICATION ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
C.12 SELF-DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 371
C.1 MEMOBUS/Modbus Configuration

C.1 MEMOBUS/Modbus Configuration

Drives can be controlled from a PLC or other master device via serial communications using the MEMOBUS/Modbus
protocol.
MEMOBUS/Modbus communication can be configured using one master (PLC) and a maximum of 255 slaves. The
drive has slave functionality only, meaning that serial communication is normally initiated from the master and
responded to by the slaves.
The master performs serial communications with only one slave at a time. The address or node for each slave must be set
beforehand so that the master can communicate with the slave at that address. A slave that receives a command from the
master will perform the specified function and then send a response back to the master.
Figure C.1

Master (PLC or other)

Slave (Drive)

common_
TMonly
Figure C.1 Connecting Multiple Drives to a PLC

372 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 C.2 Communication Specifications

C.2 Communication Specifications

MEMOBUS/Modbus specifications appear in the following table:

Item Specifications
Interface RS-422, RS-485
Communications Cycle Asynchronous (Start-stop synchronization)
Communication Speeds Available 1.2; 2.4; 4.8; 9.6; 19.2; 38.4; 57.6; 76.8; 115.2 kbps
Data length 8 bit (fixed)
Communication Parameters
Parity Select even, odd, or none
Stop bit 1 bit (fixed)
Protocol MEMOBUS/Modbus (using RTU mode only)
Max Number of Slaves 255 drives

MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 373
C.3 Connecting to a Network

C.3 Connecting to a Network

This section explains how to connect the drive to a MEMOBUS/Modbus network and the network termination required.

◆ Network Cable Connection

Follow the instructions below to connect the drive to a MEMOBUS/Modbus network.
1. With the power shut off, connect the communications cable to the drive and the master. Use terminals TB5 for
MEMOBUS/Modbus.
Figure C.2

YEC_
TMon S–
S+
Send (–)
Send (+)
ly R– Receive (–)
R+ Receive (+)
- +1 +3
IG Shield Ground
R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3 (TB5)

Figure C.2 Serial Communications Cable Connection Terminals (TB5)

Note: Separate the communications cables from the main circuit cables and other wiring and power cables. Use shielded cables for the
communications cables, and properly shielded clamps to prevent problems with noise. When using RS-485 communications,
connect S+ to R+, and S- to R- as shown in the diagram below.
2. Check or set the termination resistor selection at all slaves. Use the description in Network Termination on
page 375 for slaves that are A1000 drives.
3. Switch the power on.
4. Set the parameters needed for serial communications (H5-01 through H5-12) using the digital operator.
5. Shut the power off and wait until the display on the digital operator goes out completely.
6. Turn the power back on.
7. The drive is now ready to begin communicating with the master.

◆ Wiring Diagram for Multiple Connection

Figure C.3 and Figure C.4 explain the wiring diagrams for multiple connections using MEMOBUS/Modbus
communication.
■ RS-485 Interface
Figure C.3

R– S– Drive
R+ S+
PLC S– R– S2
S+ R+
IG IG OFF

S– Drive
S+
R– S2
R+
IG OFF

S– Drive
S+
R–

common_
S2
R+ ON
IG

TMonly
Figure C.3 RS-485 Interface
Note: 1. Turn on the DIP switch on the drive that is located at the end of the network. All other slave devices must have this DIP switch set to
the OFF position.
2. Set H5-07 to “1” when using the RS-485 interface.

374 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 C.3 Connecting to a Network

■ RS-422 Interface
Figure C.4

R– S– Drive
R+ S+
PLC S– R– S2
S+ R+
IG IG OFF

S– Drive
S+
R– S2
R+
IG OFF

S– Drive
S+
R–
R+
IG
S2
ON common_
TMonly

Figure C.4 RS-422 Interface

Note: 1. Turn on the DIP switch on the drive that is located at the end of the network. All other slave devices must have this DIP switch set to
the OFF position.
2. Set H5-07 to “0” when using the RS-485 interface.

◆ Network Termination
The two ends of the MEMOBUS/Modbus network line have to be terminated. The drive has a built in termination
resistor that can be enabled or disabled using DIP switch S2. If a drive is located at the end of a network line, enable the
termination resistor by setting DIP switch S2 to the ON position. Disable the termination resistor on all slaves that are not
located at the network line end.
Figure C.5 illustrates the setting of DIP switch S2.
To set the DIP switch on the terminal board, use an appropriate sized tool with a tip of approximately 8 mm in width.
Figure C.5

S-

DIP switch S2
-
S+
YEC_TM ON +
O
N

RS-422

only or
RS-485 R-
OFF DIP
switch
- +1 +3
R+ S2
R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3
(OFF: default)
Termination resistor (1/2 W110 Ω)

Figure C.5 Serial Communications Terminal and DIP Switch S2 MEMOBUS/Modbus

Communications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 375
C.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters

C.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters

◆ MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication
This section describes parameters necessary to set up MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
■ H5-01: Drive Slave Address
Sets the drive slave address used for MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
Note: After changing this parameter, the power must be cycled to enable the new setting.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-01 Drive Slave Address 0 to FFH <1> 1FH
<1> If the address is set to 0, no response will be provided during communications.

For serial communications to work, each individual slave drive must be assigned a unique slave address. Setting H5-01
to any value besides 0 assigns the drive its address in the network. Slave address don’t need to be assigned in sequential
order, but each address needs to be unique so that no two drives have the same address.
■ H5-02: Communication Speed Selection
Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications speed.
Note: After changing this parameter, the power must be cycled to enable the new setting.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-02 Communication Speed Selection 0 to 5 3

H5-02 Communication Speed H5-02 Communication Speed

0 1200 bps 5 38400 bps
1 2400 bps 6 57600 bps
2 4800 bps 7 76800 bps
3 9600 bps 8 115200 bps
4 19200 bps

■ H5-03: Communication Parity Selection

Sets the parity used for MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
Note: After changing this parameter, the power must be cycled to enable the new setting.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-03 Communication Parity Selection 0 to 2 0

Setting 0: No parity
Setting 1: Even parity
Setting 2: Odd parity
■ H5-04: Stopping Method after Communication Error
Selects the stopping method after a communications error (CE) has occurred.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-04 Stopping Method after Communication Error 0 to 3 3

Setting 0: Ramp to stop (uses the deceleration time currently enabled)

Setting 1: Fast Stop (uses the deceleration time in C1-09)
Setting 2: Coast to stop
Setting 3: Alarm only (continue operation)

376 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 C.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters

■ H5-05: Communication Fault Detection Selection

Enables or disabled the communication error (CE) detection for MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-05 Communication Fault Detection Selection 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled
No communication error detection. The drive continues operation.
Setting 1: Enabled
If the drive does not receive data from the master for longer than the time set to H5-09, then a CE fault will be triggered
and the drive will operate as determined by parameter H5-04.
■ H5-06: Drive Transmit Wait Time
Sets the time the drive waits after receiving data from a master until responding data.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-06 Drive Transmit Wait Time 5 to 65 ms 5 ms
Figure C.6

PLC→Drive Drive→PLC PLC→Drive

Command message Response message Command message Time

common_
TMonly
24 bit length H5-06 setting

Figure C.6 Drive Transmit Wait Time Setting

■ H5-07: RTS Control Selection

Enables or disables RTS control.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-07 RTS Control Selection 0 or 1 1

Setting 0: Disabled. RTS is always on.

Use this setting when using RS-485 signals for communications.
Setting 1: Enabled. RTS switches while sending.
Use this setting with point-to-point or multi-drop RS-422 communications.
■ H5-09: CE Detection Time
Sets the time the communications must be lost before the drive triggers a CE fault.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-09 CE Detection Time 0.0 to 10.0 s 2.0 s

■ H5-10: Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H

Sets the unit for the output voltage monitor value in MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0025H.
MEMOBUS/Modbus

No. Name Setting Range Default

Communications

H5-10 Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: 0.1 V units

Setting 1: 1 V units

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 377
C.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters

■ H5-11: Communications Enter Function Selection

Selects if an Enter command is needed to change parameter values via MEMOBUS/Modbus communications. Refer to
Enter Command on page 397.

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-11 Communications Enter Function Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: Enter command necessary

Parameter changes become effective after an Enter command. An Enter command must only be sent after the last
parameter change, not for each single parameter.
Setting 1: Enter command not necessary
Parameter value changes become effective immediately without the need to send an Enter command.
■ H5-12: Run Command Method Selection
Selects the type of sequence used when the Run command source is set to MEMOBUS/Modbus communications (b1-02,
b1-16 = 2).

No. Name Setting Range Default

H5-12 Run Command Method Selection 0 or 1 0

Setting 0: FWD/Stop, REV/Stop

Setting bit 0 of MEMOBUS/Modbus register will start and stop the drive in the forward direction. Setting bit 1 will start
and stop the drive in reverse.
Setting 1: Run/Stop, FWD/REV
Setting bit 0 of MEMOBUS/Modbus register will start and stop the drive. Setting bit 1 changes the direction.

378 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 C.5 Drive Operations by MEMOBUS/Modbus

C.5 Drive Operations by MEMOBUS/Modbus

The drive operations that can be performed by MEMOBUS/Modbus communication depend on drive parameter settings.
This section explains the functions that can be used and related parameter settings.

◆ Observing the Drive Operation

A PLC can perform the following actions with MEMOBUS/Modbus communications at any time regardless of
parameter settings (except H5-††).
• Observe drive status and drive control terminal status from a PLC.
• Read and write parameters.
• Set and reset faults.
• Set multi-function inputs. Inputs settings from the input terminals S† and from MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
are both linked by an OR operation.

◆ Controlling the Drive

To start and stop the drive or set the frequency reference using MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, an external
reference must be selected and the parameters listed in Table C.1 must be adjusted accordingly.
Table C.1 Setting Parameters for Drive Control from MEMOBUS/Modbus
Reference Source Parameter Name Required Setting
b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection 1 2
External Reference 1
b1-02 Run Command Selection 1 2
b1-15 Frequency Reference Selection 2 2
External Reference 2
b1-16 Run Command Selection 2 2

Refer to b1-01: Frequency Reference Selection 1 on page 110 and Refer to b1-02: Run Command Selection 1 on
page 111 for details on external reference parameter selections. Refer to Setting 2: External reference 1/2 selection on
page 170 for instructions on how to select external reference 1 and 2.

MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 379
C.6 Communications Timing

C.6 Communications Timing

To prevent overrun in the slave drive, the master should wait a certain time between sending messages to the same drive.
In the same way, the slave drive must wait before sending response messages to prevent an overrun in the master. This
section explains the message timing.

◆ Command Messages from Master to Drive

In order to prevent overrun and data loss, the master must wait between receiving a response and sending the same type
of command as before to the same slave drive. The minimum wait time depends on the command as shown in the table
below.
Table C.2 Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages
Command Type Example Minimum Wait Time
• Control command (Run, Stop)
1 • Set inputs/outputs 5 ms
• Read monitors and parameter values
H5-11 = 0: 50 ms
2 • Write parameters H5-11 = 1: 200ms
<1>
200 ms to 2 s, depending on the number of
3 • Save changes using an Enter command
parameters that were changed <1>
<1> If the drive receives command type 1 data during the minimum wait time, it will perform the command and then respond. However, if it
receives a command type 2 or 3 during that time, either a communication error will result or the command will be ignored.
Figure C.7

PLC→Drive Drive→PLC PLC→Drive

Command message Response message Command message Time

common_
24 bit length
Master Send
Wait Time
TMonly
Figure C.7 Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages
A timer should be set in the master to check how long it takes for the slave drive(s) to respond to the master. If no
response is received within a certain amount of time, the master should try resending the message.

◆ Response Messages from Drive to Master

If the drive receives a command from the master, it will process the data received and wait for the time set in H5-06 until
it responds. Increase H5-06 if the drive response causes overrun in the master.
Figure C.8

PLC→Drive Drive→PLC PLC→Drive

Command message Response message Command message Time

common_
24 bit length H5-06 TMonly
setting

Figure C.8 Minimum Response Wait Time

380 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 C.7 Message Format

C.7 Message Format

◆ Message Content
In MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, the master sends commands to the slave, and the slave responds. The message
format is configured for both sending and receiving as shown below, and the length of data packets depends on the
command (function) content.

SLAVE ADDRESS common_

FUNCTION CODE TMonly

DATA

ERROR CHECK

◆ Slave Address
The slave address in the message defines the note the message is sent to. Use addresses between 0 and FF (hex). If a
message with slave address 0 is sent (broadcast), the command from the master will be received by all slaves. The slaves
do not provide a response to a broadcast type message.

◆ Function Code
The three types of function codes are shown in the table below.

Data Length (bytes)

Function
Function Name Command Message Response Message
Code
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
03H Read MEMOBUS/Modbus registers 8 8 7 37
08H Loopback test 8 8 8 8
10H Write to multiple MEMOBUS/Modbus registers 11 41 8 8

◆ Data
Configure consecutive data by combining the MEMOBUS/Modbus register address (test code in case of a loopback test)
and the data the register contains. The data length changes depending on the command details.
A drive MEMOBUS/Modbus register always has a data length of two bytes. Therefore data written into drive registers
must also always have a length of two bytes. Register data read out from the drive will always consist of two bytes.

◆ Error Check
The drive uses a CRC-16 (cyclic redundancy check, checksum method) for checking data validity. Use the procedure
described below when calculating the CRC-16 checksum for command data or when verifying response data.
■ Command Data
When the drive receives data, it calculates the CRC-16 checksum from the data and compares it to the CRC-16 value
received within the message. Both must match before a command is processed.
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications

An initial value of FFFFH (i.e., all 16 bits equal 1) must be used for CRC-16 calculations in the MEMOBUS/Modbus
protocol.
Calculate the CRC-16 checksum using the following steps:
1. The starting value is FFFFH.
2. Perform an XOR operation of this value and the slave address. C
3. Right shift the result.

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 381
C.7 Message Format

4. When the overflow bit of the shift operation becomes 1, perform an XOR operation of the result from step 3
above and the fix value A001H.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 until eight shift operations have been performed.
6. After eight shift operations, perform an XOR operation with the result and the next data in the message (function
code, register address, data). Continue with steps 3 to 5 until the last data has been processed.
7. The result of the last shift or XOR operation is the checksum.
The example in Table C.3 shows the CRC-16 calculation of the slave address 02H and the function code 03H, yielding
the result 40D1H.
Note: This example does not show the calculation for a complete MEMOBUS/Modbus command. Normally data would follow in the
calculation.
Table C.3 CRC-16 Checksum Calculation Example
Description Calculation Overflow Description Calculation Overflow
Initial Value (FFFFH) 1111 1111 1111 1111 Function Code 03H 0000 0000 0000 0011
Address 02H 0000 0000 0000 0010 XOR w result 1000 0001 0011 1101
XOR w initial value 1111 1111 1111 1101 Shift 1 0100 0000 1001 1110 1
Shift 1 0111 1111 1111 1110 1 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 XOR result 1110 0000 1001 1111
XOR result 1101 1111 1111 1111 Shift 2 0111 0000 0100 1111 1
Shift 2 0110 1111 1111 1111 1 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 XOR result 1101 0000 0100 1110
XOR result 1100 1111 1111 1110 Shift 3 0110 1000 0010 0111 0
Shift 3 0110 0111 1111 1111 0 Shift 4 0011 0100 0001 0011 1
Shift 4 0011 0011 1111 1111 1 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 XOR result 1001 0100 0001 0010
XOR result 1001 0011 1111 1110 Shift 5 0100 1010 0000 1001 0
Shift 5 0100 1001 1111 1111 0 Shift 6 0010 0101 0000 0100 1
Shift 6 0010 0100 1111 1111 1 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 XOR result 1000 0101 0000 0101
XOR result 1000 0100 1111 1110 Shift 7 0100 0010 1000 0010 1
Shift 7 0100 0010 0111 1111 0 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
Shift 8 0010 0001 0011 1111 1 XOR result 1110 0010 1000 0011
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 Shift 8 0111 0001 0100 0001 1
XOR result 1000 0001 0011 1110 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR result 1101 0001 0100 0000
1101 0001 0100 0000
Perform operations with next data (function code) CRC-16
D140H
Continue from here with next data.

■ Response Data
To be sure that the data is valid, perform a CRC-16 calculation on the response message data as described above.
Compare the result to the CRC-16 checksum that was received within the response message. Both should match.

382 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 C.8 Message Examples

C.8 Message Examples

Below are some examples of command and response messages.

◆ Reading Drive MEMOBUS/Modbus Register Contents

Using the function code 03H (Read), a maximum of 16 MEMOBUS/Modbus registers can be read out at a time.
The following table shows message examples when reading status signals, error details, data link status, and frequency
references from the slave 2 drive.

Command Message Response Message (normal) Response Message (fault)

Slave Address 02H Slave Address 02H Slave Address 02H
Function Code 03H Function Code 03H Function Code 83H
Upper 00H Data Quantity 08H Error Code 03H
Starting No.
Lower 20H Upper 00H Upper F1H
1st storage register CRC-16
Upper 00H Lower 65H Lower 31H
Data Quantity
Lower 04H Next storage Upper 00H
Upper 45H register Lower 00H
CRC-16
Lower F0H Next storage Upper 00H
register Lower 00H
Next storage Upper 01H
register Lower F4H
Upper AFH
CRC-16
Lower 82H

◆ Loopback Test
Function code 08H performs a loopback test. This test returns a response message with exactly the same content as the
command message and can be used to check communications between the master and slave. User-defined test code and
data values can be set.
The following table shows a message example when performing a loopback test with the slave 1 drive.

Command Message Response Message (normal) Response Message (fault)

Slave Address 01H Slave Address 01H Slave Address 01H
Function Code 08H Function Code 08H Function Code 89H
Upper 00H Upper 00H Error Code 01H
Test Code Test Code
Lower 00H Lower 00H Upper 86H
CRC-16
Upper A5H Upper A5H Lower 50H
Data Data
Lower 37H Lower 37H
Upper DAH Upper DAH
CRC-16 CRC-16
Lower 8DH Lower 8DH

MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 383
C.8 Message Examples

◆ Writing to Multiple Registers

Function code 10h allows the user to write multiple drive MEMOBUS/Modbus registers with one message. This process
works similar to reading registers, i.e., the address of the first register that is to be written and the data quantity must be
set in the command message. The data to be written must be consecutive so that the register addresses are in order,
starting from the specified address in the command message. The data order must be high byte, then lower byte.
The following table shows an example of a message where a forward operation has been set with a frequency reference
of 60.0 Hz for the slave 1 drive.
If parameter values are changed using the Write command, depending on the setting of H5-11, an Enter command will be
necessary to activate the data or save them. Refer to H5-11: Communications Enter Function Selection on page 378
and Refer to Enter Command on page 397 for detailed descriptions.

Command Message Response Message (normal) Response Message (fault)

Slave Address 01H Slave Address 01H Slave Address 01H
Function Code 10H Function Code 10H Function Code 90H
Upper 00H Upper 00H Error Code 02H
Starting No. Starting No.
Lower 01H Lower 01H Upper CDH
CRC-16
Upper 00H Upper 00H Lower C1H
Data Quantity Data Quantity
Lower 02H Lower 02H
Number of Bytes 04H Upper 10H
CRC-16
Upper 00H Lower 08H
Starting Data
Lower 01H
Upper 02H
Next Data
Lower 58H
Upper 63H
CRC-16
Lower 39H

Note: For the number of bytes in the command message, take double the number of the data quantity.

384 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

Table below lists all MEMOBUS/Modbus data. There are three types of data: command data, monitor data, and
broadcast data.

◆ Command Data
It is possible to both read and write command data.
Note: Bits that are not used should be set to 0. Refrain from writing to reserved registers.

Register No. Contents

0000H Reserved
Operation Commands and Multi-function Inputs
H5-12 = 0: Forward Run Command (0 = Stop, 1 = Forward Run)
bit 0
H5-12 = 1: Run Command (0 = Stop, 1 = Run)
H5-12 = 0: Reverse Run Command (0 = Stop, 1 = Reverse Run)
bit 1
H5-12 = 1: Forward/Reverse (0 = Forward, 1 = Reverse)
bit 2 External Fault (EF0)
bit 3 Fault Reset
Multi-Function Input 1
bit 4
Function is ComRef when H1-01 = 40 (Forward/Stop). Refer to d: Reference Settings on page 139 for ComRef explanations.
0001H Multi-Function Input 2
bit 5
Function is ComCtrl when H1-02 = 41 (Reverse/Stop). Refer to d: Reference Settings on page 139 for ComCtrl explanations.
bit 6 Multi-Function Input 3
bit 7 Multi-Function Input 4
bit 8 Multi-Function Input 5
bit 9 Multi-Function Input 6
bit A Multi-Function Input 7
bit B Multi-Function Input 8
bit C to F Reserved
0002H Frequency Reference Units are determined by parameter o1-03.
0003H V/f Gain
0004H Torque Reference/Torque Limit, 0.1% units, signed
0005H Torque Compensation, 0.1% units, signed
0006H PID Target, 0.01% units, signed
0007H Analog Output Terminal FM Setting (10 V / 4000 H)
0008H Analog Output Terminal AM Setting (10 V / 4000 H)
Settings for Multi-Function Digital Outputs
bit 0 Multi-Function Contact Output (terminal M1-M2)
bit 1 Multi-Function Photocoupler Output 1 (terminal P1 - PC)
bit 2 Multi-Function Photocoupler Output 2 (terminal P2 - PC)
0009H
bit 3 to 5 Reserved
bit 6 Enables the function in bit 7
bit 7 Fault Contact Output (terminal MA/MB-MC)
bit 8 to F Reserved
000AH Pulse Output Terminal MP Setting, 1 Hz units, Setting Range: 0 to 32000
000BH to 000EH Reserved
Control Selection Setting
bit 0 Reserved
bit 1 PID Target Input
bit 2 Torque reference / torque limit input (enables the setting from MEMOBUS/Modbus)
bit 3 Torque compensation input (enables the setting from MEMOBUS/Modbus)
000FH
bit 4 to B Reserved
bit C Enable Terminal S5 Input for Broadcast Data
bit D Enable Terminal S6 Input for Broadcast Data
bit E Enable Terminal S7 Input for Broadcast Data
bit F Enable Terminal S8 Input for Broadcast Data
MEMOBUS/Modbus

0010H to 001AH Reserved

Communications

001BH Analog Monitor Option AO-A3 Analog Output 1 (10 V/4000 H)

001CH Analog Monitor Option AO-A3 Analog Output 2 (10 V/4000 H)
001DH Digital Output Option DO-A3 Output (Binary)
001EH to 001FH Reserved

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 385
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

◆ Monitor Data
Monitor data can be read only.

Register No. Contents

Drive Status 1
bit 0 During Run
bit 1 During Reverse
bit 2 Drive Ready
bit 3 Fault
bit 4 Data Setting Error
0020H
bit 5 Multi-Function Contact Output (terminal M1-M2)
bit 6 Multi-Function Photocoupler Output 1 (terminal P1 - PC)
bit 7 Multi-Function Photocoupler Output 2 (terminal P2 - PC)
bit 8 to bit D Reserved
bit E ComRef status
bit F ComCtrl status
Fault Contents 1
bit 0 Overcurrent (oC), Ground fault (GF)
bit 1 Overvoltage (ov)
bit 2 Drive Overload (oL2)
bit 3 Overheat 1 (oH1), Drive Overheat Warning (oH2)
bit 4 Dynamic Braking Transistor Fault (rr), Braking Resistor Overheat (rH)
bit 5 Reserved
bit 6 PID Feedback Loss (FbL / FbH)
0021H bit 7 EF to EF8: External Fault
bit 8 CPF††: Hardware Fault (includes oFx)
bit 9 Motor Overload (oL1), Overtorque Detection 1/2 (oL3/oL4), Undertorque Detection 1/2 (UL3/UL4)
bit A PG Disconnected (PGo), PG Hardware Fault (PGoH), Overspeed (oS), Excessive Speed Deviation (dEv),
bit B Main Circuit Undervoltage (Uv)
bit C Undervoltage (Uv1), Control Power Supply Undervoltage (Uv2), Soft Charge Circuit Fault (Uv3)
bit D Output Phase Loss (LF), Input Phase Loss (PF)
bit E MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE), Option Communication Error (bUS)
bit F Operator Connection Fault (oPr)
Data Link Status
bit 0 Writing data or switching motors
bit 1
Reserved
bit 2
0022H
bit 3 Upper or lower limit error
bit 4 Data conformity error
bit 5 Writing to EEPROM
bit 6 to bit F Reserved
0023H Frequency Reference, <1>
0024H Output Frequency, <1>
0025H Output Voltage Reference, 0.1 V units (units are determined by parameter H5-10)
0026H Output Current, 0.1 A units
0027H Output Power
0028H Torque Reference
Fault Contents 2
bit 0 Reserved
bit 1 Ground Fault (GF)
bit 2 Input Phase Loss (PF)
0029H bit 3 Output Phase Loss (LF)
bit 4 Braking Resistor Overheat (rH)
bit 5 Reserved
bit 6 Motor Overheat 2 (PTC input) (oH4)
bit 7 to bit F Reserved

386 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

Register No. Contents

Alarm Contents1
bit 0, 1 Reserved
bit 2 Run Command Input Error (EF)
bit 3 Drive Baseblock (bb)
bit 4 Overtorque Detection 1 (oL3)
bit 5 Heatsink Overheat (oH)
bit 6 Overvoltage (ov)
bit 7 Undervoltage (Uv)
002AH
bit 8 Cooling Fan Error (FAn)
bit 9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE)
bit A Option Communication Error (bUS)
bit B Undertorque Detection 1/2 (UL3/UL4)
bit C Motor Overheat (oH3)
bit D PID Feedback Loss (FbL, FbH)
bit E Reserved
bit F Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL)
Input Terminal Status
bit 0 Terminal S1 Closed
bit 1 Terminal S2 Closed
bit 2 Terminal S3 Closed
bit 3 Terminal S4 Closed
002BH
bit 4 Terminal S5 Closed
bit 5 Terminal S6 Closed
bit 6 Terminal S7 Closed
bit 7 Terminal S8 Closed
bit 8 to bit F Reserved
Drive Status 2
bit 0 During Run
bit 1 Zero Speed
bit 2 Speed Agree
bit 3 User Speed Agree
bit 4 Frequency Detection 1
bit 5 Frequency Detection 2
bit 6 Drive Ready
002CH bit 7 During Undervoltage
bit 8 During Baseblock
bit 9 Frequency Reference from Operator Keypad
bit A Run Command from Operator Keypad
bit B Over/Undertorque 1, 2
bit C Frequency Reference Loss
bit D During Fault Restart
bit E Fault
bit F Communication Timeout
Output Terminal Status
bit 0 Multi-Function Contact Output (terminal M1-M2)
bit 1 Multi-Function Photocoupler Output 1 (terminal P1 - PC)
002DH bit 2 Multi-Function Photocoupler Output 2 (terminal P2 - PC)
bit 3 to 6 Reserved
bit 7 Fault Contact Output (terminal MA/MB-MC)
bit 8 to F Reserved
002EH Reserved
002FH Frequency Reference Bias (from Up/Down 2 Function), 0.1% units
0030H Reserved
0031H DC Bus Voltage, 1 Vdc units
0032H Torque Reference (U1-09), 1% units
0033H Reserved
0034H Product Code 1 [ASCII], Product Type (YS1000 = YAA0)
0035H Product Code 2 [ASCII], Region Code
0036H, 0037H Reserved
MEMOBUS/Modbus

0038H PID Feedback, 0.1% units, unsigned, 100% / max. output frequency
Communications

0039H PID Input, 0.1% units, signed, 100% / max. output frequency
003AH PID Output, 0.1% units, signed, 100% / max. output frequency
003BH, 003CH Reserved

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 387
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

Register No. Contents

Communications Error Contents <3>
bit 0 CRC Error
bit 1 Data Length Error
bit 2 Reserved
003DH bit 3 Parity Error
bit 4 Overrun Error
bit 5 Framing Error
bit 6 Timeout
bit 7 to bit F Reserved
003EH r/min <4>
Output Frequency
003FH 0.01% units
0040H to 004AH Used for various monitors U1-††. Refer to U: Monitors on page 357 for parameter details.
Drive status (U1-12)
bit 0 During Run
bit 1 During Zero Speed
bit 2 During Reverse Run
bit 3 During Fault Reset Signal Input
bit 4 During Speed Agree
bit 5 Drive Ready
004BH bit 6 Alarm
bit 7 Fault
bit 8 During Operation Error (oPE††)
bit 9 During Momentary Power Loss
bit A Motor 2 selected
bit B Reserved
bit E ComRef status, NetRef status
bit F ComCtrl status, NetCtrl status
004CH to 007EH Used for various monitors U1-††, U4-††, U5-†† and U6-††. Refer to U: Monitors on page 357 for parameter details.
007FH Alarm Code, Refer to Alarm Register Contents on page 395 for alarm codes.
Used for monitors U2-††, U3-††. Refer to U: Monitors on page 357 for parameter details and Refer to Fault Trace Contents on page 394 for register
0080H to 0097H
value descriptions.
0098H High Word of Accumulated Operation Time Monitor, 10H units (U4-01)
0099H Low Word of Accumulated Operation Time Monitor, 1H units (U4-01)
009AH High Word of Cooling Fan Operation Time Monitor (U4-03)
009BH Low Word of Cooling Fan Operation Time Monitor (U4-03)
009CH to 00AAH Reserved
00ABH Drive Rated Current <2>
00ACH r/min units <4>
Motor Speed (U1-05)
00ADH 0.01% units
00AEH, 00AFH Reserved
Register contains ASCII code of the option card.
DI-A3 = 0x01
DO-A3 = 0x02
AI-A3 = 0x03
00B0H Option Code Connected to CN5-A AO-A3 = 0x04
PG-B3 = 0x11
PG-X3 = 0x12
Communication Option: Register contains ASCII code of 1st and 3rd digit of the option card type number.
Example: Register value is 5343H for “SC” if a SI-C3 option card is installed.
00B1H Reserved
00B2H Option Code Connected to CN5-B
00B3H Option Code Connected to CN5-C
00B4H Reserved
00B5H Frequency Reference After Soft- r/min units <4>
00B6H starter (U1-16) 0.01% units
00B7H r/min <4>
Frequency Reference
00B8H 0.01% units
00B9H to 00BEH Reserved
00BFH Lists the last to digits of operation error code oPE††.

388 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

Register No. Contents

Fault contents 3
bit 1 Undervoltage (Uv1)
bit 2 Control Power Supply Undervoltage (Uv2)
bit 3 Soft Charge Circuit Fault (Uv3)
bit 4 Reserved
bit 5 Ground Fault (GF)
bit 6 Overcurrent (oC)
bit 7 Overvoltage (ov)
00C0H
bit 8 Heatsink Overheat (oH)
bit 9 Heatsink Overheat (oH1)
bit A Motor Overload (oL1)
bit B Drive Overload (oL2)
bit C Overtorque Detection 1 (oL3)
bit D Overtorque Detection 2 (oL4)
bit E Dynamic Braking Transistor Fault (rr)
bit F Braking Resistor Overheat (rH)
Fault contents 4
bit 0 External Fault at input terminal S3 (EF3)
bit 1 External Fault at input terminal S4 (EF4)
bit 2 External Fault at input terminal S5 (EF5)
bit 3 External Fault at input terminal S6 (EF6)
bit 4 External Fault at input terminal S7 (EF7)
bit 5 External Fault at input terminal S8 (EF8)
bit 6 Cooling Fan Error (FAn)
00C1H bit 7 Overspeed (os)
bit 8 Excessive Speed Deviation (dEv)
bit 9 PG Disconnected (PGo)
bit A Input Phase Loss (PF)
bit B Output Phase Loss (LF)
bit C Motor Overheat (PTC input) (oH3)
bit D Digital Operator Connection Fault (oPr)
bit E EEPROM Write Error (Err)
bit F Motor Overheat Fault (PTC input) (oH4)
Fault contents 5
bit 0 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE)
bit 1 Option Communication Error (bUS)
bit 2, 3 Reserved
bit 4 Control Fault (CF)
bit 5 Zero Servo Fault (SvE)
00C2H bit 6 Option External Fault (EF0)
bit 7 PID Feedback Loss (FbL)
bit 8 Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3)
bit 9 Undertorque Detection 2 (UL4)
bit A High Slip Braking Overload (oL7)
bit B to E Reserved
bit F Hardware Fault (includes oFx)
Fault contents 6
bit 0 Reserved
bit 1 Z Pulse Fall Detection (dv1)
bit 2 Z Pulse Noise Fault Detection (dv2)
bit 3 Inversion Detection (dv3)
bit 4 Inversion Prevention Detection (dv4)
00C3H bit 5 Current Imbalance (LF2)
bit 6 Pullout Detection (STo)
bit 7 PG Hardware Fault (PGoH)
bit 8 SI-T3 Watchdog Error (E5)
bit 9 Reserved
bit A Too many speed search restarts (SEr)
bit B to F Reserved
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 389
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

Register No. Contents

Fault contents 7
bit 0 PID Feedback Loss (FbH)
bit 1 External Fault 1, input terminal S1 (EF1)
bit 2 External Fault 2, input terminal S2 (EF2)
bit 3 Mechanical Weakening Detection 1 (oL5)
bit 4 Mechanical Weakening Detection 2 (UL5)
00C4H
bit 5 Current Offset Fault (CoF)
bit 6 to B Reserved
bit C Output Voltage Detection Fault (voF)
bit D Braking Resistor Fault (rF)
bit E Braking Transistor Overload Fault (boL)
bit F Motor Overheat (NTC Input) (oH5)
Fault contents 8
bit 0 Reserved
bit 1 Node Setup Fault (nSE)
bit 2 Thermistor Disconnect (THo)
00C5H bit 3 to 9 Reserved
bit A Pole Sencing Time Over (dv7)
bit B to D Reserved
bit E Power Unit Output Phase Loss 3 (LF3)
bit F Current Unbalance (UnbC)
Fault contents 9
00C6H bit 0 Gate Drive Board Undervoltage (Uv4)
bit 1 to F Reserved
00C7H Reserved
Alarm contents 2
bit 0 Undervoltage (Uv)
bit 1 Overvoltage (ov)
bit 2 Heatsink Overheat (oH)
bit 3 Drive Overheat (oH2)
bit 4 Overtorque 1 (oL3)
bit 5 Overtorque 2 (oL4)
bit 6 Run Commands Input Error (EF)
00C8H bit 7 Drive Baseblock (bb)
bit 8 External Fault 3, input terminal S3 (EF3)
bit 9 External Fault 4, input terminal S4 (EF4)
bit A External Fault 5, input terminal S5 (EF5)
bit B External Fault 6, input terminal S6 (EF6)
bit C External Fault 7, input terminal S7 (EF7)
bit D External Fault 8, input terminal S8 (EF8)
bit E Cooling Fan Error (FAn)
bit F Overspeed (oS)
Alarm contents 3
bit 0 Excessive Speed Deviation (dEv)
bit 1 PG Disconnected (PGo)
bit 2 Digital Operator Connection Fault (oPr)
bit 3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE)
bit 4 Option Communication Error (bUS)
bit 5 Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL)
bit 6 Motor Overload (oL1)
00C9H bit 7 Drive Overload (oL2)
bit 8 Reserved
bit 9 Option Card External fault (EF0)
bit A Motor 2 Switch command input during run (rUn)
bit B Reserved
bit C Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL)
bit D Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3)
bit E Undertorque Detection 2 (UL4)
bit F MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Fault (SE)
Alarm contents 4
bit 0 Reserved
bit 1 Motor Overheat 1 (PTC Input) (oH3)
bit 2 to 5 Reserved
00CAH bit 6 PID Feedback Loss (FbL)
bit 7 PID Feedback Loss (FbH)
bit 9 Drive Disabled (dnE)
bit A PG Disconnected (PGo)
bit B to F Reserved

390 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

Register No. Contents

Alarm Contents 5
bit 0 SI-T3 Watchdog Error (E5)
bit 1 SI-T3 Station Address Setting Error (AEr)
bit 2 SI-T3 Comm. Cycle Setting Error (CyC)
bit 3 High Current Alarm (HCA)
bit 4 Cooling Fan Maintenance Time (LT-1)
bit 5 Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time (LT-2)
bit 6 Reserved
00CBH
bit 7 SI-S EEPROM Error (EEP)
bit 8 External Fault 1 (input terminal S1) (EF1)
bit 9 External Fault 2 (input terminal S2) (EF2)
bit A Hardwire Base Block(HBB) Input (HbbF)
bit B Hardwire Base Block(HBB) Input (Hbb)
bit C Mechanical Weakening Detection 1 (oL5)
bit D Mechanical Weakening Detection 2 (UL5)
bit E, F Reserved
Alarm Contents 6
bit 0 Output Voltage Detection Fault (VoF)
bit 1 IGBT Maintenance Time (90%) (TrPC)
bit 2 Capacitor Maintenance Time (LT-3)
bit 3 IGBT Maintenance Time (50%) (LT-4)
00CCH bit 4 Braking Transistor Overload Fault (boL)
bit 5 to 6 Reserved
bit 7 Motor Overheat (NTC Input) (oH5)
bit 8 to B Reserved
bit C Thermistor Disconnect (THo)
bit D to F Reserved
00CDH to 00CFH Reserved
CPF Contents 1
bit 0, 1 Reserved
bit 2 A/D Conversion Error (CPF02)
bit 3 PWM Data Fault (CPF03)
bit 4, 5 Reserved
bit 6 EEPROM Memory Data Error (CPF06)
bit 7 Terminal Board Connection Error (CPF07)
00D0H
bit 8 EEPROM Serial Communications Fault (CPF08)
bit 9, A Reserved
bit B RAM Fault (CPF11)
bit C FLASH Memory Fault (CPF12)
bit D Watchdog Circuit Exception (CPF13)
bit E Control Circuit Fault (CPF14)
bit F Reserved
CPF Contents 2
bit 0 Clock Fault (CPF16)
bit 1 Timing Fault (CPF17)
bit 2 Control Circuit Fault (CPF18)
bit 3 Control Circuit Fault (CPF19)
bit 4 Hardware fault at power up (CPF20)
bit 5 Hardware fault at communication start up (CPF21)
bit 6 A/D Conversion Fault (CPF22)
00D1H bit 7 PWM Feedback Fault (CPF23)
bit 8 Drive Unit Signal Fault (CPF24)
bit 9 Terminal board is not properly connected. (CPF25)
bit A ASIC BB Circuit Error (CPF26)
bit B ASIC PWM Setting Register Error (CPF27)
bit C ASIC PWM Pattern Error (CPF28)
bit D ASIC On-delay Error (CPF29)
bit E ASIC BBON Error (CPF30)
bit F ASIC Code Error (CPF31)
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 391
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

Register No. Contents

bit 0 ASIC Start-up Error (CPF32)
bit 1 Watch-dog Error (CPF33)
bit 2 ASIC Power/Clock Error (CPF34)
bit 3 External A/D Converter Error (CPF35)
bit 4 to 7 Reserved
bit 8 Control Circuit Error (CPF40)
00D2H
bit 9 Control Circuit Error (CPF41)
bit A Control Circuit Error (CPF42)
bit B Control Circuit Error (CPF43)
bit C Control Circuit Error (CPF44)
bit D Control Circuit Error (CPF45)
bit E, F Reserved
00D3H to 00D7H oFA0x Contents (CN5-A)
oFA0x Contents (CN5-A)
bit 0 Option Compatibility Error (oFA00)
bit 1 Option not properly connected (oFA01)
bit 2 Same type of option card already connected (oFA02)
00D8H
bit 3, 4 Reserved
bit 5 A/D Conversion Error (oFA05)
bit 6 Option Response Error (oFA06)
bit 7 to F Reserved
oFA1x Contents (CN5-A)
bit 0 Option RAM Fault (oFA10)
bit 1 Option Operation Mode Fault (SLMOD) (oFA11)
bit 2 Drive Receive CRC Error (oFA12)
bit 3 Drive Receive Frame Error (oFA13)
00D9H
bit 4 Drive Receive Abort Error (oFA14)
bit 5 Option Receive CRC Error (oFA15)
bit 6 Option Receive Frame Error (oFA16)
bit 7 Option Receive Abort Error (oFA17)
bit 8 to F Reserved
00DAH to 00DBH Reserved
oFA3x Contents (CN5-A)
bit 0 Comm. ID Error (oFA30)
bit 1 Model Code Error (oFA31)
bit 2 Sumcheck Error (oFA32)
bit 3 Comm. option timeout waiting for response (oFA33)
bit 4 MEMOBUS Timeout (oFA34)
bit 5 Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA35)
bit 6 CI Check Error (oFA36)
00DBH
bit 7 Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA37)
bit 8 Control Command Selection Error (oFA38)
bit 9 Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA39)
bit A Control Response Selection 1 Error (oFA40)
bit B Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA41)
bit C Control Response Selection 2 Error (oFA42)
bit D Control Response Selection Error (oFA43)
bit E, F Reserved
oFb0x Contents (CN5-B)
bit 0 Option compatibility error (oFb00)
bit 1 Option not properly connected (oFb01)
bit 2 Same type of option card already connected (oFb02)
00DCH
bit 3, 4 Reserved
bit 5 A/D Conversion Fault (oFb05)
bit 6 Option Response Error (oFb06)
bit 7 to F Reserved
oFb1x Contents (CN5-B)
bit 0 Option RAM Fault (oFb10)
bit 1 Option Operation Mode Fault (SLMOD) (oFb11)
bit 2 Drive Receive CRC Error (oFb12)
bit 3 Drive Receive Frame Error (oFb13)
00DDH
bit 4 Drive Receive Abort Error (oFb14)
bit 5 Option Receive CRC Error (oFb15)
bit 6 Option Receive Frame Error (oFb16)
bit 7 Option Receive Abort Error (oFb17)
bit 8 to F Reserved
00DEH to 00DFH Reserved

392 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

Register No. Contents

oFb3x Contents (CN5-B)
bit 0 Comm. ID Error (oFb30)
bit 1 Model Code Error (oFb31)
bit 2 Sumcheck Error (oFb32)
bit 3 Comm. option timeout waiting for response (oFb33)
bit 4 MEMOBUS Timeout (oFb34)
bit 5 Drive timeout waiting for response (oFb35)
bit 6 CI Check Error (oFb36)
00E0H
bit 7 Drive timeout waiting for response (oFb37)
bit 8 Control Command Selection Error (oFb38)
bit 9 Drive timeout waiting for response (oFb39)
bit A Control Response Selection 1 Error (oFb40)
bit B Drive timeout waiting for response (oFb41)
bit C Control Response Selection 2 Error (oFb42)
bit D Control Response Selection Error (oFb43)
bit E, F Reserved
oFC0x Contents (CN5-C)
bit 0 Option compatibility error (oFC00)
bit 1 Option not properly connected (oFC01)
bit 2 Same type of option card already connected (oFC02)
00E1H
bit 3, 4 Reserved
bit 5 A/D Conversion Fault (oFC05)
bit 6 Option Response Error (oFC06)
bit 7 to F Reserved
oFC1x Contents (CN5-C)
bit 0 Option RAM Fault (oFC10)
bit 1 Option Operation Mode Fault (SLMOD) (oFC11)
bit 2 Drive Receive CRC Error (oFC12)
bit 3 Drive Receive Frame Error (oFC13)
00E2H
bit 4 Drive Receive Abort Error (oFC14)
bit 5 Option Receive CRC Error (oFC15)
bit 6 Option Receive Frame Error (oFC16)
bit 7 Option Receive Abort Error (oFC17)
bit 8 to F Reserved
00E3H, 00E4H Reserved
oFC3x Contents (CN5-C)
bit 0 Comm. ID Error (oFC30)
bit 1 Model Code Error (oFC31)
bit 2 Sumcheck Error (oFC32)
bit 3 Comm. option timeout waiting for response (oFC33)
bit 4 MEMOBUS Timeout (oFC34)
bit 5 Drive timeout waiting for response (oFC35)
bit 6 CI Check Error (oFC36)
00E5H
bit 7 Drive timeout waiting for response (oFC37)
bit 8 Control Command Selection Error (oFC38)
bit 9 Drive timeout waiting for response (oFC39)
bit A Control Response Selection 1 Error (oFC40)
bit B Drive timeout waiting for response (oFC41)
bit C Control Response Selection 2 Error (oFC42)
bit D Control Response Selection Error (oFC43)
bit E, F Reserved
00E6H to 00FAH Reserved
00FBH Output Current
00FFH Reserved
<1> Units are determined by parameter o1-03.
<2> The value will have one decimal place (0.1 A).
<3> The contents of a communication error are saved until the fault is reset.
<4> Depending on the motor used, the correct motor pole number must be set to parameter E2-04, E4-04, or E5-05.
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 393
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

◆ Broadcast Messages
Data can be written from the master to all slave devices at the same time.
The slave address in a broadcast command message must be set to 00H. All slaves will receive the message, but will not
respond.

Register No. Contents

Digital Input Command
bit 0 Forward Run (0: Stop 1: Run)
bit 1 Direction Command (0: Forward, 1: Reverse)
bit 2, 3 Reserved
bit 4 External Fault
0001H bit 5 Fault Reset
bit 6 to B Reserved
bit C Multi-Function Digital Input S5
bit D Multi-Function Digital Input S6
bit E Multi-Function Digital Input S7
bit F Multi-Function Digital Input S8
0002H Frequency Reference 30000/100%

◆ Fault Trace Contents

The table below shows the fault codes that can be read out by MEMOBUS/Modbus commands from the U2-†† and
U3-†† monitor parameters.
Table C.4 Fault Trace / History Register Contents
Fault Code Fault Name Fault Code Fault Name
0002H Undervoltage (Uv1) 009BH ASIC BB Circuit Error (CPF26)
0003H Control Power Supply Undervoltage (Uv2) 009CH ASIC PWM Setting Register Error (CPF27)
0004H Soft Charge Circuit Fault (Uv3) 009DH ASIC PWM Pattern Error (CPF28)
0006H Ground Fault (GF) 009EH ASIC On-Delay Error (CPF29)
0007H Overcurrent (oC) 009FH ASIC BBON Error (CPF30)
0008H Overvoltage (ov) 00A0H ASIC Code Error (CPF31)
0009H Heatsink Overheat (oH) 00A1H ASIC Start-p Error (CPF32)
000AH Heatsink Overheat (oH1) 00A2H Watch-dog Error (CPF33)
000BH Motor Overload (oL1) 00A3H ASIC Power/Clock Error (CPF34)
000CH Drive Overload (oL2) 00A4H External A/D Converter Error (CPF35)
000DH Overtorque Detection 1 (oL3) 00A9H Control Circuit Error (CPF40)
000EH Overtorque Detection 2 (oL4) 00AAH Control Circuit Error (CPF41)
000FH Dynamic Braking Transistor (rr) 00ABH Control Circuit Error (CPF42)
0010H Braking Resistor Overheat (rH) 00ACH Control Circuit Error (CPF43)
0011H External Fault at input terminal S3 (EF3) 00ADH Control Circuit Error (CPF44)
0012H External Fault at input terminal S4 (EF4) 00AEH Control Circuit Error (CPF45)
0013H External Fault at input terminal S5 (EF5) 0101H Option compatibility error (oFA00)
0014H External Fault at input terminal S6 (EF6) 0102H Option not properly connected (oFA01)
0015H External Fault at input terminal S7 (EF7) 0103H Same type of option card already connected (oFA02)
0016H External Fault at input terminal S8 (EF8) 0106H A/D Conversion Error (oFA05)
0018H Overspeed (oS) 0107H Option Response Error (oFA06)
0019H Excessive Speed Deviation (dEv) 0111H Option RAM Fault (oFA10)
001AH PG Disconnect (PGo) 0112H Option Operation Mode Fault (SLMOD) (oFA11)
001BH Input Phase Loss (PF) 0113H Drive Receive CRC Error (oFA12)
001CH Output Phase Loss (LF) 0114H Drive Receive Frame Error (oFA13)
001DH Motor Overheat (PTC input) (oH3) 0115H Drive Receive Abort Error (oFA14)
001EH Digital Operator Connection (oPr) 0116H Option Receive CRC Error (oFA15)
001FH EEPROM Write Error (Err) 0117H Option Receive Frame Error (oFA16)
0020H Motor Overheat (PTC input) (oH4) 0118H Option Receive Abort Error (oFA17)
0021H MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE) 0131H Comm. ID Error (oFA30)
0022H Option Communication Error (bUS) 0132H Model Code Error (oFA31)
0025H Control fault (CF) 0133H Sumcheck Error (oFA32)
0026H Zero-Serve Fault (SvE) 0134H Comm. option timeout waiting for response (oFA33)
0027H Option External Fault (EF0) 0135H MEMOBUS Timeout (oFA34)
0028H PID Feedback Loss (FbL) 0097H A/D Conversion Fault (CPF22)
0029H Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3) 0136H Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA35)
002AH Undertorque Detection 2 (UL4) 0137H CI Check Error (oFA36)

394 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

Fault Code Fault Name Fault Code Fault Name

002BH High Slip Braking Overload (oL7) 0138H Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA37)
0030H Hardware Fault (including oFx) 0139H Control Command Selection Error (oFA38)
0032H Z Pulse Fall Detection (dv1) 0093H Control Circuit Fault (CPF18)
0033H Z Pulse Noise Fault Detection (dv2) 0094H Control Circuit Fault (CPF19)
0034H Inversion Detection (dv3) 0095H Hardware fault at power up (CPF20)
0035H Inversion Prevention Detection (dv4) 013AH Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA39)
0036H Output Current Imbalance (LF2) 013BH Control Response Selection 1 Error (oFA40)
0037H Pullout Detection (Sto) 013CH Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA41)
0038H PG Hardware Fault (PGoH) 013DH Control Response Selection 2 Error (oFA42)
003BH Too many speed search restarts (SEr) 013EH Control Response Selection Error (oFA43)
0041H PID Feedback Loss (FbH) 0201H Option Connection Error (oFb01)
0042H External Fault 1, input terminal S1 (EF1) 0202H Same type of option card already connected (oFb02)
0043H External Fault 2, input terminal S2 (EF2) 0205H A/D Conversion Error (oFb05)
0044H Mechanical Weakening Detection 1 (oL5) 0206H Option Response Error (oFb06)
0045H Mechanical Weakening Detection 2 (UL5) 0210H Option RAM Fault (oFb10)
0046H Current Offset Fault (CoF) 0211H Option Operation Mode Fault (SLMOD) (oFb11)
0047H PLC Detection Error 1 (PE1) 0212H Drive Receive CRC Error (oFb12)
0048H PLC Detection Error 2 (PE2) 0213H Drive Receive Frame Error (oFb13)
004DH Output Voltage Detection Fault (voF) 0214H Drive Receive Abort Error (oFb14)
004EH Braking Resistor Transistor Fault (rF) 0215H Option Receive CRC Error (oFb15)
004FH Braking Transistor Overload Fault (boL) 0216H Option Receive Frame Error (oFb16)
0052H Node Setup Fault (nSE) 0217H Option Receive Abort Error (oFb17)
0053H Thermistor Disconnect (THo) 0231H Comm. ID Error (oFb30)
005FH Power Unit Output Phase Loss 3 (LF3) 0232H Model Code Error (oFb31)
0060H Current Unbalance (UnbC) 0233H Sumcheck Error (oFb32)
0061H Power Supply Module Undervoltage (Uv4) 0234H Comm. option timeout waiting for response (oFb33)
0083H A/D Conversion Error (CPF02) 0235H MEMOBUS Timeout (oFb34)
0084H PWM Data Fault (CPF03) 0236H Drive timeout waiting for response (oFb35)
0087H EEPROM Memory Data Error (CPF06) 0237H CI Check Error (oFb36)
0088H Terminal Board Connection Error (CPF07) 0238H Drive timeout waiting for response (oFb37)
0089H EEPROM Serial Communication Fault (CPF08) 0239H Control Command Selection Error (oFb38)
008CH RAM Fault (CPF11) 023AH Drive timeout waiting for response (oFb39)
008DH Flash Memory Circuit Exception (CPF12) 023BH Control Response Selection 1 Error (oFb40)
008EH Watchdog Circuit Exception (CPF13) 023CH Drive timeout waiting for response (oFb41)
008FH Control Circuit Fault (CPF14) 023DH Control Response Selection 2 Error (oFb42)
0091H Clock Fault (CPF16) 023EH Control Response Selection Error (oFb43)
0092H Timing Fault (CPF17) 0300H Option Compatibility Error (oFC00)
0096H Hardware fault at communication start up (CPF21) 0301H Option not properly connected (oFC01)
0098H PWM Feedback Fault (CPF23) 0302H Same type of option card already connected (oFC02)
0099H Drive Unit Signal Fault (CPF24) 0305H A/D Conversion Error (oFC05)
009AH Terminal board is not properly connected. (CPF25) 0306H Option Response Error (oFC06)

◆ Alarm Register Contents

The table below shows the alarm codes that can be read out from MEMOBUS/Modbus register 007FH.
Table C.5 Alarm Register 007FH Contents
Alarm Code Fault Name Alarm Code Fault Name
0001H Undervoltage (Uv) 001FH Undertorque Detection 2 (UL4)
0002H Overvoltage (ov) 0020H MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Fault (SE)
0003H Heatsink Overheat (oH) 0022H Motor Overheat (oH3)
0004H Drive Overheat (oH2) 0027H PID Feedback Loss (FbL)
0005H Overtorque 1 (oL3) 0028H PID Feedback Loss (FbH)
0006H Overtorque 2 (oL4) 002AH Drive Disabled (dnE)
0007H Run commands input error (EF) 002BH PG Disconnected (PGo)
0008H Drive Baseblock (bb) 0031H SI-T3 Watchdog Error (E5)
MEMOBUS/Modbus

0009H External Fault 3, input terminal S3 (EF3) 0032H SI-T3 Station Address Setting Error (AEr)
Communications

000AH External Fault 4, input terminal S4 (EF4) 0033H SI-T3 Comm. Cycle Setting Error (CyC)
000BH External Fault 5, input terminal S5 (EF5) 0034H High Current Alarm (HCA)
000CH External Fault 6, input terminal S6 (EF6) 0035H Cooling Fan Maintenance Time (LT-1)
000DH External Fault 7, input terminal S7 (EF7) 0036H Capacitor Maintenance Time (LT-2)
000EH External Fault 8, input terminal S8 (EF8) 0038H SI-S EEPROM Error (EEP)
000FH Cooling Fan Error (FAN) 0039H External Fault (input terminal S1) (EF1)
0010H Overspeed (oS) 003AH External Fault (input terminal S2) (EF2) C
0011H Excessive Speed Deviation (dEv) 003BH Hardwire Base Block(HBB) Input (HbbF)

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 395
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table

Alarm Code Fault Name Alarm Code Fault Name

0012H PG Disconnected (PGo) 003CH Hardwire Base Block(HBB) Input (Hbb)
0014H MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE) 003DH Mechanical Weakening Detection 1 (oL5)
0015H Option Communication Error (bUS) 003EH Mechanical Weakening Detection 2 (UL5)
0016H Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL) 003FH PLC Alarm (PA1)
0017H Motor Overload (oL1) 0040H PLC Alarm (PA2)
0018H Drive Overload (oL2) 0041H Output Voltage Detection Fault (voF)
001AH Option Card External Fault (EF0) 0042H IGBT Maintenance Time (90%) (TrPC)
001BH Motor Switch command input during run (rUn) 0043H Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time (LT-3)
001DH Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL) 0044H IGBT Maintenance Time (50%) (LT-4)
001EH Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3) 0045H Braking Transistor Overload (boL)

396 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 C.10 Enter Command

C.10 Enter Command

When writing parameters to the drive from the PLC using MEMOBUS/Modbus communication, parameter H5-11
determines if an Enter command must be issued to enable these parameters or not. This sections the types of Enter
commands and how they work.

◆ Enter Command Types

The drive supports two types of Enter commands as shown in the table below. An Enter command is enabled by writing
0 to register number 0900H or 0910H. These registers can only be written to. An error will occur if the user attempts to
read from these registers.
Table C.6 Enter Command Types
Register No. Description
Writes data into the EEPROM (non-volatile memory) of the drive and enables the data in RAM at the same time. Parameter changes remain even if the power
0900H
supply is cycled.
0910H Writes data in the RAM only. Parameter changes are lost when the drive is shut off.

Note: Because the EEPROM can be written to a maximum of 100,000 times, refrain from writing to the EEPROM too often. The Enter
command registers are write-only. Consequently, if these registers are read, then the register address will be invalid (Error code:
02H). An Enter command is not required if reference or broadcast data are sent to the drive.

◆ Enter Command Settings when Upgrading the Drive

When replacing earlier Yaskawa drive models with the A1000 and keeping the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
settings, parameter H5-11 needs to be set in accordance with how the Enter command was set up in the older drive. H5-
11 determines if an Enter command is needed or not in order to activate parameter changes in the drive.
• If upgrading from a G7 or F7 series drive to an A1000, set parameter H5-11 to 0.
• If upgrading from a V7 series drive to an A1000, set parameter H5-11 to 1.
■ H5-11 and the Enter Command

H5-11 Settings H5-11 = 0 H5-11 = 1

Drive being replaced G7, F7 V7
How parameter settings are enabled When the Enter command is received from the master. As soon as the value is changed.
Upper/lower limit check is performed, taking the settings of related Checks only the upper/lower limits of the parameters that were
Upper/lower limit check
parameters into account. changed.
Not affected. The settings of related parameters remain unchanged.
Default value of related parameters Default settings of related parameters are changed automatically.
They must be changed manually if needed.
Error handling when setting multiple Data is accepted even if one setting is invalid. The invalid setting will Error occurs if only one setting is invalid. All data that was sent are
parameters be discarded. No error message occurs. discarded.

MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 397
C.11 Communication Errors

C.11 Communication Errors

◆ MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Codes
A list of MEMOBUS/Modbus errors appears below.
When an error occurs, remove whatever caused the error and restart communications.

Error Name
Error Code
Cause
Function Code Error
01H
• Attempted to set a function code from a PLC other than 03H, 08H, and 10H.
Register Number Error
02H • A register number specified in the command message does not exist.
• Attempted to send a broadcast message using other register numbers than 0001H or 0002H.
Bit Count Error
03H • Read data or write data is greater than 16 bits. Invalid command message quantity.
• In a write message, the “Number of Data Items” contained within the message does not equal twice the amount of data words (i.e., the total of Data 1+ Data
2, etc.).
Data Setting Error
21H • Control data or parameter write data is outside the allowable setting range.
• Attempted to write a contradictory parameter setting.
Write Mode Error
22H • During run, the user attempted to write a parameter that cannot be written to during run.
• During an EEPROM memory data error (CPF06), the master attempted to write to a parameter other than A1-00 to A1-05, E1-03, or o2-04.
• Attempted to write to read-only data.
DC Bus Undervoltage Write Error
23H
• During an undervoltage situation, the master attempted to write to parameters that cannot be written to during undervoltage.
Write Error During Parameter Process
24H
• Master attempted writing to the drive while the drive was processing parameter data.

◆ Slave Not Responding

In the following situations, the slave drive will ignore the command message sent from the master, and not send a
response message:
• When a communications error (overrun, framing, parity, or CRC-16) is detected in the command message.
• When the slave address in the command message and the slave address in the drive do not match (remember to set the
slave address for the drive using H5-01).
• When the gap between two blocks (8 bit) of a message exceeds 24 bits.
• When the command message data length is invalid.
Note: If the slave address specified in the command message is 00H, all slaves execute the write function, but do not return response
messages to the master.

398 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 C.12 Self-Diagnostics

C.12 Self-Diagnostics
The drive has a built-in self-diagnosing function of the serial communication interface circuits. To perform the self-
diagnosis function, use the following procedure.
DANGER! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply will result in death or
serious injury. Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power
supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock, wait
at least one minute after all indicators are OFF and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.

1. Turn on the power to the drive.

2. Note the present terminal S6 function selection setting (H1-06) and set it for the communications test mode (H1-
06 = 67).
3. Turn off the power to the drive.
Figure C.9

YEC_TMonly
DM− S−
DM+ S+
H2 R−
H1 R+ MP
HC IG RP

- +1 +3
E(G) FM AC AM P1 P2 PC SC
R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3 SC A1 A2 A3 +V AC -V
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

Figure C.9 Terminal Connections for Communication Self-Diagnostics

4. With the power off, wire the drive as shown in the following diagram, connecting terminals R+ and S+, R- and S-,
and S6 and SC.
5. Set jumper S3 to source mode (internal power supply).
6. Turn the power to the drive back on.
7. During normal operation, the drive will display . This indicates that the communications test mode is
operating normally.
When a fault occurs, the drive will display on the keypad display.
8. Turn off the power supply.
9. Remove the wire jumpers from terminal R+, R-, S+, S-, and S6-SC. Set back jumper S3 to its original position.
Set terminal S6 to its original function.
10. Return to normal operation.
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 399
C.12 Self-Diagnostics

400 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 Appendix: D

Standards Compliance
This appendix explains the guidelines and criteria for maintaining CE and UL standards.

D.1 SECTION SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402

D.2 EUROPEAN STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
D.3 UL STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 401
D.1 Section Safety

D.1 Section Safety

DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not touch any terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the
power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive
before touching any components.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection, and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

402 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 D.1 Section Safety

WARNING
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.

NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded wire for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded twisted-pair
wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBPC72060000 when connecting a braking option to the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting other
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Compliance
Standards

D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 403
D.2 European Standards

D.2 European Standards

Figure D.1

Figure D.1 CE Mark

The CE mark indicates compliance with European safety and environmental regulations. It is required for engaging in
business and commerce in Europe.
European standards include the Machinery Directive for machine manufacturers, the Low Voltage Directive for
electronics manufacturers, and the EMC guidelines for controlling noise.
This drive displays the CE mark based on the EMC guidelines and the Low Voltage Directive.
• Low Voltage Directive: 2006/95/EC
• EMC Guidelines: 2004/108/EC
Devices used in combination with this drive must also be CE certified and display the CE mark. When using drives
displaying the CE mark in combination with other devices, it is ultimately the responsibility of the user to ensure
compliance with CE standards. After setting up the device, verify that conditions meet European standards.

◆ CE Low Voltage Directive Compliance

This drive has been tested according to European standard IEC61800-5-1, and it fully complies with the Low Voltage
Directive.
To comply with the Low Voltage Directive, be sure to meet the following conditions when combining this drive with
other devices:
■ Area of Use
Do not use drives in areas with pollution higher than severity 2 and overvoltage category 3 in accordance with IEC664.
■ Installing Fuses on the Input Side
Always install input fuses. Select fuses according to Table D.1.
Table D.1 Recommended Input Fuse Selection
Fuse Type
Model Manufacturer: Bussmann
CIMR-AY
Model Fuse Ampere Rating (A)
4A0515 FWH-1000A 1000
4A0675 FWH-1200A 1200

■ Guarding Against Harmful Materials

When installing the drive, use an enclosure that prevents foreign material from entering the drive from above or below.
■ Grounding
The drive is designed to be used in T-N (grounded neutral point) networks. If installing the drive in other types of
grounded systems, contact your Yaskawa representative for instructions.

404 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 D.2 European Standards

◆ EMC Guidelines Compliance

This drive is tested according to European standards EN61800-3: 2004, and complies with the European standards
EN12015 (requires an optional AC reactor) and EN12016.
■ EMC Filter Installation
The following conditions must be met to ensure continued compliance with European standards EN12015 and EN12016.
Refer to EMC Filters on page 407 for EMC filter selection.
Figure D.2

L3
L2 K
L1
PE

B
C

E
– +1 +3

L3 L2 L1
R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

J
E

D
I

F H

A
G

A – Ground the cable shield G – Motor

B – Enclosure panel H – Cable clamp
C – Metal plate I – Ground plate (scrape off any visible paint)
D – Grounding surface (remove any paint or sealant) J – EMC noise filter
E – Drive K – Make sure the ground wire is grounded
F – Motor cable (braided shield cable, max. 10 m)

Figure D.2 EMC Filter and Drive Installation for CE Compliance )

Compliance
Standards

D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 405
D.2 European Standards

Installation Method
Verify the following installation conditions to ensure that other devices and machinery used in combination with this
drive also comply with EMC guidelines.
1. Install an EMC noise filter to the input side specified by Yaskawa for compliance with European standards.
2. Place the drive and EMC noise filter in the same enclosure.
3. Use braided shield cable for the drive and motor wiring, or run the wiring through a metal conduit.
4. Keep wiring as short as possible. Ground the shield on both the drive side and the motor side.
Figure D.3

A D C
U/T1 U
V/T2 V
M
W/T3 W

E
A – Drive D – Metal conduit
B – 10 m max cable length between drive and motor E – Ground wire should be as short as possible.
C – Motor
Figure D.3 Installation Method
5. Make sure the ground conductor complies with technical standards and local safety rules. The leakage current
exceeds 3.5 mA. Therefore according to IEC61800-5-1, at least one of the conditions below must be satisfied:
– The cross-section of the protective earthing conductor must be at least 10 mm2 (Cu) or 16 mm2 (Al).
– The power supply must be disconnected automatically in case of discontinuity of the protective earthing
conductor.
Figure D.4

C B
A – Braided shield cable C – Cable clamp (conductive)
B – Metal panel
Figure D.4 Ground Area

406 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 D.2 European Standards

■ EMC Filters
The drive should be installed with the EMC filters listed below in order to comply with the EN61800-3 requirements.
Note: If the Hardwire Base Block(HBB) function of the drive is part of the safety concept of a machine or installation and used for a
safe stop according to EN60204-1, stop category 0, use only filters manufactured by Schaffner as listed below.
Table D.2 EN61800-3 Filters
R

Filter Data (Manufacturer: Schaffner)

Model Dimensions
CIMR-AY Weight
Type Rated Current (A) [W x H x D] YxX
(kg)
(mm)
4A0515 FS5972-600-99 600 11 260× 386 × 135 235 × 120
4A0675 FS5972-800-99 800 31.5 300 × 716 × 160 275 × 210

Figure D.5

Filter Side (LINE)

D

L3 L2 L1
X

LINE
PE

L3 L2 L1
LINE
3x520/300VAC 50/60Hz 600A@45??C 25/100/21

FS 5972 - 600 - 99
HIGH LEAKAGE CURRENT
first connect to earth!

MADE IN SWITZERLAND
R

H
YYWWR

Zuerst Erdleiter verbinden!

HOHER ABLEITSTROM

LOAD
X

PE

L3' L2' L1'

LOAD
L3' L2' L1'

Y
Drive Side (LOAD)
W

Figure D.5 EMC Filter Dimensions

Compliance
Standards

D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 407
D.3 UL Standards

D.3 UL Standards
The UL/cUL mark applies to products in the United States and Canada. It indicates that UL has performed product
testing and evaluation, and determined that their stringent standards for product safety have been met. For a product to
receive UL certification, all components inside that product must also receive UL certification.
Figure D.6

Figure D.6 UL/cUL Mark

◆ UL Standards Compliance
This drive is tested in accordance with UL standard UL508C and complies with UL requirements. To ensure continued
compliance when using this drive in combination with other equipment, meet the following conditions:
■ Installation Area
Do not install the drive to an area greater than pollution severity 2 (UL standard).
■ Main Circuit Terminal Wiring
Yaskawa recommends using closed-loop crimp terminals on all drive models. UL/cUL approval requires the use of
closed-loop crimp terminals when wiring the drive main circuit terminals. Use only the tools recommended by the
terminal manufacturer for crimping.
The wire gauges listed in Table D.3 are Yaskawa recommendations. Refer to local codes for proper wire gauge
selections.
Note: The mark indicates the terminals for protective ground connection. (as defined in IEC60417-5019)
Grounding impedance: 10 Ω or less
Table D.3 Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications
For Asia <1> For U.S.A <2> For Europe and China <3>
Tightening
Model Terminal Recommended Applicable Recommended Applicable Recommended Applicable Screw
CIMR-AY Size Torque
Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Nxm (lb.in.)
mm2 mm2 AWG, kcmil AWG, kcmil mm2 mm2
R/L1, S/L2, T/
125 × 2P 80 to 150 3/0 × 4P 3/0 to 300 120 × 2P 95 to 150
L3
U/T1, V/T2,
150 × 2P 80 to 150 4/0 × 4P 3/0 to 300 150 × 2P 95 to 150
W/T3
32 to 40
4A0515 M12
–, +1 60 × 4P 60 to 150 – 1/0 to 300 – 70 to 150 (283 to 354)

+3 100 × 2P 60 to 150 – 1/0 to 300 – 70 to 150

60 50 to 150 1/0 1/0 to 300 150 50 to 150

R/L1, S/L2, T/
80 × 4P 80 to 150 300 × 4P 4/0 to 300 95 × 4P 95 to 150
L3
U/T1, V/T2,
80 × 4P 80 to 150 300 × 4P 4/0 to 300 95 × 4P 95 to 150
W/T3
32 to 40
4A067 M12
–, +1 125 × 4P 60 to 150 – 1/0 to 300 – 70 to 150 (283 to 354)

+3 60 × 4P 60 to 150 – 1/0 to 300 – 70 to 150

60 70 to 150 2/0 2/0 to 300 95 × 2P 60 to 150

<1> Gauges listed here are for use in Japan.

<2> Gauges listed here are for use in the United States.
<3> Gauges listed here are for use in Europe and China.

Note: Use crimp insulated terminals or insulated tubing for wiring these connections. Wires should have a continuous maximum
allowable temperature of 75°C 600 V UL approved vinyl sheathed insulation. Ambient temperature should not exceed 40 °C.

408 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 D.3 UL Standards

Closed-Loop Crimp Terminal Recommendations

Yaskawa recommends using closed-loop crimp terminals on all drive models. UL approval requires the use of crimp
terminals when wiring the drive main circuit terminals. Use only crimping tools as specified by the crimp terminal
manufacturer. Yaskawa recommends crimp terminals made by JST and Tokyo DIP (or equivalent) for the insulation cap.
Table D.4 matches the wire gauges and terminal screw sizes with Yaskawa - recommended crimp terminals, tools, and
insulation caps. Refer to the appropriate Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications table for the wire gauge and screw size
for your drive model. Place orders with a Yaskawa representatives the Yaskawa sales department.
Table D.4 Closed-Loop Crimp Terminal Size
Crimp Terminal Tool Insulation Cap
Wire Gauge Terminal Screws Code <1>
Model Number Machine No. Die Jaw Model No.
80 mm2
2/0 / 3/0 AWG M10 80-10 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-323, TD-312 TP-080 100-051-267
2/0 AWG × 2P
3/0 AWG × 2P M10 80-L10 YF-1, YET-150-1 TD-227, TD-214 TP-080 100-051-557
3/0 AWG × 4P M12 80-L12 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-323, TD-312 TP-080 100-051-558
100 mm2 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-324, TD-312
M10 R100-10 TP-100 100-051-269
4/0 AWG YF-1, YET-150-1 TD-228, TD-214
4/0 AWG × 2P M10 100-L10 YF-1, YET-150-1 TD-228, TD-214 TP-100 100-051-559
4/0 AWG × 4P M12 100-L12 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-324, TD-312 TP-100 100-051-560
150 mm2 M10 R150-10 YF-1. YET-150-1 TD-229, TD-215 TP-150 100-051-272
250 / 300 kcmil M12 R150-12 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-325, TD-313 TP-150 100-051-273
250 kcmil × 2P M10 150-L10 YF-1, YET-150-1 TD-229, TD-215 TP-150 100-051-561
250 kcmil × 4P
300 kcmil × 2P M12 150-L12 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-325, TD-313 TP-150 100-051-562
300 kcmil × 4P

<1> Codes refer to a set of three crimp terminals and three insulation caps. Prepare input and output wiring using two sets for each connection.
Example 1: Models with 300 kcmil for both input and output require one set for input terminals and one set for output terminals, so the user
should order two sets of [100-051-272].
Example 2: Models with 4/0 AWG × 2P for both input and output require two sets for input terminals and two sets for output terminals, so the
user should order four sets of [100-051-560].

Input Fuse Installation

The installation manual specifies that branch circuit protection should be provided by fuses listed in Table D.5.
Table D.5 Recommended Input Fuse Selection
Fuse Type
Drive Model CIMR-AY Manufacturer: Bussmann
Model Fuse Ampere Rating (A)
4A0515 FWH-1000A 1000
4A0675 FWH-1200A 1200

■ Low Voltage Wiring for Control Circuit Terminals

Wire low voltage wires with NEC Class 1 circuit conductors. Refer to national state or local codes for wiring. Use a class
2 (UL listed) power supply for the control circuit terminal when not using the drives internal control power supply.
Table D.6 Control Circuit Terminal Power Supply
Input / Output Terminal Signal Power Supply Specifications
Photocoupler outputs DM+, DM-
Requires class 2 power supply.
Multi-function photocoupler output P1 and PC, P2 and PC
Digital inputs HC, H1, H2
Use the internal LVLC power supply of the drive. Use class 2 for
Multi-function digital inputs S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, S6, S7, S8, SN, SC, SP
external power supply.
Analog inputs / outputs +V, –V, A1, A2, A3, AC, AM, FM

■ Drive Short-Circuit Rating

This drive is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes and 480
Vac when protected by Bussmann Type FWH fuses as specified on the Table D.5.
Compliance
Standards

D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 409
D.3 UL Standards

◆ Drive Motor Overload Protection

Set parameter E2-01 (motor rated current) to the appropriate value to enable motor overload protection. The internal
motor overload protection is UL listed and in accordance with the NEC and CEC.
■ E2-01 Motor Rated Current
Parameter E2-01 (motor rated current) protects the motor if parameter L1-01 is not set to 0 (default is 1, enabling
protection for standard induction motors).
If Auto-Tuning has been performed successfully, the motor data is automatically written into parameter E2-01. If Auto-
Tuning has not been performed, manually enter the correct motor rated current to parameter E2-01.
■ L1-01 Motor Overload Protection Selection
The drive has an electronic overload protection function (oL1) based on time, output current, and output frequency,
which protects the motor from overheating. The electronic thermal overload function is UL-recognized, so it does not
require an external thermal relay for single motor operation.
This parameter selects the motor overload curve used according to the type of motor applied.
Table D.7 Overload Protection Settings
Setting Description
0 Disabled Disabled the drive’s internal motor overload protection.
Selects protection characteristics for a standard self cooled motor with limited cooling capabilities when running below
1 Standard fan cooled motor (default) the rated speed. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is automatically reduces when running below the motor rated
speed.
Selects protection characteristics for a motor with self-cooling capability within a speed range of 10:1. The motor
2 Drive duty motor with a speed range of 1:10
overload detection level (oL1) is automatically reduced when running below 1/10 of the motor rated speed.
Selects protection characteristics for a motor capable of cooling itself at any speed — including zero speed (externally
3 Vector motor with a speed range of 1:100
cooled motor). The motor overload detection level (oL1) is constant over the entire speed range.
Selects protection characteristics for a constant torque PM motor. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is constant
4 Permanent Magnet motor with derated torque
over the whole speed range.
Selects protection characteristics for a constant torque PM motor. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is constant
5 Permanent Magnet motor with constant torque
over the whole speed range.
Selects protection characteristics for a standard self cooled motor with limited cooling capabilities when running below
6 Standard fan cooled motor (50 Hz) the rated speed. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is automatically reduces when running below the motor rated
speed.

When connecting the drive to more than one motor for simultaneous operation, disable the electronic overload protection
(L1-01 = 0) and wire each motor with its own motor thermal overload relay.
Enable the motor overload protection (L1-01 = 1 to 5) when connecting the drive to a single motor, unless another motor
overload preventing device is installed. The drive electronic thermal overload function causes an oL1 fault, which shuts
off the output of the drive and prevents additional overheating of the motor. The motor temperature is continually
calculated as long as the drive is powered up.
■ L1-02 Motor Overload Protection Time
Setting Range: 0.1 to 5.0 min
Factory Default: 1.0 min
Parameter L1-02 determines how long the motor is allowed to operate before the oL1 fault occurs when the drive is
running at 60 Hz and at 150% of the full load amp rating (E2-01) of the motor. Adjusting the value of L1-02 can shift the
set of oL1 curves up the y axis of the diagram below, but will not change the shape of the curves.

410 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 D.3 UL Standards
Figure D.7

Time (min)

10
7

3
Cold Start
1

0.4
Hot Start

0.1 Motor Current (%)

0 100 150 200 (E2-01=100 %)

Figure D.7 Motor Overload Protection Time

◆ Precautionary Notes on External Heatsink

When using an external heatsink, UL compliance requires that exposed capacitors in the main circuit are covered to
prevent injury to surrounding personnel.
The portion of the external heatsink that projects out can either be protected with the enclosure, or with the appropriate
capacitor cover after drive installation is complete. Use the table below to match drive models and capacitor cover.
Capacitor covers can be ordered from a Yaskawa representative or directly from the Yaskawa sales department. The table
below lists available capacitor covers.
Table D.8 Capacitor Cover
Drive Model Installation screws
CIMR-AY Capacitor Cover for Capacitor Cover
4A0515 M4×12
ECAT31746-11 Screw + Spring washer + Washer
4A0675 (Total of 5 screws)

Figure D.8

Drive (outside panel)

Opening to capacitors

Drive (inside panel)

Capacitor cover Installation screw

Figure D.8 Capacitor Cover

Compliance
Standards

D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 411
D.3 UL Standards

412 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 Appendix: E

Quick Reference Sheet

The following tables have been provided for the user’s convenience. Fill in the cells that have
been left blank as is appropriate for your drive, and keep this information as a quick reference
guide to drive and motor data as well as parameter settings

E.1 DRIVE AND MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414

E.2 MULTI-FUNCTION I/O TERMINAL SETTINGS RECORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
E.3 USER SETTING TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 413
E.1 Drive and Motor Specifications

E.1 Drive and Motor Specifications

◆ Drive
A separate record should be kept that lists drive specifications and motor specifications.

AC drive model MODEL : CIMR-AY4A0515APA

MAX APPLI. MOTOR : 250kW / 220kW REV : A
Input specifications INPUT : AC3PH 380-480V 50/60Hz 465A / 410A
IND.CONT.EQ.
Output specifications OUTPUT : AC3PH 0-480V 0-400Hz 515A / 450A 7J48
MASS : 216 kg PRG : 5140 Software version
Lot number O/N :
Serial number S/N : YEC_
FILE NO : E131457 IP00
PASS TMon
YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION MADE IN JAPAN ly

Items Description

Model CIMR-AY

Serial Number

Date of Usage

◆ Motor
■ Induction Motor

Items Description Items Description

Manufacturer Motor Rated Current (T1-04) A

Model Motor Base Frequency (T1-05) Hz

Motor Rated Power (T1-02) kW Number of Motor Poles (T1-06)

Motor Rated Voltage (T1-03) V Motor Base Speed (T1-07) r/min

Note: These values must be entered as part of the Auto-Tuning process.

■ Permanent Magnet Motor

Items Description Items Description

Manufacturer PM Motor Rated Current (T2-06) A

Model Number of PM Motor Poles (T2-08)

PM Motor Rated Power (T2-04) kW PM Motor Base Speed (T2-09) r/min

PM Motor Rated Voltage (T2-05) V

Note: These values must be entered as part of the Auto-Tuning process.

414 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 E.2 Multi-Function I/O Terminal Settings Record

E.2 Multi-Function I/O Terminal Settings Record

These tables have been provided for the customer to keep a record of the functions assigned to each multi-function
terminal.

◆ Multi-Function Digital Inputs (SC Common)

Terminal Used/Reserved Setting Value and Function Name Memo
S3 H1-03=
S4 H1-04=
S5 H1-05=
S6 H1-06=
S7 H1-07=
S8 H1-08=

◆ Pulse Train Input/Analog Inputs (AC Common)

Terminal Used/Reserved Setting Value and Function Name Memo
RP H6-01=

◆ Multi-Function Digital Outputs

Terminal Used/Reserved Setting Value and Function Name Memo
M1-M2 H2-01=

◆ Multi-Function Photocoupler Outputs (PC Common)

Terminal Used/Reserved Setting Value and Function Name Memo
P1 H2-02=
P2 H2-03=

◆ Monitor Outputs (AC Common)

Terminal Used/Reserved Setting Value and Function Name Memo
FM H4-01=
AM H4-04=

Quick Reference
Sheet

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 415 E
E.3 User Setting Table

E.3 User Setting Table

Use the Verify Menu to see which parameters have been changed from their original default settings.
• The diamond below the parameter number indicates that the parameter setting can be changed during run.
• Parameter names in boldface type are included in the Setup Group of parameters.

User User
No. Name No. Name
Setting Setting
A1-00‹ Language Selection C4-04 Torque Compensation at Reverse Start
A1-01‹ Access Level Selection C4-05 Torque Compensation Time Constant
A1-02 Control Method Selection C4-06 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 2
A1-03 Initialize Parameters C4-07‹ Motor 2 Torque Compensation Gain
A1-04 Password C4-08 Motor 2 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 1
A1-05 Password Setting C4-09 Motor 2 Torque Compensation at Forward Start
A2-01 to C4-10 Motor 2 Torque Compensation at Reverse Start
User Parameters 1 to 32
A2-32 C4-11 Motor 2 Torque Compensation Time Constant
A2-33 User Parameter Automatic Selection C4-12 Motor 2 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 2
b1-01 Frequency Reference Selection 1 C5-01‹ ASR Proportional Gain 1
b1-02 Run Command Selection 1 C5-02‹ ASR Integral Time 1
b1-03 Stopping Method Selection C5-03‹ ASR Proportional Gain 2
b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection C5-04‹ ASR Integral Time 2
b1-05 Action Selection below Minimum Output Frequency C5-05 ASR Limit
b1-06 Digital Input Reading C5-06 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant
b1-07 LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection C5-07 ASR Gain Switching Frequency
b1-08 Run Command Selection while in Programming Mode C5-08 ASR Integral Limit
b1-14 Phase Order Selection C5-12 Integral Operation during Accel/Decel
b1-15 Frequency Reference Selection 2 C5-17 Motor Inertia
b1-16 Run Command Selection 2 C5-18 Load Inertia Ratio
b1-17 Run Command at Power Up C5-21‹ Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 1
b2-01 DC Injection Braking Start Frequency C5-22‹ Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 1
b2-02 DC Injection Braking Current C5-23‹ Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 2
b2-03 DC Injection Braking Time at Start C5-24‹ Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 2
b2-04 DC Injection Braking Time at Stop C5-25 Motor 2 ASR Limit
b2-08 Magnetic Flux Compensation Value C5-26 Motor 2 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant
b2-12 Short Circuit Brake Time at Start C5-27 Motor 2 ASR Gain Switching Frequency
b2-13 Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop C5-28 Motor 2 ASR Integral Limit
b2-18 Short Circuit Braking Current C5-32 Integral Operation during Accel/Decel for Motor 2
b7-01‹ Droop Control Gain C5-37 Motor 2 Inertia
b7-02‹ Droop Control Delay Time C5-38 Motor 2 Load Inertia Ratio
b8-01 Energy Saving Control Selection C5-41 ASR integral Reset
b9-01 Zero Servo Gain C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection
b9-02 Zero Servo Completion Width C6-03 Carrier Frequency Upper Limit
C1-01‹ Acceleration Time 1 C6-04 Carrier Frequency Lower Limit
C1-02‹ Deceleration Time 1 C6-05 Carrier Frequency Proportional Gain
C1-03‹ Acceleration Time 2 C6-09 Carrier Frequency during Rotational Auto-Tuning
C1-04‹ Deceleration Time 2 C6-25 Motor 2 Carrier Frequency Selection
C1-05‹ Acceleration Time 3 (Motor 2 Accel Time 1) C6-26 Motor 2 Carrier Frequency Upper Limit
C1-06‹ Deceleration Time 3 (Motor 2 Decel Time 1) C6-27 Motor 2 Carrier Frequency Lower Limit
C1-07‹ Acceleration Time 4 (Motor 2 Accel Time 2) C6-28 Motor 2 Carrier Frequency Proportional Gain
C1-08‹ Deceleration Time 4 (Motor 2 Decel Time 2) C8-01 Torque Obserber Selection
C1-09 Fast-Stop Time C8-02 torque observer input selection
C1-10 Accel/Decel Time Setting Units C8-04 Mechanical time constant
C3-01‹ Slip Compensation Gain C8-05 Torque observer gain
C3-02‹ Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time C8-06 Torque observer integral time
C3-03 Slip Compensation Limit C8-07 Torque observer filter time 1
C3-04 Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration C8-09 Torque observer filter time 2
C3-05 Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection C8-10 Torque observer feed forward time
C3-21‹ Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain C8-14 Torque monitor filter time
C3-22‹ Motor 2 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time C8-15 Torque observer integral hold frequency
C3-23 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Limit d1-01‹ Frequency Reference 1
C3-24 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration d1-17‹ Jog Frequency Reference
C4-01‹ Torque Compensation Gain d2-01 Frequency Reference Upper Limit
C4-02‹ Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time d2-02 Frequency Reference Lower Limit
C4-03 Torque Compensation at Forward Start d2-03 Master Speed Reference Lower Limit

416 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 E.3 User Setting Table

User User
No. Name No. Name
Setting Setting
d3-01 Jump Frequency 1 E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance
d3-02 Jump Frequency 2 E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance
d3-03 Jump Frequency 3 E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance
d3-04 Jump Frequency Width E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1
d5-01 Torque Control Selection E5-11 Encoder Z-pulse Offset
d5-02 Torque Reference Delay Time E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2
d5-03 Speed Limit Selection E5-25 d-Axis Polarity Selection
d5-04 Speed Limit E5-26 Energy Saving Control (Ki)
d5-05 Speed Limit Bias E5-27 Energy Saving Control (Kt)
d5-06 Speed/Torque Control Switchover Time E6-01 Motor 2 Motor Code Selection
d5-08 Unidirectional Speed Limit Bias E6-02 Motor 2 Rated Power
d6-03 Field Forcing Selection E6-03 Motor 2 Rated Current
d6-04 Carrier Frequency Lower Limit E6-04 Motor 2 Number of Motor Poles
d6-06 Field Forcing Limit E6-05 Motor 2 Stator Resistance
d6-08 Field Forcing Time Constant Compensation Gain E6-06 Motor 2 d-Axis Inductance
d6-09 Field Forcing Method E6-07 Motor 2 q-Axis Inductance
E1-01 Input Voltage Setting E6-09 Motor 2 Induction Voltage Constant 1
E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection E6-11 Motor 2 Encoder Z-pulse Offset
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency E6-24 Motor 2 Induction Voltage Constant 2
E1-05 Maximum Voltage E6-25 Motor 2 d-Axis Polarity Selection
E1-06 Base Frequency E6-26 Motor 2 Energy Saving Control (Ki)
E1-07 Middle Output Frequency E6-27 Motor 2 Energy Saving Control (Kt)
E1-08 Middle Output Frequency Voltage F1-01 PG 1 Pulses Per Revolution
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency F1-02 Operation Selection at PG Open Circuit (PGo)
E1-10 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage F1-03 Operation Selection at Overspeed (oS)
E1-11 Middle Output Frequency 2 F1-04 Operation Selection at Deviation
E1-12 Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2 F1-05 PG 1 Rotation Selection
E1-13 Base Voltage F1-06 PG 1 Division Rate for PG Pulse Monitor
E2-01 Motor Rated Current F1-08 Overspeed Detection Level
E2-02 Motor Rated Slip F1-09 Overspeed Detection Delay Time
E2-03 Motor No-Load Current F1-10 Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Level
E2-04 Number of Motor Poles F1-11 Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Delay Time
E2-05 Motor Line-to-Line Resistance F1-12 PG 1 Gear Teeth 1
E2-06 Motor Leakage Inductance F1-13 PG 1 Gear Teeth 2
E2-07 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1 F1-14 PG Open-Circuit Detection Time
E2-08 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2 F1-18 dv3 Detection Selection
E2-09 Motor Mechanical Loss F1-19 dv4 Detection Selection
E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation F1-20 PG Option Card Disconnect Detection 1
E2-11 Motor Rated Power F1-21 PG 1 Signal Selection
E3-01 Motor 2 Control Mode Selection F1-30 PG Option Card Port for Motor 2 Selection
E3-04 Motor 2 Maximum Output Frequency F1-31 PG 2 Pulses Per Revolution
E3-05 Motor 2 Maximum Voltage F1-32 PG 2 Rotation Selection
E3-06 Motor 2 Base Frequency F1-33 PG 2 Gear Teeth 1
E3-07 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency F1-34 PG 2 Gear Teeth 2
E3-08 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage F1-35 PG 2 Division Rate for PG Pulse Monitor
E3-09 Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency F1-36 PG Option Card Disconnect Detection 2
E3-10 Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage F1-37 PG2 Signal Selection
E3-11 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency 2 F1-39 Motor 2 Overspeed Detection Delay Time
E3-12 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 2 F1-40 Motor 2 Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Level
E3-13 Motor 2 Base Voltage F1-41 Motor 2 Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Delay Time
E4-01 Motor 2 Rated Current F1-42 Motor 2 PG Open-Circuit Detection Time
E4-02 Motor 2 Rated Slip F2-01 Analog Input Option Card Operation Selection
E4-03 Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current F2-02‹ Analog Input Option Card Gain
E4-04 Motor 2 Motor Poles F2-03‹ Analog Input Option Card Bias
E4-05 Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance F3-01 Digital Input Option Card Input Selection
E4-06 Motor 2 Leakage Inductance F3-03 Digital Input Option DI-A3 Data Length Selection
E4-07 Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1 F4-01 Terminal V1 Monitor Selection
E4-08 Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2 F4-02‹ Terminal V1 Monitor Gain
E4-09 Motor 2 Mechanical Loss F4-03 Terminal V2 Monitor Selection
E4-10 Motor 2 Iron Loss F4-04‹ Terminal V2 Monitor Gain
E4-11 Motor 2 Rated Power F4-05‹ Terminal V1 Monitor Bias
E5-01 Motor Code Selection F4-06‹ Terminal V2 Monitor Bias
Quick Reference

E5-02 Motor Rated Power F4-07 Terminal V1 Signal Level

E5-03 Motor Rated Current F4-08 Terminal V2 Signal Level
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles F5-01 Terminal P1-PC Output Selection
Sheet

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 417 E
E.3 User Setting Table

No. Name User No. Name User

Setting Setting
F5-02 Terminal P2-PC Output Selection Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Signal Level
H4-08
F5-03 Terminal P3-PC Output Selection Selection

F5-04 Terminal P4-PC Output Selection H5-01 Drive Node Address

F5-05 Terminal P5-PC Output Selection H5-02 Communication Speed Selection

F5-06 Terminal P6-PC Output Selection H5-03 Communication Parity Selection

F5-07 Terminal M1-M2 Output Selection H5-04 Stopping Method After Communication Error (CE)

F5-08 Terminal M3-M4 Output Selection H5-05 Communication Fault Detection Selection

F5-09 DO-A3 Output Mode Selection H5-06 Drive Transmit Wait Time

F6-01 Communications Error Operation Selection H5-07 RTS Control Selection

F6-02 External Fault from Comm. Option Detection Selection H5-09 CE Detection Time

F6-03 External Fault from Comm. Option Operation Selection H5-10 Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H

F6-04 bUS Error Detection Time H5-11 Communications ENTER Function Selection

Torque Reference/Torque Limit Selection from Comm. H5-12 Run Command Method Selection
F6-06
Option H6-01 Pulse Train Input Terminal RP Function Selection
Multi-Step Speed Enable/Disable Selection when NetRef/ H6-02‹ Pulse Train Input Scaling
F6-07
ComRef is Selected H6-03‹ Pulse Train Input Gain
F6-08 Reset Communication Parameters H6-04‹ Pulse Train Input Bias
F6-81 ASR Proportional Gain Selection (C5-01/Controller) H6-05‹ Pulse Train Input Filter Time
F6-82 Motor Switch Selection H6-06‹ Pulse Train Monitor Selection
F6-83 Internal/External Flux Reference H6-07‹ Pulse Train Monitor Scaling
F6-84 Speed Limit Bias Source Selection (d5-05/Controller) H6-08 Pulse Train Input Minimum Frequency
F6-85 Regen Side Torque Limit Selection L1-01 Motor Overload Protection Selection
F6-90 CP-216IF Trace Sampling Rate L1-02 Motor Overload Protection Time
F6-91 Motoring-Side Torque Limit L1-15 Motor 1 Thermistor Selection (NTC)
F6-92 Control Response 3 Monitor Selection L1-16 Motor 1 Overheat Temperature
F6-93 Control Response 4 Monitor Selection L1-17 Motor 2 Thermistor Selection (NTC)
F6-94 Control Response 15 Monitor Selection L1-18 Motor 2 Overheat Temperature
F6-95 Control Response 16 Monitor Selection L1-19 Operation at Thermistor Disconnect (THo) (NTC)
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S3 Function L1-20 Operation at Motor Overheat (oH5)
H1-03
Selection
L3-01 Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S4 Function
H1-04 L3-02 Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration
Selection
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S5 Function L3-03 Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration
H1-05
Selection L3-04 Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S6 Function L3-05 Stall Prevention Selection during Run
H1-06
Selection
L3-06 Stall Prevention Level during Run
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S7 Function
H1-07 L3-11 Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection
Selection
Target DC Bus Voltage for Overvoltage Suppression and
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S8 Function L3-17
H1-08 Stall Prevention
Selection
Automatic Reduction Selection for Stall Prevention during
H2-01 Terminal M1-M2 Function Selection (relay) L3-23
Run
H2-02 Terminal P1-PC Function Selection (photocoupler)
L3-27 Stall Prevention Detection Time
H2-03 Terminal P2-PC Function Selection (photocoupler)
L4-01 Speed Agreement Detection Level
H2-06 Watt Hour Output Unit Selection
L4-02 Speed Agreement Detection Width
H3-01 Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection
L4-03 Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-)
H3-03‹ Terminal A1 Gain Setting
L4-04 Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/-)
H3-04‹ Terminal A1 Bias Setting
L4-05 Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection
H3-05 Terminal A3 Signal Level Selection
L4-06 Frequency Reference at Reference Loss
H3-07‹ Terminal A3 Gain Setting
L4-07 Speed Agreement Detection Selection
H3-08‹ Terminal A3 Bias Setting
L6-01 Torque Detection Selection 1
H3-09 Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection
L6-02 Torque Detection Level 1
H3-11‹ Terminal A2 Gain Setting
L6-03 Torque Detection Time 1
H3-12‹ Terminal A2 Bias Setting
L6-04 Torque Detection Selection 2
H3-13 Analog Input Filter Time Constant
L6-05 Torque Detection Level 2
H3-14 Analog Input Terminal Enable Selection
L6-06 Torque Detection Time 2
H3-16 Terminal A1 Offset
L7-01 Forward Torque Limit
H3-17 Terminal A2 Offset
L7-02 Reverse Torque Limit
H3-18 Terminal A3 Offset
L7-03 Forward Regenerative Torque Limit
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Monitor
H4-01 L7-04 Reverse Regenerative Torque Limit
Selection
L7-16 Torque Limit Process at Start
H4-02‹ Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Gain
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level
H4-03‹ Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Bias
L8-03 Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Monitor
H4-04 L8-05 Input Phase Loss Protection Selection
Selection
H4-05‹ Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Gain L8-07 Output Phase Loss Protection
H4-06‹ Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Bias L8-09 Output Ground Fault Detection Selection
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Signal Level L8-10 Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection
H4-07
Selection L8-11 Heatsink Cooling Fan Off Delay Time

418 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 E.3 User Setting Table

User User
No. Name No. Name
Setting Setting
L8-12 Ambient Temperature Setting S1-19 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration
L8-15 oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speeds S1-20 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
L8-18 Software Current Limit Selection S1-21 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Selection during Run
L8-19 Frequency Reduction Rate during Overheat Pre-Alarm S1-22 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Level during Run
L8-27 Overcurrent Detection Gain S1-27 Motor 2 Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection
L8-29 Current Unbalance Detection (LF2) S1-28 Motor 2 Forward Torque Limit
L8-32 Current Unbalance Detection current Level S1-29 Motor 2 Reverse Torque Limit
L8-35 Installation Method Selection S1-30 Motor 2 Forward Regenerative Torque Limit
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection S1-31 Motor 2 Reverse Regenerative Torque Limit
L8-40 Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-Delay Time S1-35 Motor 2 Torque Limit Process at Start
L8-41 High Current Alarm Selection S1-37 Motor 2 Enables to disables
n1-01 Hunting Prevention Selection S1-38 Motor 2 Acceleration Time
n1-02 Hunting Prevention Gain Setting S1-39 Motor 2 Feed Forward Control Gain
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant S2-01 Motor 2 DC Injection Braking Start Frequency
n1-05 Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse S2-02 Motor 2 DC Injection Braking Current
n2-01 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Gain S2-03 Motor 2 DC Injection Braking Time at Start
n2-02 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 1 S2-04 Motor 2 DC Injection Braking Time at Stop
n2-03 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 2 S2-08 Motor 2 Magnetic Flux Compensation Value
n5-01 Feed Forward Control Selection S2-20 Motor 2 Field Forcing Selection
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time S2-21 Motor 2 Field Forcing Gain
n5-03 Feed Forward Control Gain S2-22 Motor 2 Field Forcing Time Constant Compensation Gain
n8-01 Initial Rotor Position Estimation Current S2-23 Motor 2 Hunting Prevention Selection
n8-02 Pole Attraction Current S2-24 Motor 2 Hunting Prevention Gain Setting
n8-35 Initial Rotor Position Detection Selection S2-25 Motor 2 Hunting Prevention Time Constant
n8-57 High Frequency Injection S2-27 Motor 2 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Gain
n8-62 Output Voltage Limit Motor 2 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time
S2-28
n8-69 Speed Calculation Gain Constant 1

n8-84 Polarity Judge Current Motor 2 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time
S2-29
Constant 2
o1-01‹ Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection
S3-01 Motor 2 Overcurrent Detection Gain
o1-02‹ User Monitor Selection After Power Up
Motor 2 Initial Rotor Position Estimation Current (AOLV/
o1-03 Digital Operator Display Selection S3-02
PM)
o1-10 User-Set Display Units Maximum Value S3-03 Motor 2 Pole Attraction Current (AOLV/PM)
o1-11 User-Set Display Units Decimal Display Motor 2 Initial Rotor Position Detection Selection (AOLV/
S3-20
o2-01 LO/RE Key Function Selection PM, CLV/PM)
o2-02 STOP Key Function Selection S3-26 Motor 2 High Frequency Injection (AOLV/PM)
o2-03 User Parameter Default Value S3-27 Motor 2 Output Voltage Limit
o2-04 Drive Model Selection S3-33 Motor 2 Speed Calculation Gain
o2-05 Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection S3-38 Motor 2 Polarity Judge Current
Operation Selection when Digital Operator is S4-01 Test Mode Selection
o2-06
Disconnected T0-01 IM/PM Selection
o2-07 Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator T1-00 Motor 1/Motor 2 Selection
o3-01 Copy Function Selection T1-01 Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
o3-02 Copy Allowed Selection T1-02 Motor Rated Power
o4-01 Cumulative Operation Time Setting T1-03 Motor Rated Voltage
o4-02 Cumulative Operation Time Selection T1-04 Motor Rated Current
o4-03 Cooling Fan Maintenance Operation Time Setting T1-05 Motor Base Frequency
o4-05 Capacitor Maintenance Setting T1-06 Number of Motor Poles
o4-07 DC Bus Pre-charge Relay Maintenance Setting T1-07 Motor Base Speed
o4-09 IGBT Maintenance Setting T1-08 PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution
o4-11 U2, U3 Initialize Selection T1-09 Motor No-Load Current (Stationary Auto-Tuning)
o4-12 kWh Monitor Initialization T1-10 Motor Rated Slip (Stationary Auto-Tuning)
o4-13 Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization T1-11 Motor Iron Loss
S1-01 Motor 1/2 Selection Time T2-01 PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
Motor 2 Action Selection below Minimum Output T2-02 PM Motor Code Selection
S1-02
Frequency
T2-03 PM Motor Type
S1-03 Motor 2 Droop Control Gain
T2-04 PM Motor Rated Power
S1-04 Motor 2 Droop Control Delay Time
T2-05 PM Motor Rated Voltage
S1-05 Motor 2 Droop Control Limit Selection
T2-06 PM Motor Rated Current
S1-06 Motor 2 Energy Saving Control Selection
T2-08 Number of PM Motor Poles
S1-07 Motor 2 Zero Servo Gain
T2-09 PM Motor Base Speed
S1-08 Motor 2 Zero Servo Completion Width
T2-10 PM Motor Stator Resistance
S1-09 Motor 2 Fast Stop Time
T2-11 PM Motor d-Axis Inductance
Quick Reference

S1-10 Motor 2 Overload Protection Selection

T2-12 PM Motor q-Axis Inductance
S1-11 Motor 2 Overload Protection Time
T2-13 Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection
S1-17 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration
T2-14 PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant
S1-18 Motor 2 Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration
Sheet

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 419 E
E.3 User Setting Table

No. Name User

Setting
T2-15 Pull-In Current Level for PM Motor Tuning
PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution for PM Motor
T2-16
Tuning
T2-17 Encoder Z-Pulse Offset

420 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
 ASR Gain Switching Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
ASR Integral Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
ASR Integral Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Index ASR Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

ASR Primary Delay Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
ASR Proportional Gain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Attachment for External Heatsink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298, 308
Symbols Automatic Reduction Selection for Stall Prevention
-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 during Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196, 346
+1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Automatic Speed Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
+3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86, 88, 90, 91
+V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Auto-Tuning Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Numerics Auto-Tuning Error Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
24 V Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Auto-Tuning Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
2-Wire Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Auto-Tuning Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
5th Most Recent Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Auto-Tuning Fault Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
A
Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
A/D Conversion Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 246
Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Auto-Tuning Input Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
A1000 Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Auto-Tuning Interruption and Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
A1-02 (Motor 1 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters. . . . . . 364
Auto-Tuning Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92, 355
A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 B
AC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 56 Backing Up Parameter Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
AC Reactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Base Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150, 253
Accel/Decel Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240, 313 Base Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Accel/Decel Time Setting Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Baseblock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Acceleration Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 266 Basic Auto-Tuning Preparations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Acceleration Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Basic Start-up and Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Access Level Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 106 bb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 257
Action Selection below Minimum Output Frequency . . . 114, 218 Before Auto-Tuning the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Adjusted Slip Calculation Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 boL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246, 257
Adjusting the ASR Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Braking Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
AFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Braking Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297, 303
AFR Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Braking Resistor Overheat Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
AFR Time Constant 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Braking Resistor Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
AFR Time Constant 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Braking Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
AI-A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Braking Transistor Overload Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246, 257
AI-A3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Braking Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Broadcast Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
ALARM (ALM) LED Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 bUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 243, 246, 257
Alarm Outputs for Maintenance Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Buzzing Sound from Motor at 2 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Alarm Register 007FH Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 C
Alarms and Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Cable Length Between Drive and Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Allowable Frequency Fluctuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 CALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 257
Allowable Voltage Fluctuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 Cannot Change Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
ALM LED Light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Cannot Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 258
Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Capacitor Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Capacitor Maintenance Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216, 351
Ambient Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Capacitor Maintenance Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Ambient Temperature and Installation Method Derating. . . . . 315 Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135, 137, 312
Ambient Temperature Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203, 315, 348 Carrier Frequency and Current Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Analog Filter Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Carrier Frequency Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Analog Input Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Carrier Frequency during Rotational Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . 136
Analog Input Filter Time Constant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Carrier Frequency Lower Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Analog Input Option Card Bias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Carrier Frequency Proportional Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Analog Input Option Card Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Carrier Frequency Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Analog Input Option Card Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Analog Input Terminal Enable Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Analog Inputs / Pulse Train Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Carrier Frequency Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135, 238, 239
Analog Monitor Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Carrier Frequency Setting Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 264
AO-A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Carrier Frequency Upper Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
AO-A3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 243, 246, 258
Application Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 CE Detection Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Applications with Specialized Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 CE Low Voltage Directive Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
ASR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 CE mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 421
CF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 246 CPF08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Changing Parameter Settings or Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 CPF11 to CPF14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Circulation fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 CPF20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 247
Closed Loop Vector control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 CPF21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 247
Closed Loop Vector Control for PM Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 CPF22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 247
Coast to stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 CPF23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 247
Coast to Stop with Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 CPF24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 247
Command Messages from Master to Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 CPF26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Communication Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 CPF34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Communication Fault Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 CPyE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Communication Option Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 CRC-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Communication Option Card Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 CRC-16 Checksum Calculation Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Communication Parity Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 CrST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 258
Communication Speed Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 CSEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Communications Enter Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Cumulative Operation Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Communications Error Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Cumulative Operation Time at 5th Most Recent Fault. . . . . . . 361
Communications Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Cumulative Operation Time at Most Recent Fault. . . . . . . . . . 361
Comparing Parameter Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Cumulative Operation Time at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Complementary PG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Cumulative Operation Time Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216, 351
Component Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Cumulative Operation Time Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216, 351
Connected Machinery Vibrates When Motor Rotates . . . . . . . 276 Current Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 259
Connecting a Noise Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Current Detection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 267
Connecting a Suppression Diode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Current Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Connecting a Surge Absorber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Current Imbalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Connecting an AC Reactor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Current Unbalance Detection (LF2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204, 348
Connecting Braking Units in Parallel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Cyclic Redundancy Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Connecting Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 D
Control Board Connection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
d References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Control Circuit Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Daily Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Control Circuit Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246, 247
d-Axis ACR Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Control Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
DC Bus Overvoltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Control Circuit Input Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
DC Bus Pre-Charge Relay Maintenance Setting . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Control Circuit Output Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
DC Bus Undervoltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Control Circuit Terminal Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
DC Bus Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Control Circuit Terminal Block Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
DC Bus Voltage at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Control Circuit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
DC Injection Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Control Dial for Frequency Setting Potentiometer . . . . . . . . . 298
DC Injection Braking at Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Control Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 246
DC Injection Braking Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118, 228, 276
Control Method Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
DC Injection Braking Input Timing Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Control Method Selection Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
DC Injection Braking Start Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 227
Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 358
DC Injection Braking Time at Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119, 228
Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values . . . . . . . . 364
DC Injection Braking Time at Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119, 228
Control Mode Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
DC Injection Braking to Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Control Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Deceleration Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Control Modes and their Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Defaults by Drive Model Selection (o2-04) and
Control Power Supply Undervoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
ND/HD (C6-01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Control Power Supply Voltage Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
dEv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 243, 248, 258
Cooling Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
DeviceNet Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Cooling Fan Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
dFPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Cooling Fan Maintenance Setting (Operation Time) . . . . . . . . 351
DI-A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Cooling Fan Maintenance Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
DI-A3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Cooling Fan Operation Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Diagnosing and Resetting Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Digital Input Card Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Cooling Fan Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Digital Input Option Card Input Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
CoPy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Digital Input Option DI-A3 Data Length Selection . . . . . . . . . 166
Copy Allowed Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Digital Input Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Copy Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 71
Copy Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101, 215
Digital Operator Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Copy Function Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Digital Operator Display Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212, 350
Copy Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Digital Operator Installation Methods and Required Tools . . . . 38
Copy Unit Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Digital Operator Keypad Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
CopyUnitManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Digital Operator Menu and Screen Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
CPEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Digital Operator Remote Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
CPF02. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Digital Operator Remote Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
CPF03. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Digital Output Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
CPF06. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Digital Output Option Card Terminal Function Selection . . . . 167
CPF07. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

422 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
Dimensions for IP00 Enclosure EF6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 259
400 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 EF7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 259
DIP Switch S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 EF8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 259
DIP Switch S1 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Electrical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
DIP Switch S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 65, 375 EMC Filter and Drive Installation for CE Compliance . . . . . . 405
DM- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 EMC Filter Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
DM+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 EMC Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
dnE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 258 EMC Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
DO-A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 EMC Guidelines Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
DO-A3 Output Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 EN61800-3 C2 Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
DO-A3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Enclosure Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Drive Baseblock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Encoder Z-Pulse Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 158, 160
Drive Capacity Setting Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Drive Capacity Signal Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 End1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 265
Drive Cooling Fans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 End2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 265
Drive Cover 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 End3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 265
Drive cover 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 End4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Drive Derating Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 End5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Drive Disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 258 End6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Drive Does Not Allow Selection of Rotational End7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Energy Saving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Drive Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 76 Energy Saving Control Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 219
Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection. . . . . . . . . 212, 218, 232, 350 Enter Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Drive Model Mismatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Enter command necessary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Drive Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Enter command not necessary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Drive Motor Overload Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 Enter Command Settings when Upgrading the Drive . . . . . . . 397
Drive Operation Status at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Enter Command Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Drive Overheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Enter Data from the Motor Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Drive Overheat Warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Er-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 266
Drive Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 253 Er-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 266
Drive Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Er-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 266
Drive Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Er-04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Drive Short-Circuit Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 Er-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Drive Slave Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Er-08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Drive Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 Er-09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 266
Drive Standard Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Er-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Drive Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 Er-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 267
Drive Transmit Wait Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Er-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 267
Drive Unit Setting Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Er-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Drive Unit Signal Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Er-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Drive Watt Loss Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Er-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Drive/kVA Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Er-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Droop Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Er-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Droop Control Delay Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 218 Err . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 249
Droop Control Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120, 218 Error Reading Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Droop Control Limit Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 218 Error Writing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
During Frequency Output Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Errors and Displays When Using the Copy Function. . . . . . . . 245
During Run 2, Motor Switch Command Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 European Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
During Run Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Excessive Motor Oscillation and Erratic Rotation . . . . . . . . . . 275
dv1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Excessive Speed Deviation (for Simple V/f with PG) . . . 242, 243
dv2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Delay Time . . . . . 163, 165
dv3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . 163, 165
dv3 Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Excessive V/f Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 265
dv4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Exterior and Mounting Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
dv4 Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 External Digital Operator Connection Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
E External Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 259
External Fault (input terminal S1 to S7). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 243
E (G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
External Fault from Comm. Option Detection Selection . . . . . 168
E3-01 (Motor 2 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters . . . . . . 365
External Fault from Comm. Option Operation Selection . . . . . 168
EEPROM Memory Data Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
External Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
EEPROM Write Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 249
EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 258 F
EF0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 248, 258 Fan Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
EF1 to EF7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 243 Fan Unit Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
EF3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 259 Fast Stop Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
EF4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 259 Fast Stop Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 219
EF5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 259 Fault Causes and Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 423
Fault Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Ground Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Fault Displays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 243, 246 Ground Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Fault History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234, 270, 361 H
Fault Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
H1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Fault Reset Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Fault Trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234, 270, 360
H2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Fault Trace / History Register Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Hbb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Fault Trace Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
HbbF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241, 242
HC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Feed Forward Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
HCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 259
Feed Forward Control Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Heatsink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Feed Forward Control Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210, 227
Heatsink Cooling Fan Off-Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Feed Forward Control Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209, 226
Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Ferrule Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . 203, 348
Ferrule Terminal Types and Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Heatsink Overheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 243, 252, 260
Ferrule-Type Wire Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Heatsink Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Field Forcing Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
High Current Alarm Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Field Forcing Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145, 229
High Frequency Injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211, 232
Fine-Tuning Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM
High Performance Operation Using OLV or CLV . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Fine-Tuning Closed Loop Vector Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Hunting Prevention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Fine-Tuning Closed Loop Vector Control for PM Motors. . . . 240
Hunting Prevention Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Fine-Tuning Open Loop Vector Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Hunting Prevention Gain Setting . . . . . . . . . . . 207, 230, 349, 354
Fine-Tuning V/f Control and V/f Control with PG . . . . . . . . . 238
Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . 207, 349
FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Hunting Prevention Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207, 230, 349, 354
Formula to calculate the amount of voltage drop. . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hunting Prevention Time Constant . . . . . . . . . 207, 230, 349, 354
Forward Regenerative Torque Limit . . . . . . . . 201, 226, 347, 353
Forward Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201, 226, 347, 353 I
Forward/Reverse Run Command Input Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 iFEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Frequency Accuracy (Temperature Fluctuation) . . . . . . . . . . . 313 IG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Frequency Control Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 IGBT Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Frequency Meter / Ammeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 IGBT Maintenance Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217, 351
Frequency Meter Potentiometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 IGBT Maintenance Time (50%). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Frequency Reduction Rate during Overheat IGBT Maintenance Time (90%). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Pre-Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202, 348 Induced Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Frequency Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139, 357 Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Frequency Reference at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Induction Voltage Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Frequency Reference at Reference Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198, 346 Initial Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Frequency Reference from MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm.. . . . 362 Initial Rotor Position Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 210, 231
Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection. . . . . . . . 198, 346 Initial Rotor Position Estimation Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . 210, 231
Frequency Reference Lower Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Frequency Reference Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Initialization required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Frequency Reference Selection 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 273 Initialize Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 107
Frequency Reference Selection 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Input Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Frequency Reference Setting / Decimal Display . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Input Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308, 404
Frequency Reference Setting and User-Set Display . . . . . . . . 350 Input Noise Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Frequency Reference Setting Hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Input Phase Loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 254
Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection . . . . . . . 214, 351 Input Phase Loss Protection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202, 348
Frequency Reference Source Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Frequency Reference Upper Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Input Pulse Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Frequency Setting Potentiometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Input Terminal Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Frequency Setting Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 Input Terminal Status at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Frequency Setting Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 Input Terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Input Voltage Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Front Cover Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Inrush Prevention Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Function Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Inrush Prevention Relay Maintenance Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Function Key 1 (F1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283, 284
Function Key 2 (F2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Installation Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Functions for Terminals S1 to S8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Installation Method Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297, 308 Installation Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Fuse Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Installation Orientation and Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Fuse Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 Installation Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Installing a Braking Unit: CDBR Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
G
Installing a Leakage Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
General Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Installing a Magnetic Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
GF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 249
Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) . . . . . . . . . 304
Ground Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 249
Installing a Motor Thermal Overload (oL) Relay on the

424 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
Drive Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285, 286
Installing Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Maintenance Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Insulation Barrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Maintenance Monitor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Insulation Cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Maintenance Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234, 361
Integral Operation during Accel/Decel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Master Speed Reference Lower Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Integral Operation during Accel/Decel for Motor 2. . . . . . . . . 134 Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Interlock Circuit Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Maximum Output Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150, 312
Inversion Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Maximum Output Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Inversion Prevention Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Maximum Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
IP00 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 MB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Isolator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 MC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
J Mechanical Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. Test Mode Complete. . . . . . . . . 261
Jog Frequency Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Jump Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140, 240
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication
Jump Frequency Width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 243, 246, 258
Jumper S3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Test Mode Error . . . . . 261
K MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Keys and Displays on the Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Reference . . . . . . . . . 362
kWh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
kWh Monitor Initial Value Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
kWh Monitor Initialization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
kWh, Lower 4 Digits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
kWh, Upper 5 Digits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 MEMOBUS/Modbus Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
L MEMOBUS/Modbus Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
L Protection Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Language Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
LCD Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Menu Structure for Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Leakage Inductance Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Message Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Leakage Inductance Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Meter Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
LED Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Mid Output Voltage A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238, 239
LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 250 Middle Output Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
LF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 250 Middle Output Frequency 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Line Driver PG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Middle Output Frequency Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Line-to-Line Resistance Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
LO/RE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73, 80, 97 Minimum Output Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
LO/RE (LOCAL/REMOTE) Key Function Selection . . . . . . . 213 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
LO/RE LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Minimum Output Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238, 239
LO/RE Light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Load Falls When Brake is Applied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Minor Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Load Inertia Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Minor Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
LOCAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Minor Fault and Alarm Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
LOCAL/REMOTE Key Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Minor Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Minor Faults and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241, 243
Loopback Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Model Number and Nameplate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Loss of Reference Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Model, Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Low Voltage Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Low Voltage Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 Molded Case Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Low Voltage Wiring for Control Circuit Terminals . . . . . . . . . 409 Momentary Overcurrent Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
LT-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Momentary Power Loss Recovery Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
LT-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
LT-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Monitor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 234, 357
LT-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Most Recent Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Motor 1 Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
M Motor 1/Motor 2 Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
M1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Motor 2 ASR Gain Switching Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
M2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Motor 2 ASR Integral Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
MA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Motor 2 ASR Integral Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Magnetic Contactor (Input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Motor 2 ASR Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Magnetic Flux Compensation Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119, 229 Motor 2 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Main Circuit Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 53 Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Main Circuit Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Motor 2 Base Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Main Circuit Terminal and Motor Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Motor 2 Base Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Main Circuit Terminal Block Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Motor 2 Control Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Main Circuit Terminal Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Motor 2 Inertia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Main Circuit Terminal Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Motor 2 Iron Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Main Circuit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Motor 2 Leakage Inductance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 425
Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Motor Rated Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90, 92, 356
Motor 2 Load Inertia Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Motor Rotates After the Drive Output is Shut Off . . . . . . . . . . 276
Motor 2 Max Output Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Motor Rotates Faster Than the Frequency Reference . . . . . . . 275
Motor 2 Max Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Motor Rotates in One Direction Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Motor 2 Mechanical Loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Motor Secondary Current (Iq) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Motor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Motor Selection 1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Motor Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Motor Speed at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Motor Speed Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Motor Speed Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1 . . . . . . . . . 156 Motor Stalls During Acceleration or With Large Loads . . . . . 274
Motor 2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2 . . . . . . . . . 156 Motor Stator Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158, 160
Motor 2 Motor Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Motor Switch during Run. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Motor 2 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Motor Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Motor 2 Rated Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Mounting Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 MP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Motor 2 Rated Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Multi-Function Analog Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Motor 2 Rated Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Bias . . . . . . . . . 185
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Gain . . . . . . . . . 185
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Monitor
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . 126 Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Selection during Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Signal
Regeneration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Level Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Motor 2 Torque Compensation Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Bias. . . . . . . . . . 185
Motor Acceleration Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209, 226 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Gain . . . . . . . . . 185
Motor Base Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90, 92, 356 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Monitor
Motor Base Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 356 Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Motor Code Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157, 159, 369 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Signal
Motor Data Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 266 Level Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Motor d-Axis Current at Previous Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Multi-Function Analog Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Motor d-Axis Inductance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158, 160 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator . . . . 215, 351 Multi-Function Digital Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 170
Motor Direction Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Multi-Function Digital Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Motor Does Not Rotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Multi-Function Digital Output Terminal Settings . . . . . . . . . . 177
Motor Excitation Current (ld) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Multi-Function Digital Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Motor Hunting and Oscillation Control Parameters . . . . . . . . 240 Multi-Function Input Selection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158, 160 Multi-Function Input Setting Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158, 160 Multi-Function Photocoupler Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Motor Inertia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Multiple Drive Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Motor Iron Core Saturation Coefficient Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 N
Motor Iron Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 356
n Advanced Performance Set Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
n2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Nameplate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Navigating the Drive and Programming Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
ndAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Motor is Too Hot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
NEMA 1 Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Motor Leakage Inductance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
NetRef/ComRef Function Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Motor Line-to-Line Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Network Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Motor Mechanical Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Noise From the Drive or Output Lines When the Drive
Motor No-Load Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 151
is Powered On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Motor Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 253
No-Load Current Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Motor Overload Estimate (oL1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
No-Load Current Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Motor Overload Protection Selection. . . . . . . . 189, 219, 345, 410
No-Load Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Motor Overload Protection Time . . . . . . . 191, 222, 345, 352, 410
No-Load Operation Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Notes on Motor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Motor Performance Fine-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Notes on Rotational Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Motor Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Notes on Stationary Auto-Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Motor Produces Insufficient Torque. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Number of Motor Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92, 151, 158, 160, 356
Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Number of PM Motor Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Motor Protection Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Number of Run Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Motor Pull Out or Step Out Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization . . . . . . . . . 217
Motor q-Axis Current at Previous Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Motor q-Axis Inductance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158, 160 O
Motor Rated Current . . . . . . . . . . 90, 92, 151, 157, 159, 356, 410 oC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 250
Motor Rated Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92, 153, 157, 159, 355 oFA00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 250
Motor Rated Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 151 oFA01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 251

426 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
oFA03 to oFA06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
oFA10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Option Card Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
oFA11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Option Communication Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 246, 257
oFA12 to oFA17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Option Frequency Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
oFA30 to oFA43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 251 Option Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
oFb00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Option Unit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
oFb01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
oFb02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 oS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 244, 254, 260
oFb03 to oFb11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Oscillation or Hunting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
oFb12 to oFb17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Output Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
oFC00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Output Current at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
oFC01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Output Current Imbalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
oFC02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Output Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
oFC03 to oFC11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Output Frequency after Soft Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
oFC12 to oFC17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Output Frequency at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Offset Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 Output Frequency is not as High as Frequency Reference. . . . 276
oH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 243, 252, 260 Output Frequency Reduction During Overheat Alarm. . . . . . . 202
oH1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 252 Output Frequency Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
oH2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 260 Output Ground Fault Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 203, 348
oL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 253 Output Noise Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
oL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 253, 276 Output of speed control (ASR) (for Simple V/f PG) . . . . . . . . 362
oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speeds . . . . . . . . . 204, 348 Output Phase Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 250
oL3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 244, 253, 260 Output Phase Loss Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
oL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 244, 253, 260 Output Phase Loss Protection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
oPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Output Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
oPE Fault Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263, 359 Output Power at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
oPE01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 263 Output Terminal Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
oPE02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 263 Output Terminal Status at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
oPE03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 263 Output Voltage at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
oPE04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 263 Output Voltage Detection Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256, 262
oPE05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 263 Output Voltage Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211, 232
oPE06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 264 Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
oPE08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 264 Output Voltage Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
oPE10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 264 Output Voltage Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
oPE11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 264 Output Voltage Reference (Vd) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
oPE13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 264 Output Voltage Reference (Vq) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
oPE15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 ov . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 244, 254, 261
Open Loop Vector Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 239, 246, 275, 276 Overcurrent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242, 250
Open Loop Vector Control for IPM Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Overcurrent Detection Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204, 231, 348, 354
Open Loop Vector Control Mode Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Overexcitation Deceleration Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Open Loop Vector Control Mode Tuning Parameters . . . . . . . 240 Overheat 1 (Heatsink Overheat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Open Loop Vector Control Mode Tuning Overheat Alarm Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201, 347
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238, 239 Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201, 347
Operating with the Load Connected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Overload Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Operation Error Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Overload Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Operation Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241, 244 Overspeed (for Control Mode with PG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254, 260
Operation Selection at Deviation (dEv) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Overspeed (for Simple V/f with PG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 244
Operation Selection at Overspeed (oS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Overspeed Detection Delay Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162, 165
Operation Selection at PG Open Circuit (PGo) . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Overspeed Detection Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Operation Selection when Digital Operator is Overtorque 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 260
Disconnected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215, 351 Overtorque 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 260
Operation Status Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 232, 234, 357, 362 Overtorque Detection 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 253
Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Overtorque Detection 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 253
Operator Connection Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Overtorque Detection Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Operator Programming Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Overvoltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 244, 254
Operator Related Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Overvoltage Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Operator Related Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection. . . . . . . . . . 196, 225
oPr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 253 P
Option Card Communications Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
P1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5-A. . . . . . . 250
P2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5-C . . . . . . . 251
Parameter Access Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Option card error occurred at option port CN5-A . . . . . . . . . . 251
Parameter Range Setting Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Option card error occurred at option port CN5-B . . . . . . . . . . 251
Parameter Selection Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 264
Option card error occurred at option port CN5-C . . . . . . . . . . 252
Parameter Setting Range Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Option Card External Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248, 258
Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Parameters that Change with the Motor Code Selection . . . . . 369
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 427
Parameters to Minimize Motor Hunting and Oscillation . . . . . 240 PM Stationary Auto-Tuning for Stator Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . 87
PASS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 261 Pole Attraction Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210, 231
Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 107 Power Ratings (Three-Phase 400 V Class) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Password Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Power Supply Inputs Instead of the Safe Disable Feature . . . . . 61
Password Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Powerboard Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Powering Up the Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Peak Hold Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Predefined V/f Patterns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Peak Hold Output Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Performance Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Preparing the Ends of Shielded Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Performance Life Monitors Maintenance Monitors. . . . . . . . . 285 Previous Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Periodic Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Programming Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 76
Periodic Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Pull-In Current Compensation Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Pull-In Current during Accel/Decel for PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Permanent Magnet Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Pull-In Current Level for PM Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 254 Pull-Out Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
PG 1 Division Rate for PG Pulse Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Pulse Monitor Selection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
PG 1 Gear Teeth 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Pulse Output Connection Using External Voltage Supply . . . . . 63
PG 1 Gear Teeth 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Pulse Output Connection Using Internal Voltage Supply . . . . . 62
PG 1 Pulses Per Revolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Pulse Train Input Bias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
PG 1 Rotation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Pulse Train Input Filter Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
PG 1 Signal Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Pulse Train Input Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
PG 2 Division Rate for PG Pulse Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Pulse Train Input Minimum Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
PG 2 Gear Teeth 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Pulse Train Input Scaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
PG 2 Gear Teeth 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Pulse Train Input Terminal RP Function Selection . . . . . . . . . 186
PG 2 Pulses Per Revolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Pulse Train Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
PG 2 Rotation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Pulse Train Monitor Scaling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
PG 2 Signal Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Pulse Train Monitor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
PG Disconnect (for any control modes using a PG option Q
card) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
q-axis ACR Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
PG Disconnect (for Control Mode with PG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
PG Disconnect (for Simple V/f with PG). . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 244 R
PG Hardware Fault (detected when using a PG-X3 option R- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
card) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255, 261 R+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 R/L1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution for PM Motor Radiated and Radio Frequency Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Ramp to stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
PG Open-Circuit Detection Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162, 164 Rated Current Depending on Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . 136
PG Option Card Disconnection Detection 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Rated Current Setting Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 265
PG Option Card Disconnection Detection 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Rated Output Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
PG Option Card Port for Motor 2 Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Rated Output Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
PG Speed Control Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Rated Slip Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
PG-B3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Rated Voltage, Rated Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
PG-B3 Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 rdEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
PGo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 244, 254, 261 READ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
PGoH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255, 261 rEAd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
PG-X3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Reading Drive MEMOBUS/Modbus Register Contents . . . . . 383
PG-X3 Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Reading Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Phase Order Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Reattaching the Front Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Photocoupler and Contact Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Reattaching the Terminal Cover on an IP00 Enclosure
PM Inductance Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 94 REMOTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
PM Motor Base Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Removing the Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
PM Motor Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Removing the Terminal Cover on an IP00 Enclosure
PM Motor Code Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
PM Motor Control Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
PM Motor d-Axis Inductance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Replacing the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Reset Communication Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
PM Motor Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Resistance Tuning Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
PM Motor q-Axis Inductance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Response Messages from Drive to Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
PM Motor Rated Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Reverse Direction Output Example Time Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . 179
PM Motor Rated Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Reverse Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
PM Motor Rated Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Reverse Regenerative Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . 201, 226, 347, 353
PM Motor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157, 159 Reverse Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201, 226, 347, 353
PM Motor Stator Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Rotational Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86, 88
PM Motor Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 RP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
PM Speed Feedback Detection Suppression Gain . . . . . . . . . . 254 RS-422 Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
PM Stationary Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 RS-485 Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

428 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
RTS Control Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Software Current Limit Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
rUn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 261 Software No. (Flash). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Run Command at Power Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Software No. (ROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Run Command Input Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Software version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Run Command Method Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Source Mode (+24 V Common), Internal Power Supply . . . . . . 60
Run Command Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 320 Speed Agree 1 Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Run Command Selection 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Speed Agreement Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197, 346
Run Command Selection 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197, 346
Run Command Selection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Speed Agreement Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Run command selection while in Programming Mode . . . . . . 116 Speed Agreement Detection Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197, 346
Run Command Source Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197, 346
Run Command/Frequency Reference Source Selection Speed Control Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Speed Control Integral Time 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254, 260
RUN LED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Speed Control Proportional Gain 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254, 260
RUN LED and Drive Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Speed Control Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
RUN LED Status and Meaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Speed Deviation (for Control Mode with PG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
RUN Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Speed Deviation (when using a PG option card) . . . . . . . . . . . 258
S Speed Feedback Detection Contol (AFR) Tuning . . . . . . . . . . 208
Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Gain208, 230, 349, 354
S-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time
S+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Constant 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208, 230, 349, 354
S/L2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time
S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Constant 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208, 230, 349, 354
S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Speed Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
S3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Speed Limit Bias. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143, 145
S4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Speed Limit Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
S5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Speed Limitation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
S6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Speed Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
S7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Speed/Torque Control Switchover Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
S8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Stall Prevention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193, 240
Safe Disable Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Stall Prevention Detection Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Safety Hazard Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Stall Prevention during Deceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration . . . 194, 223, 345, 353
Safety Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Stall Prevention Level during Run . . . . . . . . . . 196, 225, 346, 353
Safety Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration . . . 194, 224, 346, 353
SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration 193, 223, 345, 352
SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 261
Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration 195, 224, 346, 353
Self-diagnosing function of the serial communication
Stall Prevention Selection during Run . . . . . . . 196, 225, 346, 353
interface circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Standard Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Serial Communication Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Starting Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Serial Communication Transmission Error . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 257
Start-Up Flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Serial Communications Cable Connection Terminals
Stationary Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
(TB5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Serial Communications Terminal and DIP Switch S2 . . . . . . . 375
Stationary Auto-Tuning 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Serviceable Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance . . . . . . . . . 86
Setup Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Stator Resistance Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Setup Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Status Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Shielded Twisted-Pair Cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
STo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 255
Short Circuit Brake Time at Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
STOP button Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 266
Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
STOP Key Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214, 351
Short Circuit Braking Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Stopping Method after Communication Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Simple Motor Setup Using V/f Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Stopping Method Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Simplified Setup Using the Setup Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Storage Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Sink Mode (0 V Common), Internal Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . 60
Surge Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Sink/source jumper S3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
SvE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Sink/Source Mode, External Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Switching Between LOCAL and REMOTE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Slave Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Switching Between Torque and Speed Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Slip Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Slip Compensation Gain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124, 239 T
Slip Compensation Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 T Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124, 239 T/L3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration . . . . . . . . . 125 Target DC Bus Voltage for Overvoltage Suppression
Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 and Stall Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Task Complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Soft Charge Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Temperature Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Soft CLA Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Terminal A1 Bias Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Soft Starter Speed Reference at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Terminal A1 Gain Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 429
Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Torque Detection Selection 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199, 347
Terminal A2 Bias Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Torque Detection Selection 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199, 347
Terminal A2 Gain Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Torque Detection Time 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200, 347
Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Torque Detection Time 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200, 347
Terminal A3 Bias Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200, 313
Terminal A3 Gain Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Torque Limit Process at Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Terminal A3 Signal Level Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Torque Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Terminal Block (TB 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Torque Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Terminal Block (TB 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Torque Reference / Torque Limit Selection from Comm.
Terminal Block (TB 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Terminal Block (TB 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Torque Reference at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Terminal Block (TB 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Torque Reference Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Terminal Block Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Torque Specifications, Three Phase 400 V Class . . . . . . . . 52, 408
Terminal Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 31, 292 Transistor Input Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Terminal Board Connection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Terminal Board Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Troubleshooting without Fault Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Terminal Board Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 TrPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Terminal Board Wiring Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Tuning Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Terminal Connections for Communication Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Self-Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 Types of Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Terminal Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Types of Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors . . . . . . . . 87
Terminal cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 U
Terminal M1-M2 Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
U Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Terminal M1-M2 Output Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
U/T1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Terminal M3-M4 Output Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
U2, U3 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217, 351
Terminal P1-PC Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
UL Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Terminal P1-PC Output Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
UL standards compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Terminal P2-PC Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
UL3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 244, 255, 261
Terminal P2-PC Output Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
UL4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 244, 255, 261
Terminal P3-PC Output Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Undertorque 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Terminal P4-PC Output Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Undertorque 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Terminal P5-PC Output Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Undertorque Detection 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 255, 261
Terminal P6-PC Output Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Undertorque Detection 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 255, 261
Terminal V1 Monitor Bias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Undertorque Detection Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Terminal V1 Monitor Gain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Undervoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 244, 262
Terminal V1 Monitor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Undervoltage 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Terminal V1 Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Undervoltage 3 (Soft-Charge Bypass Circuit Fault) . . . . . . . . 256
Terminal V2 Monitor Bias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Undervoltage Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Terminal V2 Monitor Gain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Unexpected Noise from Connected Machinery . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Terminal V2 Monitor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Unidirectional Speed Limit Bias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Terminal V2 Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Unit Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H . . . . 377
Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88, 89, 90, 91, 97
Unstable Motor Speed when Using PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Test Run Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Up/Down 2 Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Test Run with Load Connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
USB Copy Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101, 298
Tightening Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 58
USB port (type-B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Top Protective Covers, Reattaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
User Monitor Selection after Power Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212, 350
Top Protective Covers, Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
User Parameter Default Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 214, 351
Torque Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
User Set Speed Agree 1 Time Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Torque Compensation at Forward Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127, 128
User-Set Display Units Decimal Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Torque Compensation at Reverse Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
User-Set Display Units Maximum Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Torque Compensation Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127, 238
Using Braking Units in Parallel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time. . . . . . . 127, 128, 238
Using the Pulse Train Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 2 . . . . . . . . . 128, 129
Uv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 262
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time Constant 1. . . . . . 239
Uv1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 255
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time Constant 2. . . . . . 238
Uv2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 255
Torque Compensation Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128, 129
Uv3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243, 256
Torque Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Torque Control Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 V
Torque Control Input Value Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 -V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Torque Control Reference Sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 V/f Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Torque Control Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 V/f Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Torque Control Setting Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 V/f Control Mode Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Torque Control Signal Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 V/f Control Mode Tuning Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Torque Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 V/f control using motor speed feedback. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Torque Detection Level 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200, 347 V/f Control with Simple Speed Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Torque Detection Level 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200, 347 V/f Data Setting Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 264

430 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
V/f Pattern Default Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
V/f Pattern Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
V/f Pattern Display Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
V/f Pattern for Motor 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
V/f Pattern for Motor 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
V/f Pattern Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148, 274
V/T2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
vAEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
VERIFY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Verify Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Verifying Parameter Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
vFyE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
voF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256, 262
Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
vrFy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
W
W/T3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Watt Hour Output Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Watt Hour Output Unit Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Watt Loss 400 V Class Three Phase Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Wire Gauge, Three Phase 400 V Class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 408
Wire Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 58
Wiring Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Wiring Diagram for 2-Wire Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Wiring Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
WRITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Writing Parameter Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Writing to Multiple Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Z
Z Pulse Correction Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Z Pulse Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Z Pulse Noise Fault Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Z Pulse Offset Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Zero Phase Reactor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Zero Servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Zero Servo Completion Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122, 219
Zero Servo Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Zero Servo Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122, 219
Zero-Speed Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual 431
Revision History

The revision dates and the numbers appear on the bottom of the back cover.

MANUAL NO. SIEP C710616 21B‫ޓ‬

Published in Japan July 2010 10-7

Date of original publication

Date of publication

Date of Publication Revision Number Section Revised Content

July 2010 − − First Edition

432 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 42A YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000 Technical Manual
YASKAWA AC Drive YS1000
AC Drive for Crane Applications
Technical Manual

IRUMA BUSINESS CENTER (SOLUTION CENTER)

480, Kamifujisawa, Iruma, Saitama, 358-8555, Japan
Phone: 81-4-2962-5696 Fax: 81-4-2962-6138

YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION

New Pier Takeshiba South Tower, 1-16-1, Kaigan, Minatoku, Tokyo, 105-6891, Japan
Phone: 81-3-5402-4511 Fax: 81-3-5402-4580
http://www.yaskawa.co.jp

YASKAWA ELECTRIC AMERICA, INC.

2121 Norman Drive South, Waukegan, IL 60085, U.S.A.
Phone: (800) YASKAWA (800-927-5292) or 1-847-887-7000 Fax: 1-847-887-7310
http://www.yaskawa.com

YASKAWA ELÉTRICO DO BRASIL COMÉRCIO LTDA.

Avenda Fagundes Filho, 620 Bairro Saude, São Paulo, SP04304-000, Brasil
Phone: 55-11-3585-1100 Fax: 55-11-5581-8795
http://www.yaskawa.com.br

YASKAWA ELECTRIC EUROPE GmbH

Hauptstraβe 185, 65760 Eschborn, Germany
Phone: 49-6196-569-300 Fax: 49-6196-569-398

YASKAWA ELECTRIC UK LTD.

1 Hunt Hill Orchardton Woods, Cumbernauld, G68 9LF, United Kingdom
Phone: 44-1236-735000 Fax: 44-1236-458182

YASKAWA ELECTRIC KOREA CORPORATION

7F, Doore Bldg. 24, Yeoido-dong, Youngdungpo-Ku, Seoul, 150-877, Korea
Phone: 82-2-784-7844 Fax: 82-2-784-8495

YASKAWA ELECTRIC (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.

151 Lorong Chuan, #04-02A, New Tech Park, 556741, Singapore
Phone: 65-6282-3003 Fax: 65-6289-3003

YASKAWA ELECTRIC (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD.

No. 18 Xizang Zhong Road, Room 1702-1707, Harbour Ring Plaza, Shanghai, 200001, China
Phone: 86-21-5385-2200 Fax: 86-21-5385-3299

YASKAWA ELECTRIC (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD. BEIJING OFFICE

Room 1011A, Tower W3 Oriental Plaza, No. 1 East Chang An Ave.,
Dong Cheng District, Beijing, 100738, China
Phone: 86-10-8518-4086 Fax: 86-10-8518-4082

YASKAWA ELECTRIC TAIWAN CORPORATION

9F, 16, Nanking E. Rd., Sec. 3, Taipei, Taiwan
Phone: 886-2-2502-5003 Fax: 886-2-2505-1280

YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION

YASKAWA

In the event that the end user of this product is to be the military and said product is to be employed in any weapons systems or the manufacture
thereof, the export will fall under the relevant regulations as stipulated in the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Regulations. Therefore, be sure
to follow all procedures and submit all relevant documentation according to any and all rules, regulations and laws that may apply.
Specifications are subject to change without notice for ongoing product modifications and improvements.
© 2010 YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION. All rights reserved.

MANUAL NO. SIEP C710616 42A

Published in Japan July 2010 10-7
10-6-4